See

discussions, stats, and author profiles for this publication at: https://www.researchgate.net/publication/317267323

Urgency Legal Aspects of Growth Information

Technology In Indonesia

Conference Paper · March 2017

CITATIONS READS

0 12

1 author:

Hardianto Djanggih
Universitas Tompotika Luwuk
13 PUBLICATIONS 0 CITATIONS

SEE PROFILE

Some of the authors of this publication are also working on these related projects:

Research of Dosen Pemula Hibah Dikti Year 2014, Research Contract Number: 1625/K9/AK.03/2014 on
May 16th 2014. View project

Disertastion Research View project

All content following this page was uploaded by Hardianto Djanggih on 18 August 2017.

The user has requested enhancement of the downloaded file.

ISBN 978-602-60736-7-9
 Proceeding 12th ADRI 2017
International Multidisciplinary
Conference and Call for Paper,
Bogor, March 30 – April 01, 2017

Published by:
Perkumpulan Ahli and Dosen Republik Indonesia (ADRI)

ii
 ISBN: 978-602-60736-7-9

Proceeding 12th ADRI 2017

International Multidisciplinary
Conference and Call for Paper,
Bogor, March 30 – April 01, 2017

Published by:
Perkumpulan Ahli and Dosen Republik Indonesia (ADRI)

Publisher Address:
Pasar Wisata Juanda Blok Q1, Jalan Raya Sedati, Pabean,
Sidoarjo, Jawa Timur, Indonesia, 61253
http://p-adri.or.id
Email: kalbar@p-adri.or.id

iii
 Proceeding 12th ADRI 2017
International Multidisciplinary
Conference and Call for Paper,
Bogor, March 30 – April 01, 2017

x, 188 pages, 28 cm
Copyright Reserved
Copyright @ 2017
ISBN: 978-602-60736-7-9

Publisher Manager of Perkumpulan Ahli and Dosen Republik Indonesia (ADRI):

Drs. Andi Mursidi, M.Si. (STKIP Singkawang, Ketua DPD ADRI Kalimantan Barat).

Board of Editor:
Dr. H. Achmad Fathoni Rodli, M.Pd. (Ketua DPP ADRI)
Dr. H. Anton Muhibuddin, SP, MP. (Rektor Universitas Wahab Hasbullah, Jombang)
Dr. Putu Dyatmikawati, S.H., M.Hum. (Universitas Dwijendra, Denpasar, Bali)
Dr. Meithiana Indrasari, ST., MM. (Universitas Dr. Soetomo, Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Dr. Didi Sundiman, MT., MM. (UNDA, Sampit, Kalimantan Tengah)
Deffi Ayu Puspito Sari, Ph.D. (Universitas Bakri, Jakarta)
Rudy Kusuma, Ph.D. (UNU Sumatera Barat)

Reviewer:
Prof. Dr. Supari Muslim, M.Pd. (UNESA, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Peter Newcombe, Ph.D. (University of Queensland Australia).
Prof. Seung Wook Kim. (Korea University, Korea Selatan).
Prof. Dr. Wahid Bin Razzaly (Universiti Tun Hussein Onn Malaysia, Malaysia).
Prof. Datuk H.Dr. Mohd. Dalimin, M.Sc. (UTM, Malaysia).
Prof. Assoc. Dr. I-Hsien Ting. (National University of Kaohsiung, Taiwan).
Prof. Assoc. Hunsa Punapayak. (Chulalongkorn University, Thailand).

Prof. Drs. Toho Cholik Mutohir, MA., Ph.D. (IKIP Mataram, Nusa Tenggara Barat)
Prof. Dr. H. Husain Dsyam, M.TP. (Universitas Negeri Makassar)
Prof. Dr. drg. Hj. I.A. Brahmasari, Dipl.DHE, MPA, (UNTAG Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. R. Partino (Universitas Cendrawasih, Irian Jaya).
Prof. Dr. Endry Boeriswati, M.Pd. (UNJ, Jakarta).
Prof. Dr. Ir. Suhardjono, M.Pd, Dipl.HE. (UNIBRAW, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Atmazaki, M.Pd. (Universitas Negeri Padang, Sumatera Barat)

iv
Prof. Dr. Nasrudin Suyuti, M.Si. (UNU Sulawesi Teggara)
Prof. Dr. Agus Soegianto, M.Sc. (UNAIR, Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Ir. Suprijanto (ITS, Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Masriam Bukit, M.Pd. (UPI Bandung, Jawa Barat)
Prof. Dr. Bambang Suprianto, MT. (UNESA, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Amat Mukhadis, M.Pd. (UNESA, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Madlazim, M.Si. (UNESA, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Bambang Yulianto, M.Pd. (UNESA, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Sarmini, M.Hum. (UNESA, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Ismet Basuki, M.Pd. (UNESA, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Abdul Muin Sibuea, M.Pd. (UNIMED, Sumatra Utara)
Prof. Dr. Herminarto Sofyan, M.Pd. (UNY, Yogyakarta)
Prof. Dr. Harapin Hafid, M.Si. (Universitas Halu Oleo, Kendari, Sulawesi Tenggara)
Prof. Dr. H. Sofyan Sauri, M.Pd. (UPI, Bandung, Jawa Barat)
Prof. Dr. Aunurrahman, M.Pd. (Universitas Tanjungpura, Pontianak, Kalbar)
Prof. Dr. Drs. Junaidi H. Matsum, M.Pd. (Universitas Tanjungpura, Pontianak, Kalbar)
Prof. Dr. Edy Tandililing, M.Pd. (Universitas Tanjungpura, Pontianak, Kalbar)
Prof. Dr. Drs. Eddy Yunus, ST, MM. (Universitas Dr. Soetomo, Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. H. Achmad Slamet, M.Si. (UNNES Semarang, Jawa Tengah)
Prof. Dr. H. Maman Surachman, M.Sc. (UNNES Semarang, Jawa Tengah)
Prof. Dr. Sugiyo, M.Si. (UNNES Semarang, Jawa Tengah)
Prof. Dr. Ir. Ramatullah Rizieq, M.Si. (UPB Pontianak, Kalbar)
Prof. Dr. Ujianto, M.Pd. (UNTAG Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Prof. Dr. Anna Permanasari, M.Si. (UPI, Bandung, Jawa Barat)
Prof. Dr. Suwatno, M.Si. (UPI, Bandung, Jawa Barat)

Dr. Andi Suhandi, M.Si. (UPI, Bandung, Jawa Barat)

Dr. Ibrahim Ingga, M.Ak. (UNTAG Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Dr. M. Hasinuddin, S.Kep.Ns., M.Kep. (STIKES Ngudia Husada Madura, Jawa Timur)
Dr. M. Rif’at, M.Pd. (Universitas Tanjungpura, Pontianak, Kalbar)
Dr. Ahmad Yani T, M.Pd. (Universitas Tanjungpura, Pontianak, Kalbar)
Dr. Ardi Marwan, S.pd., TESOL. (POLNEP, Pontianak, Kalbar)
Dr. Adnan Mahdi (IAI Sultan Syafiudin, Sambas, Kalbar)
Dr. H. Wajidi Sayadi (IAIN, Pontianak, Kalbar)
Dr. Sajiyo, ST., M.Kes. (UNTAG Surabaya, Jawa Timur)
Dr. Drs. Andreas Muhrotien, M.Si (ST Pastoral St. Agustinus Keuskupan Agung Pontianak)
Dr. Wida Kuswida Bhakti, S.Kep.,M.Kes. (STIKES Muhammadiyah Pontianak, Kalbar)
Dr. Siti Nurjanah, M.Pd. (Universitas Negeri Jakarta)
Dr. Yusnidar Yusuf, M.Pd. (UHAMKA, Jakarta)
Dr. Eri Sarimanah, M.Pd. (Universitas Pakuan, Bogor)
Dr. Rosida Tiurma Manurung, M.Hum. (Univ. Kristen Maranatha, Bandung, Jabar).
Dr. Surti Kurniasih (Universitas Pakuan, Bogor)

v
Executive Editor:
Soeharto (STKIP Singkawang)
Eka Murdani (STKIP Singkawang)
Rosmaiyadi (STKIP Singkawang)
Haris Rusdianto (STKIP Singkawang)
Abd. Basith (STKIP Singkawang)
M. Ikhsan Setiawan (Universitas Narotama, Surabaya)
Sulfikar Sallu (Universitas Maritim Raja Ali Haji, Riau)
Muh. Ilham Baktiar (Universitas Negeri Makassar)
Muh. Barid Nizarudin Wajdi (STAI Miftahul Ula Nglawak Kertosono, Nganjuk)
Ainna Amalia FN. (STAI Miftahul Ula Nglawak Kertosono, Nganjuk)
Dian Eka Indriani (STKIP PGRI Bangkalan)
Abdul Muhid (IAIN Sunan Ampel, Surabaya)

Layout:
Agus Kurniawan (STKIP Singkawang)

Published by:
Perkumpulan Ahli and Dosen Republik Indonesia (P-ADRI)

Publisher Address:
Pasar Wisata Juanda Blok Q1, Jalan Raya Sedati, Pabean,
Sidoarjo, Jawa Timur, Indonesia, 61253
http://p-adri.or.id
Email: kalbar@p-adri.or.id

vi
 PREFACE

Praise being said to Allah Almighty God for all the grace and guidance that has been given
to us all, so the Proceedings of the 12th ADRI 2017 International Multidisciplinary Conference
and Call for Papers Bogor, March 30 – April 01, 2017 can be realized. Proceedings contains a
number of articles and research papers from lecturers, teachers, students, researchers and / or
observer of the development of science and technology.

Proceedings are published in book form only contains abstract, distributed to participants
in the form of compact disks (full paper) and published online at:
www.p-adri.or.id/prosiding/prosiding12batam.

Hopefully, these proceedings may give benefit to us all, for the development of science,
technology, arts, culture, and sports. In addition, is also expected to be a reference for the nation
and state-building efforts so that science and technology become a strong pillar in the face of the
ASEAN Economic Community.

Lastly, there is no ivory that is not cracked. We are sorry if there are things that are less
pleasing.

Thanks you very much.

Bogor, March 30, 2017.

Publisher Manager of Perkumpulan Ahli and Dosen Republik Indonesia (ADRI),

Drs. Andi Mursidi, M.Si.

vii
 Table Of Contents

Title Page

Iot Framework For Smart Agriculture To Improve Agricultural 1-5

Production
Deden Ardiansyah
Non-Formal Education Model Agribusiness Skills-Based 6-10
in The Community Learning Activities Center to Improve The quality of
Non-Formal Education
Okke Rosmaladewi, Vidia Ayundhari, Lilis Irmawatie, Ida
Adviany, and Erry Mustariani
The Influence Off Work Motivation And Work Environment On 11-18
Employee Performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang
Bukman Lian
The Role of Government In Increasing The Number of Domestic 19-22
and International Tourism Visiting In Pendolo Village, Pamona
Selatan District
Sapruni, Karmila Akib, and Stevandi
Market Orientation and Marketing Mix Of Uniqueness Resources To 23-26
Improving Performance Marketing (The Small Industry Processing
Seaweed Luwu Raya)
M. Risal and Muhammad Kasran
The Effect of Marketing Mix and Socioeconomic on the Consumer’s 27-32
Decision to Choose Medical Treatment at Public Hospital in Kasongan,
Central Kalimantan
Lelo Sintani, Yoga Manurung, and Nor Sanuri
The Model of The Interrelationship of Customer Delight And Experiential 33-41
Marketing on Customer Satisfication And Customer Loyalty on The East
Java Regional Development Bank
Soenarmi, Chandra Kartika, and Rudiatno
The Use Of Indonesian By Student In Presentation 42-46
Iis Lisnawati
Mathematical Difficulties Learners In Solving Creative Thinking In The 47-50
Geometryabilitiy
Depi Setialesmana
Nusantara Literature as Stimulus in Language Acquisition in Children to 51-57
Maintain Local Identity in Modern Era: Psycholinguistics Study
Rosida Tiurma Manurung
Student Science Process Skill (KPS) In Animal Physiology Laboratory 58-61
Experiment
Meilisha Putri Pertiwi, Muhammad Taufik Awaluddin, Rita
Istiana, and Suci Siti Lathifah
The Analysis Of Students’ Mathematical Problem Solving Difficulty 62-64
In Problem Based Learning
Ratna Rustina
The Contribution of Problem Based Teaching Materials To Mathematical 65-66
Problem Solving Ability
Yeni Heryani

viii
The influences of Vee Diagram on Animal Ecology Lab to Learning 67-72
Outcomes and Logical Thinking
Purwati Kuswarini Suprapto
The Study of Learning Obstacle In Linear Equations and Inequalities One 73-77
Variable In Mathematical Learning In Junior High School
Eva Mulyani
The Function Of Language Game Used By Young People In Sorowako 78-80
Luwu Timur
S.A. Kurniah
The Salivary IL-1Β as Periodontal Disease Diagnostic Marker 81-83
Nila Kasuma, Dewi Muarofah, and Eryati Darwin
Urgency Legal Aspects of Growth Information Technology In Indonesian 84-86
Hardianto Djanggih, Hambali Thalib, Hamza Baharudin, and
Nurul Qamar
Local Wisdom Culture Of Bugis-Makassar In Legal Perspective 87-90
Nurul Qamar, Baharuddin Badaru, and Aan Aswari
Rights Of Material TestOnGovernment Regulation In Lieu Of 91-94
Law(Perpu) Implementation
SulistyaniEka Lestari
The Bankruptcy of Personal Guarantor’s Heirs Under Indonesia Legal 95-101
System
Nuruzzhahrah Diza and Imas Rosidawati Wiradirja
Effects of Corporate Social Responsibility for Public Response to 102-110
Operating Activities PT Pembangkitan Jawa Bali (PT PJB)
Aminullah Assagaf, Eddy Yunus, and Meithiana Indrasari
Individual Creativity Enhancement To Improve Performance Through 111-117
Lecturer Lecturer On Job Satisfaction Of Studies Mananegemnt
MeithianaIndrasari
A Study on the Use of Mortar Utama Cement Type 420 as Concrete 118-121
Asrullah
Combination of Vacuum Packaging and Frozen Storage to Prolong the 122-127
Shelf Life of Pempek Lenjer
Railia Karneta
Contribution of Advertising for Purchasing Decision of Simcard (Simpati) 128-130
Product
Harrie Lutfie
Implementation of Tax Hotel In Sintang Region West Kalimantan 131-134
Province
Tresia Kristiana
Effect of Organic Matter (Straw Compost) on Cadmium Absorbtion by 135-138
Plants on the riverbanks contaminated
Alfandi
Implementation of Media Soptware Geogebra Development In 139-145
Mathematics Learning (R&D Study In Bandung SMK)
Ade Tutty R. Rosa
Imlementation of Lifelong Education through Literacy and Life Skills 146-149
Education Collaboration as an Effort of Women's Empowerment
Lina Siti Nurwahidah
Functions of Traditional Village Credit Institution Toward Rural 150-152
Development: Case of Kedonganan Village, Bali Province
M.S. Chandra Jaya

ix
Franchise Agreement Implementation In Perspective of Contracting Law 153-158
Lina Maulidiana
Gender Inequalities and Emancipation Struggle In the Novel Isinga 159-165
Prima Gusti Yanti, Ummul Qura
Designing the Text of Life Through Literature 164-170
Abdul Rozak
Descriptive Analysis of Reference Group and Family to Decision 171-173
Purchase Phone Touchscreen
Harrie Lutfie, and Rahmat Hidayat
Indonesian Children Stories In The Perspective of Literacy Dimensions 174183
Yeti Mulyati and Halimah
Development of Portfolio Based Verbal Communication Skill Among the 184-188
Students of Study Program of Indonesian and Local Language and
Literature
Titin Nurhayatin

x
 Iot Framework For Smart Agriculture To Improve
Agricultural Production

Deden Ardiansyah1)
1)
Computer Enginering Department, Pakuan University, Jl. Pakuan PO Box 452, 16143, Bogor, Indonesia
Email: ardiansyahdeden@unpak.ac.id

Abstract: Indonesia is one of the agricultural country with an area of agriculture, especially rice which millions of hectares
in extent. It certainly makes Indonesia one rice producing countries with variants and quality vary. In addition, Indonesia is
also the majority of the population are farmers of fruits, grains and vegetables become one of the staple diet. Apart from the
abundant production of rice, vegetables and fruits farmers also always have constraints that could affect the decline in
yields, in terms of both quality and quantity. In terms of loss of quality, usually caused by human error factor, or errors in
the care of the rice farmers themselves, vegetables and fruits. As for the reduction in the quantity of rice, vegetables and
fruits are the main factors in the form of pest pests (Plant Pest Organisms). To overcome these problems conventional
farmers using the tool midges and control of agricultural land by hand. Hence, we need a smart agricultural model that can
control the agricultural land of automatically and can be accessed anytime and anywhere with a base of IOT (Internet Of
Things). So that farmers can further reduce human error in maintenance of land and agricultural products so as to increase
agricultural production in Indonesia.

Keyword :agriculture, IoT,Framework, Smart, Production.

I. INTRODUCTION and within whatever, internet that be a liaison

Indonesia is one of the agricultural country with
an area of agriculture, such as rice, vegetables and
fruits that reach millions of hectares in extent. This
is certainly making Indonesia one of the countries
producing rice, vegetables and fruits with the variant
and the quality of the assortment, in addition,
Indonesia is also the majority of the population are
farmers of fruits, rice and vegetables into one of the
ingredients staple food. Apart from the abundant
agricultural production, farmers also always have
constraints that could affect the decline in yields, in
terms of both quality and quantity. In terms of loss
of quality, usually caused by human error factor, or
errors in the care of the rice farmers themselves,
such as errors in excess fertilizer. As for the decline
in production quantities, the primary factor is that
pests such as various pest (Plant Pest Organisms).
Internet Of Thing (IOT) is a concept that aims to
extend the benefits of Internet connectivity are
connected continuously. As for capabilities such as
data sharing, remote control, and so on, as well as
the objects in the real world. Examples of foodstuffs,
electronics, collectibles, any equipment, including
all living things are connected to local and global
networks through an embedded sensor and is always
active. Basically, the Internet of Things refers to
objects that can be uniquely identified as virtual
representations in an Internet-based structure. How it
Works Internet of Things is by using an argument
programming in which each command argument that
resulted in an interaction among the machines are
connected automatically without human intervention
between the interaction of these machines, while
humans only served as a regulatory and supervisory
operation of the tool directly
The essence of the concept of Internet Of Things
intelligence is intelligence, control of intelligent
automation with command, can be operated easily
and can be accessed anytime anywhere so that
independent nature, according to the context,
circumstances or environments faced. In terms of
architecture, IOT consists of several connected
networks that can be regulated and controlled by a
complex system with strict security so that IOT can
be used for all sectors such as industry, agriculture,
trade, security and other sectors that can use
technology IOT to provide increased production,
safety, service and other improvements in the sector.
Model IOT smart agriculture is the
implementation of IOT (Internet Of Things) in the
agricultural sector that can provide convenience to
farmers in terms of supervision, control and
management of agricultural production so as to
provide the quality and quantity of agricultural
production. This model was made by the network
with a system of control and supervision that can be
done remotely and can be accessed anytime and
anywhere. Model IOT farm is equipped with a
control system of agricultural land such as plowing,
irrigation, fertilizer, midges, quality of production
(harvest), the quantity of production (harvests),
making production (harvest) and the marketing of
the crop so that farmers do not need to market their
agricultural products are offline or manual.

1
 Model IOT smart agriculture to improve
agricultural production in this study is merely a
control model of irrigation, fertilizer, pest pegusir
and control of agricultural land from a distance.
Model control irrigation in this study were made by
several sensors to control irrigation by identifying
soil moisture and needs or the height of the water,
while fertilizing identified through time and the crop
needs for fertilizer, midges on this model is devoted
to the expulsion of pests (Pest Organisms Plants)
discussed in this project in the form of sparrows
eating rice, the pest will be detected by sensors that
have been installed in area pear fields and
agricultural land use camera controls. All of the
controls can be accessed and controlled anytime and
anywhere.
digital are displayed in the form of lcd character,
LED, buzzer and so forth Dapa was used as control
and monitor agricultural land.
E. DATA OUTPUT
Output data is the data that is presented as it is
processed through the database server so that the
data can be presented other media such as mobile
phones, tablets, and others.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Results of IOT produce a framework as in figure 2.

II. METHODE
The methodology used is approach to IoT
(Internet Of Things) Framework such as input from
sensor, microcontroller to process analog data from
sensor and output data from mikrocntroller in the
form of digital data is presented by lcd
caracter,led,buzzer and phone for control and
monitor agriculture.

Figure 2: IoT Framework

A. SOIL MOISTURE WIRELESS SENSOR

Soil moisture sensor is given a voltage of 4V and
0V to microcontroller contained in the watering
system, connect pin A0, GND, VCC on the
converter after the output voltage is checked at pin
converter that is connected to the positive and
negative phobe on the multimeter.
TABLE I
Sensor Soil Moisture Testing
Mikrocontroller Input Soil Info
Figure 1: IoT Framework Voltage Moisture
Voltage
A. INPUT
Input analog sensors that provide data which will 5V 3VDC actif
be processed mikrocontroller to generate digital data 4V 3VDC actif
before the data is reprocessed by mikrocontroller to 3V 3VDC actif not Stabil
be output as desired. 2V 2 VDC actif not Stabil
B. OUTPUT 1V 1 VDC Not actif
Output of the sensor in the form of digital data 0V 0VDC Not actif
input into mikrocontroller to produce the next output
in the form of data base. B. TEMPERATURE and PIR WIRELESS
C. MIKROCONTROLLER SENSOR
Microcontroller is a device that can receive Temperature wireless sensor is given a of 4 V
analog and digital data to be processed into uotput to and 0 V to microcontroller contained in the watering
be displayed in the form of a database that can then system, connect pin A0, GND, VCC on the
be accessed by a variety of media. converter after the output voltage is checked at pin
D. SERVER DAN OUTPUT converter that is connected to the positive and
Server as the recipient of the data from negative phobe on the multimeter.
mikrocontroller entered into the data base to be
processed and displayed on various media so that it
can control and memonotoring farmland, output
other than the server can be either analog output and

2
 TABLE II TABLE V.
Temperature and PIR Testing Determining Variabel
Mikrocontroller Input tempt Info Function Variabel Limit Info
Voltage and PIR
Voltage Input Temp [31-100] Temp

5V 3VDC actif Soil [0-890]

4V 3VDC actif Moustoriseur
3V 3VDC actif not Stabil
2V 2 VDC actif not Stabil Output Minus of temp [0-100] control
1V 1 VDC Not actif
0V 0VDC Not actif

C. CAMERA WIRELESS SENSOR Minus of Soil [0-890] control

Camera wireless sensor is given a voltage of 4V
and 0V to microcontroller contained in the watering
system, connect pin A0, GND, VCC on the FUZZY ASSOCIATION
converter after the output voltage is checked at pin
Fuzzy Association used to get a mean required by
converter that is connected to the positive and
each sensor so the need for control can be upgraded
negative phobe on the multimeter
TABEL III
into low, medium and high.
Camera Wireless Testing
Fu Varia Fuzzy Limit Domain
Voltag LED Indicator Info
nct bel Associatio
e
ion n
3,5 RX actif actif
Temp Low [31-100] [31-35]
Volt
TX actif actif (C)
DC Medium [33-37]
In
put High [35-100]
D. POWER SUPPLY SOLAR PANEL Soil Low [0-890] [500-890]
Power supply solar panel is input voltage for all Moistu
Medium [200-600]
scheme. Input voltage is checked by multimeter. re
High [0-300]
TABLE IV
Power Supply Testing
Ou Contro Very Low [0-100] [0-20]
tpu l Temp
Tegangan Tidak Murni Tegangan Hasil Low [15-45]
t (%)
(Volt) Pengukuran (Volt)
Medium [40-70]
+8 4,91
+9 4,91 High [65-95]
+12 4,91
Very High [90-100]
Contro Very Low [0-890] [0-20]
E. MICROCONTROLLER l Soil
Low [15-45]
This framework mikrocontroller a sensor analog Moust
signal converter menjadu digital signals and then ur (%) Medium [40-70]
forward the data into the desired form of output such High [65-95]
as servers and LCD otuput character, buzer and led.
therein processed in the form of fuzzy logic so that Very High [90-100]
every decision taken in the mikrocontroller. thus,
each ouput issued by mikrocontroller is the result of
decisions tailored to the needs of agricultural land. MEMBERSHIP FUNCTION
DETERMINING VARIABEL
Membership function is a function that shows the
Determining Variable done to get the variable to be mapping of points of data input into the value of
displayed and controlled so that the acquisition of membership, which has the interval between 0 and
the data received in the control of agricultural IOT 1.
device is more accurate. Temp Variabel
Variable temperature has such low 3 fuzzy sets (31-
35), medium (33-37), and high (35-100). Variable
temperature can be seen in Figure 3.

3
 Membership value moisture set low, medium, and
high is:

 μlow[x] = 0
 μmed[x] = 0.75
 μhigh[x] = 0
Figure 3: temp Variable
Output Variable
In this variable was divided into several fuzzy sets
with membership functions including the following: Variable Output has 5 such fuzzy set very low (0-
20), low (15-45), medium (40-70), high (65-95) and
very high (90-100). Variable output can be seen in
1, 31 Figure 5.
μlow[x] = , 31 35
0 35

0, 33 40
μmed[x] = , 33 35
35 40
Figure 5: Output Variable
0, 35
μhigh[x] = , 35 40 At this output variables can be known the magnitude
40 of the intensity of fire is detected in the room. This
1
variable is divided into several fuzzy sets with
Membership value temperature set low, medium, membership functions including the following:
and high is: 1, 10
 μlow[x] = 0,25
μvlow[x] = , 10 20
 μmed[x] = 0,5
0 20
 μhigh[x] = 0
0
15 45
μlow[x] = , 15 30
Soil Moisture Variable
30 45
Soil Moisture Variable has 3 fuzzy set them low
(500-900), medium (200-600), and high (0-300). 0
Variable flame can be seen in Figure 4. 40 70
μmed[x] = , 40 55
55 70

0
65 95
μhigh[x] = , 65 80
65 95
Figure 4: Soil Moisture Variable
0, 90
In this variable was divided into several fuzzy sets
with membership functions including the following: μvhigh[x] = , 90 95
1 95
1, 50
μhigh[x] = , 50 300
0 300 In Mamdani method, application functions used are
Min, Based on sensor input value that has been
0, 200 600 obtained, then the rules are used as follows.
μmed[x] = , 200 400
400 600
[R2] If temp is LOW and Soilmuisture is MEDIUM
0, then control is LOW
500 α-predikat1 = μlow ∩ μmed
μlow[x] = , 500 890 = min (0,25;0,75) = 0,25
1 890
[R5] If temp is MEDIUM and Soilmuisture is
MEDIUM then control is MEDIUM

4
α-predikat5 = μmed ∩ μmed
= min (0,5;0,75) = 0,5
composition rules
0,25 → A1 = 18,75
0,25 → A2 = 41,25
0,5 → A3 = 47,5
0,5 → A4 = 62,5
F. OUTPUT
The output of the entire system in
mikrocontroller there are two outputs are output to
the control and monitoring on the farm and off-farm
monitoring. dilahan for agricultural output led, lcd
caracter,buzzer and other.
The output of the microcontroller can be in the
form of a database that can be presented to various
media such as mobile phones, tablets, and other PC-
lain.pada Figure 6 shows the final output of all IOT
Framework.
Figure 6. Output IoT Framwork
IV. CONCLUSION
Model IOT smart agriculture to improve
agricultural production in this study is merely a
control model of irrigation, fertilizer, pest pegusir
and control of agricultural land from a distance.
Model control irrigation in this study were made by
several sensors to control irrigation by identifying
soil moisture and needs or the height of the water,
while fertilizing identified through time and the crop
needs for fertilizer, midges on this model is devoted
to the expulsion of pests (Pest Organisms Plants).
each sensor into the microcontroller processed using
fuzzy logic to obtain accurate data so that the data
are indicated is the data that has been processed in
the system.
REFERENCES
[1] [EVAGGELOS] Evaggelos V. Hatzikos (Monitoring Water
Quality through a Telematic Sensor Network and a Fuzzy
Expert System).
[2] [FELIX, EA.2012] Felix-Attila FARKAS, Vlad CIGAN,
Rares CAZAN, Adrian BUDELECAN, Gheorghe Ioan
VUSCAN.2012. (Scada For Underwater Vehicles). ACTA
TECHNICA NAPOCENSIS, Vol:55, Issue II, 407-412.
TECHNICAL UNIVERSITY OF CLUJ-NAPOCA.
5
[3] [HADIJAYA,EA, 2012] Hadijaya Pratama et.al. 2012.
(Ultrasonic Sensor Performance Data Acquisition System
Based on Serial Communication Using Microcontroller
Atmega 32). ELECTRANS, VOL:11,36-43. Universitas
Pendidikan Indonesia. BANDUNG
[4] [HENRI,2008] Henry Hasian, 2008. (Temperature Effect
Analysis Pemudalisian Against The sensitivity and
selectivity of Semiconductor Gas Sensors). TESIS. Institut
Teknologi Sepuluh November.SURABAYA.
[5] [HEMAVATHI, EA, 2014] Hemavathi Natarajan, Sudha
Selvaraj.2014. (A Fuzzy Based Predictive Cluster Head
Selection Scheme for Wireless Sensor Networks).
International Conference on Sensing Technology Vol:8,
560-567. LIVERPOOL, UK.
[6] [KHALED,EA.2010] S. M. Khaled Reza,et.al. 2010.
(Microcontroller Based Automated Water Level Sensing
and Controlling): Design and Implementation Issue.
WCECS.Vol:1,San Fransisco.USA.
[7] [MINKYU,2013] Minkyu Choy. 2013. (Wireless
Communications for SCADA Systems Utilizing Mobile
Nodes). International Journal of Smart Home. Vol:7,1-8.
DAEJON. Republik Od Korea.
[8] [MINKYU,2013] Minkyu Choi and Ronnie D. Caytiles,
2013. (A Proposed Integration of Hierarchical Mobile IP
based Networks in SCADA Systems). International Journal
of Smart Home. Vol. 7, 49-56. Daejeon, KOREA.
[9] [MONDAL,EA,2015] B. Mondal et.al. 2015. (Quantitative
recognition of flammable and toxic gases with artificial
neural network using metal oxide gas sensors in embedded
platform). Engineering Science and Technology, an
International Journal Vol:18,229-234.INDIA.
[10] [OSWALDZ EA,2012] Oswaldz Samuel Nababan, Plato
Martuani Siregar. 2012. (Automated measurement of river
discharge with Arduino mikrocontroller). SKRIPSI.
BANDUNG. INSTITUT TEKNOLOGI BANDUNG
[11] Perkas Nugraha. 2013. Sistem Kontrol Jarak Jauh Melalui
Media Jaringan Komputer Untuk Mengontrol Penerangan
Ruangan Dan Air Conditioner (Ac) Pada Laboratorium
Stmik Amikom Yogyakarta Dalam Bentuk Maet Berbasis
Mikrokontroler Arduino. Jurusan Teknik Informatika,
Sekolah Tinggi Manajemen Informatika Dan Komputer
Amikom, Yogyakarta
[12] Modjo Ardiyanto Saleh, S.Pd., MP. 2012. Rancang Bangun
Alat Pengendali Hama Burung Pemakan Bulir Padi Sawah
(Oryza Sativa L.) Sistem Mekanik Elektrik. Skripsi, Jurusan
Agroteknologi Fakultas Ilmu-Ilmu Pertanian Universitas
Negeri Gorontalo, Gorontalo.
[13] Faturakhman Fithranto & Priandana Karlisa. 2014. Analisis
Alat Pengusir Tikus dengan Menggunakan Gelombang
Ultrasonik berbasis Mikrokontroler Arduino Uno.
Indonesian Jurnal on Computer Science IPB.
[14] Asif, Omar., et al. (2014). “Fire-Detectors Review and
Design of an Automated, Quick Responsive Fire-Alarm
System Based on SMS”. Int. J. Communications, Network
and System Sciences, 2014, 7, 386-395.
[15] Stevanus dan D. Setiadikarunia 2013. Alat Pengukur
Kelembaban Tanah Berbasis Mikrokontroler PIC 16F84,
Universitas Kristen Maranatha, Bandung.
 Non-Formal Education Model Agribusiness Skills-Based
in The Community Learning Activities Center to Improve The quality of
Non-Formal Education

Okke Rosmaladewi 1), Vidia Ayundhari2), Lilis Irmawatie3), Ida Adviany4), Erry Mustariani5)

Agro-technology Study Program, Faculty of Agriculture, Islamic Nusantara University (Uninus)

E-mail: okkerosmala@uninus.ac.id
 

Abstract. Socio-economic condition in Pasirwangi subdistrict is an agricultural area with the majority of the population
generally as low-educated peasants. The education they had were only as elementary school students and even the Dropped-
Outs (DO). Moreover, they live below the poverty line. The dimension of dominant problems in Pasirwangi subdistrict is
poverty regarding economic issues, education and health. One of the attempts to parse the poverty circle is by a means of
giving Non-Formal Education (NFE) which is suitable for the condition of the target community. The management of NFE
itself is implemented by The Community Learning Activities Center (TCLAC) . It is established and run by community
leaders who are concerned about the condition of the surroundings. TCLAC management and learning performed generally
yet refers to a quality standard that has been set. Learning undertaken is to prepare for the equality test only. During this
time, there are no skills given to learners. This makes NFE even worse. Thus, based on the condition, NFE model
agribusiness skills-based is one of the alternatives to improve the education quality and family productivity of the peasants.
The purpose of this research is to solve the problems of quality improvement on NFE as well as to increase society’s
welfare. Research results can be utilized for the benefit of both society and the institution of NFE, e.g. TCLAC. This
research type is applied research using qualitative approach method with descriptive analysis. This model is in the field
of social engineering through multistakeholder partnership. It is held to improve continually the quality of NFE based
on partnership principles, TCLAC empowerment, and the active participation of stakeholders.

Keywords: Non-Formal Education, Skills And Learning Activities, The Community Learning Activities Center

I. INTRODUCTION difficulty on funding to finance the working so they

A. Background
Pasirwangi is one of 42 subdistricts in Garut with an
area of 4,670 Ha and the number of population of 58,182
inhabitants (Monograph Pasirwangi Subdistrict, 2009).
Based on the result of preliminary study, socio-economic
condition of Pasirwangi Subdistrict is an agricultural area
with the majority of 26,182 inhabitants (45%) as farmers.
About 22,334 inhabitants (85.3%) belong to the farmers
behave as the low-educated peasants for only Elementary
School graduates and the Dropped-Outs (DO).
Even still many illiterate farm workers lie in their
productive age. Moreover, they live below the poverty
line. Hence, the dimension of dominant problems in
Pasirwangi subdistrict is poverty regarding economic
issues, education and health. Most of the farmers in
Pasirwangi pursuit horticultural crops cultivation like
potato, cabbage and tomatoes over a limited land with an
average land area less than 0.25 Ha. They carry out the
cultivation of horticultural plants conventionally, i.e.
hereditary habit-based. The use of seeds, fertilizers and
pesticides with less precise and improper doses made the
production cost high and degraded natural resources.
Financial resources for financing farming sourced from a
limited funding. Most farmers as much as 60-80% have
"borrow" a venture capital in advance to a "broker" in form
of agricultural production facilities, and they pay it after
harvesting.
With the condition described above, most families of
the peasants are on the circle of poverty. Because of the
limited condition either economic or geographic, their
children education are also low. The children school to
elementary in average for helping their parents to
cultivate the land is a must. One of the attempts to
parse the poverty circle is by a means of giving education.
Non-Formal Education (NFE) model agribusiness skills-
based is considered suitable with the condition
of the target community. To implement NFE, there are two
community learning activities centers or Pusat Kegiatan
Belajar Masyarakat (PKBM) founded and run by
community leaders who were concerned about the
condition of the surroundings. The Community Learning
Activities Center (TCLAC) management yet refers to
a quality standard that has been set. Learning is usually
conducted face-to-face a few times before the test is carried
out. Likewise in the TCLAC educational management, it is
not fulfilled the standard yet. During this time, the TCLAC
management relies solely on governmental aid
funds. TCLAC has not been able to partner with other
institutions and improve NFE quality in the region.

6
 Based on the description above, then the development
of NFE model agribusiness skills-based is one of the
alternatives for increasing productivity over peasants and
the family in accordance with the social, economic and
environmental condition. NFE is organized for citizens in
particularly farm workers who need education service that
serves as a substitution, supplement, and complement of
formal education to support lifelong education.
B. Research Purpose
The purpose of this research is to implement NFE
model agribusiness skills-based that correspond to social
and environmental condition of the community. This model
is in the field of social engineering through
multistakeholder partnership in NFE quality improvement
based on empowerment of learners, educators and
managers of TCLAC, and active participation from
stakeholders on an ongoing basis.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
A. Non-Formal Education
Based on condition and social problems that exist in
society, NFE is a kind of education that can support
community life especially for the poor and the
marginalized. NFE is one of the lines from the education
system in Indonesia as an effort to improve the
knowledge, skills, and attitude towards the quality of life.
As stated in the Republic of Indonesia’s legislation No.
20 year 2003 on the National Education System, article 1
section (10): “A unit of education is the education service
group which conducts education on formal, non-formal,
and informal at every level and type of education”; section
(11), “Formal education is the educational path which is
structured and hierarchical,consisting of primary education,
secondary education, and higher education”; section
(12), “NFE is education held outside formal education
implemented in a structured and hierarchical”; section (13),
“Informal education is the education for the family and the
environment”.
On the side of the more ideal education, NFE is really
needed forthe development and implementation of lifelong
learning. First, as a complement learning material held
in school; second asasupplement learningmaterial learned i
n school; and third, as an alternative choice of institution in
its own right (substitution).
The concept of NFE appeared in 1968 (Coombs, 1968)
NFE development progressed so rapidly especially
when many still perceived some education flaws. NFE with
different attribute names and (or) other terms are often
calledasmass education,adult education, lifelong education,
learning society,outofschool education,social education is
“any organised, systematic educational activity carried on
outside the framework of the formal system”.
According to Sudjana (1994: p.38), NFE is “an
organized attempt held outside of the schooling system
systematically and continuously”. It applies through social
connection toguide individuals, groups and communities in
order to have attitude and social ideals. They are rather
effective to improve life in material, social and
mental effort in realizing the social
7
welfare. Coombs (1973:11) widelyprovides NFE formulati
on like stated: “Any organized educational
activities held outside of school education in
an independent way or in an important part
of a wider activity with the intention of providing special
services to the learning citizens in achieving the learning
objectives”.
The concept of lifelong learning is highly relevant
to people's live, notably in raising public awareness toward
education through a variety of NFE activities. According to
Trisnamansyah (1995:3), NFE can be defined as “a science
that systematically studies socio-cultural interaction among
citizens as an object with a learning resource in terms of
achieving the desired purpose of education which is
emphasized on the formation of self-reliance in the lifelong
learning framework”.
From the foregoing definitions, it can be drawn a
process that NFE has an institutionalized
system which means each NFE development needs
planning program to be done. It can be deemed through
a curriculum, the program content, the facilities, the
infrastructure, targeted learners, learning resources, along
with the factors that one another cannot be separated. This
is in line with Etling (1990:20) who details six dimensions
of NFE as a system outside formal education system,
namely: a) learner-centered, b) curriculum cafeteria), c) the
horizontal relationship between learners and tutors, d)
reliance on local resources, e) immediate usefulness , f) the
level of structure built from below. NFE is
organized through the stages like learning materials
development, organizing learning activities,
implementing and assessing teaching and learning. This is
in line with Knowles (1980) that management of learning
activities including the steps: a) creating a conducive
environment for learning; b) setting the management of
organizational learning program ; c) identifying thelearning
needs; d) formulating directionsand learningobjectives; e) c
ompiling learningmaterials development; f) carryingout lea
rningactivities; and g) doing the assessment.
Learning materials provided on NFE cover the
overall knowledge and skills related to the life aspects. It
is intended to meet a wide range of learning needs that
arise in the community life, like Terasa learning need and
national program priorities. Terasa learning need is a
learning need sensed by every community member,
meanwhile the national programme priorities relate to
the knowledge demand and skills that need to be owned
by each society member which is based on the
consideration of national interest. The implementation of
NFE model Agribusiness Skills-based held by TCLAC, is a
learning community established to improve the knowledge,
skills, and attitude. This knowledge development and
agribusiness skills in the society is an NFE
program service variation integrated to somewhat
life. This also becomes more meaningful implementation of
the lifelong education as if its development programs
putting more attention to factors; interests and community
needs, community organizing and planning programs
tailored to the society needs as a mean of local resource-
based. This is established, for the community target more
empowered and understand how to do changes in social
structures that exist in the environment.
B. Non Formal Education Quality
Based on The Education Act No. 20 year 2013,
Non Formal Education is an education track outside formal
education implemented in a structured and hierarchical
way. The result of NFE can be admitted and converted
equally to the result of formal education after going
through the legalized assessment process by
the government or the local authorities referring to National
Standards of Education. The appointed agency is Technical
Implementing Agency (Unit Pelaksana Teknis
Dinas/UPTD) for Workshop and Learning Activities
(Sanggar Kegiatan Belajar/SKB). It is a • TCLAC managers, NFE learners and educators at
bureaucratic institution under the command’s line of
Education Department but having an autonomy as
empowerment community media in the field of NFE.
In order to achieve the specified educational
objectives, the whole Indonesian society is encouraged to
develop present competences, so that it can play a role in
such underway development. For the thing, it is UPTD
SKB established as a medium that closely relates
to NFE and also prevails as the governing container,
quality developer for educators/tutors, community
empowerment, as well as courses including life
skills education, early childhood education, youth
education, women empowerment education,
literacy education, skills and job training, and Educational
Equality of A/B/C package. Not to mention some
other types of education aimed at developing the learners
ability, such as; TCLAC, courses, training institutes, study
groups, workshops, ‘Taklim’ assembly and others.
III. RESEARCH METHOD
A. Approaches and Research Method
This research is applied research using qualitative
approach by a means of descriptive method. Applied
research is used to find out the solution for the problems in
NFE that exist in society. The main goal of this research is
solving the problems of NFE quality improvement. As a
result, the research outcome can be utilized for the benefit
of society and NFE institution founders. In other
words, the applied research’s result is used
as a systematic study purposed for applicative
generating actions to troubleshoot NFE enhancement.
The results can be also directly applied to solve
problems faced by The Community Learning Activities
Center (TCLAC) and used to encourage the
implementation of NFE quality-based, such as learning
quality improvement both learning method and media, NFE
management, and Agribusiness skills development as a life
skill for learners.
B. Research Location
Research on the implementation of Non Formal
Education (NFE) Model Agribusiness Skills-based was
conducted in The Community Learning Activities Center
(TCLAC) of Gita Gemilang and Sukarakyat, Pasirwangi
subdistrict, Garut.
8
C. Population and Sample: Determination Procedure
1. Data and Information Source
Data sources and information in this research were the
overall characteristics that concerned to NFE
implementation. Therefore, the retrieval of the data
source using Purposive sampling which was based on the
researchers’ options and the consideration below:
• Non-Formal subdivision, Department of Education in
Garut.
• Local governments, villages, subdistricts, and relevant
agencies to NFE.
• The Community Learning Activities Center (TCLAC)
which is located in Pasirwangi, Garut.
Gita and Sukarakyat.
2. Data collection techniques and Instrumentation
The qualitative research instrument used here was the
researchers themselves. Meanwhile the data collection
techniques in the field were by using interview,
observation, and documentation study.
IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
In pursuance of Sidiknas Act 2013 article 5, every
citizen has equal rights to get a quality education. So do the
learners on NFE. With all the limitations they have, they
need such quality education. Education which can
improve the quality of life. Later on, the opportunity to
acquire education has already opened through NFE as a
surrogate booster that formal education cannot take place.
NFE at TCLAC covers early childhood education, literacy
education and educational equality as well. In practice
anyhow, NFE managed by some TCLAC managers in
Pasirwangi district come from very limited NGOs and they
implement the program to only get a government "project"
in major. The educational management is conventional
still: it has not been any innovation and run by the family.
On some Educational Equality packages like B and C,
there were only a few times learning followed until the
test is performed. By large, TCLAC has not provided yet
the skills that can provide essential life skills to the
learners. Whereas NFE serves to develop potential learners
with an emphasis on functional knowledge and skills
mastery. Education life skills given can actually contribute
personal, social, and vocational skills as well as intellectual
power to work or independent business. So does in terms of
TCLAC management, the management has been performed
but far from the established standard quality. This is the
one that makes NFE less trusted and demanded by the
society.
1. The Implementation of NFE Model
Agribusiness Skills-Based in The Community Learning
Activities Center (TCLAC)
Based on the social and environmental condition of
Pasirwangi community Garut, NFE model Agribusiness
skills-based in TCLAC is one of the efforts for enhancing
the quality of NFE and the peasants’ family productivity
altogether. This model is a social engineering field through
multistakeholder partnership in NFE quality improvement
by a means of utilizing strategies for TCLAC
empowerment, learners, educators, TCLAC managers, and
active participation from stakeholders on an ongoing basis
as well.
2. The Implementation of NFE: Educational Quality
Development-Based
Based on the condition of natural resources, human
resources, and the need analysis of learning citizens, a
planned educational program must comply with
the condition and the target community needs. The
implementation of NFE model Agribusiness skills-based is
implemented through a series of participatory process with
the aim to improve the quality of NFE (see Phase II).
Each stage of the executed program is better being
frequently monitored and evaluated to do some
improvement. At this stage, it will create NFE system
toward the community corresponding to environmental
condition, social culture and society and also commit a
continuing maintenance.
To improve NFE quality, the main orientation both
managers and educators must be based on quality for sure.
Management activities are later made pertaining to
empowerment and partnership principles. They were
conducted by three (3) phases as follows:
• Phase I is the general NFE condition mapping in
Garut regency over Technical Implementing Agency
(UPTD) and TCLAC. An internal environment
analysis was done against TCLAC, managers,
educators, and learners. Meanwhile external
environment analysis was carried out to look at the
social, economic and environmental condition of the
society surrounding TCLAC and stakeholders that can
partner to TCLAC.
Multistakeholder partnership in NFE is a system in an
attempt to increase the quality of NFE which is part of
community development. The program is a synergy from
the various institutions. Partnership program made is by
building a more comprehensive system based on strategic
planning and long-term goals focused on community
objectives and stakeholders participation, so that the
program benefits can be directly perceived by society as
suited to the community needs. Moreover, the developed
program is jointly and sustainably designed to specifically
encourage the continuation of educational development.
In carrying out the partnership, there are several obstacles
faced such as the lack aspects among socio-
economic condition of target community, human
resources of TCLAC managers, public participation and
stakeholders. To overcome the constraints , it is required an
improvement effort by a means of strengthening the
value system on community life, TCLAC
empowerment, and also capacity building for the managers,
educators and learners. An intensive mentoring from
related agencies such as the Department of Education,
improving coordination and stakeholders cooperation are
necessary as well. To increase participation, NFE quality
improvement strategies through agribusiness skills should
bebetterperformed over communityempowerment and partn
ership byconsideringtheprinciplesof transparent, accountabl
e, and sustainable stakeholder participation.
9
 Phase II TCLAC Empowerment. The strategy
implemented is focusing on quality improvement of
NFE through 1) increasing capacity of managers,
learners and educators, 2) developing agribusiness
skills that suit to both citizen and market needs, 3)
strengthening institutionally The Community Learning
Activities Center (TCLAC), 4) improving method and
learning media, technology assistance, educational
facilities and infrastructures, 5) giving a venture capital,
6) intensive mentoring from university, and 7) building
network marketing partnership.
• Phase III, The quality of NFE improvement through
multistakeholder partnership is focused on improving
and strengthening TCLAC management,
implementing quality education & teaching, along
with performing skills and KUBE agribusiness. For
more details, the implementation stages of
the activities is described as follows:
3. Agribusiness Skills for Improving The Quality of NFE
In NFE, commonly TCLAC managers have not yet
oriented to the quality. On the Educational Equality
program B and C package, the learning implemented has
very limited facilities and infrastructures. No skills are also
given to the learners. The coordination of educational
equality program goes through the test just to attain the
target of graduates. The managers have not yet developed
education in a comprehensive educational system, so that
the output from the TCLAC cannot yet create intelligent
graduates who are skilled and independent.
Based on the social and environmental condition, and
the NFE condition mapping, then agribusiness horticultural
skill is a skill that can equip learners to enhance lifeskills
without switching to another profession. Beside performing
to improve NFE quality, it is expected to regenerate the
agricultural generation as now is left behind by the youth.
By equipping agribusiness holticultural skills, young
generation is also expected to skillfully manage the farm.
Thus, it can improve the human resource development of
agriculture in the future.
To practice horticultural agribusiness skill that has been
given, TCLAC should encourage learners to try
and cooperate within the community. They are highly
encouraged to enter agricultural field by forming a joint
venture group (Kelompok Usaha [7] Kindervatter.S. (1979). Non formal Education as an
Empowering Process With Case study From Indonesia and
Bersama/KUBE). Commodity developed in KUBE is a Thailand. Amherst Massachutte Centre For International
commodity that is easily absorbed by the market, so Education. University of Massachuttes.
that KUBE agribusiness can be made into a source of [8] Knowles, M. S. (1980). The Modern Practice of Adult Education.
income for TCLAC. Andragogy versus Pedagogy. Englewood Cliffs: Cambridge.
[9] Monografi Kecamatan Pasirwangi, 2009
Through this program, TCLAC should be able to [10] Mulyasana. D. (2011). Pendidikan Bermutu dan Berdaya Saing.
facilitate and increase the participation of the community in Bandung. Remaja Rosdakarya.
terms of increasing education quality and agricultural [11] Payne, M. (1997). Modern Social Work Theory. Mac Millan
development. These can be in form of good roles on Press.Ltd. London
[12] Prijono, OS. Pranaka. (1996) Pemberdayaan, Konsep, Kebijakan
individuals, groups, families, organizations, dan Implementasi. Jakarta. CSIS.
entrepreneurs, and civic organizations in organizing and [13] RPJMD Kab Garut (2009) tersedia online.
controlling the education quality www.garutkab.go.id/galleries/pdf_link/
services. Therefore, TCLAC must be creative and pemerintahan/RKPD_2010.
[14] Sudjana, D. (2004). Pendidikan Non Formal; Wawasan, Sejarah,
innovative in developing educational programs and also its Perkembangan, Falsafah dan Teori Pendukung serta Azas.
agribusiness. To carry this out, TCLAC can partner Fallah Production. Bandung.
with stakeholders over technological assistance, facilities, [15] Sukmadinata, N. Sy. (2006). Metode Penelitian Pendidikan.
infrastructures, and venture capital. Bandung. P.T. Remaja Rosdakarya.
[16] Trisnamansyah. (1995) Makalah Pendidikan Non Formal.
KUBE Agribusiness developed in TCLAC and its tersedia online wodper.blogspot.com/2014/12/.html.
membership are henceforth taken from TCLAC alumni [17] --------------------. (2006) Pendidikan Nonformal dalam Era
who jointly make efforts and adopt the agribusiness skills Otonomi Daerah. Hotel Putri Gunung Lembang Kabupaten
pattern that once implemented, or them who endeavour to Bandung Tanggal 19 s.d 20 November.
[18] Undang-Undang Nomor 20 Tahun 2003 Tentang Sistem
be autonomous. By going through this Pendidikan Nasional.
process, mutual learning between alumni and the family
can be realized. Finally, they can conserve
and develop agriculture from generation to generation.

V. CONCLUSION
Quality improvement on NFE can be implemented by
building education in TCLAC as a system and quality
control which are performed by TCLAC based on the
empowerment principles against TCLAC, managers,
educators, and learners in a participatory and sustainable
way.
Multistakeholder partnership in NFE quality
improvement through agribusiness skills is one of the
alternatives and considered better because it prevails as a
more comprehensive social system with all stakeholders
participation and continuity. This program is systematic,
integrated, and focused on empowering TCLAC
among managers, educators, and learners. Last but not
least, the implementation result of these activities could
provide life provision for learners in form of the
enhancement of knowledge, life skills, and later can
become the provision to improve their quality of life.

REFERENCES
[1] Chambers, D.E. (2000). Social Policy and Social Programs: A
Method for Practical Public Policy Analyst. Allyan and Bacon.
Boston
[2] Coombs, P. (1968). The World Educational Crisis. New York:
Oxford University. Press.
[3] DP2M DIKTI, (2013). Panduan Peaksanaan Penelitian dan
Pengabdian Kepada Masyarakat di Perguruan Tinggi, Edisi IX.
Dirjen Dikti, Jakarta
[4] Etling, A.W. (1990) Dimensi Pendidikan Nonformal Sebagai
Sistem Pendidikan tersedia online
https://nbasis.wordpress.com/2014/03/.../konsep-pendidikan non-
formal/
[5] Fahrudin, A. (2009). Pemberdayaan, Partisipasi dan Penguatan
Kapasitas Masyarakat. Humaniora. Bandung
[6] Ife, Jim. (2002). Community Development; Community Based
Alternatives in an Age of Globalization. Pearson Education.
Australia.

10
 The Influence Off Work Motivation And Work Environment On
Employee Performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang
Bukman Lian1)
1)
Education Management Department, The University of PGRI Palembang, Indonesia
E-mail: bukmanlian11@gmail.com

Abstract: The goals off this research is for knowing the influence of work motivation and work environment on employee
performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang. The population in this research are the employee of PT. Ravida Mandiri
Palembang, there are 150 employees. Sample is determined by simple technique random sampling, with the respondent are
60 employees. Sampling technique that used is questionnaires and documentary. Data analysis that used is simple
regression linier analysis, double regression linier analysis, correlation coefficient, determine correlation, test t and test F.
Result of discussion obtained the value of test t for work motivation variable obtained t count 18,177 bigger than t table 1,6716
can concluded that there is influence of work motivation on employee performance, while for work environment variable
obtained t count 28,429 bigger then t table 1,6716 so can concluded there is influence of work environment on employee
performance . Result of test F together obtained F count 208,832 bigger than F table 3,16 so can concluded there is influence of
work motivation and work environment on employee performance.

Keywords: Influence, motivation, work environment

I. INTRODUCTION generally is a need and wants of that person. If he need and

One of classical problem that faced today is a low of
human resource quality. Number of large human resources
if can be used effectively and efficient will give benefit to
support motion pace of development which continuously.
Developing process is a changing process continuously
which is an improvement and maintain to directing to reach
the goals. Therefore, PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang in
order to reach the goals that declared by company so
determined to achieve the highest performance in quality
management, environment and in every company
operational activity. To support that things PT. Ravida
Mandiri Palembang, have reach certificate of ISO
14001:2004 which is a standard that including condition
and environment management system. Certificate of ISO
9001:2008 which is a quality management system and a
most famous condition in the world. Therefore, operational
activity of PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang day by day need
standard of activity that called with name TPM (Total
Productivity Maintenance) that give guidance for all
employee’s activity at PT Ravida Mandiri Palembang.
The success of achievement application of TPM
supporting vision and mission that makes PT. Ravida
MAndiri Palembang as competitive company by quality
improvement, efficiency and effectively need support by
human resource inside. Because of that motivation must
given to the employee. According to Mangkunegara
(2014:1) work motivation is a condition or energy that
moves the employee itself which directed and or fixed to
reach the goals of organization company. So, then
motivation is a factor that push someone to do certain
activity, because of that motivation often defined as a
supporting factor of someone attitude. Every activity which
do by someone must have a factor to support that activity
Therefore, according to Gitosudamo in Sutrisno (2015:109)
supporting factor from someone to do certain activity
want something, so he will pushed to do certain activity to
reach what he needed. Needs and wants of someone will be
different each others. The discrepancy of people happened
caused mentality process needs and wants that happened to
the people itself. According to Donal in Feriyanto and
Triana (2015:72) that work motivation is a changing of
energy inside people itself which signed by apparr the
feeling and reaction to reach the goals.
Beside work motivation, work environment have
affected on employee performance because of office work
mostly a mental job that need coziness for employee.
Uncomfortable of work environment will caused tense and
fatigue so then decrease efficiency and high level of
absenteeism of employee. Because of that, according to
Sedarmayanti (2011:21) work environment is a whole tools
and material that faced, surrounding neighborhood where
the person working, work method, and work arrangement
both as a person or as a group. Good work environment
expected will increasing employee performance.
According to Hasibuan in Yani (2012:117) employee
performance is a work result that someone achieved in do
the tasks whose bears to him that based on capability and
sincerity and time. But, actually performance have large
definition, not only work result, but including how the
process going on. Employee performance will reach
optimize result if they given a high motivation by the
company so then affected and performance is one of
facility to writing and monitoring the employee, in the end
will be an input for developing program for the employee
itself. Therefore, the employee quality, the goals of the
company can be reach time by time.
PT. Ravida Mandi Palembang, is a company which
desiring to have good performance of course must able to
manage the human resources. Based on observation result
that did by experts there are several habits of some

11
employee off PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang, whose
didn’t work by SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) the
time that determined by company so then caused
decreasing of employee performance such as: there are
some employees who’s come late and go home before
time., there are some employees whose leave their table to
conversed with another employee. Beside that, structuring
work space that has not been good yet, important document
storage cupboard. Lighting and temperature in the
workplace, wall color which already faded and also room
cleanliness that still don’t have more attention and
employee in duty their jobs are waiting so then less
effectiveness of employee performance.
Based on background above, can be formulated some of
problems as below:
1) Is there affected of work motivation on employee
performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang?
2) Is there affected of work environment on employee
performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang?
3) Is there affected of wok motivation and work
environment together on employee performance at PT.
Ravida Mandiri Palembang?
The goals who wants to be reach is to knowing:
1) The influence of work motivation on employee
performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang.
2) The influence of work environment on employee
performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang.
3) The influence of work motivation and work
environment together on employee performance at PT.
Ravida Mandiri Palembang.
Some of benefits from research as below:
1) For Company
As an input for PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang, in
make or decide policies related with work motivation
and work environment on employee performance.
2) This research is expected can be used as a reference
for next research in order to add insight and
knowledge for the needy.
According to Arep (2003:12) motive are define as
causes that being a support or someone action, basic mind
and opinion, something can be principal. From the
definition of motive can be lowered sense of motivation as
something principal, that can supporting someone to work.
Anoraga (2000:35) declare that motive can be defined as
gift or appearance of motive. Or can also defined thing or
condition being motive. Mangkunegara (2011:93) declare
that motivation is a condition whose support other people
to do the task as their function in organization. While
Sudarsono (2012:98) declare that motivation is pushing
from human itself which case and direct their attitude on
working.
According to Berelson and Steiner in Feriyanto and
Triana (2015:72) work motivation can be defined as
psychological state and human mentality attitude that give
energy, supporting activity (moves), and director distribute
the attitude to the way to reach the needs which give
satisfaction and less balance. According o Hasibuan in
Sunyoto (2012:191) work motivation is a stimulant desire
(want) the driving force whim of womeone work, everu
motive has a certain goal that want to be reach. According
to Feriyanto and Triana (2015:74) there are several
12
motivation theories which presented by some experts,
among:
1. Needs hierarchy theory
The most famous of motivation theory is Needs
Hierarchy Theory, with the originator is Abraham
Maslow. According to Maslow in every person there
are hierarchy of 5 needs, such as:
a. Physiological needs
In generally physiological needs is an effort to
keeping the balance of physical elements such as
eat, drink, sugar, salt, protein, and also need of
rest, and sex.
b. Security needs
After physiological needs fulfilled, appear a
security needs, stability, protection, structure of
law, regularity, limit, freedom from fear and
worry.
c. Love needs
After physiological and security needs relatively
satisfied, needs of owned or be a part of sociality
and love being a dominant goal.
d. Pride needs
There are 2 kinds of pride, such as : 1) proud of
themselves, for example power needs, mastery,
competency, achievement, confidence, autonomy,
and freedom. 2) reach the rewards from others, for
example need of prestige, rewards from other
people, status, fame, domination, being important
person, honor, acceptable and appreciation.
e. Needs of self-actualization
At least after all the needs fulfilled, there appear
the needs of self-actualization, a need that the
person able to make it happen with maximal effort
and skills of potency.
2. Hezberg of Motivation Theory (2 factors theory)
According to Hezberg, there are 2 kinds of factor that
support someone to attempt to reach satisfaction and
stay away from dissatisfaction, such as:
a. Hygiene factor motivated someone to out from
dissatisfaction including relationship between
humans, rewards, condition of environment etc.
b. Factor of motivator motivated someone to
attempt to reach satisfaction, including
achievement, recognition, leveling life
improvement, etc.
3. V room motivation Theory (expectation theory)
According to V room, high and low of someone
motivation is determined by 3 components, such as:
a. Expectation (hope) success of duty to do the tasks.
b. Instrumentality, that is appraisal about what will
happen if success in duty of some tasks (success
in duty to reach certain outcome).
c. Valence, that is response on outcome such as
positive feeling, neutral, or negative. High
motivation if the effort to produce something that
more from expectation. Low motivation if the
effort to produce less from expectation.
According to Feriyantoand Triana (2015:80) shapes of
motivation which often to do by organization or
company, such as:
a. Compensation term of money
 One of shape which often given to the employee is
a compensation. The compensation given to the
employee usually in money.
b. Directing and Controlling
The directing intended determine the employee
what they must do and what they must not to do.
While controlling is intended to determine that the
employee must do every order that given by
instruction.
c. The determination Effective work pattern
Effective adjustment of work pattern on
increasingly the employee needs will not happen,
minimum at larger size, without big changing
inside company culture.
d. Policy
Policy can be defined as an action that taken
deliberately by management to influence attitude
and feeling of the employee. With other words,
policy is an effort to make the employee feeling
joy.
According to Sunyoto (2012:198) The goals of giving
motivation such as to push the passion and spirit of
work the employee , increasing morality and the
employee satisfaction, increasing productivity, keeping
the loyalty and stability the employee of the company,
increasing discipline and decreasing employee leveling
absenteeism, creating atmosphere and good
relationship between the employee, increasing
creativity and participation of the employee, increasing
prosperity of the employee, enhance the sense of
responsibility the employee about their tasks.
The task that do by human resource manager after
doing recruitment, train and develop through the training,
the next is work motivation. In terms of motivated the
employee manager have to pay attention on what the
employee needs. The manager expectation as a motivator
are work result that more fulfill the principal of efficiency
and achievement which they’ve done. The success of
motivator in motivated the employee will more affected to
the employee achievement.
According to Feriyanto and Triana (2015:86) work
motivator indication such as: 1) Performance, that is
someone who has a want to get achievement as a needs can
push him to reach the target; 2) Rewards, is a recognition
for a performance that achieved by someone are a strong
stimulus. 3) Challenge, that is a challenge to be faced are
strong stimulus for human to resolve it; 4) Responsibility,
that is their sense of belonging as well as having will inflict
the motivation to partly responsible; 5) Development, is
development off someone ability both off experience or a
chance to improve, will be a strong stimulus for the
employee to work hard and more passion; 6) Involvement,
there is a sense of involvement not only sense off
belonging and sense of responsible, but also inflict sense of
introspective to work better and produce more quality
product; 7) Opportunity, that is an opportunity to advance
in carrier leveling which open from the lowest to the top
management are a strong enough stimulus for the
employee.
Based on several opinions of expert above can conclude
that work motivation are various effort that do by humans
13
of course to fulfill their wants and needs. But, in order their
needs and wants to fulfill are not easy to reach if without
maximum effort.
According to Sutrisno (205:118) work environment are
whole facilities and infrastructure that exist around the
employee whose doing their work which can affect the
work progress. This work environment, including
workplace, facilities and tools, cleanliness, lighting,
silence, also including relationship between the people at
that place.
Sunyoto (2012:43) declare that work environment is an
important part of component on the employee doing their
works. With pay attention for good work environment will
create work condition that able to give motivation for wok,
so it will take effect for the passion or spirit the employee
to do their work. Beside that, Nitisemito (2002:183)
declare physic work environment are whole the things that
exist around the employee that can affect themselves in
duty of their tasks whose bear for them, for example:
lighting, temperature, workspace, security, cleanliness,
music, etc. Even Sukamto and Indriyo in Khoiriyah
(2009:24) declare work environment are whole the things
that exist around the employee that can affect in work
including lighting, controlling noise, work place
cleanliness management, and workplace security
management.
According to Rasto (2015:248) providing work
environment do to reach the goals as below:
1. Increasing efficiency, are providing bad lighting,
loudness of noise, and low right ventilation have bad
effect on employee work efficiency.
2. Increasing wealthy, that is the office employee of
wealth among affected by dust, bad lighting, and
loudness noise. Bad lighting affected sight. Loudness
noise have affect to neural hearing.
3. Decreasing absenteeism and employee rotation, are
while the employee not satisfied with the work
environment, they will be interesting to move to other
office. It will cause loss efficient and experienced
employee in the office.
4. Decreasing fatigue, are speed on finishing the works
will hampered because of tense as a result of good
work condition that not provided.
5. Increasing spirit off staff, that is work environment
have psychological effect to the employee. Providing a
good condition of work will increasing spirit of the
employee in doing their work.
6. Protecting tools and documents, that is several
expensive tools such as computer must be protected
from dust and high temperature. As well as the
documents must be protected from fire. Because of
that good condition of physical must provided to
prevent the damage of the tools and documents.
According to Rasto (2015:249) company need to pay
special attention on work environment components. The
components among:
1. Lighting arrangement, that is proper lighting
arrangements is an important element in every office.
Proper lighting system make the office environment be
bright and helping to increase production, produce
good quality of work, and decreasing tense. The
 characteristic features that good lighting are proper
intensity, proper spread, not dazzling, right direction,
economic, light should be shooting, stable spread
lighting, color combination. Beside that benefit of
lighting are increasing productivity, increasing work
quality, increasing the employee spirit of work,
deceasing eyestrain, increasing company prestige.
2. Color arrangement, that are color in the office
including color on aisle and alley, ceiling, floor
covering, furniture, equipment, and office machine.
Using proper color in the office are very important
because every color can be increasing prestige,
healthy, spirit and efficiency.
3. Ventilation arrangement, in narrow definition
ventilation basically are circulation of fug to fresh air
in the office room. In large definition name of
ventilation is used to create controlled environment
including circulation, temperature and humidity.
4. Controlling of noise, that is the noise that don’t want
to hear, which cause by echo, loudness voice. Effect of
the noise in the office is an old enemy. Noise can
cause mental damage, and worse physically. Main
resource of noise in the office are telephone,
typewriter, office machine, conversation and people
movement.
5. Office cleanliness, are generally affected spirit and
efficiency the employee work. The dirty office and
untidy will cause inaccuracy performance. The office
which clean and proper manicured not only increasing
healthiness but also increasing company good image.
6. Office decoration, are proper decoration affected room
appearance and increasing appropriateness as a
workplace. Office decoration have an incredible
affected on spirit of work for the employee. Office
decoration no need to be standard. The decoration
depends on building material that used such as brick,
wood, metal, glass and plastic.
According to Sutrino (2015(119) the indicators of work
environment among as : 1) work to place, are place where
every employee doing their work activities; 2) Work
facility; are every facilities and infrastructure which
facilitate work activities; 3) Work tools, are tools that can
support in finishing of their work; 4) Cleanliness, is a
condition that make comfortable for every employee in
duty; 5) Lighting, are lighting that exist in workplace so
can help employee doing their works; 6) Silence, is a
circumstance and condition where the employee doing their
work which affected to psychological of the employee; 7)
Relationship between employee each other, that is
individual relationship that tied between employee in the
work environment.
Based on several opinions of experts above can
concluded that work environment is a condition around the
place where the employee working which including some
of components that supporting of implementation of their
work.
According to Marwansyah (2012:228) employee
performance is an achievement or accomplishment o
someone related to the tasks that bears to them.
Performance also can look as a fusion from work result
(what does someone must achieve) and competency (how
14
does someone achieve it). According to Wibowo (2016:7)
employee performance is about doing their works and
result that want to achieve from tat jobs. Performance is
about what to do and how to do. According to Wibowo
(2016:43) goals is about direction in generally, broad,
without time limit, and not related to certain achievement
within a certain period. Goals is an aspiration. The goals
of employee performance are adjusting Individual
performance expectation with goals of organization.
Correspondence between efforts to achieve individual
goals with organization goal will able to realize a good
performance.
According to Marwanyah (2012:232) Performance
assessment is one of most powerful motivation tools that
exist for leader or manager. Performance assessment has 3
main goals as below:
1. To measure the performance as far and objective based
on work condition. It is enable the effective employee
to get rewards for their effort and ineffective employee
to get consequences otherwise for their bad
performance.
2. To increasing performance with identified developing
goals that specified.
3. To developing goals of career so then the employee
could always be adjusting to the organization demand.
The longer each job in the organization more
challenging with the new conditions. An employee
who has effective performance today not guarantee yet
will have effective performance in the future. He need
to be given a chance to develop in the job and in the
organization.
According to Marwansyah (2012:234) there are 4
caused of problem of employee performance as below:
1. Knowledge or skills, that is the employee doesn’t
know how to do the right jobs, less skills, knowledge
or capability.
2. Environment, that is the problems that not related with
the employee, but caused by environment, work
condition, worse process.
3. Resources, that is less resource or technology.
4. Motivation, that is the employee knows how to do the
tasks, but didn’t do with right ways. It’s probably
caused by not perfect selection process.
According to Wibowo (2016:86) the indicators of
employee performance are among others:
1. Goals, that is different circumstance which actively
sought by individual or organization to be reach. The
definition implies that goals is not a condition, also is
not a want.
2. Standard, has an important definition because showing
when the goals can finish. Standard is a measure is a
goal who wants to be reach can achieve.
3. Feedback, is a reporting improvement, both quality
and quantity indeed to reach the goals that defined by
standard. Feedback is an input that use to measure
working improvement, working standard, and
achieving goals.
4. Tools or facilities, is a resource which can be used to
help finishing the goals succeed. Tools or facilities is a
supporting factor to reach the goals.
5. Competition, is a main condition in performance.
Competition is an ability that someone have to do their
jobs that provided them with good. People must do
more than just learning about something, people have
to do their jobs well.
6. Motive, is a supporting for someone to do something.
7. Chance, that is the employee need to get opportunity to
show work achievements of themselves. There are 2
factors who donated the shortfall for the opportunity of
achievement, sc as time provision and ability to fulfill
the condition.
From several opinions of the experts above can concluded
that employee performance is a work result that did by
someone inside an organization so can reach the goals of
the organization and minimizing loss.
II. RESEARCH AND METHODOLOGY
According to Sugiyono (2016:60) declare that the
framework is a conceptual model about how the theory
related with several factors which have identified as an
important case. So, the expert drawn the framework in a
research as below:
Figure 1. Framework
Based on the framework above shown that wok
motivation (X1) and work environment (X2) affected to
employee performance (Y) both partial or together. It
means better work motivation and work environment will
better in employee performance. This is supported by result
of research by Kusuma (2013), Aripin (2005, and Ali
(2012).
According to Sugiyono (2016:64) Hypothesis is a
temporary answer on the formulation of research problem,
therefore the formulation of the research problem usually
arranged in question shape. Hypothesis developed in this
research based on problem formulation, the purpose
library, and framework so hypothesis that proposed in this
research as below:
H1 : There is affected of work motivation on
employee performance.
H2 : There is affected of work environment
on employee performance
H3 : There is affected both of work
motivation and work environment together on
employee performance.
Criteria of testing
1. If test t count < t table or Sig count > Sig table = Ho
accepted and Ha rejected it means there is no
affected of independent variable to dependent
variable.
15
2. F test t count > t table or Sig count < Sig table = Ha
accepted and H0 rejected it means there is
affected of independent variable to dependent
variable.
3. If test F count < F table or Sig count > Sig table = H0
accepted and Ha rejected it means there is no
affected independent variable together to
dependent variable.
4. If test F count > F table or Sig count < Sig table = Ha
accepted and H0 rejected it means there is
affect of independent variable together to
dependent variable.
According to Sugiyono (2016:80) population is
territory generalization that including object and subject
which have quantity and certain characteristic who
determined by the expert to learned and then can get
conclusion. The population in this research are 150
persons. According to Sugiyono (2016:81) sample is a part
of the amount and characteristic which the population had.
Due to the number of population are 150, then sampling in
this research use random sampling. According to Sugiyono
(2016:82) simple random sampling is a sampling by
random without notice about leveling that exist in that
population. That kind of sampling did if the member of
population is considered homogeny. Sampling technique
use Slovin formula:
n= N
1+(ne2) (1)
Where:
n = sample measurement
N = Population
E = Percentage allowance disinterest because of
sampling error desired (10%)
Based on that formulation retrieved number of
samples as below:
n = N = 150 = 150 = 60 persons
1+(N.e2) 1+(150.0.12) 2,5
Based on revenue as above, the expert take sample in
this research are 60 persons. In this research, the researcher
using quantitative research method. According to Sugiyono
(2016:7) quantitative research method can be defined as
research method that based on positivism philosophy, used
to research at population or certain sample, sampling
technique generally do by random, data collection se
research instrument, data analyze is a quantitative with the
goals to testing the hypothesis that has been appointed.
Data collection technique in this research such as:
1. Questionnaires
According to Sugiyono (2016:142) questionnaires are
data collection technique that do by giving a set of
question or written statement to get answer by
respondents. The choice to use this questionnaires
technique in this research in order to obtain accurate
data directly from the peoples whose will be held of
data.
2. Documentation
According to Sugiyono (2016:144) documentation are
note the events that had passed. Documentation can be
a note, picture, or monumental creatures by someone.
Documentation technique are useful to get data about
 numbers of the employee and about general TABLE I.
The result of Simple Regression Linier test of work motivation (X1)
description of PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang, and Coefficienta
others supporting data. Unstandardized Standardized
Model Coefficient Coefficient t Sig
III. RESULT OF RESEARCH AND DISCUSSION B Std. Beta
Before simple regression linier analyze, double Error
regression linier analyze and determination coefficient 1 ,271 ,238 ,475
(Constant) ,877 ,060 ,919 ,720 ,000
done first by researcher doing test research instrument
Work 18,177
(questionnaires) to claim of validity and reliability. motivation
Validity and reliability test to knowing research instrument
a. Dependent Variable: Work Performance
that measure equipment is valid and can be trusted.
Resource: Data processing SPSS Version 22, 2016
Researcher doing test to 60 respondents of the employee
Based on table above, then obtainable simple
PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang, by spread the
regression linier equation as: Y’ = 0,271 + 0,877X1 that
questionnaires to 60 employee’s respondents. The
means:
questionnaires content 42 question which separate to 3
1. Constant value (a) is 0,271 it can be defined if the
variables with 14 questions for work motivation, 14
value of work motivation is 0, then the employee
questions for work environment and 14 questions for
performance has value 0,271.
employee performance.
2. Variable regression coefficient value of work
Validity test are data instrument test to knowing
motivation (X1) has positive value that is 0,877 it can
how carefully the item in measures what the things that
be defined that every change of work motivation as big
want to measure. The item can be valid if there are
as one unit, then will increasing the employee
correlation that significant with the total of score, it shown
performance as 0,877 unit and also otherwise.
there is support from the item in revealing something that
revealed. For determination is the item proper to use or not, TABLE II
is by doing significant test correlation coefficient in a The Result of Simple Regression Linier Test of Working Environment
significant level of 5% it means an item considered valid if (X2)
correlate significant to item total score. Conditions for the
Coefficienta
test validity are compare value r count with r table. r table can
Unstandardized Standardiz
find in significant 0,05 with 2 sides test and numbers of Model Coefficient ed T Sig
data (n)=60, then obtained r table 0,2542 (look at the r table). Coefficient
If r count > r table then variable that researched are valid. B Std. Beta
From the data processing using SPSS Verse 22 shown Error
that test result from 14 item of statement on each variable 1 (Constant) ,299 ,157 ,210
of work performance (X1), work environment (X2), Work ,850 ,039 ,962 1,27 ,000
performance (Y) value of r count > r table altogether more than environment 2
0,2542 and can concluded that the items of instrument are 28,4
valid and can used as a measuring tool for next analyze. 29
Accordingly, the result of calculation of reliability variable a. Dependent Variable: Work Performance
of working performance(X1), work environment (X2), Resource: Data processing SPSS Version 22, 2016
performance (Y) more than minimum standard of
Cronbach’s Alpha which has been conditioned are 0,60 Based on table above, then obtainable simple regression
then work motivation variable, work environment and the linier equation as : Y’ = 0,299 + 0,850X2 that means :
employee performance are reliable and can be used as 1. Constant value (a) is 0,299 it can be defined if the value
measures tool for next analyze. of work environment is 0, then the employee
The result of normality test with using SPSS Version 22 performance has value 0,299.
program are know that significant value (Asymp.Sig 2- 2. Variable regression coefficient value of work
talled) bigger then significant value 0,05 then residual environment (X2) has positive value that is 0,850 it can
value distributed normally. Result of multicolinearity are be defined that every change of work environment as
known that value of tolerance both of variable > 0,100 and big as one unit, then will increasing the employee
VIF value both of variables < 10, then can concluded that performance as 0,850 unit and also otherwise.
TABLE III
multicolinearity between independent variables are not The Result of Double Regression Linier Test
happen. Result of heteroskedastisitas by using correlation Coefficienta
coefficient test of spearman’s rho can be seen that Unstandardized Standardize
correlation between independent variable (work motivation Model Coefficient d T Sig
and work environment) with unstandardized residual have Coefficient
significant value more than 0,05 then can conclude that B Std. Error Beta
heteroskedastic problem are not happen. 1 (Constant) ,21 ,163 ,47
After fulfilling the condition above, continue with Work 8 ,114 ,169 ,723 3
simple regression linier analyze test with result as below: motivation ,28 ,106 ,804 ,12
Work 0 1,57 2
Environmen ,89 5 ,00

16
t 4 0 (X2), then will followed by degression of employee
6,48 performance (Y).
4 The result of test determination coefficient (R2) by
b. Dependent Variable: Work Performance using SPSS Version 22 as below:
Resource: Data processing SPSS Version 22, 2016 TABLE VI
Based on table above, then obtainable simple regression The Result of Determination Coefficient Test
linier equation as: Y’ = 0,218 + 0,280X1 + 0,894 X2, that Model Summaryb
means: Adjusted Std. Error of
1. Constant value (a) is 0,218 it can be defined if the Model R R. R. Square the Estimate
value of work environment and work environment is Square
0, then the employee performance has value 0,218. 1 ,964a ,929 ,926 ,08924
2. Variable regression coefficient value of work a. Predictors: (constant), Work Environment, Work
motivation (X1) has positive value that is 0,280 it can Motivation
be defined that every changes of work motivation as b. Dependant Variable: Employee Performance
big as one unit, then will increasing the employee Resource: Data Processing SPSS Version 22,2016
performance as 0,280 unit with the assumption work Based on the table above obtained number of R2 (R
environment variable are constant and also otherwise. square) are amount 0,929 meant that variable of work
3. Variable regression coefficient value of work motivation and work environment able to explain change
environment (X2) has positive value that is 0,894 it on work motivation variable are 92,9%, while the
can be defined that every changes of work motivation remaining amount of 7,1% explained by others variables
as big as one unit, then will increasing the employee that not include in this research.
performance as 0,894 unit with the assumption work The result of t test of work motivation on employee
motivation variable are constant and also otherwise. performance by using SPSS Version 22 as below:
TableVII The Result of t Test of Work Motivation
The result of Correlation Coefficient Test by using Coefficienta
SPSS Version 22, as below: Unstandardized Standardized
TABLE IV
Coefficients Coefficients
Correlation Coefficient Test
Model Summarya Model B Std. Beta t Sig
Adjusted Std. Error Error
Model R R R Square of The 1 ,271 ,238 ,720 ,475
Square Estimate (Constant)
Work ,877 ,060 ,919 18,177 ,000
1 ,965a ,929 ,926 ,08924
motivation
a. Predictors: (Constant), work environment, work
a. Dependant Variable: Employee Performance
motivation
Resource: Data Processing SPSS Version 22, 2016
b. Dependent Variable: The Employee Performance
Based on the result of partial test for work motivation
Resource: Data Processing SPSS Verse 22, 2016
variable obtained t count = 18,177 while t table can be
Based on table above, it can be seen that the value of
searched by using alpha = 5% (one side t test) with degree
correlation (R) between work motivation (X1) and work
of independent df = n-k-1 or 60-1-1=58. So, there is result t
environment (X2) on the employee performance are r =
table which obtained on significant level 0,05 amount 1,6716
0,964 can defines that relationship between work
which mean that (t count 18,177 > t table 1,6716 with
motivation (X1) and work environment (X2) on the
significant value amount (0,000 < 0,05) the Ha accepted
employee performance are very strong. It can be seen from
and Ho rejected. It showing that partially H1 have affected
criteria of the value as below:
TABLE V
between work motivation on employee performance at PT.
Interpreting r Value Ravida Mandiri Palembang.
Coefficient Interval Relationship Level The Result of test t of work environment on employee
0,0 – 0,199 Very Low performance by using SPSS Version 22 are as below:
0,20 – 0,399 Low TABLE VIII
0,40 – 0,599 Middle The Result of Test tof Work Environment
Coefficienta
0,60 – 0,799 Strong
0,80 – 1,000 Very Strong Unstandardized Standardized
Coefficients Coefficients
Model B Std. Beta t Sig
Based on the table above obtained correlation Error
coefficient are 0,964which are in range between 0,80 – 1 (Constant) ,299 ,157 ,210
1,000. It means that correlation between work motivation 1,272
(X1) and work environment (X2) on the employee Work ,850 ,039 ,962 28,429 ,000
performance (Y) convey that correlation coefficient are Environment
very strong and has positive value. That is to say, If there is a. Dependant Variable: Employee Performance
enhancement of work motivation (X1) and work Resource: Data Processing SPSS Version 22,
environment (X2), then will followed by enhancement of 2016
employee performance (Y) and also otherwise, I there is Based on the result of partial test for work environment
degression of work motivation (X1) and work environment variable obtained t count = 28,429 while t table can be
searched by using alpha = 5% (one side t test) with degree

17
of independent df = n-k-1 or 60-1-1=58. So, there is result t
table which obtained on significant level 0,05 amount
1,6716 which mean that (t count 28,429 > t table 1,6716 with
significant value amount (0,000 < 0,05) the Ha accepted
and Ho rejected. It showing that partially H1 have affected
between work environment on employee performance at
PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang.
The Result of Test F by using SPSS Version 22 as
below:
TABLE IX
Result of Test F
ANNOVA a
Sum of Mean
Model Squares Df Squares F Sig
1 4,918 2 2,459 208,832 ,000b
Regression
,374 57 ,008
Residual
Total 5,293 59
a. Dependent Variable: Employee Performance
b. Predictors (Constant), Work Environment, Work
Motivation
Resource: Data Processing SPSS Version 22,
2016
Based on ANNOVA Test or F test obtained value of F
count amount 208,832 with significant value amount 0,000,
while F table find on significant 0,05, df 1 = 3-1 = 2 and df
2 = 60 – 3 = 57, so obtained for F table amount 3,16. From F
test above showing that F count > F table; 208,832 > 3,16 with
significant level Sig count < Sig table ; 0,000< 0,05. Because
of significant probability are smaller than 0,05 so Ha
accepted and Ho rejected. It showing that by together H2
has affected between work motivation and work
environment together on employee performance at PT.
Ravida Mandiri Palembang.
IV. CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION
The conclusion of this research as below:
1. Based on hypothesis testing by t test obtained (t count
18,177 > t table 1,6716) with significant value are
amount (0,000 < 0,05) so Ha accepted and Ho rejected.
It showing that by together H1 has affected of work
motivation on employee performance at PT. Ravida
Mandiri Palembang.
2. Based on hypothesis by test t (partially) obtained (t
count 28,429 > t table 1,6716) with significant value
amount 0,000 < 0,05 so Ha accepted and H0 rejected. It
showing that H2 has affected of work environment on
employee performance at PT. Ravida Mandiri
Palembang.
3. Based on hypothesis test by F testing (by together)
obtained F count 208,832 > F table 3,16 with significant
level Sig count < Sig table; 0,000 > 0,05. Because of
significant probability smaller than 0,05 so Ha
accepted and Ho rejected. It showing that H3 has
affected off work motivation and work motivation by
together on employee performance at PT. Ravida
Mandiri Palembang.
In accordance with the conclusion that obtained in this
research, conclude suggestions as below:
18
1. Director of PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang expected
able to increasing work motivation of the employee by
do all the efforts.
2. Director of PT. Ravida Mandiri Palembang expected
also able to increasing work environment by do all the
efforts.
REFERENCES
[1] Ali Akbar, et al. 2012. Impact of motivation on the working
performance of employees, a case study of pakistan. Global
advanced research journal of management and business studies
vol. 1(4) pp. 126-133, may, 2012. Available online
http://garj.org/garjmbs/index.htm. copyright 2012 global
advanced research journals.
[2] Anoraga, Panji. 2000. Psikologi Kerja. Jakarta:PT. Rineka
Cipta.
[3] Arep tanjung, Muhammad Ali. 2003. Kamus Bahasa Indonesia
Modern. Jakarta: Gramedia.
[4] Aripin, Lombeng. 2005. Pengaruh kemampuan kerja dan
motivasinya terhadap kinerja penegelola administrasi
keuangan pada dinas Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Sulawesi
Tenggara. Tesis. Makasar: Universitas Negeri Makasar.
[5] Feriyanto, Andri. dan Shyta, Endang Triana. 2015. Pengantar
Manajemen(3 in 1). Cetakan Pertama. Yogyakarta: Mediatera.
[6] Kusuma, Arta Adi. 2013. Pengaruh Motivasi dan Lingkungan
Kerja Terhadap Kinerja Pegawai Hotel Muria Semarang.
Semarang: Universitas Negeri Semarang.
[7] Khoiriyah, Lilik. 2009. Pengaruh upah dan lingkungan kerja
terhadap kinerja karyawan pada CV. Aji Bali Jayawijaya
Surakarta. Surakarta: Universitas Muhammadiyah Surakarta.
[8] Konopaske, Robert., Donelly, James H., Ivancevich, John M.,
Gibson, James L. 2006. Organizations, New Jersey:
McGrawhill
[9] Mangkunegara, Anwar Prabu. 2011. Manajemen Sumber Daya
Manusia Perusahaan. Bandung: Rosdakarya.
[10] _________________. 2014. Evaluasi Kinerja SDM. Bandung:
Refika Aditama.
[11] Marwansyah. 2012. Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia.
Bandung: Alfabeta.
[12] Maryati, MC. 2014. Manajemen Perkantoran Efektif.
Yogyakarta: Sekolah Tinggi Ilmu Manajemen YKPN.
[13] Nitisemito, Alex S. 2002. Manajemen Personalia. Jakarta:
Ghali Indonesia.
[14] Rasto. 2015. Manajemen Perkantoran Paradigma Baru.
Cetakan Pertama. Bandung: Alfabeta.
[15] Sedarmayanti. 2011. Tata Kerja Dan Produktivitas Kerja
(Suatu Tinjauan Aspek Ergonomi Atau Kaitan Antara Manusia
Dengan Lingkungan Kerjanya). Bandung: CV. Mandar Maju.
[16] Sugiyono. 2016. Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif, Kualitatif Dan
R&D. Bandung: CV. Alfabeta.
[17] Suharsono. 2012. Pengetahuan Dasar Organisasi, Konsep-
konsep dasar, teori, struktur dan perilaku. Jakarta: Universitas
Atmajaya Jakarta.
[18] Sunyoto, Danang. 2012. Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia.
Yogyakarta: CAPS.
[19] Sutrisno, Edy. 2015. Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia.
Jakarta: Kencana.
[20] Wibowo. 2016. Manajemen Kinerja. Jakarta: PT. Raja
Grafindo Persada.
[21] Yani, M. 201 2. Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia.
Jakarta: Mitra Wacana Media.
   

The Role of Government In Increasing The Number of Domestic

and International Tourism Visiting In Pendolo Village, Pamona
Selatan District

Sapruni1), Karmila Akib2), Stevandi3)

1)
Fakultas Ilmu Sosial dan Ilmu Politik, Universitas Sintuwu Maroso, Poso, Indonesia
Email : sapruni@unsimar.ac.id

Abstract.This research is aimed to find out the role of government (the Ministry of Tourism and Creative Economy) in
increasing the number of tourism visiting, domestic or international tourist, and its influential factors in Pendolo village,
Pamona Selatan district, Poso regency, Central Sulawesi. The research method used is survey research which is descriptive
one. The data were collected by doing observation and interview toward the key informants, also through observing the
related files or documents. The finding data, primary and secondary data, then analyzed qualitatively. The research result
shows that the government’s role, in this case the Ministry of Tourism and Creative Economy, has shown a significant
development in increasing the number of tourism visiting in this village. However, it is still assumed as not maximally done
by some respondents of this research. It is caused by several barriers which are security issue, budgeting, and tourism
officers’ skill. The other supporting factors to attract tourist are tourism facilities such as hotel, inn, terminal, guest house,
cafés, and also the value of local capacities.

Key Words: The Role of Government, Developing, Domestic and International, Tourism Visiting Number.

a work. Based on the Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia, role

I. INTRODUCTION
Poso regency has several tourism objects that considered
as superior and important in developing the number of
tourism visiting. One of them is in the district of Pamona
Selatan.
The district of Pamona Selatan is abuting directly with
South Sulawesi Province. Because of the strategic location of
this district, it becomes the gate of Central Sulawesi province
and Poso regency. The capital of this district is Pendolo
village, it has some supporting tourism facilities such as inns,
cafes, restaurants, tourist information center, terminal, etc.
Instead of that, this village is also located in the traffic lane of
Trans Sulawesi and has easy access to the tourism spots.
However, all the supporting factors above were not
completely able to improve the income of the people in this
village. It is caused by the lack of attention form the related
department toward tourism implementation.
Based on the situation above, it needs serious attention
and attitude from the government, particularly the Ministry of
Tourism and Creative Economy toward the implementation of
tourism in this district and the developing of tourism visiting
number. This thing is related to the increasing of people
welfare, especially the people who work in tourism field.
II. THEORY
A. Role
Role means a thing as a part of something or a thing that
has main leadership. Generally, role means one’s act toward
means a thing as a part of something. Based on Thoha (1990;
p.25) role is a series of acts that emerge because of a certain
position.According to Siagian (2000; p. 142-150) on the role
of government, stated that government has dominant role in
the process of development as balancer, innovator,
modernizer, pioner, and the implementer. It is supported by
the theory stated by Pitana and Gayatri (2005; p.95) which is
district government has role to develop tourism potential of its
region as a motivator, facility provider, and dynamist.
B. Tourism
According to the Law number 10 year of 2009 about
tourism, verse 1 and 3, it explains that Tourism is some kinds
of activities that supported by facilities and service provided
by citizen, businessmen, and government. Further, The
Association Internationale des Experts Scientifique du
Tourisme (AIEST) defines tourism as a whole relationship
and phenomenon that emerged and caused by touring and
staying of guests, but staying here doesn’t mean to stay
forever in a certain place (Hunzeiker&Krapf, 1942).
III. RESEARCH METHOD
In this research, the researcher uses survey research as its
base and the research type is descriptive one. The objective of
this research is to give fact description of the object of the
research, which is the government’s role on the increasing of
the number of tourism visiting, domestic and international, in
Pendolo village, Pamona Selatan District, Poso Regency. This
study uses primary and secondary data that were obtained by

19
   

using observation, interview, and documentation.The finding 10 2005 143 543 686
data then analyzed qualitatively by reducing, presenting and 11 2006 8 368 379
drawing conclusion. 12 2007 3 654 657
13 2008 3 544 547
14 2009 798 1.434 2.232
IV. RESEARCH RESULT
15 2010 943 2.654 3.597
Poso regency that has some tourism spots must optimize 16 2011 1.657 2.776 4.433
the implementation and the development of its tourism 17 2012 1.786 3.043 4.829
potential to increase its people welfare, particularly the people 18 2013 1.827 7.549 9.376
in Pendolo village. In doing this effort, the related department 19 2014 1.996 12.657 14.653
which is The Ministry of Tourism and Creative Economy, has
GRAPHIC 1
done some actions so that the number of tourism visiting is THE INCREASING NUMBER OF TOURISM VISITING IN PENDOLO VILLAGE
increased. It can be seen in the following table:
TABLE 1
THE INCREASING OF TOURISM VISITING IN POSO REGENCY Tourism Visiting Graphic in Pendolo Village

20.000
International Domestic
No. Year Total 18.000
(person) (person) 16.000
Total; 14.653
1 1996 7.477 27.201 34.678 14.000
Domestic; 12.657
12.000
2 1997 11.688 32.894 44.528 10.000
3 1998 6.024 25.812 31.836 8.000
4 1999 5.755 10.177 15.932 6.000

5 2000 3.676 5.111 8.787 4.000

2.000 ; International1.996
6 2001 1.838 2.555 4.393 0
7 2002 1.377 1.916 3.293
8 2003 689 2.395 3.084
9 2004 1.107 3.132 4.239
10 2005 171 1.359 1.530 From the graphic above, it informs us that the highest
11 2006 70 42 112 number of tourism visiting is in 1997, the amount is 18.242
12 2007 35 130 165
and it decreased in 1998. The decreasing happened until 2006
13 2008 30 125 155
14 2009 1.874 7.249 9.123 which became the highest decreasing number, it was only 379
15 2010 2.228 9.073 11.301 tourists in a year.
16 2011 2.887 9.062 11.949 The number of tourism visiting in Pendolo village started
17 2012 3.367 12.408 15.775 to increase in 2009-2014, it was 14.653 persons.The Ministry
18. 2013 3.427 25.821 29.248 of Tourism and Creative Economy keeps on encouraging and
19 2014 2.316 31.303 33.619 making new breakthrough to increase the number of tourism
Source: Ministry of Tourism and Creative Economy of Poso visiting in this village.
Regency

Based on the table above, it can be seen that the number of A. Motivator
international and domestic tourism visiting during the year of The Minisitry of Tourism and Creative Economy always
1996 – 2004, the biggest amount is in 1997 which is 44.582 motivating the people of Poso to keep their awareness on
tourists. However, in 1998, there was decreasing number of
Tourism and implement it in their daily life. It is stated by the
tourism visiting, and the worst one happened in 2006 which
was only 112 tourists in a year. The increasing started to Head of Ministry of Tourism and Creative Economy of Poso
happen in 2007, although it was not significant. Be therefore, regency Mr. Putera Botilangi, S.E., M.Si in an interview. The
the rapid increasing happened in 2009, which is 9.123 tourists statement is as follow:
and until reach the number of 33.619 tourists in a year in The government, up till now, keep on doing efforts to increase
2014. the number of tourism visiting. However, this thing must be
The data above is about tourism visiting in Poso regency in
supported by the people of Poso, otherwise it is useless. Thereby,
general. Further, below is the table that provides the number
we keep on increasing the people awareness of tourism and give
of tourism visiting in Pendolo village.
TABLE 2 chance for the private party to participate in developing
THE NUMBER OF TOURISM VISITING IN PENDOLO VILLAGE tourism.(An Interview on Wednesday, 2nd December 2015)
International Domestic
No Year Total
(person) (person))
1 1996 1.556 11.201 12.757
The same thing also stated by the Head Section of
2 1997 2.456 15.786 18.242 Structuring and Developing of the minsitry, Mr. Made
3 1998 1.124 7.465 8.589 Suwendro in an interview.
4 1999 875 1.435 2.310 The efforts to increase the awareness of people in Poso is still
5 2000 446 876 1.322 conducting. The tourism in Poso is very potential, it needs to be
6 2001 343 765 1.108 handled correctly. Instead of that, we also keep on empowering
7 2002 324 657 981 people near or surround the tourism spots. It is done in order to
8 2003 387 768 1.155 maintain the tourism spots and to give benefit to those people.
9 2004 432 986 1.418 (An Interview on Wednesday, 2nd December 2015)

20
   

B. Facility Provider The supporting factors are:

In addition, instead of being a motivator, the related
A. Tourism Facilities
ministry also keeps on making some Priority Working
The number of tourism facilities in this village had been
Programs to develop the number of tourism visiting.
one of the plus value to increase the number of tourism
Cooperating with some private parties also conducted to do
visiting of this village. The facilities are inn, guest house,
champaign of Poso regency tourism. The efforts are:
restaurants, terminal, and cafés. It is stated by Hengky
a. Finishing the building of tourism facilities
Mandang, a businessman and someone that knows much
b. Creating a web to promote tourism destination.
about tourism in Pendolo village.
c. Giving training to people in Poso.
Pendolo has some inns, restaurants, terminal, and cafes which
d. Cooperating with private parties (businessmen)
can give benefit to develop tourism. It is good for tourism. If tourists
e. Cooperating with local and national TV stations.
come, and they stay and visit our cafe, it can increase the people
f. Arranging tourism fairs.
income. (An Interview on Wednesday,15thApril 2015)
This thing is in line with the statement of Ms Summiati,
S.S, as the Head Section of Promotion in the Ministry of
Tourism and Creative Economy of Poso regency in an
interview. The statement is as follow:
We had done some effrots, up to now, to increase the number of
torism visiting. Creating a blog of tourism department,
arranging tourism fairs or handycrafts fairs, and cooperating
with some Medias, printing or elctronics to promote our tourism.
(An Interview on Monday,9th December 2015)
The Head Section of Structuring and Developing of the Picture 1 Picture 2
minsitry, Mr. Made Suwendro explains that:
We keep on building and improving our tourism destinations and
the access to it, in order to make the tourists comfort and feel B. Local Capacities Value
like at home. Instead of doing that, we also conducting trainings, Other than those factors above, Pendolo village also has
workshops, and socialisations on tourism. It is done in order to supporting tourism factor which is still occur. It is local
increase the people surround the tourism destination object
capacities value. The local capacities value and other custom
awareness, in line with the increasing of those people welfare.
of its people are very attractive to the tourists.
(An Interview on Wednesday, 2nd December 2015)
C. Dynamist
Instead of doing the things in the explanation above, the
tourism ministry also able to cooperate with people and
private parties to support the Working Programs on tourism
run well. Other than that, it is considered that the increasing
of tourism visiting is in line with the increasing of region Picture 3 Picture 4
income and people welfare.
As stated by Ir. Ester Silintowe Santo, M.Si, as the Head However, instead of the supporting factors above,the Ministry
Section of Tourism: of Tourism and Creative Economy also faces the inhibiting
Tourism Ministry always show efforts to cooperate and to be a factors. They are:
partner for private parties and people of Poso in increasing the
a. Security
number of tourism visiting, to support region income and the
people of Poso welfare. It is also to create a good tourism climate, This factor is very important to increase the number of
as our expectation and effort. Even if we have to face barriers in tourism visiting in this village. There are some terrorism
creating a dynamic tourism condition, we keep on believing and acts happen in Poso, and it has impact on the number of
finding ways to develop our tourism for the good of people in
Poso.(An Interview on Wednesday, 2nd December 2015)
tourists who want to visit this city.
In doing the efforts to increase the number of tourism b. Budgeting
visiting in Pendolo village, the Ministry of Tourism and Budgeting had become problem since many years ago
Creative Economy has faced some factors. Those factors are and it is still unsolved until now.
supporting and inhibiting factors. c. People Awareness
People awareness also determines the number of tourism
visiting in this village. However, some people in this
village have not entirely aware of the importance of
tourism. This factor can be seen in some attitudes, such as
do not know how to greet, welcome and treat tourists

21
   

politely, to maintain a good and clean environment, and to [4] Pitana I Gede, Diarta I Ketut Surya, 2009, PengantarIlmuPariwisata,
create comfort place for the visitor. EdisipertamaAndi, Yogyakarta
[5] Thoha, 1990, BirokrasidanPoilitik di Indonesia, Raja GrafindoPersada,
d. Tourism Development Aspects have no Law Support.
Jakarta.
The lackness from the Law aspects of tourism [6] Hanggidae, A.HJ. 2006. StrategiPemasaranPariwisata: Segmentation,
development is caused by there is no regulation about Target Market, Positioning, dan Marketing Mix. Usahawan no.1 Januari
local capacities, for example the one that talks on proper 2006
clothes to wear on custom party, custom clothes in [7] I GedePitana,&PutuG,Gayatri. 2005. SosiologiPariwisata. Yogyakarta:
CV Andi Offset
particular, for wedding party or other local custom
 
celebration that requires the people to wear Pamona
custom clothes. One of the local custom celebration that
had become its local capacities in this village is
Padungku. Padungku is a local people celebration to give
thanks for the harvest time, and it is the real value of
Padungku actually which already shifted into people
lifestyle to waste money and only ceremonial.
e. Tourist Information for Tourism in Pendolo village is still
has no Function.
Another barrier for the development of tourism visiting
number is that the tourist information is still has no
function until now. Pendolo is a place in Poso regency
that form tourism destination, hence, the tourist
information desk is very important to present information
about tourism in Pendolo, and in Poso for general.
f. Skillof tourism officer
Skillor ability of tourism officer is also a supporting factor
to increase the number of tourism visiting inPendolo
village.

V. CONCLUSION
Pendolo village is a village that has some facilities to
support the development of tourism so that this village is
potential for tourism. It is located in the traffic laneof trans
Sulawesi. However, some barriers occur in the development
of tourism in this village and the impact is still not affect the
people around the tourism spot, as their income for example.
The Ministry of Tourism and Creative Economy has not
shown optimum effort, up to now, in developing tourism. The
supporting factors to develop the number of tourism visiting
in Pendolo village is tourism facilities and its local capacities
value. It can be references in developing tourism at a later
time. One of the inhibiting factor is budgeting. Budgeting
means the budget to manage tourism in Pendolo village which
is very low. Instead of it, the security issue that is not solved
yet until now, and the people awareness on tourism also
became th inhibiting factors for the development of tourism in
this village.

REFERENCES
[1] Arikunto, Suharsimi, 1997, ProsedurPenelitianSuatuPendekatanPraktek,
RinekaCipta, Jakarta.
[2] Kodyat, H. 2003, KamusParawisatadanperhotelan, PT.
PustakaBinawanPresindo
[3] PenditNyoman S, 2006, IlmuPariwisataSebuahPengantarPerdana, PT.
PradnyaParamita, Jakarta.

22
 Market Orientation and Marketing Mix Of Uniqueness Resources To
Improving Performance Marketing
(The Small Industry Processing Seaweed Luwu Raya)
M. Risal1), Muhammad Kasran2)
STIE Muhammadiyah Palopo, Sulawesi Selatan, Indonesia
Email: mrisal23@gmail.com

Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to examine the marketing concept of the marketing mix Market Orientation and the
uniqueness of Resources in improving marketing performance, an empirical study was conducted on Small Industrial
Processing Seaweed Luwu Raya. The approach in this study is a dimensional approach, with a review of the dimensions of
the variables contained in market orientation and marketing mix, unique resources, and marketing performance in small
industry seaweed processing in Luwu highway. Academic implications of this paper explores the concept of strategic
marketing approach market orientation, marketing mix, the uniqueness of resources in improving marketing performance.
The practical implications will give you some ideas and suggestions in the decision to implement market orientation,
marketing mix, the uniqueness of the performance marketing resources on a small industrial processing seaweed in Luwu
Raya. The original contribution of this paper is the modeling of market orientation and marketing mix to the uniqueness of
resources in improving marketing performance in small industry in Luwu Raya.

Keyword: Market Orientation, Marketing Mix, Uniqueness Resources, and Marketing Performance.

I. INTRODUCTION II. LITERATURE REVIEW

Seaweed market developments in global trade trend
indicates high increase, in line with the increase in raw
material requirements of both industry and food grade,
pharmaceutical and industrial grade. Seaweed is one
commodity that is cultivated and developed as a
commodity of industrialization production volume is very
large. Luwu Raya (Kab. Luwu, Palopo, Kab. Luwu Utara,
and District. Luwu Timur) is a seaweed cultivation area
development through industrialization policy due to world
market demand continues to increase. Industrialization
seaweed is not only limited to increase foreign exchange,
but also to provide jobs and prosperity for seaweed farmers
who generally are people who live the coastal region (KKP
: 2015).
The development of small industries are increasing in
quantity is not yet offset by an increase in the quality of
small industries were adequate. Mastery of small industrial
assets also very small compared with the acquisition of
assets of large companies where the mastering small
industrial assets amounted to only 8 per cent whereas the
number of companies reached 49.840 million, while the
control of major corporate assets reached 58 percent even
though the number of companies just as much as 4.52
thousand. Problems were encountered is low productivity,
causing the gap between the small economic enterprises.
Low productivity is related to: 1). The low quality of
human resources, especially in terms of management,
organization, technology, and marketing, 2). Weak average
entrepreneurial competence. 3). The limited capacity of
small industry to access capital, information technology,
market and other production factors (Ditjen IKM: 2014).
A. Market Orientation
Market orientation is a measure of the behavior and
activities that reflect the implementation of the marketing
concept. Market orientation is a business culture in which
the organization is committed to continue to be creative in
creating superior value for customers. Narver and Slater,
Ngai and Ellis (1990; 2008) defines market orientation as a
business culture that is able to effectively and efficiently
create employee behavior in a way that supports efforts to
create superior value for its customers.
Experts in the field of marketing states that market
orientation is a set of activities and typical behavior (Kohli
and Jaworski, 1990), is a resource market orientation,
market orientation is the basis for decision-making
(Shapiro, 1998). Slater and Narver, (1995) states clearly
that the market orientation is an aspect of organizational
culture can not be separated by organizational learning,
market orientation requires the research to understand the
norms and values so as to achieve organizational learning.
Market-oriented company has unique capabilities and
become organizational capacity (Day, 1994). Market
orientation makes a great contribution in creation of
various organizational competence, which in turn leads to
superior performance. Companies that adapt and
implement the concept of market orientation will be able to
identify competitive advantage, consequently enabling the
company achieve higher performance (Day, 1994).

23
B. Marketing Mix
The marketing mix is a set of marketing tools
(marketing mix) is used by the company to achieve its
marketing objectives in the target market. Kotler and Keller
(2013: 15) is: "Marketing mix is the set of marketing tools
that the firm uses to pursue it's marketing objectives in the
target market".
Based on the above definition that is an element in the
marketing mix marketing interconnected and used by the
company in achieving marketing objectives are effective
both in satisfying the needs and desires of consumers. The
marketing mix describes the outlook seller about marketing
tool used to influence buyers. From the buyer's standpoint,
each marketing tool should be designed to provide a benefit
to the customer and must be in accordance with the needs
and desires.
Kotler and Keller, (2016) identify the dimensions of
products includes different elements, such as variety,
quality, design, features, brand name, packaging, size,
service, warranty, and return. Kotler and Keller (2016)
shows the price dimension includes different elements,
such as list price, discounts, allowances, payment periods,
and the credit period. Besides, Kotler and Keller (2016)
also shows the dimensions promotion includes different
elements, such as sales promotion, advertising, sales
personnel, and public relations. Finally, the dimensions of
the place includes different elements, such as channel,
scope, variety, location, inventory, and transportation.
C. Uniqueness Resources
According to Cravens and Piercy (2009: 5) the
uniqueness of the resource is a set of complex aspects that
made up the organization process, the accumulation of
knowledge and expertise, coordinated activities and asset
utilization. According to David Aaker, (2010) to get the
competitive advantage of the company, internal resources
is far more important than maintaining an external power
source so as to maintain a competitive advantage. To gain
competitive advantage, organizational performance will be
determined by a variety of internal resources can be
grouped among others: physical resources, human
resources, and organizational resources. Wheelen and
Hunger (2013: 186) argues that in order to measure
whether a resource owned by the company is the strength
or weakness can be done by comparing the resources that
the resource previously owned, or with the resources
owned by major competitors and the industry overall. The
uniqueness of the resource or competence can be created
through the three forms of assets include physical assets,
land, equipment, and location, human resource assets,
number of employees and expertise, as well as the assets of
the organization that includes culture and reputation.
Wheelen and Hunger (2012: 162) Further Resources are
assets of the organization that builds on the advantages of
the organization's resources. Resources including tangible
assets (such as plant, equipment, finance, and location),
human assets (the number of employees, skills, and
motivation), and intangible assets (such as technology
[patents and copyrights], cultural, and reputation).
Resource capacity refers to the ability of companies to
exploit existing resources. The resources consist of
24
business processes and routines that manages the
interaction between the resources to transform inputs into
outputs. In this case, linking strategic marketing
organization with the environment as well as looking at
marketing as a function that has responsibilities beyond
other functions in the overall business activity (Kasali,
2014: 20).
D. Marketing Performance
Performance marketing is a critical exactly represent
the company's overall performance. This explicit opinion
of Ferdinand, (2000), which defines marketing as a
business performance measurement of the level of
performance to the performance of the resulting strategy
with the overall expected performance, sales and profits.
Performance marketing is a concept to measure the market
performance of a product. Any company interested to know
the market performance of its products, as a mirror of its
business success in the competitive world of business
(Aditya, 2009).
Marketing Performance is a measure of the results
achieved by the company from marketing activities or the
operation of the company (Clark, et al., 2006, Ferdinand,
2000, and Zinkhan 2002), include: measures the market,
and the perception of customer value and profits of the
marketing activity. Also described by Egan (2010) that the
marketing performance can be reflected from the
acquisition of market share, growth in market share, sales
growth, profit growth and the end customer.
Zhou et.al, (2005) to measure the performance of
marketing how the company is able to generate a profit
from each customer, and the company's position in the
competition. Marketing performance can also be measured
by the growth in sales volume, market share, profits
derived from marketing activities and shareholder value
(Ambler and Doyle 2000). Meanwhile, (Ferdinand 2000)
explains that to achieve sustainable marketing performance
(sustainable marketing performance) can be produced from
the competitive advantage obtained by the marketing
activities. Further expresses (Ferdinand 2000) that the goal
of marketing is an ongoing marketing performance can be
seen from the various dimensions of the achievement of
sales volume, market share, profitability both short term
and long term.
III. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Discussion of research problems using data analysis
techniques with equation model analysis Partial Least
Square (PLS). Structural equation modeling is a statistical
technique that allows testing of a range of relatively
complex relationships simultaneously. The relationship
between the study variables consisting of market
orientation and marketing mix to the uniqueness of
resources in improving marketing performance analysis
Partial Least Square (PLS). The relationship among these
variables were developed based on the study of the
underlying theory that can be prepared a model that will be
tested to solve the problems in this study (Jogiyanto, 2015:
179).
 IV. ANALYSIS AND RESULTS Table 4.3. Coefficient Testing Path Simultaneous X- Z
Path Coefficient R-square
a. Market Orientation Relationships and Marketing Mix
This model explains that the variable market orientation OP  KP 0,191 0,510
and marketing mix effect. Meaning that the contribution of BP  KP 0,562
market orientation of the marketing mix variables indicated
Sources: Primary data is processed, 2016
by the value of 0.329. Relationships market orientation of
the marketing mix is being, given the performance of Great path coefficients obtained can be seen the
market orientation in small industry is not only determined influence of market orientation partially on marketing
by the performance of any marketing mix. Furthermore, the performance is smaller than the influence of marketing mix
significance test the partial influence of market orientation partially on marketing performance.
of the marketing mix as shown in Table 4.1 below.
Table 4.1. Significance Tests Relations and Market Orientation Marketing d. Relationship Uniqueness Of Resources to Marketing
mix Performance
Coefficient Tscore tcritical Conclusion Hypothesis test results uniqueness of resources affect
0,329 5,456 1,96 Significant marketing performance. Causality (influence) the
Sources: Primary data is processed, 2016 uniqueness of the performance marketing resource that
generates path coefficient value of 0.479 with R2 = 0.230.
These test results provide empirical evidence that the Based on the value of R2 = 0.230 uniqueness of the
stronger market orientation, it will improve the resource is known to contribute directly to the marketing
performance of the marketing mix in small industry of performance of 23.0%. This means that the uniqueness of
processed seaweed products in Luwu Raya. the resource impact on the performance marketing 23.0% if
b. Relationship Market Orientation and Marketing Mix to no other variables are considered.
Uniqueness Of Resources The significance of the test results are shown in Table 4.4
Market orientation and marketing mix to the uniqueness as follows:
of small industrial resources of processed seaweed products Table 4.4. Significance test of resources on the uniqueness
in Luwu Raya simultaneously shows the influence of the Relationship Marketing Performance
direction, the test results are shown in Table 4.2 below: Coefficient Path Tscore Tcritis Conclusion
Table 4.2. Coefficient Simultaneous X- Y
R2 Fscore Ftable Conclusion 0,090 10,180 1,96 Signifikan
0,507 121,321 3,034 Signifikan Sources: Primary data is processed, 2016
Sources: Primary data is processed, 2016 Hypothesis testing results show that the path coefficient
value of 0.090 with tscore at 10.180. T-statistic values
The results of calculating the value of the test statistic F
obtained (10.180) is greater than tcrities (1,960). This result
obtained showed F-score is greater than the value Ftable (F
means that the uniqueness of resources affect the
= 121.321> 3.034), the obtained test results Ho rejected
performance marketing.
and Ha accepted. These results can be concluded market
orientation and marketing mix affect the uniqueness of e. Relationships Model Market Orientation and
resources. Marketing Mix Of Uniqueness Resources in Improving
Based on the test results the hypothesized relationship Marketing Performance
of market orientation and marketing mix to the uniqueness Based on the figure 4.5 model of the relationship of market
of the resource to be obtained for 50.7%, and the influence orientation and marketing mix to the uniqueness of
of factors beyond the market orientation and uniqueness of
resources in improving marketing performance can be seen,
resources amounting to 49.3%. The influence of an impact as follows:
on the marketing mix of small industries processed
products grass to get a reference market share in order to
improve the ability of the product, pricing strategy, Market
promotion, marketing and distribution so that the Orientation
performance can be better. 0,286 0,191

c. Relationships Market Orientation dan Marketing Mix to 0,329

Performance Marketing Unique Performance
Market orientation and relationship marketing mix 0,360 Resources
0,562 Marketing
towards obtaining marketing performance of 75.6% and the 0,090
influence of factors beyond the market orientation and
marketing mix of 24.4%. To determine the relationship of Marketing
market orientation and marketing mix simultaneously on Mix
marketing performance through hypothesis test to see Fscore
(F Test). Fscore is obtained based on the results of Finally, on the basis of the above model, can also identified
hypothesis testing in order to obtain the value of the several matters related to the variables of this research,
significance test as follows: among others:

25
• Market orientation is achieving the goal of small
industries in the market with unique marketing mix and
ownership of resources in improving marketing
performance.
• Uniqueness of resources is the ability of small industries
in creating competitive advantage for customers in order
to achieve the objectives set, supported the marketing
mix to determine the target market, market-oriented
means of communication.
• Market orientation and marketing mix is the ability of
small industry to retain their business, adapt to the
environment and to improve its business strategies,
manage, and proactively face the customer behavior and
market conditions in order to get a percentage of profits
or consumer spending.
• Performance marketing is a performance produced by
small industries are supported by market orientation,
marketing mix to the uniqueness of the resource that
generates sales performance, market share and profits.
V. CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results of the investigation, as the
discussion in the previous section, then a number of
conclusions as follows:
• In general the market orientation of small industry of
processed seaweed products in Luwu Raya has not been
good in terms of aspects of the market. Market
orientation is influenced by three indicators such as the
number of products is still considered small, yet the
focus of the market, and serve the market. Despite this
small industrial market orientation of processed
seaweed products are still considered to have
opportunities to improve marketing performance.
• Market orientation and marketing mix effect on the
uniqueness of the resources of small industry of
processed seaweed products in Luwu Raya. Market
orientation has a moderate effect on the uniqueness of
resources in improving marketing performance. So that
the productivity level of processed seaweed products
running very slowly and directly proportional to the
development of the industry.
• Market orientation and marketing mix together affect the
performance of small industrial marketing of refined
products in Luwu Raya seaweed. Market orientation
has a great influence on the performance of marketing,
compared to market orientation and marketing mix to
the uniqueness of resources.
• The uniqueness of the resource on the performance of
small industrial marketing of refined products in Luwu
26
Raya seaweed has an influence that is being compared
to a market orientation and marketing mix.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I thank the participants for their willingness to take the time
to share their experiences.
REFERENCES
[1] Aditya, 2009. “Analisis Pengaruh Merk, Orientasi Strategik, Dan
Inovasi Terhadap Keunggulan Bersaing (Studi pada UKM
Tanggulangin di Kota Sidoarjo)” . Jurnal Sains Pemasaran
Indonesia, Vol III, No 3 Program Magister Manajemen .
Universitas Diponegoro
[2] Ambler, 2000 Marketing and the Bottom Line: The New Metrics
of Corporate Wealth, London, Prentice Hall/Financial Times
[3] Cravens, David W and Nigel. F Piercy, 2009. Strategic
Marketing. 9th Edition. New York: Mc Graw-Hill.
[3] Clark, 2006. Pension fund trustee competence: decision making
in problems relevant to investment practice. Journal of Pension
Economics and Finance, 5, 91-110.
[4] David, 2010. Strategic Management, Concepts and Cases, 13th
Ed. Prentice Hall.
[5] Day G. S, 1994. The Capabilities of market driven organizations.
Journal of Marketing., 58, 37-52
[6] Doyle, Peter, 2000, Value-Based Marketing, Chichester, UK,
Wiley
[7] Egan, 2010. Relationship Marketing. Prentice Hall.
[8] Ferdinand, 2000. “Sustainable Competitive Advantage :
Sebuah Eksplorasi Model konseptual”. Fakultas
Ekonomi Universitas Diponegoro. Semarang.
[9] Jogiyanto, 2015. Partial Least Square (PLS). Alternatif Struktur
Equation Modeling (SEM) Dalam Penelitian Bisnis. Penerbit
Andi Yogyakarta.
[10] Kasali, 2014. Strategi Pengembangan Merek, Penerbit : PT.
Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
[11] KKP, 2015. Media Informasi Kelautan dan Perikanan
[12] Kotler dan Keller, 2013. Marketing Management, Fourteenth
edition. Publishing as Prentice Hall.
[13] Kotler dan Keller, 2016. Marketing Management, Fourteenth
edition. Publishing as Prentice Hall.
[14] Kohli, A.K, & Jaworski, 1990. “Market orientation: The
Construct, research proposition, and manajerial implications”
Journal of Marketing, Vol 54, April., pp 1-18
[15] Narver dan Slater, 1995. Customer-Led and Market
Orientation: Let’s Not Confuse The Two. Strategic
Management Journal Strat. Mgmt. J., 19: 4–1006 (1998)
[16] Prakoso, 2014. Kementerian Direktorat Jenderal Industri Kecil
dan Menengah .
[17] Shapiro, 1998. What the Hell Is ‘Market Oriented.
[18] Wheelen, T., & Hunger, J. D. (2012). Strategic Management and
Business Policy. Toward Global Sustainability. New Jersey:
Pearson.
[19] Zinkhan. J, 2002, ”Marketing Performance Measurement”,
European Marketing Journal, pp.435-349.
[20] Zhou et al, 2005. The Efeect of strategic Orientations on
Technology and Market Based Break through Innova tions.
Journal of Marketing.Vol.69 (April), pp.42-60.
 The Effect of Marketing Mix and Socioeconomic on the Consumer’s
Decision to Choose Medical Treatment at Public Hospital in Kasongan,
Central Kalimantan
Lelo Sintani1), Yoga Manurung2), Nor Sanuri3)
1)
Faculty of Economic and Business
University of Palangka Raya
E-mail: lelosintani@yahoo.co.id

2)
Faculty of Economic and Business
E-mail: University of Palangka Raya

3)
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital
E-mail: noor.sanuri@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. The purpose of this study is to measure and analyze the impact of marketing mix consists of product, price,
location, promotion, people, process and physical evidence, as well as the socioeconomic on the consumer’s decision to
choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional Public Hospital in Central Kalimantan. This research is quantitative
research with associative-causal design to determine the effect of the dependent variable to the independent variables.
Respondents are taken from outpatient and inpatient that have experienced hospital services. The sampling technique used
the formula of Slovin with total sample of 90 patients. Primary data and questionnaires used in data collection with non-
probability sampling approach. Analysis of data used multiple linear regression. The research proved that the variable
product, location and socioeconomic have significant effect on the consumer’s decision choosing medical treatment at
Kasongan Regional General Hospital. Variable product has significant effect, while variable pricing, promotion, people,
process and physical evidence have no significant effect. Simultaneously, variable marketing mix consists of product, price,
location, promotion, people, process, physical evidence and variable socioeconomic have significant effect on the
consumer’s decision to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional Public Hospital in Central Kalimantan. The ability
of variable marketing mix and variable socioeconomic explained the variation of the consumer’s decision to choose medical
treatment at Kasongan Regional Public Hospital is only 34,2%, while 65,8% is described with other variables outside the
model of this research.

Keywords: marketing mix, socioeconomic, consumer’s decision

I. INTRODUCTION provide universal medical and non-medical support; (c)

Indonesia has set health as human rights as listed in the
Constitution 1945 amended article 8 that said every
resident is entitled to health services. The hospital is an
important part of the national health system. Hospital
health service is primary node that serves as a referral
center. Hospitals have a strategic role in accelerating the
improvement of the community’s health. Therefore,
hospitals are required to provide the quality services in
accordance with the national health standards and can
reach the whole community (Purwaningrum and Kuntjoro,
2007).
Katingan Regency Regulation No. 7 year 2008 on
Organization and Work Procedure of Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital. The position of Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital as Regional Technical Implementation in the
health sector that has the tasks of health care services in
efficient and effective by prioritizing the efforts to healing,
recovery and prevention. Moreover, carrying out the
referral effort in accordance with the applicable regulations
and has the function of: (a) organize medical services; (b)
nursing care service delivery; (d) referral service; (e)
education and training; (f) conducting research and
development; and (g) conducting public administration and
finance.
Nowadays, management of hospital services are faced
with new paradigm that appears mainly driven by changes
in the views of users and providers of health services with
more complete facilities and sophisticated medical
equipment that is owned by the hospital. Users will choose
the hospital services that provide the highest value of the
transaction. Therefore, hospitals should offer better value
than their competitors. This value is derived from the
services offered, medical and non-medical personnel who
provide the services and infrastructure of medical and non-
medical.
According to Djohan (2010), hospital service marketing
is designed to create three major benefits, such as: increase
the satisfaction of the target market, improve efficiency and
increase support resources. Research about markets is
important for the hospital as a means to get information

 
27
about what is patient actually looking for when they need
hospital services (Ristrini, 2005). The hospital marketing
mix is considered by the community as a basis to choose
medical treatment at the hospital and can be controlled by
the hospital itself. The marketing mix includes product,
price, place, promotion, people, process and physical
evidence (Zeithaml in Djohan, 2010).
Health service business competition today is quite sharp
and the public as customers have many alternatives to
choose. Consumers will choose the highest value of the
services provided in accordance with their needs and
desires (Lupiyoadi and Hamdani, 2006).
The competitors of Kasongan Regional Public Hospital
are both public and private hospitals in the city of Palangka
Raya and in Sampit, East Kotawaringin Regency have the
possibility to offer better quality health services. On the
other hand, the level of income and public education are
supported by land transportation to city of Palangka Raya
and Sampit, where the possibility of the community to
choose quality hospital is very possible.
The efforts to improve the quality of services through
the addition of physical infrastructure, medical equipment
and medical personnel have been done. Similarly, the
marketing program has been carried out through health
education, brochures, social activities such as seminars,
social events and provide the facility to make a complaint
through suggestion box and social media.
The performance of Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital effectiveness is still low, it is seen from Bed
Occupancy Ratio (BOR) is only 20%, which is ideally 60%
- 85%. Turn Over Internal (TOI) for 13 days, which is
ideally 13 days. Average Length of Stay (ALOS) for 4
days, which is ideally 6-9 days. The level of activity is 31,
719 fewer than the typical hospital in Borneo and inpatient
room majority of Class III (Kasongan Hospital
Performance Report, 2015).
Human Development Index (HDI) of Katingan
Regency is increased over the last 3 years, from 65,29 in
2013, 65,79 in 2014 to 66,81 in 2015, which reflects the
achievement of progress in the fields of education, health,
and economy. Similarly for 3 years economic growth
positively in 2013 amounted to 6,33, increased to 6,54 in
2014 and 6,52 in 2015 (Katingan Regency Statistics,
2016).
The previous research to measure the effect of variable
marketing mix (7P) to consumer decisions, including
Sukotjo and Radix (2010), found that the product, price,
promotion and physical environment have influenced the
consumer’s decision selecting beauty clinic, while
participants and process do not significantly influence the
buying decision. Wiyati (2010) found the marketing mix
that includes product, price, location, promotion, human
resources, physical evidence and process significantly
influence the decision to use inpatient services at Sakina
Idaman Mother and Child Hospital in Yogyakarta. Finally,
Ahmad, et al. (2013) found that five of the seven variables
are significant (health care, promotion, physical evidence,
process and personal strategies), otherwise price and
distribution strategies have no significant effect on patient
satisfaction in Jeddah.
28
The fact that an increase in the facility, number and
quality of human resources and promotion that is supported
by an increase in the Human Development Index and
economic growth have not been able to attract consumers
to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital. The increase is also not able to optimize the
performance of effectiveness, as evidenced of Bed
Occupancy Ratio (BOR), Turn Over Internal (TOI), and
Average Length of Stay (ALOS) are still not ideal.
Based on the background, the purpose of this research
is to measure and analyze the impact of marketing mix
consists of product, price, location, promotion, people,
process, physical evidence and socioeconomics on the
consumer’s decision to choose medical treatment at
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Product is goods or services that is offered to get
attention, purchase, or consumed in order to meet the needs
and desires of the community. Consumers are not only
buying physical or service of product, but also the benefit
and value of the product. Product is an important element
in marketing program (Sukotjo and Radix, 2010). Product
of hospital service is quite broad, covering issues related to
emergency service, ambulance service, diagnostic service,
pharmacy service and 24-hour service (Babu and
Rajalakshmi, 2009).
Price is the amount of money that must be paid by
consumers to obtain product or service. In general,
hospitals face a complex problem when dealing with
tariffs. Pricing strategy is significant in providing value to
consumers and affect the image of the product, as well as
the consumer’s decision to buy (Hartono, 2010). Pricing
aims to provide quality service to customers at affordable
prices.
Promotion is the activity of communicating information
from the seller to the consumer or any other party in the
sales channel to influence attitudes and behavior (Sukotjo
and Radix, 2010). The concept of promotion in hospital is
an attempt to inform the patient about the types of available
services, motivate them to use hospital service
continuously and spread out the information to others.
Place is the range of activities that is undertaken by the
companies to make their products accessible and available
to target consumers. The purpose of the place is to provide
goods or services that are required and desired by the
customer at the right time and place. Place related to the
ease of obtaining the product in the market and available
when consumers look for them (Sukotjo and Radix, 2010).
The location factor is associated with the location of where
the company should take place and operate. The location of
a hospital is important because the largest market share of
the hospital is from areas closest to the location of the
hospital (Goldstein, et al, 2002).
People are all actors playing a role in the presentation
of service. People function as service providers that greatly
affect the quality of services rendered. Product that is sold
by the hospital is health service that is essentially a
commodity service that is attached to the service providers
(people based). Because the service is inherent to the
service providers, the quality of service is determined by
who provide these services (Hartono, 2010). People are III. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
important element in the marketing mix. The behavior and The type of research is quantitative research with
attitude of service providers will affect the overall associative-causal design to determine the relationship
perception of the customer (Babu and Rajalakshmi, 2009). between two or more variables to form a causal
Processes are activities that show how service are relationship. The population in this study are all visitors or
provided to consumers for purchase of products or services. patients who have been getting medical treatment in poly
The process is a combination of all the activities that outpatient or poly inpatient at Kasongan Regional Public
generally consists of procedures, work schedules, Hospital. The sampling technique refers to Roscoe in
mechanisms, activities and other routine matters that the Sugiyono (2007) with multivariate analysis, the number of
service is produced and delivered to the customer (Sukotjo sample members at least 10 times the number of variables
and Radix, 2010). At the hospital, the process is divided studied. The number of variables in this study are consisted
into four stages: The Joining Phase, The Intensive of 8 independent variables and 1 dependent variable with
Consumption Phase, The Detachment Phase and Feedback the number of sample is 90 respondents.
(Babu and Rajalakshmi, 2009). The sampling technique is used non-probability
Physical evidence is the devices that is needed to sampling (Siagian and Sugiarto, 2006). The sampling
support the appearance of a product, so that shows directly procedure is performed by incidental sampling. The sample
the quality of the products and services provided to criteria are: 1) patient or patient’s family that is involved in
consumers (Anonymous a). Physical evidence plays an decision making, 2) willing to become respondents, 3) can
important role in the hospital where patients are in state of fill out questionnaire research, 4) aged over 18 years and
depression or trauma, the cozy atmosphere and good below 60 years.
service can make the condition better. Measurement of variables used Likert scale with data
Social and economic views of employment, education collection techniques used questionnaires. Instrument
and economic conditions are one of the factor that research first tested with the validity and reliability test.
influence someone behavior who in turn affects the Technical analysis of data are analyzed with multiple linear
purchased product selection decisions. While patient regression.
education affects the patient’s knowledge in finding
information (Kotler and Keller (2009). IV. RESULTS
Purchasing decision is the selection of two or more
alternative purchase decisions, which mean that someone Based on the analysis of data using multiple linear
can make a decision, it should be available some regression to quantify the effect of the product, price,
alternative options. Decision to buy can lead to how the location, promotion, people, process, physical evidence and
decision making process is carried out. The process of socioeconomic partially to the consumer’s decision, the
decision-utilization of health services in hospital by the results are as follows.
consumer according to Hartono (2010), basically consists Model Unstandardized Standardized t Sig.
of five stages: need arises, find information, evaluate, Coefficients Coefficient
s
utilize and post-use decisions. Based on the theory and B Std. Error Beta
previous research, the conceptual framework of this
1. (Constant) 10.612 2,328 4.558 .000
research are as follows.
Product .284 .091 .371 3.104 .003
Figure 1: Conceptual Framework Price -.077 .142 -.079 -.543 .589
Location .188 .089 .317 2.109 .038
Marketing Mix (X) Promotion .054 .118 .073 .461 .646
People .082 .103 .135 .802 .425
Product
Process .133 .126 .218 1.050 .297
Physical .043 .144 .059 .302 .764
Price
Evidence
Socioeconomic -.311 .134 -.216 -2.318 .023
Location
R R Adjuste Std. Error
Squar dR of the
Promotion e Square Estimate
.634a .402 .342 2.275
People
Consumer’s Table 1: Multiple Linear Regression Analysis Results
Process Decision
(Y)
a. Predictors: (Constant), Socioeconomic,
Physical Physical Evidence, Product, Price,
Evidence Promotion, Location, People, Process
b. Dependent Variable : Consumer’s
Socioeconomi Decision
Source: Research Result, 2015 (processed data)

Based on Table 1, results of multiple regression

analysis proved that product, location and socioeconomic

 
29
have significant effect on consumer’s decision to choose
medical treatment at the Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital. The value of positive regression coefficient for
the product (0,371) and location (0,317) means that the
better product service and location of the hospital will
increase the consumer’s decision to choose, while variable
socioeconomic has negative regression coefficient (-0,216).
This means that if consumer’s income increases, then
consumer’s decision to choose medical treatment at
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital is reduced.
Variable price, promotion, people, process and physical
evidence have not significant effect on consumer’s decision
to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital. However, the regression coefficients of variables
sale (0,073), people (0,135), process (0,218) and physical
evidence (0,059) are positive. This means that if there is
increased and improvement of all four variables, the
consumer’s decision to choose is increased too. For
variable price (-0,079), the regression coefficient is
negative. This means that if the price is increased, the
consumer’s decision to choose medical treatment at
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital is reduced.
The coefficient of determination (R2) is 0,402 and
adjusted R-square is 0,342. This means that 34,2% of the
variation of the consumer’s decision is able to be explained
by variable marketing mix (product, price, location,
promotion, people, process and physical evidence) and
Socioeconomic. The rest of 65,8% is explained by other
variables that not included in this research.
It showed that the results of the test consists of variable
marketing mix (product, price, location, promotion, people,
process, physical evidence) and variable socioeconomic are
proved to have significant effect on the consumer’s
decision to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital, although the ability of these variables in
explaining the variation of dependent variable is very
limited that is seen from the value of adjusted R-square
(34,2%).
V. DISCUSSIONS
a. Variable product, location and socioeconomic have
significant effect on consumer’s decision to choose
medical treatment at Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital.
The results proved that the products include medical
service, paramedical service, medical support service and
administrative service have influenced the consumer’s
decision to choose the hospital for medical treatment.
Therefore, the variable product can encourage an increase
in the number of visits to use health care service at
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital. This research supports
Sudjoko (2007) and Sukotjo and Sumanto (2010), which
proved that the product, price, place, promotion, people,
process and physical evidence have influenced the
consumer’s purchasing decisions. However, different
research from Wiyati (2010), which found that variable
product has not influenced the consumer’s decision. The
result of descriptive analysis is showed that patients’
perceptions of the product is good. This is consistent with
the theory that the hospital service product covers the
issues of emergency service, ambulance service, diagnostic
30
service, pharmacy service and 24-hour service (Babu and
Rajalakshmi, 2009).
The location has significant effect on the consumer’s
decision to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital. This means that the locations include the
location of medical treatment at Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital, ease of transport or access roads are easy to reach
by the community, the facility in adequate treatment room,
comfortable lounge area, as well as the availability of large
parking area are able to encourage consumers to choose
medication treatment at Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital. The results are consistent with previous research
conducted by Sudjoko (2007) and Hendri Sukotjo and
Radix Sumanto (2010) proved that location mix has
significant effect on consumer’s decisions. However, in
contrast with Tuti, the research of Wiyati (2010) stated that
the variable location does not affect the decision to use
inpatient service at Sakina Idaman Mother and Child
Hospital in Yogyakarta. Descriptive analysis showed that
the respondents’ perceptions of the location in accordance
with Babu and Rajalakshmi (2009), which found that
hospital should be located and easily accessible to all.
Socioeconomic of the community includes the level
indicator of education and income have significant negative
effect on consumer’s decision to choose medical treatment
at Kasongan Regional Public Hospital. This means that the
higher the level of education and income, then the
consumer will not choose to have medical treatment at
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital. Descriptive analysis
found that the respondent’s level educational is dominated
by high school or lower by 77,8% that consists of high
school or equivalent by 48,9%, junior high school by
12,2% and elementary school or equivalent by 16,7%.
Similarly with the level of income is dominated by income
of less than Rp. 1.000.000,- per month. The details are less
than Rp. 1.000.000,- by 38.9%, Rp. 1.000.000,- to Rp
1.999.000,- by 26.7%, Rp. 2.000.000,- to Rp. 2.999.000,-
by 23.3%, Rp. 3.000.000,- to Rp. 3.999.000, - by 10% and
more than Rp. 4.000.000,- by 1,1%. This condition needs
particular attention by the hospital as health service
producer, because people with higher education and
income tend to not choose Kasongan Regional Public
Hospital as their medical treatment. This will affect the
income level of the hospital, because the patients with
these characteristics are the patients who have Social
Security Administrator (BPJS in Indonesia).
b. Variable price, promotion, people and physical
evidence have not significant effect on the consumer’s
decision to choose medical treatment at Kasongan
Regional Public Hospital.
Price has not significant effect on the consumer’s
decision to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital. This showed that the pricing policy that is
taken by the hospital management in the form of affordable
tariff that match with the capabilities, cheaper tariff
compared with other hospitals, the payment process at the
cashier is not convoluted, tariffs in accordance with the
services provided and the relief payment system have not
been able to influence the consumer’s decisions to choose
medical treatment at Kasongan Regional Public Hospital.
Furthermore, the value of negative coefficient indicates
that if the pricing policy is increased, then there is a
tendency for the consumer not to choose medical treatment
at Kasongan Regional Public Hospital. The results support
the research of Wiyati (2010), which found that the
variable price has not affect the consumer’s decision to
have medical treatment at Sakina Idaman Mother and Child
Hospital in Yogyakarta. Different results shown by
Sudjoko (2007) and Sukotjo and Sumanto (2010), which
found that the variable price has significant effect on
consumer’s purchasing decisions. This supports the idea of
Lupiyoadi and Hamdani (2006), which found that when
consumers buy a product or service, they exchange the
price value to obtain the value of the benefits. Babu and
Rajalakshmi (2009) revealed that the public hospital is not
only maximize the profit, but also set the tariff at an
affordable price that aims to provide quality service to
customers.
Promotion has not have significant effect on
consumer’s decision-making to get medical treatment at
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital. This means that the
policy of promotion includes counseling activities,
community activities as well as direct information from
officers to patient when examined or treated have not been
able to influence the decision of consumers to choose
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital as their medical
treatment. The result is different from Sukotjo and
Sumanto (2010), which revealed that variable promotion
has significant effect on consumer’s product purchasing
decisions at Teta beauty clinic in Surabaya. However,
supported by the research of Sudjoko (2007) and Tuti
Wiyati (2010), promotion mix partially has not significant
effect on consumer’s decisions.
The process proved to have no significant effect on the
consumer’s decision to get medical treatment at Kasongan
Regional Public Hospital. This means that the policy on the
provision of health services that include perform the
service schedule accurately, fast response in providing
service and patient’s involvement in determining the type
of treatment are unable to influence the consumer’s
decision to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital. The result support the research of Sukotjo
and Sumanto (2010) and Tuti wiyati (2010) that the
process has not significant effect on consumer’s decisions.
However, different results are obtained by Sudjoko (2007),
which found that variable process has positive and
significant impact on consumer’s decision.
The physical evidence has not significant effect on the
customer’s decision to choose at Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital as their medical treatment. The physical
evidence includes the design or shape of any room in the
hospital, cleanliness and comfort of the lounge, the support
facilities service (mosques, toilets etc.) and the comfortable
and safe hospital environment have not been able to
influence the customer’s decision to choose medical
treatment at Kasongan Regional Public Hospital. The
results support the research of Sudjoko (2007), which
revealed that physical evidence partially has not significant
effect on consumer’s decisions. However, different results
are obtained by Sukotjo and Sumanto (2010) and Tuti
wiyati (2010), which found that variable physical evidence
has influence on consumer’s decisions.
31
VI. CONCLUSIONS
Variable marketing mix such as product location and
socioeconomic have significant effect on the customer’s
decision to choose medical treatment at Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital. Coefficient value is positive for the
product and location, which means that the better product
service and location of the hospital will increase the
customer’s decision. In addition, the coefficient value of
variable socioeconomic is negative, which means that if the
community’s income is increased, then the customer’s
decision to choose Kasongan Regional Public Hospital is
reduced.
Variable pricing, promotion, people, process and
physical evidence have not significant effect on the
customer’s decision to choose medical treatment at
Kasongan Regional Public Hospital. In addition, the ability
of marketing mix (product, price, location, promotion,
people, process, physical evidence) and socioeconomic
variables can only explain 34,2% of the variation of the
consumer’s decision, while the remaining 65,8% is
explained by other variables that are not included in this
study.
REFERENCES
[1] Anonymousa: Pentingnya Marketing Mix dalam Berbisnis.
(http://www.bized.co.uk/educators/1619/business/marketing/presen
tation/mixmap.gif), diakses tanggal 30 – 10 – 2011.
[2] Babu, S. D., Professor Dr and K. Rajalakshmi. 2009. Marketing
Mix for Hospital Services in the Globalized Era. MBA Department
J.J. College of Engg. & Technology, Trichy – 9.
[3] Darmawansyah, A. Hamzah, P. Romeo. 2008. Analisis penetapan
pasar sasaran rumah sakit Stella Maris Makassar. Jurnal ISSN
0852-8144. Maret 2009. Vol 5. No. 2, hal : 151 – 158.
[4] Djohan, A.J, Dr. dr. 2010. Pemasaran strategik rumah sakit. Edisi I.
PT. Grafika Wangi Kalimantan. Banjarmasin.
[5] Eckrich, D. W. and W. Schlesinger. An application of the
marketing concept in health-care services planning: a case report.
Journal of Management and Marketing Research. Page : 1 – 9.
[6] Goldstein, S. M., P.T. Ward, G. K. Leong., T.W. Butler. 2002.
Technical note : The effect of location, strategy, and operations
technology on hospital performance. Journal of Operations
Management 20 (2000). Page : 63 – 75.
[7] Hartono, Bambang SKM, MSc, MM. 2010. Manajemen pemasaran
untuk rumah sakit. Cetakan pertama. Rineka Cipta. Jakarta.
[8] Juliwanto, Elvistron. 2009. Faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi
keputusan memilih penolong persalinan pada ibu hamil di
Kecamatan Babul Rahmah Kabupaten Aceh Tenggara. Tesis
M.Kes. Program Pascasarjana Universitas Sumatra Utara, Medan.
[9] Katingan in Numbers, 2015. Badan Perencanaan Pembangunan
Daerah dan Penanaman Modal Kabupaten Katingan.
[10] Decree of Ministry of Administrative and Bureaucratic Reform No:
Kep/25/M.Pan/2/2004 on General guidelines for the preparation of
community satisfaction index service unit of government agencies.
[11] Kotler, P and N. Lee. 2007. Pemasaran di sektor publik.
Terjemahan : Taufik Amir. PT. Indeks. Jakarta.
and K. L. Keller. 2009. Manajemen Pemasaran. Jilid I. Edisi 13.
Terjemahan : Bob Sabran, MM. Erlangga. Jakarta.
[12] Lupiyoadi, R. and Hamdani, A. 2006. Manajemen pemasaran jasa.
Edisi 2. Salemba Empat. Jakarta.
[13] Local Regulation of Katingan Regency No: 7 Year 2012 on the
Organization and Working Procedure of the Kasongan Regional
Public Hospital.
[14] Ristrini. 2005. Perubahan paradigma jasa pelayanan kesehatan
rumah sakit dan rekomendasi kebijakan strategis bagi pimpinan.
Jurnal Manajemen Pelayanan Kesehatan, Volume 08. Nomor 01.
Maret 2005. Hal : 3 – 22.
[15] Rumah Sakit Umum Daerah Kasongan. Profil Rumah Sakit Umum
Daerah Kasongan tahun 2011.
[16] Sekaran, Uma. 2006. Metode penelitian untuk bisnis. Buku I. Edisi
4. Salemba Empat. Jakarta.
[17] Siagian, D and Sugiarto. 2006. Metode statistik : untuk bisnis dan
ekonomi. PT. Gramedia Pustaka Utama. Jakarta
[18] Sugiyono, Prof. Dr. 2007. Metode penelitian : pendekatan
kuantitatif, kualitatif dan R & D. Alpabeta. Bandung.
[19] Sujoko. 2007. Faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi keputusan
pemakaian jasa warnet di kota Jember. Jurnal Manajemen
Pemasaran. Volume 2. April 2007. Hal : 9 – 20.
[20] Sukotjo, Hendri and Radix, Sumanto. 2010. Analisa marketing
mix-7P (produk, price, promotion, place, partisipant, process, and
physical evidence) terhadap keputusan pembelian produk klinik
kecantikan Teta di Surabaya. Jurnal Mitra Ekonomi dan
Manajemen Bisnis. Volume 1. Nomor 2. Oktober 2010. Hal : 216 –
228.
[21] Supriyanto, Prof. Dr. dr. and Ernawaty, drg. M.Kes. 2010.
Pemasaran industri jasa kesehatan. Penerbit Andi. Yogyakarta.
[22] Suwarni. 2009. Marketing mix strategy dalam meningkatkan
volume penjualan. Jurnal Ekonomi dan Bisnis. Tahun ke-14.
Nomor 1. Maret 2009. Hal : 20 – 25.
[23] Winsted, K. F. 2000. Service behaviors that lead to satisfied
customers. European Journal of Marketing. MCB University Press,
0309-0566. Vol. 34 No. 3/4, pp. 399 – 417.
[24] Wiyati, Tuti. 2010. Pengaruh bauran pemasaran terhadap keputusan
konsumen dalam penggunaan jasa pelayanan rawat inap di Rumah
Sakit Ibu dan Anak Sakina Idaman Yogyakarta. Tesis MM.
Program Pascasarjana Fakultas Farmasi, Universitas Gadjah Mada,
Yogyakarta.

 
32
 The Model of The Interrelationship of Customer Delight And Experiential
Marketing on Customer Satisfication And Customer Loyalty on The East
Java Regional Development Bank

 Soenarmi1), Chandra Kartika2), Rudiatno3)

1)
Economics Faculty of the University of Wijaya Putra
Email : soenarmi@uwp.ac.id

2)
Economics Faculty of the University of Wijaya Putra
Email : chandrakartika@uwp.ac.id

3)
Economics Faculty of the University of Wijaya Putra
Email : rudiatno@uwp.ac.id

Abstract. This research aims to provide most of the answers the client of the problem about the relationship between the
services provided to the sides of the Bank of East Java Blood Development, because by observation and the size of the
outside the more the value of values that fell on the dimensions of Customer delight and experiental marketing in East Java
Regional Development Bank , the more a complaint arising from the customers about the relationship of marketing which is
given to the Bank of East Java Regional Development, so that the level of satisfaction and loyalty customers influence, so
the researchers will examine the problems that very krausal to increase the level of the relationship marketing in Bank
services and to increase the value of customer satisfaction and loyalty customers especially customers in East Java Regional
Development Banks and Will test the model of the interrelationship of demention Customer delight and experiental
marketing against the influence of customer satisfaction and loyalty of the Bank of East Java Regional Development. First to
know the dimensions of marketing interrelationship with mengkomper situation in East Java Regional Development Bank so
that can improve a quality in East Java Regional Development Bank in the formation of a character customer to feel a
services development system information related to the marketing of education to the customer about Bank Customer
delight and experiental marketing and collect primary and secondary data through the observation,survey, questioner. Both
to provide an analysis of the concept of dimensional enhancements related to marketing in East Java Regional Development
Bank, by providing training and skills of employees and customers also, increased marketing services related to the
relevance of Customer delight and experiental marketing, the establishment of marketing model and provide enhancements
to the marketing dimension. Implementation of the method is applied using the size of the samples in this research as much
as 100 respondents taken from a client that never come in East Java Regional Development Banks from 1 place to another
research and has been specified in the research in East Java Regional Development Bank.

Keywords: Customer delight, experiental marketing, customer satisfication,customer loyality

prove not linier relationship between just satisfied (merely

I. INTRODUCTION satisfied with customer loyalty, and describe it in a curve
called Delight Curve."Functional performance (how the
To the foundations of the theory states that the
business con- ducts itself) is non-linearly related to the
customer delight constructed as not liniear relations
satis- faction event experience; satisfaction is non- linearly
between satisfaction with customer loyalty. According to
related to the evoked loyalty" (Keiningham, et al., 2004).
the Kwong and Yau in Raharso (2005), satisfied customers
According To Keiningham, et al. (2004) most
including in the latent loyalty are those that have a high
companies currently only explore the middle area of
favorable attitude toward the company but have low it
Delight Curve, an area called the Zone of Mere
constitutes patronage tendency. The rapid development of
Satisfaction. In the zone of Mere Satisfaction company
technology and supply side the other factors causing
only "play secure" attempting to their customers not
customer satisfaction is commonly reachable goal and at
disappointed. In this area of increasing consumer
the same time is the minimum requirement for their
satisfaction is not accompanied by a significant increase in
competitors market. Therefore, study of customer delight in
customer loyalty. The first area, called Zone of religion n.
this research can describe how to create competitive
In this area of service the company cause dissatisfaction on
advantages and become a key how to move the customer
consumers. On the third area, service improvement, though
loyalty. Consumers who delight is an important asset for
fitting in is small, increase the level of customer
the company. Their role is greater than the product
satisfaction. This area is called the Zone of Delight.. The
purchase, because they also menyeb ar ka n po si ti ve word
variables customer delight in this research refers to
of m ou th tent ang company. Keiningham, et al. (2004)
research that are done by Oliver, et al. (1997), Keiningham,
 

33
et al. (2004), and Finn (2005) namely consumer
satisfaction is high. This variable is represented by the
three sub variables can promote delight namely justice,
esteem, and finishing touch that based on research and Yau
Kwong and modified in research done Raharso (2005).
Now the indicators in each sub variables refers to the
research done Raharso (2005), to do modification on some
items because of the different research methods used
Consumers delight is an important asset for the company.
Their role is greater than the product purchase, because
they also menyeb ar ka n po si ti ve word of m ou th tent
ang company. Keiningham, et al. (2004) prove not linier
relationship between just satisfied (merely satisfied with
customer loyalty, and describe it in a curve called Delight
Curve."Functional performance (how the business conducts
itself) is non-linearly related to the satis- faction event
experience; satisfaction is non- linearly related to the
evoked loyalty" (Keiningham, et al. 2004).
Dick and Bosu (in Tjiptono, 2002) proposed that
customer satisfaction is not capable of forming a high
loyalty and purchase pattern repeatedly. Customer Loyalty
can be divided into 4 situation, namely no loyalty,
superious loyalty, latent loyalty and loyalty. Customers
who felt satisfied including the latent loyalty. Loyalty is the
ideal situation that most expected marketer, where
consumers positive attitude and happy (delight) to the
products of/ services or product/service provider and
accompanied by a consistent re-purchase pattern of the
company is to overcome the problems that have arise.
Stage 2, company goal is to draw up a budget. Stage 3, the
goal is to meet customer expectations. Emotional
experience can be created by creating a brand that provides
unforgettable experience to customers, with the support of
a good marketing program. A good experience and
impressive will create the emergence of positive feelings
and emotions toward the brand. The emergence of a feeling
satisfied and want to repeat the experience acquired, is now
many applied by the manufacturer to face the fierce
competition where many similar products with only a few.
In this emotional side of products developed through
your marketing efforts. Emotional experience can be
created by creating a brand that provides unforgettable
experience to customers, with the support of a good
marketing program. A good experience and impressive will
create the emergence of positive feelings and emotions
toward the brand. The emergence of a feeling satisfied and
want to repeat the experience acquired, is now many
applied by the manufacturer to face the fierce competition
where many similar products with only a few differences in
the specification to one another. And customer satisfaction
or dissatisfaction will be able to affect the desire of
customers to do re-purchase (day repurchase intention).
Intention is the tendency to take action against the object
(H. Salimun 2009). According to Dharmmesta (1999)
intention associated with attitude highly and behavior.
Satisfied customers will repeat the purchase price for a
second and third and so on. They no longer consider these
things as done at the time of purchase for the first time.
Day Repurchase intention is an indication of customer
loyalty in addition to the existence of a positive
34
recommendations to the Bank customers in East Java from
one customers to other customers.
Research Motivation
That underlie thought on the basis of a ministry that has
been given to the customer is still considered low value,
whereas obligation services service institutions is to build
and maintain the value of the quality and understand the
needs of customers in the service in the bank, entrepreneurs
try to understand the customer interaction so that the value
of the customer confidence that given by the company to
maintain customer satisfaction and keloyalitasannya in
wearing a service. It is a fact that how society resistance
around in respect of a ministry, in other places and the time
appear controlling buoyancy against the company that is
considered not to pay attention to the aspects that support
the existence of customer satisfaction and loyalty. Some of
the reasons that motivates to do research with analysis
approach, first are the hallmarks of quantitative analysis
regression and connect with the analysis of the relevance of
the various variable itself and is a method of review that
most concern on the quantitative approach that is objective.
More and more services provided by the Bank services to
customers influence the larger to customer satisfaction and
customer loyalty.
The formulation of the problem
Of the background of the above can be formulated
by some of the problems that will be a problem in this
research. Some of the problems among others :
1. Whether the customer delight and experintal
marketing affect customer satification of East Java
Regional Development Bank
2. Whether the customer delight and experintal
marketing affect customer loyality East Java
Regional Development Bank
3. Whether the customer satification affect customer
loyality East Java Regional Development Bank
4. Whether the customer delight influential not
directly against the customer loyality through
customer satification of East Java Regional
Development Bank
5. Whether experintal marketing influential not
directly against the customer satification through
customer loyality Bank of East Java Regional
Development
Research
Based on the background and the formulation of the
problem in this research, then the purpose of this research
is :
1. To analyze the customer delight and experintal
marketing affect customer satification of East Java
Regional Development Bank
2. To analyze the customer delight and experintal
marketing affect customer loyality East Java
Regional Development Bank
3. To analyze the customer satification affect
customer loyality East Java Regional
Development Bank
 4. To analyze the customer delight influential not
directly against the customer loyality through
customer satification of East Java Regional
Development Bank
5. To analyze the marketing experintal influential
not directly against the customer satification
through customer loyality Bank of East Java
Regional Development
Long term goal
In this research is expected to improve the long term
mission on all the Regional Development Bank in East
Java, in order to direct correlation between linear not just
the taste of satisfied only with customer loyalty, and can
improve the status of psicografis against the level of
targeting on the East Java Regional Development Bank
customers in Java.
Based on the research Importance 1.7 specified purpose
and output in this research consists of two kinds of output
that is between the output and the output end, output
between the intended is a result of the implementation of
the first year research, which will be used as basic material
on research analysis of the second year of the first output
namely :
1. The influence of the data base and related between
the variables
2. The model of the influence of the variables
against the success of laudable achievements,
regional development
3. Able to contribute ideas which factors most affect
the success of changing the dimensions of
marketing in the ministry
Superficial Research
The results of this research is expected to contribute
theoretically through a rigorous analysis of the value of the
supporters of the dimensions of customer delight and
experintal marketing on the level of customer satisfaction
and loyalty so that obtained the factors that affect the level
of customer satisfaction and loyalty. It is hoped that this
research can also prove as newness for the development of
teaching materials related to marketing services and outer
can be accredited national and international journals and a
proud one book and the formation of the research model
that will be formed.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Basis Theory
2.1.1 Customer Loyalty / customer loyality
If the assessment of the consumer toward the high
quality of service (superior), behavioral intentions
consumers will be favorable (positive), which sought to
strengthen ties with the company, for example: said
positive things about the company, remain loyal to the
company, recommend the company to others. Leaving-
reproducing the volume of purchase or willing to pay the
premium prices. Behavioral intentions consumers are
unfavorable (negative) and its relationship with the
company the possibility of weak. . The research done by
35
Griffin (1995) shows states that consumers who thought
about the quality of the service is inferior possibility shows
a certain behavior. As, decided the relationship with the
company, reduce shopping with the company and
mengkomplain. Behavioral intentions this will give the
sign of whether consumers will remain faithful (loyal) or
switch. Different with the research done by Feinberg
(1992) and Van Trijp, Hoyer and Inman (1996), loyal
customers generally will continue to buy the brand
although faced with many alternative product brand
competitors that offer superior services characteristics
viewed from various corners of the attribute. When many
customers from a registered fall into this category means
that the brand has brand equity is strong.
2.1.2 Customer Satisfaction
According to research Journal Afwan Harir, 2008 that the
creation of customer satisfaction can provide some benefits
such as the relationship between the company and the
customer became harmonious, became the basis for the re-
purchase and create customer loyalty and recommendations
from mouth to mouth that benefit the company. According
to research Inggih Dharmawansyah, 2003 Relationship
between satisfaction and loyalty is a time where consumers
reach the highest level of satisfaction that cause emotional
ties that kuatdan long-term commitment with company
brand.
2.1.3 Customer delight
According to the research done by Sri Sudarsi, 2008 that
they were angry because they did not get the product that
they expect. Two other possibilities of a combination of
cognitive aspect and emotions is: customers the "calm
dissatisfaction" and boring satisfaction. The boring
customer satisfaction, this customer although satisfied but
because it has a low emotional ties and this customer
quickly bored. The subscriber is a challenge marketer to
attract them to the customer delight. The calm customer
dissatisfaction are those who have the cognitive aspect is
negative and emotional ties that low. Although they receive
disappointing products, they were not angry.
2.1.4 Experiential Marketing
According to research Journal Rohmat Dwi were
measuring objects around 2008 that Experiental Marketing
trying to give good attention to the consumers individually
or in groups, presents communication style that
communicative, dialog so that can provide the experience
and empathy to customers. The purpose of the performance
seen from the consumption level that happen.
According to research Journal andriani kusumawati, 2001
that the key of the Experiental Marketing is the emergence
of the emotions that cause citrus ties with its consumers.
The context of the Experiental Marketing is entertainment
and market information where the value of goods and
services depends on the various- kinds of external sources
such as network, consumption, standard specified. The
purpose of the Experiental Marketing is to increase the
value and consumption level. This means that the
Experiental Marketing sought to do emotional control,
education, cross-sell, alliance brand.
 III. RESEARCH METHOD
3.1 Framework
Research on customer delight and experiental
marketing during this has many done especially by the
service company has been go public or non-go public. The
variables and the tests done previously independent
researchers usually use the size of the different size. Some
evidence suggests that the various variable customer
delight and experiental marketing will affect the level of
customer satisfaction and loyalty in the service sector
organizations. But some other research results show the
opposite results.
From the research that already exists, is still difficult to
conclude about between both variables in the theme of this
research. So it needed a study will do the synthesis of the
results of the previous research.
3.1.1 Population and Samples
population in this research is the whole all visitors who
have deposited in East Java Regional Development Bank,
where based on the BPS Surabaya in numbers, to 2013 the
number of customers who have deposited is 20,000
thousand. The determination of the sampling method using
porposive research sample because the consideration of
funds, energy and time (Arikunto, 2006:140). Thus the
respondents who became a sample of this research is 100
respondents from each of the Govt Bank of East Java
districts in East Java, has determined koutanya.
3.1.2 Research the Model
Model of this research is to use the quantitative approach -
research that focusing on teaching the hypothesis the data
used must be measured and produce the conclusion can be
generalized (Sugiyono 2004:22). This research also uses a
model of causal comperative comperative research and
research model comperative . because you want to know
the difference in the treatment for each of the variables in
the research object (Arikunto, 2006: 36). model of causal
research comperative because they want to know the
relationship of the free variables of the variables bound
(Arikunto, 2006:36). In the Conceptual
Framework Research Model can be made as follows :
Picture 2 : Conceptual Framework Research Model
3.2 Hypothesis Research
H1 : No influence of customer delight and experintal
marketing on customer satification of East Java
Regional Development Bank
36
H2 : No influence of customer delight and customer
loyality experintal marketing of East Java
Regional Development Bank
H3 : No influence of customer satification against
customer loyality Bank of East Java Regional
Development
H4 : No influence of customer delight not directly
against the customer loyality through customer
satification of East Java Regional Development
Bank
H5 : No influence of marketing experintal not directly
against the customer satification through
customer loyality Bank of East Java Regional
Development
3.3 The location of the Research
In this research will be done in the place where sampling
Regional Development Bank office in East Java where the
customers who every day related to the East Java Regional
Development Banks that have been spread in East Java and
location is determined based on the selected kouta
researchers are in a Bank of East Java Surabaya, Bank of
East Java Mojokerto,Bank of East Java Bojonegoro, Bank
of East Java Malang, Bank of East Java Probolinggo, Bank
of East Java Bangkalan.
3.4 The Prior Research
Will examine the results of research related to the
revelation of the value of quality service from the
dimensions of Customer Delight and Experiental marketing
on the level of Customer Satisfacation and Customer
Loyality Bank of East Java , research in East Java precisely
in East Java, for years period of 2014 - 2015. This period is
considered representif, because the enforcement of the
disclosure of the accountability of the level of services to
the quality of East Java Regional Development Bank
marketing, start to the end of the year is starting to come
down to customer satisfaction and loyalty, so be logical
and adequate for the development of research results.
3.5 The Design of the Research
is the difference and kausal test (relationship) from the
formulation of the problem and then drawn up a hypothesis
and theories, the next step is to make the model analysis of
the interrelationship with identifying the variables, create
create operational definitions, collect data (both primary
and secondary) based on population and samples and
perform analysis of the measuring of the recapitulation has
the lowest level with the scale of likerts that has the lowest
value with a score 1 (a) up to the highest level with a score
5(five) According To Sugiyono (2004), as follows : SS :
Strongly Agree score 5; S : Agree score 4; R : Ragu-ragu
leaderboard 3; TS : Do Not Agree score 2 and STS :
Strongly Disagree score 1. Further analysis will use a
double linier regression and path analysis to know the
contribution of the relevance of the variables from
Customer Delight (free) variable which consist of :
Recognition, anticipation, problem resolves, flexibility,
knowledge against the Experiental marketing (bound
variable) consisting of sense. Be, think act, relate, on the
Bank of East Java in East Java.
3.6 Research Data Collection Technique of the latent variables namely Customer Delight (X1),
in this research data collected using several methods that is Experiental Marketing (X2), Customer Satisfication (Z)
will disesuaiakan with type of the nature of the required and customer loyality (Y) with the help of AMOS program
data. : Sugiyono (2004:90). The methods are as follows 22.
a. Library Research (study of the Library) namely the Customer Delight (X1)
implementation of kepustakkan research to get practical
knowledge and theory from a variety of scientific books 0.716
X1.1
(reference), magazines, brochures and scientific research
reports that are relevant to the issues discussed in this
research. X1.2 0.816
b. The Field Research (Field Studies) namely field research Customer
with the aim to obtain the expected primary data can be 0.532 Delight (X1)
X1.3
used to troubleshoot and analyze problems problems in
research. Now the various kinds of the field research that is
X1.4 0.582
used in this research is : observations, is observation and
systematic recording of the phenomenon investigated, Uji Convergent Validitas Customer
Documentation is to collect data with a livelihood or books Delight (X1)
of the report about the variables which will search for data. Based on the analysis of the factors in the picture, known
Questioner namely data collection method is done to X1.1, X1.2, X1.3 and X1.4 have convergent validity above
collect data with how to share a list of questions to the 0.5. This means that the four factors meet the requirements
respondents so that the respondents provide the answer. to form a variable Customer Delight.
Questioner in this research is divided into two namely: Experiental Marketing (X2)
1. Questioner which aims to know the characteristics
of respondents which consist of : Jeniѕ Gender X2.1 0 602
Age, work, education, income.
2. Questioner which aims to know the evaluation of X2.2 0 712
Experiental
Customer Delight and Experiental marketing on
the Bank of East Java Regional Development. X2.3 0 669 Marketing

Statistical Of Analysis X2.4 0 609

Statistical analysis used in this research is the path analysis.
To determine which is the influence of a variable to other
variables needed requirements as follows: First, the
relationship between the variables must be a linear and
additive; second, all residual variable has no correlation
between one another; third, the pattern of the relationship
between the variables is recursively and four, the scale of
the measurement in both variables cause or at least the
result variable is interval (Nirvana, 1994 in H. Gunawan,
2006). Then the path coefficient can be calculated by the
working steps as follows; first, describe the path diagram to
measure the relevance of the relationships of the complete
variable which reflects the proposed conceptual hypothesis.
Then count the greatness of the influence of structural
parameters between a cause variable with a variable due.
This calculation is based on the sub structure of the
relationship between the k variables causes with a variable
result (Priests, 2001 & H. Gunawan, 2006).
IV. THE RESULTS OF RESEARCH DATA
ANALYSIS
Statistical Analysis
Shem (Structural Equation Modeling) using application
programs AMOS because this research uses the variables
moderation. The steps in the analysis of Shem, is as
follows :
Validity Test
Validity test is intended to determine whether the
statements in the questionnaire just representative. Validity
test is done by using konfirmatori factor analysis on each
Convergent validity test Experiental Marketing (X2)
Based on a picture , from 4 indicator is tested, all 4 the
indicator shows the results of convergent validity above
0.5. This means that the four factors meet the requirements
to form a variable Experiental Marketing. The results of the
analysis of factors in the Picture 4.5 shows that all
indicators Y1.1, Y1.2, Y1.3 and Y1.4 have convergent
validity above 0.5. Then all the indicators in the Customer
Satisfaction variable meets the requirements and can be
said the indicators represent or formed a variable Customer
Loyality.
Customer Loyality/ Loyalitas Pelanggan (Y2)
0 838
Y2.1
0 726 Customer
Y2.2
Loyality
Y2.3 0 880 (Y )
Y2.4 0 522
Uji Convergent validity Customer Loyality (Y2)
From 4 proposed indicator, all have convergent validity
results above 0.5. Means all the indicator requirements, or
it can be said all indicators represents or formed a variable
Customer Loyality.
Construct Reliability and Variance test Extract the second
test used in this research is to test the reliability construct.

37
The variables tested is a variable which has indicators Source : 8 attachments processed data
forming more than 1. The results of the test reliability
construct can be seen in the table explains the change The test for univariate outliers can be done by determining
reliability from the latent variables include research the value of the threshold that will be categorized as outlier
Customer Delight, Experiental Marketing, Customer with how to convert the value of research data in the
Satisfication, Customer Loyality. standard score or commonly called z-score, which have an
average of zero with the standard deviation of one. For
large samples (above 100 observation), guidelines of
evaluation is that the threshold values of z-score ranged
from 3 to 4 (Ferdinand, 2002: 98). Based on the results of
the conversion to the value of the z-score in Table 2. seen
that the maximum value and the minimum value of all
variables are smaller than 3, so there were no univariate
outliers in data. The evaluation of the multivariate
Multivariate Outliers outliers need to be done, because
even though the data analyzed indicates no outlier on the
level of univariat, observation of the observation can be
outlier when combined with one another. This evaluation is
done through the review of Mahalanobis Distance.
Evaluation Assumptions test Data Normalitas. Maximum
Mahalanobis Distance shows the distance of an observation
likelihood estimation technique requires the fulfillment of
from an average of all the variables in a multi-dimensional
the assumption normalitas. The fulfillment of requirements
space (Ferdinand 2002: 102). This test is done by using the
normalitas assumption is using the value of the critical
criteria of Mahalanobis Distance on the level of p < 0.001.
ratio (C.R.) of ± 2.58 on.(Ferdinand, 2002:174). From this
Mahalanobis Distance is evaluated using 2 on the
table it is known that the value of the column C.R. for each
severity of the free amount indicators used in research,
indicator is in range -2.58 to 2.58. Therefore, the
namely 16. So in this research when Mahalanobis Distance
conclusion to be drawn is the data has a normal
him greater than 2 (16,0.001) = 45.315, so that data is
distribution.
multivariate outliers.
TABLE III
Uji Multivariate Outlier
Observation Mahalanobis d-
p1 p2
number squared
36 30.216 .003 .248
24 25.805 .011 .359
37 25.496 .013 .163
27 25.245 .014 .065
59 23.306 .025 .146
34 21.453 .044 .358
103 20.847 .053 .360
Source : 7 attachments processed data
102 20.847 .053 .224
Evaluation of Outliers In Table 3 , it is apparent that the value of Mahalanobis
Outliers is the observation that has unique characteristics Distance least is 3.750 mln after falling and the most high
which looks very far different from the observation of other is 51.474. So it can be concluded that there is no outlier
observation and appears in the form of extreme value for a multivariate
single variable or combination of variables (Ferdinand, a
Residuals Statistics
2002: 97). The treatment of outliers done depends on how Minimum Maximum Mean Std. Deviation N
outliers appear. The evaluation covers the analysis of Predicted Value 23.29 79.60 50.50 9.793 100
univariate outliers outliers and multivariate outlier Std. Predicted Value -2.778 2.971 .000 1.000 100
TABLE II Standard Error of
6.526 21.711 11.919 3.043 100
Descriptive statistics Z-Score Predicted Value
Adjusted Predicted Va 18.35 82.21 50.48 11.695 100
Descriptive Statistics Residual -50.460 62.496 .000 27.309 100
N Minimum Maximum Mean Std. Deviation Std. Residual -1.692 2.095 .000 .916 100
Zscore(P1) 100 -3.31355 .81806 .0000000 1.00000000
Zscore(P2) 100 -2.33793 1.00197 .0000000 1.00000000 Stud. Residual -1.853 2.276 .001 .992 100
Zscore(P3) 100 -1.99102 .89452 .0000000 1.00000000 Deleted Residual -61.039 73.717 .022 32.209 100
Zscore(P4) 100 -2.31874 .89059 .0000000 1.00000000
Zscore(H1) 100 -3.85558 .80843 .0000000 1.00000000
Stud. Deleted Residua -1.881 2.336 .001 .998 100
Zscore(H2) 100 -2.98496 .74624 .0000000 1.00000000 Mahal. Distance 3.750 51.474 15.840 8.633 100
Zscore(H3) 100 -3.27481 .76816 .0000000 1.00000000
Zscore(H4) 100 -3.21516 .90684 .0000000 1.00000000
Cook's Distance .000 .082 .011 .013 100
Zscore(KP1) 100 -3.22586 .74036 .0000000 1.00000000 Centered Leverage Va .038 .520 .160 .087 100
Zscore(KP2) 100 -3.30440 .84338 .0000000 1.00000000
Zscore(KP3) 100 -3.03272 .75818 .0000000 1.00000000
a. Dependent Variable: Obs
Zscore(KP4) 100 -3.13804 .68884 .0000000 1.00000000
Zscore(LP1)
Zscore(LP2)
100
100
-3.27481
-3.90792
.76816
.75825
.0000000
.0000000
1.00000000
1.00000000
Source : 9 attachments processed data
Zscore(LP3) 100 -3.00141 .71935 .0000000 1.00000000
Zscore(LP4) 100 -2.92168 .93278 .0000000 1.00000000  
Valid N (listwise) 100

38
Evaluation of the Multicollinearity and Singularity Source : data processing result with Amos 22.00, 2015
Can be detected from the determinan Multikolinearitas
kovarians matrix. The value of determinan kovarians The results of the calculation of the model of Shem
matrix that very small gives an indication of the existence produced the index goodness of fit as indicated in the table.
of a problem of multikolinearitas or had been (Ferdinand, Based on the table , it can be seen that the value of chi-
2002: 109). In AMOS program, applications will soon give squares and probability shows results that are less good.
a warning if there had been on the matrix kovariansnya. But the value of chi-squares are very sensitive to the great
From the results of the test of AMOS obtained that samples and RMSEA value less good. Therefore, then it is
determinan kovarians matrix = 3.564 far from zero. So it recommended to perform modification model of Shem.
can be concluded there is no evidence of multikolinearitas The results of the model of Shem modification can be seen
or had been in the combination of the variables of this data in the picture and the Table :
so that this data can be analyzed more information.
Chaired the test
after a Model made model, data for testing the model has
been collected and inputted, as well as a number of
assumptions are met, then the next stage is to test the
model of amos or chaired the model. Chaired the model is
part of the model of Shem that consists of the latent
variable (change) and some manifest variable (indicator).
The purpose of the test is to know how exactly the manifest
variables can explain the latent variable. The test result can
be seen in the picture and the table 4.13.

Chaired the picture

source Model : Annex 8 data processing result with Amos
22.00, 2015

TABLE V
An evaluation of the criteria of Goodness of Fit Indices after Modification
Model
criteria Result Critis Model
Value Evaluation
Chi-Square 55.639 ≤ χ2 tabel Good
CMIN/DF 1.210 ≤ 2,00 Good
Probability 0.156 ≥ 0,05 Good
RMSEA 0.044 ≤ 0,08 Good
GFI 0.925 ≥ 0,90 Good
AGFI 0.873 ≥ 0,90 Good
TLI 0.977 ≥ 0,95 Good
CFI 0.984 ≥ 0,94 Good
Gambar Measurement Model
Image of Measurment Model before the Modification Source : Annex 8 data processing result with Amos 22.00,
Source : Annex 8 data processing result with Amos 22.00, 2015
2015 Hypothesis
TABLE IV
Test results against the hypothesis proposed in this research
An evaluation of the criteria of Goodness of Fit Indices Before in brief shown in Table Table directly influence hypothesis
Modification Model Test Results hypothesis
criteria Result Critis Model
Value Evaluation
Chi- 125.072 χ2 tabel Does not meet
Square
CMIN/DF 1.263 ≤ 2,00 Meet
Probability 0.039 ≥ 0,05 Does not meet
RMSEA 0.05 ≤ 0,08 Meet
GFI 0.878 ≥ 0,90 Does not meet
AGFI 0.833 ≥ 0,90 Fit Marginal
TLI 0.940 ≥ 0,95 Good
CFI 0.950 ≥ 0,94 Fit Marginal

39
 TABLE VI In Table 7 above shows that the Customer Delight not
Test Results Table directly influence
directly affects against Customer Loyality with great
Esti influence directly is 0.252 and can also influence indirectly
S.E C.R namely Customer Satisfication have mediation effects
mat P Ket
. . significantly influence of Customer delight against
e
Customer Customer Customer Loyality East Java Regional Development Bank
Delight < Satisfication 0.383 0.132 2.909 .004 Sig with the great indirect influence is 0.416. So also with
(X1) (Y1) Marketing Experiental variable is not directly affects
Experiental Customer against Customer Loyality with great influence directly is -
Marketing < Satisfication 0.961 0.230 4.184 *** Sig 0.832 and can also influence indirectly namely Customer
(X2) (Y1) Satisfication have mediation effects significantly influence
Customer Customer Customer Loyality Experiental Marketing of East Java
Tidak
Satisfication < Loyality 1.086 2.346 0.463 .643 Regional Development Bank with the great indirect
Sig
(Y1) (Y2)
influence is 1.044.
Customer Customer
Tidak Product planning model
Delight < Loyality 0.252 0.920 0.274 .784
(X1) (Y2)
Sig of this research we will be formed and find a product in the
Experiental Customer
form of the model based on sintensi produced from various
- 0- Tidak journals to help the formation of the model of the joint
Marketing Loyality 2.193 .704
0.832 .380 Sig variable between customer delight with experiental
(X2) (Y2)
marketing from the results of the formation of the research
Customer satisfaction of 0,961. So the second hypothesis is Model that will be donated to the East Java Regional
proven.b Customer Satisfication (Y1) affect significantly to Development Bank management in order to give
Customer Loyality (Y2). This can be seen from the path contribution that still needed by the tenets of the model of
marked by the positive coefficient of 1,086 with the value the research the researchers want to educate the customer
of 0,463 C.R. and obtained the significance probability (P) and management leadership Regional Development Banks
of 0,643 that is greater than the rank of the significance () to know the actual model in order to improve customer
determined by 0.05. Thus the Event Satisfication does not satisfaction and loyalty. An example of the Model will be
directly impact on the Customer Loyality. So the proposed and arranged that was named CONMAREX
hypothesis is not proven. Customer Delight (X1) affect MODEL.
significantly to Customer Loyality (Y1). This can be seen
from the path marked by the positive coefficient of 0,252 V. CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTIONS
with the value of 0,274 C.R. and obtained the significance This research using the method of analysis of the influence
probability (P) of 0,784 that is greater than the rank of the of the in between the variable and use the moderating
significance () determined by 0.05. Thus the Customer between variables. This research uses analytical technique
Delight not directly impact on the Customer Loyality. So ratio, vary anova tests and use the double linier regression
the fourth hypothesis is not proven. Experiental Marketing and using the path analysis Amous version that is used in
(X2) affect significantly to Customer Loyality (Y1). This the field of economic science and also in other studies. The
can be seen from the path marked by the negative analysis process is an effort to determine the answer to the
coefficient of -0,832 with the value of -0,380 C.R. and formulation of the problem is to prove in the phenomenal
obtained the significance probability (P) of 0,704 that is of the truth of the hypothesis that made. In analysing the
greater than the rank of the significance () determined by data of this research is to answer the problem of the
0.05. Thus the Experiental Marketing does not directly analysis of the customer delight and experiental marketing
impact on the Customer Loyality. So the fifth hypothesis is will affect the satisfaction and loyalty of the organization
not proven. of East Java regional development bank.
Hits the empirical statistical analysis in this research shows
TABLE VII in each and every national or international journals that in
The results of the hypothesis Testing Indirect Effects
Indonesia the company huge financial institutions more
reveals the dimension of the model of customer delight and
Experient Customer Kepuas Loyalitas experiental marketing, and there is an indication of
al Delight_ an_Pela _Pelangg financial companies or perbankkan in Indonesia that the
Marketin (X1) nggan_( an_(Y2) disclosure of the dimensions of customer delight and
g_(X2) Y1) experiental marketing, in addition to assess the relationship
Kepuasan .000 .000 .000 .000 of service and quality of marketing, also depends on the
_Pelangg size of the ministry of finance companies or perbankkan
an_(Y1)
(Regional Development Bank). This does not mean that the
Loyalitas 1.044 .416 .000 .000 perbankkan in small clusters could not reveal Customer
_Pelangg
ann_(Y2)
Delight and Experiental marketing so that hits the model
obtained from derivative epitimology and axiology that
model that can help to contribute that is CONMAREX
Indirect Effects (Group number 1 - Default model
bersitensi obtained in interprestasikan carefully and need to
 

40
consider empirical evidence of that is that good perbankkan [16] Sugiyono, 2004, Business Research Method. The Alpha beta
Bandung
perbankkan large or small size that reveals the dimensions [17] Susanto, et al, 2003, Basis- base of Marketing, first edition berstrai
of Customer Delight and Experiental Marketing to measure partners, Yogyakarta.
the level of satisfaction and loyalty of the Bank of East [18] Fandy Tjiptono,. 2008. Marketing strategy, Andi Jakarta.
Java Regional Development. From the result of the
formation of this model is still in the process of perfection
stage because there are still many experiments that will be
carried out by the researchers in the field.
Limitations and suggestions for the next Research
This research have limited, First this research only
analyzing the results of the research that has been studying
the influence of the disclosure of customer deligt and
experiental marketing of customer satisfaction and loyalty.
Second, this study only analyzes the research that using
analysis of statistics method to the dimension in research
can see the influence of the model of customer satisfaction
and loyalty, as mentioned earlier that some of the
limitations of the measurement model that is used to see
the influence of the disclosure of customer delight and
experiental marketing to customer satisfaction and
customer loyalty allows for the next study used.
Third, this research plan mengintergrasikan research results
of the study disclosure of the latest model of the
dimensions of customer delight and experiental marketing
to customer satisfaction and loyalty levels in East Java
Regional Development Bank which is done for several
years. This statistical analysis shows brace themselves part
analysis that there is a variance between the research that
can be seen in the relationship significantly between the
variable and the moderate one with the other.

REFERENCE
[1] Andreani, Eransisca, 2007, Experiential Marketing (a Marketing
Approach). 2 (1), h.15-20. Sun rising between,
[2] Adhi H, 2006. The phase passed the customer on Experiential
Marketing, Management Journal Prasetya Mulya. 11 (1) : 35-52
[3] Esti Dew Ayani Sri Danarismawarni, 2008, the relationship
between Experiential Marketing Emotion
marketing and customer layalitas.9 (2), h .102-117
[4] Edward, 2002, the influence of Customer who feel they have the
customer, Jakarta
[5] Finn, 2005, customer relationship delight
[6] Ghozali, priests, 2005, SPSS Multivariate analysis. Semarang :
publisher of Diponegoro University
[7] Griffin Agency, J. 2005. Customer Loyality : grow and maintain
customer loyalty . The experts Language Dwi Kartini Yahya
dkk.Jakarta: Erlangga Publisher
[8] Hamzah, Amir. 2007. Analysis of the Experiential Marketing,
Emotion Branding and Brand Trust toward the brand loyalty the
sun. The Journal of entrepreneurship, 22-28
[9] Istijanto, 2009. Practical Application Marketing
Research,Gramedia Pustaka Home. Jakarta
Kertajaya Hermawan.2005, Marketing in venus. Jakarta : Marfk
Plus & Co
[10] Kotler, Keller.2009. Marketing Management. Erlangga Publisher.
Jakarta
[11] Kotler,Philip, 1997, Planning Marketing Management, analysis and
control of Jakarta : Erlangga Publisher
[12] Keiniyham, 2004, the relationship is not linear between simply
satisfied with the customer loyalty, The Journal of Marketing, This
22-24
[13] Parasuraman, 1990, about customer satisfaction to consumer
[14] Richins, 1983, quality of service is inferior to customer satisfaction
and customer loyalty, Marketing journals.
[15] Rahmawati, 2003, the influence of sense and be from the
experiental marketing on consumers, Junal of Economics and
Business Vol. 03 No.02 August, 109-121.

41
 THE USE OF INDONESIAN BY STUDENT IN PRESENTATION
Iis Lisnawati1)
1)
Universitas Siliwangi, Tasikmalaya, Indonesia
E-mail: is.lisnawati@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. This research aims to describe the use of Indonesian by students in their presentations. The study used the
qualitative descriptive method. The results showed that the language used by students in their presentations was not
completely used standard Indonesian. It was demonstrated nonstandard Indonesian use in phonology, morphology, syntax,
and semantics. Nonstandard Indonesian uses in phonology were (1) omission, addition, and substitution phonemes; (2) The
spelling letters in abbreviation and acronyms. Nonstandard Indonesian use in morphology were (1) voiceless consonants
that are not eliminated in the process of nasalization, (2) the substitution of affix -nya to affix -kan, (3) the use of word
forms with false analogy, and (4) the use of passive forms was not in accordance with the persona. Nonstandard Indonesian
use in syntax were (1) the omission of Subject (S), Predicate (P), S and P, and (2) the use of the S and P was double.
Nonstandard Indonesian uses in semantic were (1) addition of inappropriate words and phrases, (2) substitution of
prepositions, conjunctions, klitik, standard words with the conversation words or local language. The main problem of
nonstandard Indonesian use in the presentation was because of the competence and performance of the speaker. The solution
for the use of nonstandard Indonesian can be done by making the oral discourse in the presentation as a learning material,
either integrated with Speaking subject or synergized with linguistics subjects such as Phonology, Morphology, Syntax, and
Semantics.

Keywords: presentation, standard Indonesian, phonology, morphology, syntax, semantics

standardize language in formal situation. The presentation

I. INTRODUCTION
The presentation is very beneficial for the students. It has
been included as part of the assignment to master the subject.
Students also often use this presentation skill in their
organizations to express thoughts, ideas, and opinions. Based
on that reason, there are many reasons why students are asked
to give presentations and reviews. These will be influenced by
their academic courses and situational and organizational
factors[1].
After graduation, students still need this presentation skill
as it is often used as part of job recruitment model by the
agency, institution, organization, or company. During the last
few years we have noticed an increasing trend for
presentations to be used by employers as part of reviews their
recruitment and selection procedures[1].
In more detail, presentations are useful in many situations,
such as pitching for business, putting a case for funding,
addressing staff meetings, or even as part of the application
procedure for a new job[2].
Presentations are an extremely complex and expensive
form of human communication. The interaction is relatively
short but the combined time of all the people Involved costs a
lot. The only explanation as to why people continue to give
presentations despite their complexity and cost is that they are
tremendously impactful. People give presentations before
commencing expensive projects and after finishing[3].
Those opinions above suggest that students should master
the presentation skill as it is very useful for their academic and
work lives.
During presentation, students express their thoughts, ideas,
opinions to others. Therefore, to be understood by people,
speakers have to deliver speech with similar language used by
the audience. The language used in the presentation is the
can be regarded as a form of formal conversation[4]. The
standardize language is the principal language, formal
language, the primary language which is subject to the agreed
provisions on spelling, grammar, vocabulary, terms[5].
The consistency of standard language usage by students in
the presentations can be determined by analyzing their verbal
languages during presentation.
II. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The method used in this research is descriptive qualitative
method with discourse analysis technique. Discourse analysis
was conducted on 34 students of oral discourse. Data were
recorded, transcribed, described, analyzed, classified, and
compared with standard Indonesian rules.
Data were classified based on the level of linguistics and
nonstandard category[6]. Therefore, the analyzed data were
related to phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics.
Data related to the phonology are phoneme pronunciation and
spelling letters. Data related to the morphology are the use of
form of the word. Data related to the syntax are use of the
sentence. Data related to the semantics are the use of the word
choice. There are four categories of nonstandar language use:
(1) addition, (2) the omission, (3) substitution, and (4)
reordering.
III. DISCUSSION.
A. The Nature of Presentation
Presentation is a communication process performed by the
communicator to deliver message to the audience by
explanation[7]. Presentation refers to the process of formal
delivery of information[8].

42
 In a presentation, there is communication between
speakers and listeners. Listeners will respond by
understanding, asking questions, arguing, or suggesting.
Therefore, the presentation can be considered as a form of
formal conversation[4].
Communication in the presentation involves verbal
communication, nonverbal communication, and the speech
content. The presentation is the act of offering a speech to an
audience, integrating the skills of nonverbal communication
with the speech content[9].
Based on the opinions above, it can be concluded that the
presentation is to deliver message by using verbal and
nonverbal aspects as communication tools.
Verbal aspect used in the presentation is standard language
or the default language because it is a medium to speak
formally. Therefore, the language used in the presentation
must meet the criteria of the standard language such as
phonology, morphology, syntax, and semantics.
Characteristics of standard Indonesian are[10]:
1) The use of conjunctions-conjunctions like bahwa and
karena consistently and explicitly
2) The use of the particles kah and pun consistently
3) The use of grammatical functions (subject, predicate, and
object) explicitly and consistently
4) The use of me(N)- and ber- consistently
5) The use of the phrase pattern consistent Aspek + Pelaku +
V, for example, sudah saya baca- . (Compare substandar
characteristic Pelaku + Aspect + V, for example, saya
sudah baca in the sentence Surat ini saya sudah baca).
6) The use of synthetic construction, such as mobilnya,
membersihkan, and memberi tahu (nonstandard: dia punya
mobil, bikin bersih, dan kasih tahu).
7) The limited number of the lexical and grammatical
elements from regional dialects and local languages which
are still considered unfamiliar.
8) The use of consistent polarity to call someone such as saya
– tuan, saya – saudara (nonstandard aku – nama, nama –
nama)
9) Lexical elements such as silakan, harap, kepadanya
(nonstandard: padanya), pada + persona (nonstandard: di
+ persona), pada + waktu (nonstandard: di + waktu), with
(nonstandard: sama).
Especially for pronunciation, the best pronunciation is
natural pronunciation. Pronunciation is not artificial. Good
pronunciation means that pronunciation does not pronounce
with regional or foreign pronunciation[11].
Characteristics of Indonesian language above is referenced
to analyze the Indonesian language used by students in their
presentation.
B. The Use Indonesian in The Presentation
1. Pronounciation in the Presentation:
From the pronounciation data, there has been found
nonstandard pronunciation of Indonesian pronunciation.
Types of nonstandard phoneme pronunciation are :
a. Omission of phonemes
/ә/ in the middle of a word (eg. /pәrilaku/- /prilaku/);
/s/ in the middle of a word (eg. /transfusi/ - /tranpusi/)
at the end of words (eg. /seks/ - /sek/); /?/ at the end of
words (eg. /xusu?/ - /husu/)
b. Addition of phonemes
43
/h/ at the beginning of the word (eg. /isap/ - /hisap/)
and at the end of words (eg. /sila/ - /silah/); /a/ at the
end of words (eg. /narkotik/ - /narkotika/
c. Substitution of phonemes
/i/ with /e/ (eg. /praktik/-/praktek/); /i/ with /e/ (eg.
/risiko/ - /rәsiko/); /f/ with /p/ at the beginning of the
word (eg. /fisik/ - /pisik/), in the middle of a word (eg.
/efek/ - /epek/), and at the end of words (eg. /promotif/-
/promotip/); /k/ with /h/ in the middle of a word (eg.
/bronkitis/- /bronhitis/); /p/ with /f/ at the beginning of
the word (eg. /pikir/ -/fikir/); /v/ with /p/ at the
beginning of the word (eg. /visual/- /pisual/) and in the
middle of a word (eg. /ultraviolet/ - /ultrapiolet/); /z/
with /j/ at the beginning of the word (eg. /zat/ - /jat/);
/ay/ with /ey/ in the middle of a word (eg. /bagaymana/
- /bageymana/) and at the end of words (eg. sampay/ -
/sampey/); /aw/ with /ow/, /o/, /u/ in the middle of a
word (eg. /kәpulawan/, /sawdara/ - /kәpulowan/,
/sodara/, and /sudara/), and at the end of words (eg.
/kalaw/ - /kalow/); /ai/ with /e/ (eg. /migrain/ -
/migren/); /x/ with /h/ at the beginning of the word (eg.
/xusus/ - /husus/) and in the middle of a word (eg.
/axir/ - ahir/); /n/ with /ŋ/ in the middle of a word (eg.
/kanker/ - /kaŋker/); /š/ with /s/) at the beginning of the
word (eg. /šariat -sariat) and in the middle of a word
(eg. /mašarakat/ - /masarakat/)
d. Errors in spelling letters when reading an abbreviation
or acronym EIDS, KFA (ka ef a), HIV (ha i fe)
pronounced AID, KPA (ka pe a), HIP (ha i pe)
2. The Use form of the word in Presentation
From the data of the use form of the word, it has been
found that nonstandard word forms are substitution form
of the word.
a. Voiceless consonants such as /k/ and /s/ that are not
eliminated in the process of nasalization.
Eg.: mengkonsumsi, mensupley. There is no form
mengkonsumsi and mensupley[12]. The standardize
word form which has similar meaning is mengonsumsi
and menyuplai.
b. Subsitution affix -nya with affix –kan
Eg.: misalkan. The use of the word misalkan in the
sentence above example is inappropriate with the rules
because misalkan is a passive form of memisalkan.
But, the sentence above is not the passive voice and
-kan in the sentence above refers to the previous
statement. Therefore, the correct word is misalnya.
c. The use of word forms for false analogy.
Eg.: dikarenakan. Dikarenakan is used for
conversation language[12]. Words that have similar
meaning with dikarenakan are karena and disebabkan
which are the standard words.
d. the use of passive forms was not in accordance with the
persona.
Eg.: Selanjutnya tentang cara pencegahan
penyalahgunaan narkoba yang akan disampaikan
oleh saya sendiri.
The use of the word disampaikan in sentence is
inappropriate with the language rules because clause
yang akan disampaikan oleh saya sendiriis passive
verbal clause with the first subject. Verb used should
 have been verb without prefixes di-[13], such as
sampaikan.
3. The Use of Sentence in the Presentation
From the data of use of sentence, it has been found the
ungramatical sentences which are classified below :
a. Omission of Sentence Function
1) Omission of Subject (S)
a) The S did not exist
Eg.: Saya kembalikan kepada moderator.
The sentence above is not grammatically
because there is no S. If we offer questions
about S, it may not obtain an answer. This can
be proved by testing the presence of the subject.
“Apa yang saya kembalikan?”. The correct
sentence should be “Acara saya kembalikan
kepada moderator”.
b) The S does not exist because the presence of a
preposition in front of the S.
Eg.: Bagi para remaja yang menggunakan juga
akan terganggu perkembangan
normalnya.
The above sentence does not grammatically
because it does not have the S due to the
presence of the preposition bagi. If we offer
questions about subject, “Siapa yang akan
terganggu perkembangan normalnya?” The
answer is not “Bagi para remaja” , but “Para
remaja”.
c) The omission of the S because the presence of
two conjunctions so that the independent clause
was not clear.
Eg.:Jika menkonsumsi air putih minimal
delapan gelas per hari, maka kita akan
terhindar dari masalah kenaikan berat
badan sehingga berat badan kita pun
akan terjaga.
The above sentence does not grammatically
because the main clause and dependent clause
are unclear. This is due to the use of two
conjunctions, jika and maka. To be clear,
conjunctions used should be one only.
2) Omission of Predicate (P)
a) The P does not exist
Eg. : Terima kasih kepada moderator yang telah
mempersilahkan saya untuk
menyampeykan materi.
The above sentence does not grammatically because it
has no P. If we search queries about the (P) in
this sentence, it will not obtain an answer. This
can be proved by testing the presence of
predicate “Bagaimana terima kasih?” The
correct sentence should have been: Terima kasih
saya ucapkan kepada moderator yang telah
mempersilahkan saya untuk menyampeykan
materi.
b) The P does not exist because the P begins with
the word “yang”
Eg.: Nah, selain itu juga, pada penggunaan
alat suntik pada tato atow tindik yang
sangat berpengaruh pada penyebab HIV
EIDS, HIV AIDS.
44
The above sentence does not grammatically
because the function of P does not exist because
presence of the word “yang”. This can be tested
by the presence of P ”Bagaimana penggunaan
alat suntik pada tato atow tindik?”. The
answers are “Sangat berpengaruh“.
3) Omission of S and P
Eg.: Karena memiliki banyak kerugian yang
ditimbulkan oleh jat, oleh salah satu jat yang
berdampak pada rusaknyah pandangan mata.
The sentence above has no S and P. It only has the
description (Ket). The correct sentence should have
been: Rokok berbahaya bagi kesehatan mata
karena memiliki zat yang merusak mata.
b. Addition of a Sentence Function
1) Double S in the sentence
Eg.: Mata juga, kita menggunakan mata untuk
melihat dan mengetahui berbagey hal yang
ada di dunia ini.
The sentence does not grammatically due to double
S which are mata or kita. If the subject is mata, the
sentence should have been “Mata digunakan untuk
melihat dan mengetahui berbagey hal yang ada di
dunia ini”. If the subject is kita, the sentence should
have been“Kita menggunakan mata untuk melihat
dan untuk mengetahui berbagey hal yang ada di
dunia ini”.
2) Double P in the Sentence
Eg.: Hal yang paling sederhana yang dilakukan
oleh mata kita saat mendeteksi cahaya adalah
memberikan, adalah mengetahui apakah
lingkungan sekitar ...
The sentence does not grammatically due to double
P which are memberikan or mengetahui. The
correct sentence should have been “Hal yang
paling sederhana yang dilakukan oleh mata kita
saat mendeteksi cahaya adalah memberikan
informasi untuk mengetahui apakah lingkungan
sekitar tersebut gelap atau terang”.
4. The Use of Word Choice in the Presentation:
From the data of use word choice, it has been found the
word choices nonstandard. Types of nonstandard word
choices are :
a. Addition of inappropriate words and phrases
1) The inappropriate use of conjunctions or
prepositions
Eg.: Kalau fungsi batang pohon mengetahui apa
tidak?
Kalau is a conjunction that marks the
condition[12,13]. In sentence kalau is not used for
marking the condition. Therefore, the use of it is
not correct.
2) The inappropriate use of intrasentence conjunctions
in the beginning of the sentence
Eg. : (a) Dan apabila mata terasa capai ....
(b) Kemudian, selain ituh, sinar ultrapiolet
yang berlebihan pada mata juga bisa
meningkatkan risiko katarak.
Conjunctions dan and kemudian are intrasentence
conjunctions [12] whereas in the sentence dan and
kemudian are used as a intersentence conjunction.
 Thus, its use are not appropriate. Therefore, the use
of ist should be eliminated.
3) The addition of the inappropriate phrase of place
Eg.:
a) Di sana si masyarakat tersebut akan dibina
atow dilatih dalam hal-hal yang bersipat
positip, seperti itu.
b) Nah, di sinih saya akan menjelaskan apa sih
manpaat air putih hangat atau panas.
The use of the word sini in a phrase di sini and di
di sana in the sentences does not comply with the
rules. Di sini and di sana suggesting places[12],
while the use of those words does not refer to their
meaning. Therefore, the use of such phrases should
only be removed or replaced with an appropriate
phrase such as dalam hal ini.
b. Substitution of prepositions, conjunctions, klitik,
standard words with the conversation words or local
language
1) Substitution of preposition kepada with preposition
ke, preposition pada with preposition di,
preposition ke with preposition kepada.
Eg. : (a) Saya kembalikan ke moderator.
(b) Yang ketiga, yang ketiga memakey kaca
mata di saat yang tepat.
Preposition ke is preposition to mark place [13],
whereas in the sentence (a) it is used to mark
human relationship. Thus, it should have
preposition kepada. Preposition di is preposition
to form a phrase that marks place [13], whereas in
the sentence (b) above di is used as a preposition
that indicates the time. Therefore, the correct
presposition is preposition pada.
2) Substitution of conjunction
Eg.: Materi yang akan saya sampaikan pada
kesempatan kali ini, maaf ya ada kesalahan,
bukan manfaat duduk di antara dua sujud,
tetapi manfaat gerakan duduk dalam solat.
Conjunction tetapi is used to express opposition
(Badudu, 1992)[18]. In the sentence, tetapi is used
not to express contradiction, but to declare
substitution. Therefore, the use of it is not
appropriate. It should be replaced with the word
melainkan.
3) The inappropriate use of klitik
Eg. : Terima kasih kepada Saudara moderator
yang telah mempersilahkan saya
menyampeykan materinya.
Klitik nya is klitik persona for the third person
[13]
. In the sentence above klitik nya refers to the
first person. Therefore, the use of klitik nya in the
sentence is not appropriate.
4) The use of word choice from conversation
Eg: (a) Semoga materi yang saya sampeykan
barusan...
(b) Selain itu, ada juga cara bagaimana sih
mengatasi sakit kepala.
(c) Sudah pada tahu di sinih?
According to Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia [12]
barusan is used in conversation. Words that have
similar meaning with them are are ‘baru saja,
45
belum lama, baru sebentar’. The word sih is the
word of confirmation in the interrogative
sentence of conversation12]. Pada is preposition
to mark time[12], but pada in the sentence (c)
above does not indicate time but it means semua.
The reason is because of the effect of Sundanese
language [14].
C. The Cause of Using Nonstandard Indonesian in the
Presentation
The cause of nonstandard language use in the presentation
can be categorized into two types such as competence and
performance.
Nonstandard language use caused by competence is that the
speaker does not master the competenciesof language rules.
Competence is language "knowledge" of a speaker[15].
Nonstandard language use caused by performance is due to
the context of the conversation or matters beyond the
competence of the speaker. Performance is the
implementation of language (productive) or the
implementation of language understanding (receptive)[15].
Nonstandard language use in phonology caused by
competence is the omission of the phoneme /ә/ (/pәrilaku/-
/prilaku/), substitution of the phoneme /i/ to /e/ (/praktik/-
/praktek/), /i/ to /ә/ (/risiko/ - /rәsiko/, /p/ to /f/ (/pikir/ -
/fikir/), /k/ to /h/ (/bronkitis/ - /bronhitis/). The speaker thinks
that the right words are prilaku, praktek, resiko, fikir, bronkitis
whereas the default are perilaku, praktik, risiko, pikir, and
bronkitis[13]. Other cause is the use of context in the form of
spoken language.
Nonstandard language use in morphology is caused by
competency. Voiceless consonant in the process of
nasalization are not eliminated (mengkonsumsi should have
been mengonsumsi, mensupley should have been menyupley),
word forms such as misalkan, dikarenakan, dan disampaikan
(passive form: disampaikan oleh saya) replacing word forms :
misalnya, karena or disebabkan, and sampaikan (passive
form: saya sampaikan) caused by the speaker that does not
master the rules of word forms.
Nonstandard language use in syntactic is caused by
competence such as the omission of the function S due to the
function S after prepositions, the omission function S because
of using two conjunctions that loss main clause, and the word
addition before P. Other cause is the use context in the form of
spoken language.
Nonstandard language use in semantic is caused by
competence such as the substitution of the preposition kepada
with preposition ke, preposition pada with preposition di, and
substitution of conjunction melainkan with conjunction tetapi.
Other cause is the use of context in the form of spoken
language.
D. Solutions for the Use of Nonstandardize Indonesian
In the spoken language there is greater flexibility in the
structure of the language as well as in the use of vocabulary
influenced by local dialect, local language, speaker, and
place[11]. However, that spoken language can not be used
arbitrarily[16]. Although the of nonstandard Indonesian use is
acceptable in the spoken language due to many factors, this
does not mean speaker can speak nonstandard Indonesian
whole time. Similarly, in the presentation, the speaker should
try to use standard Indonesian formally based on Indonesian
rules.
The findings of nonstandard Indonesian use should have
been suggested for teachers to be overcomed. So that the use
of it will not occur in the next generation. One suggestion is
making the findings of of nonstandard Indonesian use as a
learning material, both in the speaking subject or in linguistic
such as Phonology, Morphology, Syntax, and Semantics. It is
relevant with one of the language-learner analysis functions.
The analysis of language learners can be the basis to predict
realistically about learning and teaching languages[17].

IV. CONCLUSIONS
In order to improve the quality of standard Indonesian in
the presentation, the analysis of the use of standard Indonesian
consistency needs to be done. Through the analysis can be
know types and causes of nonstandard Indonesian so that it
can be find a solution.

REFERENCES
[1] B. Chivers and M. Shoolbred, A Student’s Guide to Presentations:
Making Your Presentation Count, California: Sage Publications Ltd,
2007.
[2] Business the Ultimate Resource, Give Great Presentations: How To
Speak Confidently and MakeYour Point, London, UK: A & C Black
Publishers Ltd, 2007.
[3] A. Kapterev, Presentation Secrets: Do What You Never Thought
Possible with Your Presentations, Indiana, US: John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 2011.
[4] P. H. Hamm, Teaching and Persuasive Communication: Class
Presentation Skills, The Harriet W, Sheridan Center for Teaching and
Learning Brown University, 2006.
[5] J.S. Badudu, Pelik-Pelik Bahasa Indonesia, Bandung, Indonesia:
Pustaka Prima, 1986.
[6] H. Brown, and Doughlas, Principles of Language Teaching and
Learning, New Jersey, USA: Prentice-Hall Inc, 2000.
[7] Y. Abidin, Kemampuan Menulis dan Berbicara Akademik, Bandung,
Indonesia: Rizqi Press, 2010.
[8] Y. Wang and X. Gao, “Exploring the expectation differences of
teachers’ roles in english class presentation, teacher development”, An
International Journal of Teachers' Professional Development , pp. 92-
105, 2016
[9] Osborn, et al., Public Speaking, USA: Pearson Education Inc., 2007.
[10] H. Kridalaksana, Pembentukan Kata dalam BahasaIndonesia, Jakarta,
Indonesia: Gramedia, 2009.
[11] J. S. Badudu, Inilah Bahasa Indonesia yang Benar III, Bandung,
Indonesia: Pustaka Prima, 1988.
[12] Alwi, Hasan, et. al, Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia, Jakarta,
Indonesia: Balai Pustaka, 2001.
[13] Alwi, Hasan, et. al, Tata Bahasa Baku Bahasa Indonesia, Jakarta,
Indonesia: Balai Pustaka, 2006.
[14] Lembaga Basa & Sastra Sunda, Kamus Umum Basa Sunda, Bandung,
Indonesia: Penerbit Tarate Bandung, 1990.
[15] A. Chaer, Psikolinguistik: Kajian Teoretik, Jakarta, Indonesia: PT
Rineka Cipta, 2003.
[16] Y. Rusyana, Bahasa dan Sastra dalam Gamitan Pendidikan, Bandung,
Indonesia: Dipenogoro, 1984.
[17] J. C. Richards, Error Analysis Perspective on Second Language
Acquisition, UK: England Longman Group Limited, 1994.
[18] J.S. Badudu, Membina Bahasa Indonesia Baku, Bandung, Indonesia:
Pustaka Prima, 1992.

46
 Mathematical Difficulties Learners In Solving Creative Thinking In The
Geometryabilitiy
Depi Setialesmana1)
1)
FKIP Siliwangi University in Tasikmalaya
E-mail: depi_setia23@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. The purpose of this study to identify the Difficulties and disadvantages experience by learners in terms of the
process of settlement problems of mathematical creative thinking abilities part of indicators .The research instrument used
was a matter of mathematics creative thinking ability test and interview guidelines Subject in this study in class VIII-D
Junior High School. Based on the research results, Difficulties and disadvantages experienced by learners when solving test
creative thinking abilities mathematics include, most learners do not express a variety of ideas, ideas or plans of settlement
diverse, does not solve the problem in various ways, does not try to solve problems in ways own or use a non-standard way,
and most learners do not develop and elaborate the answer in solving problems.
  
Keywords: dificulties, creatif thinking

I. INTRODUCTION This can be caused because students find difficulty in

Skills to think or thought that trained not only important
in the world of work, education and research or research.
These skills are essential to be owned by everyone both in
the workplace and in everyday life. This is similar to the
phrase that was brought by Sudarma, Momon (2013: 34)
states "With its good thinking skills, someone will have the
capital to be able to solve the problem that happened in his
life".
The skills need to be developed in the mathematical
sciences are skills in creative thinking skills so that learners
can further develop its mathematical abilities. Based on
research in SMP Negeri 4 Tasikmalaya has been done by
Mazhardy, Rifki Ramdhan (2013) concerning the ability of
creative thinking mathematically, the data obtained from
the results of his research after the data created in the five-
point scale is the largest percentage is in the interval 11
15 60% learners with a level of mastery of the
material classified as moderate. While there is the lowest
frequency in the interval score 18 20 that only
7.5% of students with an excellent level of mastery of the
material.
This shows that not all learners have the ability to think
creatively higher mathematics, the data that exist on the
criteria most moderate and the least data exist on the
criteria very well. In addition, learners who reached KKM
as many as 11 people with 27.5% and the percentage of
learners who have not yet reached KKM as many as 29
people with a percentage of 72.5%.
Subsequent research conducted in MTs Futuhiyyah 2
Mranggen the mathematical creative thinking ability that
was done by Faizah, Ulfa Aminatul (2013). Research
results show that creative thinking pattern of 20 learners as
much as 10.26% of high category, the category was as
much as 38.46%, and as much as 51.28% lower categories.
From the results of this study indicate that the
mathematical creative thinking abilities of learners is still
low.
solving problems of mathematical creative thinking ability
tests. Based on research that has been done by
Ratnaningsih, Nani (2007) that the description of the
general performance of learners in solving problems are:
lack of attention to the question in the matter or less careful
in understanding the problem, so that learners incomplete
answers; still weak in turning about the story into a
mathematical model; answered about inadvertently making
the wrong in the calculation; and did not re-examine what
has been done.
Some The research results show that learners have a
wide range of characters that is always required to develop
and enhance their creativity. Process improvement and
development of creativity of learners, including the
development of creative thinking abilities mathematics and
become familiar with them in mathematics. Mathematical
creative thinking ability is the ability to develop ideas
derived from the study of literature (literature) to get a new
concept of science that has been obtained previously.
Indicators of creative thinking that fluency (fluency),
flexibility (flexibility), elaboration (breadth), Originality
(authenticity).
In response to these problems, we need innovation in
mathematics learning process that needs to be done by
teachers especially learning model used. The learning
process is innovative and creative to do the math teacher is
one of them by applying the learning model Inquiry
Alberta and model of Problem Based Learning (Problem
Based Learning).
Learning model Inquiry Alberta will train creative
thinking abilities of learners in finding concepts and
principles of learning. Branch, Jennifer and Dianne Oberg
(Alberta Learning, 2004: 1) states that Alberta Inquiry
learning model is the "process by which learners are
involved in their learning, formulate questions, investigate
widely and then build a new understanding, meaning and
knowledge". With the knowledge that has been owned by
learners before, then the teacher will guide learners to

47
discover the concepts and principles of mathematics determine the possibility of settlement of this problem
material being studied. However, the guidance provided is learners have to be creative in determining the numbers
limited and few.learning model Inquiry Albertais a process precisely because the factors of numbers ending in zero can
where learners are engaged in learning, formulate be a number multiples of 5 and 10 as well as an even
questions, investigate widely and then build a new number.
understanding, meaning and knowledge. Stages inlearning In this matter, there are still many students who err in
model Inquiry Albertathat is planned(planning), answering the questions. One of the answers to the
recall(retrieving), finishing(processing), creating / following learners.
generating(creating),giving and receiving(sharing),and
evaluate(evaluating).
The learning model is selected to determine the
difficulty of mathematical creative thinking abilities of
learners. The model also emphasizes the active learners in
solving mathematical problems that are academic, to
measure creative thinking abilities of each learner. The
purpose of the problem to determine and medeskripsikan
What difficulties experienced by learners in solving
problems of mathematical creative thinking abilities and to
know what is experienced shortages of learners in solving
From the results of the completion of the number one,
problems of mathematical creative thinking abilities of
the students looked bewildered working and solving
eachindicator?
problems. How to do it was wrong because the formula
used is wrong and learners tend to forget with these
II. METODE OF RESEARCH
formulas because they do not remember and do not try to
Purposively selected data source that is above learn to work on the problems at home, so they tend to
considerations. The subject is the students of SMPN 1 forget formulas to be used to solve the problems in the
Banjarsari with respondents VIII D were 41 learners Focus problem number one and resulted in participants learners
research to identify difficulties and disadvantages do not know how to solve it.
experienced by learners in terms of the process of
settlement problems of mathematical creative thinking
abilities of each indicator.
Data collection techniques used in this study, namely,
Mathematics Creative Thinking Skills test and interview.
Instrument of research is about the ability to think
creatively mathematical and interview guidelines. The data
obtained from the test results as a reference to determine
the level of difficulty experienced by learners in working
on these issues, and what factors cause this to happen.
These tests were performed one after the learning process
is carried out. Regarding the interview as well as the
difficulties experienced by learners in solving problems
Matematik.Wawancara Creative Thinking Ability tests
used are semi-structured interviews.
To know these difficulties there are six steps that need
to do is choose the students who make mistakes or errors From the completion of the second question number
fatal, grouping of students based on the type of fault, one, seen learners already stuck with a problem, the
choose three students who make mistakes are different to students wrote the formula wrong prism surface area and
each aspect of creative thinking abilities mathematics, ask convert it into the formula beam surface area that is also
learners look back job, held a debriefing process with wrong. Learners also looks confused in solving because he
learners and record the results in a question and answer inadvertently resolving this problem and do not know the
interview guidelines. steps in resolving this matter.
So, from some types of errors were committed learners
III. OUTPUT AND DISCUSSION to Question 1, it is concluded that the learners are not able
to understand the material / concept with good and less
Creative thinking ability test data obtained. For about practiced in working on. Most learners tend to not
the first measures the smoothness indicator which remember the formula and confused in resolving this
measures the ability of learners to provide a lot of ideas and problem and there are learners who are careless in working
a lot of answers to be able to give an exact answer. This on so that learners are less careful in calculating and does
problem can be solved by using the formula of the surface not attempt to re-examine the answer.
area of the beam, as in the matter mentioned "prism Problem number two is to measure aspects of flexibility
squares" so that from that learners should not be stuck with which measures the ability of students to solve problems in
the context of the sentence in question in the matter, to different ways and the answers varied. This problem-

48
solving process can be done by looking at how many
beams is small and there are how many pyramid. By using
a formula approach the pyramid volume and the volume of
the beam, then the settlement of this problem can be solved
in a creative way. The beam can be seen as a big block and
small block with different lengths so that there are various
ways to solve them. So the size of the room got up volume
is the sum of the third volume of a pyramid and the five
beams that form a small or a large beam shape.
This problem-solving process, learners are still many
difficulties in doing it. As answers to these learners.
Examples of such settlement learners tend to be
confused in the work on the problems. The formula
learners have used are correct, but the operation is still
wrong calculations done in multiplication. Learners also
forget the pyramid volume formula, so that learners are
only writing formula beam volume alone.
Based on the answers to such learners shows that
learners are already able to understand the questions well.
However, learners are still wrong in writing the pyramid
volume formula. Learners simply write the formula for the
area of triangle is not a pyramid volume formula to
determine the volume of a pyramid-learners still wrong.
Then the process of calculating the volume of the beam is
still wrong, learners are less cautious in doing
multiplication operation in the search for the beam volume
so the results are wrong.
So, from some of the problem-solving can be concluded
that the learners are still many who do not understand and
know the material well, especially in the application of the
formula of the matter, then there are still many who do
wrong calculation process and forget to remember the
formula. In addition, there are also students who have been
working on the questions well, but he lacks understanding
and look about so that what is being asked and asked the
question was not answered perfectly by the learners so that
learners are still sloppy and less cautious in working on and
not trying to check back the answer.
49
Problem number three is to measure aspects of the
authenticity of the ability of learners to provide the concept
and answers with the language and its own way. On this
matter, learners do not be fooled by the problems presented
in the matter, to answer the broad mica thick takes a lot of
students who are still fooled when using broad approach of
the pyramid can be obtained broad mica thick needed but
the broad base of zero because the pyramid of the shaped
hood of food. As for the wide table can be covered with the
hood of food, learners must use the Pythagorean
proposition approach in completing and using the formula
for the area of the triangle. But to know this, learners must
use creative thinking to see the possibility of the process
being performed.
There are several answers learners interesting to discuss
because there are errors that learners do in solving
problems such as the following three numbers.
Based on the answers from learners shows that the
learners are not able to work on the problems. Learners
forget a formula to do it and do not know how to do it so
that learners do not resolve the problem. In addition,
learners also when interviewed do not remember the
formula for the area of triangle and the Pythagorean
proposition so that learners do not know how to do the
problems in his own way. In this case the learners must
often practice and learn that things like this can be
minimized.
Answer learners shows that learners do not understand
the Pythagorean proposition. Indeed, learners are already
looking at the questions well because the answer to 3a are
correct and they are not fooled. So, from some of the
answers that learners can be concluded that the students did
not master the material well. The material must be
mastered not only the material woke up this space alone,
but must connect between this material with material that
has been studied before, because at this Question 3 learners
have to work accurately with the knowledge and the level
of his own creativity. Most learners can do about this
properly, no one answered because with less caution and
careless, so not in accordance with the demands of
questions being asked, the students also tend to forget
again with the concept of the arguments of Pythagoras and
the formula for the area of the triangle, so the majority of
learners can not answer the question carefully and
precisely. In addition, the students also find it difficult to
change the shape of non-routine matter in the form of a
mathematical model that most learners who are fooled and
answer because wrong because they do not know the
concept and do not understand the material very well.
Problem number four in measuring the breadth of that
measure the ability to develop answers or knowledge given
to explain, or describe in more detail enriching the
knowledge. On this question, the learner must be creative
in solving because, the higher the size of the rest of the
prism should be known in advance by multiplying the
volume of the rest of the glass with a tall glass. Then the
number of ice cubes to be incorporated into the glass
makes the water glass rises following the shape of the
prism so that the volume equal to the volume of a prism
with a height of water is spilled. Then after the calculation
process will be obtained high-water spill. Due to the high
residual value that is smaller than the height of high water
spilled spilling excess water will be obtained by reducing
the water level with a high residual spill. Thus, the volume
of water that would spill can be determined by using a
prism volume formula.
There was some confusion and mistakes of the answers
learners will be described below.
inadvertently making the wrong calculation. Her advice
Learners are expected to improve the ability to think
creatively mathematical manner diligent study, understand
the material well and often practice in working and
completing math problems so that the process of thinking
learners can grow and develop into a better direction.
REFERENCES
[1] Alberta Learning. (2004). Focus on Inquiry: A Teacher's Guide to
Implementing Inquiry-BasedLearning:Canada: Learning Resources
Center.
[2] Faizah, Ulfa Aminatul. (2013). Mathematical Analysis of Creative
Thinking Ability of Students at MTs Futuhiyyah 2 Mranggen
through the administration of the Open-EndedQuestions.Thesis
IAIN Walisongo. Semarang: Unpublished
[3] Mazhardy, Rifki Ramdhan. (2013). Influence of Cooperative
Learning Model Student Facilitator and Explaining on
Mathematics Creative Thinking Ability ofStudents.Thesis UNSIL.
Tasikmalaya: Unpublished.
[4] Ratnaningsih, Nani. (2007). Effect of Contextual Learning to
Critical and Creative Thinking Skills Mathematics and Learning
Independence High SchoolStudents.Dissertation UPI. Bandung:
Unpublished.
[5] Sudarma, Momon. (2013). Developing Creative
ThinkingSkills.Jakarta: PT. RajaGrafindo Persada.

The answer from the students indicates that learners do

not understand the material very well, so confused about
how to do it. Learners also do not remember the formula
and do not know how to do it.
So, from a few answers to such learners can be deduced
that learners do not understand the concept and the material
well. Learners do not practice work on the problems at
home and learners are less careful in performing the
calculation process. Learners do not know how to do it
even while learning already discussed together. Learners
tend to forget formulas and careless in the application of
the formula. They are wrong in writing a symbol of
multiplication and addition. Learners are also likely not
trying to re-examine their work so that mistakes and errors
that do not unanalyzed and not corrected for the reason
pursuit time to work on the problems others.

IV. CONCLUTION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

In conclusion difficulties experienced by learners when
solving mathematical creative thinking ability tests include,
most learners do not put forward various ideas, ideas or
diverse settlement plan, does not solve the problem in
different ways, do not try to solve problems in ways own or
use a non-standard way, and most learners do not develop
and itemize the answer in solving the problem.
Shortcomings in the performance of students in general in
solving problems are: lack of attention to the question in
the matter or less careful in understanding the problem, so
that students are less complete answer; still weak in turning
about the story into a mathematical model; answered about

50
 Nusantara Literature as Stimulus in Language Acquisition in Children to
Maintain Local Identity in Modern Era: Psycholinguistics Study
Rosida Tiurma Manurung1)
1)
Maranatha Christian University
E-Mail: rosidatm@gmail.com

Abstract. Stimulus of Nusantara literature about “the origin of rice” is to maintain and strengthen local identity in global
era. This paperwork is written to disclose increment of language skills in children with Nusantara literature “the origin of
rice” stimulus as local peculiarity. The writing of this paperwork is focused in learning media usage and action research. The
use of stimulation tool in the form of children tales with Nusantara literature genre in visual media can increase child’s
interest to learn in language acquisition. The results showed that the increase in the index registered proficiency with media
stimulus literary works Nusantara and can increase the value and distinctive characters in children, especially in children 6
years of age. It was seen in the changes to every action that the writer did based on the content and speech acts as well as
measurement indices child language skills, especially in terms of the development of syntactic and pragmatic. In addition,
the use of visual media story will be motivation, creativity, and positive character in children. Development of media
stimulus language acquisition models could be used to increase proficiency in normal children.

Keywords: language acquisition in children, stimulation of literary works Nusantara, the origin of the rice, and the wealth of
local identities

I. INTRODUCTION preoccupation; has not risen to dig and rebuilding their

1. Importance of Local Identity Preservation
Globalization was taking place in all fields such as
political ideology, economic, defense and security, and
socio-cultural. The impact of globalization in social and
culture has been felt. Modern and global culture has
penetrated into the psyche of the nation of Indonesia. Local
cultural values such as values concerning the ethical,
aesthetic, moral, religious, social, and self-perspective has
begun to erode, including local language. The threat of
extinction of native languages (local language) has become
an international issue. UNESCO foresees that within the
next century, half of the approximately 6,700 languages on
this earth will be extinct (Kompas, 14 April 2010). The
forecast is of course also applies to a number of native
languages in parts of Indonesia that is only supported only
by chance or by staying a few elderly speakers, the more so
because the mother tongue does not have a steady literary
tradition. Sad voices of linguistic and cultural academia,
lovers, and thinkers too often sounded. Hundreds of
languages still be the mother tongue of the majority of
citizens of the nation of Indonesia. Be aware that the local
languages (vernacular) or regional languages in Indonesia,
which is the mother tongue, is on the same boat with
thousands of other small languages in various parts of the
world, as well as derivatives Austronesian languages and
non-Austronesian in southeastern Asia region Pacific. Over
concerns that, Unesco set 21 February as International
Mother Language Day. Concerns about the "fate" of
language, literature, and local cultures in many parts of
Indonesia have not been very touched and awaken the
majority of the nation of contemporary cultural
heritage it. Thus, efforts are needed both in the study of
science as well as through community service in the form
of awareness of the importance of preservation of local
languages. Necessary efforts to strengthen the values of
diversity positive are modalities to strengthen the character
of the nation. Modalities diversity is needed to overcome
threats, obstacles, or challenges that come from the outside
that can threaten the viability and existence of product
diversity. Efforts to maintain and strengthen national
identity, one of which is through Indonesian literature,
contain many values diversity. Local colors and carries
regional nature certainly reflect Indonesia. Indonesian
literature largely reflects the atmosphere and location,
philosophical, ethnic, distinctiveness, uniqueness,
atmosphere, beauty and diversity of the archipelago.
Nusantara literary works reveal the diversity modality that
carries a wealth of treasures highlight the various ethnic
and regionalist which of course is the local color that
includes the identity of the Indonesian nation.
1.2 Need for Intervention in Language Acquisition in
Children
Acquiring a first language closely related to the social
development of children. Therefore, it is closely connected
with the formation of social identity. Learn the first
language is one of the holistic developments of the child
becoming a full member of society. Facilitate language
children to express their ideas, the will in a way that can
really socially acceptable. Language is a medium that can
be used to obtain the child's cultural values, moral,
religious, and other values in society. By the time the baby
has been interacting in the social environment, a mother

51
often provide the opportunity for infants to participate in
social communication with him. When that baby was first
exposed to socialization, that this world is a place where
people share a sense.
Language acquisition occurs when the child who from
the beginning without language have acquired language. At
the time of child language acquisition, the child is more
directed to the communication function rather than the
form of the language. Language acquisition can be said to
have continuity characteristics, have a continuum, moving
from greeting one simple word to the combination of
words is more complicated. In general, older people
(adults) do not feel that the language is a skill that is
extraordinarily complex. The use of language was
commonplace because it is without being taught by anyone
to a baby will grow along with the growth of language.
Since the age of one year to two years of age a baby begins
issuing forms of word that has been identified as a word.
The utterance of these words grow into a speech two words
and finally into a complex sentence before the age of four
or five years. After five years of age, a child's vocabulary
and sentence get better and perfect.
Intervention is the most appropriate step in language
acquisition in children, especially those committed by
adults, in this case the parents. According to Chomsky, in
Chaer (2009) each child is able to use a language for their
innate knowledge that genetically there in the human brain.
In Critical Age Hypothesis, Lenneberg stated that the
growth of a child's language is biologically scheduled (see
Dardjowidjojo, 2000: 301). The process we began to
recognize verbal communication with their environment
referred to child language acquisition. First language
acquisition (B1) (child) happen if we were from the
beginning without the language, not knowing the language,
and not competent to speak; have now obtained a first
language. At the time of child language acquisition, the
child is more directed to the communication function rather
than the form of the language. Language acquisition
children can be said to have continuity characteristics, have
a continuum, moving from greeting one simple word to the
combination of words is more complicated. There are two
understanding of language acquisition. First, language
acquisition has a sudden onset, sudden. Second, language
acquisition has a gradual onset that emerged from the
achievements of motor, social and cognitive prelinguistic.
First language acquisition (B1) is closely related to
cognitive development: first, if the child can produce
utterances based on the grammar orderly, not automatically
stated that the child has mastered the language in question
well. Both speakers must acquire "cognitive categories"
that underlie the various meanings expressive natural
languages, such as words, space, modalities, causality, and
so forth. Cognitive requires on language acquisition.
Humans have a biological heritage that has been inborn in
the form of his ability to communicate with humans special
language and it has nothing to do with intelligence or
thought. The ability to speak has only a little correlation to
human IQ. Normal language skills of children together
with children with disabilities. The ability to speak is very
closely related to the parts of the human anatomy and
52
physiology, such as certain parts of the brain that underlie
language and the topography of the cortex that is specific
to the language. The level of language development of
children the same for all normal children; all children can
be said to follow the same pattern of language
development, the first to master the principles of the
distribution and patterns of perception. Only a small
deficiency can symbolize children's language development.
Language cannot be taught in any other creature. Language
is universal. First language acquisition is closely related to
competence or motor and cognitive intelligence.
The process of the child begins to recognize verbal
communication with their environment is called the
language acquisition, including interventions to be taken.
According Dardjowidjojo (2010) called the child's
language acquisition is the process of getting to know
verbal communication with their environment is called.
The term is used for the acquisition of the equivalent of the
English term acquisition, namely the process of language
acquisition by children naturally do when he learns his
mother tongue (native language).
II. ASSESSMENT THEORY
2.1 Intervention in the Form Stimulation
The relationship between stimulus and response that
occurs through interaction with the environment, which
then lead to changes in behavior, it is not as simple as
imagined. Sardiman, (2007; 130) states that the response
received by a person not as simple as that for a given
stimuli will interact and the interaction between the
stimulus it will affect the response generated. The
responses given have consequences. Consequences is what
will affect the appearance of behavior, Sardiman, et al.
(2001; 164). Therefore, to understand a person's behavior is
absolutely must understand the relationship between
stimulus with one another, and understand concepts that
may be raised and the consequences that may arise as a
result of the response is also the mental changes as a means
to explain the behavior will only add to the complexity of
the problem because each device used need further
explanation, and so on.
Learning is an educational science component with
respect to the purpose and interaction reference materials,
either explicit or implicit (hidden). To capture the content
and message of learning, the learning of the individuals
using the abilities Cognitive domains that ability with
regard to knowledge, reasoning or thought consisted of
categories of knowledge, comprehension, application,
analysis, synthesis and evaluation. The ability prioritizing
affective feelings, emotions, and reactions are different
from the reasoning that consists of categories of
acceptance, participation, attitude assessment, organization
and formation of the pattern of life. Psychomotor is namely
ability that promotes physical skills consists of perception,
readiness, guided movement, accustomed movement,
complex movements, the adjustment patterns of movement
and creativity.
According to Gagne (1970), Learning is a complex
activity, and learning outcomes in the form of capability,
capability emergence caused by stimulation from the
environment and cognitive processes carried out by
students. Learning consists of three essential components
of the external conditions that the stimulus from the
environment of learning events, internal conditions that
describe the internal state and the students' cognitive
processes and learning outcomes that describe the verbal
information, intellectual skills, motor skills, attitudes, and
cognitive strategy. Robert M. Gagne propose eight types
of learning can establish a hierarchy from the simplest to
the most complex: learn the signs or gestures(Signal
Learning)which give rise to certain feelings, take a certain
attitude, which can lead to feelings of sadness or pleasure,
learn the relationship stimulus–respons (Stimulus response-
learning) in which the response is specific, not general and
vague, learning to master the chain or series of things
(Chaining learning) contains associations are mostly
related to motor skills, learning verbal or verbal
associations relationship (verbal association) is associative
high level but inteligent decisive function, learning
contrasted or discrimination(discrimination learning)
which resulted in the ability of discriminating a variety of
symptoms. Learning Concepts (Concept Learning) is a
learning pattern that determines the typical characteristics
that exist and provide certain properties also on various
objects. Learn the rules or laws(Rule Learning) by
collecting a number of properties that later events in a wide
variety of rules, learn to solve problems (Problem Solving)
using the existing rules with the process of analysis and
inference.
Normal language acquisition in children 4-5 years with
an intervention performed on the basis of observations of a
stimulus through the hearing or sight of children.
According Hernawati (2009), by developing observational
skills possessed child, we provide stimulus through sight or
hearing. Through this way, children will receive the correct
way to speak, and then contrasted with his concept is
wrong. If the correct manner of speech was reinforced by
repeated intensive, there will be the process of moving
from talk wrong into right speech is settled. This method
can also be used to instill a language by stimulating
children through a variety of media that attract the attention
of children, such as images, photographs, and so on. In
instill meaning of language in children, it is important to
always discuss concepts that fascinate children. Words and
their meaning is best learned in a state during play. We talk
about what is seen, done, and conceived a child
simultaneously. Every moment and every time is an
opportunity for children to learn the language. We must try
to understand the gesture that is done for children,
understand the spoken sounds, and so the child can exactly
understand the correct words spoken by the activities
undertaken.
2.2 Literary Archipelago
The term archipelago was first used by the Majapahit
kingdom for all the areas of his power. The word itself
refers to the archipelago a special period when Indonesia
ruled by Majapahit, especially when this kingdom was
under the control of the duke of magnitude, Gajah Mada. In
1889-1959 term archipelago that had sunk back appear.
The man who introduced the word archipelago was Ki
53
Hajar Dewantara. Languages without literature like jasat
without spirit. Languages do not have passion if there is no
charge literature. Sastralah which make the language come
alive. In literature is impressed hopes and ideals of society.
Khazanah archipelago literature, both oral and written
various numbers and types. According to A. Teeuw by
Hans information Scharer, a literary expert Dayak, prewar
premier literary vast archipelago that is myth for Dayak
examined can be expected to fill the 40,000 printed pages if
published. So, fills two hundred volumes, each with an
average of two hundred pages anyway. It was just for one
tribe or subtribe. One can imagine how rich literature for
traditional archipelago belonging to one tribe or subtribe
archipelago. Wealth can be expected that a number of what
if Indonesia has hundreds of tribes. A wealth of local
specialties that will be mounting when it entered into the
treasures of traditional written literature.
Research literature archipelago is first carried out by
Western experts, in particular the Netherlands, since
roughly the beginning of the 19th century. Names such as
L. Th. Mayer, Palmer van den Brook, FL Winter, AC
Vreede, Ny. Coster Wijsman, C. Snouck, KH Hidding,
Fokker AA, and A. TEEUW is a small part of a large
number of researchers for traditional Archipelago literature
specifically, Archipelago literature in general, whose
research has been published. Who need to be given a
record of research-peneltian it is that almost all important
literature for traditional archipelago that both poetry and
prose have made the object of kajia. Kind of like the
infamous Kancil narrative, The Tortoise and Si Kabayan
has made the study material either individually, or
comparative. Serba its values have been tried disclosed
whether the value of philosophical, religious, didactic,
social, ethical, moral, and aesthetic. In this study, we used
media Nusantara literature that tells "the origin of the rice"
as the primary food crops that serve our nation.
2.3 Literary Archipelago "Origin of Rice"
Nusantara literary works used in this study is "Putri
Tangguk" from Jambi who tells a woman named Princess
Tangguk and her husband and their seven children.
Tangguk is an arrogant and overbearing daughter for
wasting rice. Also used "Legend Dewi Sri" which tells the
citizens of West Java cheering and honor the Dewi Sri and
called him the greatest Dewi Padi because of the services
that have created the rice crop across the region
Purwagaluh, West Java. In this study, we used also
literature archipelago called "The Beru Dayang" derived
from Tanah Karo, North Sumatra. The Beru Dayang is a
term of rice in Karo language. According to legend, the
rice in Tanah Karo is the embodiment of a boy. Folklore
Ende Lio "Ine Pare (The Origins of Rice)" which
tells eating grains trial conducted first by a widow named
Pare. After tasting a handful, two handfuls, three, and even
some handheld, precisely Pare face beaming. Feeding trials
were followed by Wole, also lonely widow who is asking
and enjoy the new seeds. Witnessing Pare and Wole eat
blissfully, those interested compatriot hard to share in the
new food. Be the new grain was "transformed" into a major
food for all people of the village. Then it is followed also
with the mandate that plants are grown through special
rituals in honor and gratitude and should be transmitted to
children.
According KBBI (2008), pa · in n means' plant that
produces rice, including species Oryza (there are many
kinds and name); grains and rice fruit '.
2.4 Intervention by Stimulus
According to Thorndike in Mudzakir, Ahmad and
Sutrisno Joko (1997), studying the events of the formation
of associations between events called stimulus (S) and
response (R). The stimulus is a change of the external
environment is a sign to enable the organism to act or do
while the response is any behavior that is raised for their
stimulant. Thorndike experiments using animals, especially
cats learn to know the phenomenon. From experiments
hungry cats were put in a cage(puzzlebox) note that in order
to achieve the relationship between stimulus and response,
it needs the ability to choose the appropriate response and
through the efforts or trials(trials)and failures(error)first.
The most basic form of learning is "trial and error
learning or selecting and connecting learning" and takes
place according to certain laws. Therefore, learning theory
proposed by Thorndike, often called connectionism
learning theory or the theory of association. Thorndike
their views which gave a substantial contribution in the
education world, he was named as one of the pioneers of
educational psychology.
According KBBI (2008), the stimulus was a push or
stimulus; stimulate means encourage or intensify. Sigmund
Freud argued that the stimulus game with the media is an
educational approach and a healing techniques with the use
of media and can be seen through psychological analysis.
Stimulus comes healing or physical treatment. Kaplan 1974
stated that the stimulus the game can be done by using a
tool that is not harmful, for example, books that can be
used to regenerate the pattern of communication between
students and teachers. In line with the distinctive character
of the nation, the stimulus can learn to use the media
literary archipelago.
Schramm (1977) in Yamin (2009) suggested that
learning media is the messenger technology that can be
used for learning purposes. Briggs (1977) in Yamin (2009)
argues that learning media is the physical means to convey
the content or learning materials, such as books, movies,
videos and so on. Brown (1973), revealed that the
instructional media used in learning activities can affect the
effectiveness of learning. At first, learning media only
serves as a tool for teachers to work that used visual aids.
Around the middle of the 20th century visual utilization
comes with the use of audio tools, thus was born the audio-
visual aids. In line with the development of science and
technology (science and technology), particularly in the
field of education, nowadays the use of tools or media
become increasingly widespread learning and interactive,
such as the computer and the Internet.
According to Tarin (1995), both illustrated storybook or
not is everything that is manifested visually in the form of
two-dimensional as a result of feelings and thoughts.
Images can be used as a medium in the implementation of
the educational process so as to enable the teaching-
learning process. Tarin (1995: 209) argues that the
54
selection of pictures need to be precise, attractive and can
stimulate students to learn. Media images that attract, will
attract the attention of students and make students provide
the initial response to the learning process. Media images
used in learning will be remembered longer by the students
because of the concrete and not abstract. Pictures are a
universal form of expression known communication wide
audience. Picture book is a picture book, but in the form of
a story, not a book of information. Thus the picture book in
accordance with the characteristics of story books, have
story elements (character, plot, plot).
Nusantara literary works presented in the form of
picture books that can be divided into two types, (1) a
picture story book with the words, (2) picture books
without words. Both books are usually for children aged 2-
6 years. Picture books is something familiar in the lives of
children. In addition, the book is a good medium for
children to learn to read. Picture book is a story of unity is
accompanied by drawings that function as an ornamental
and supporting stories that can help the process of
understanding of the content of the book. Through picture
books, the reader can easily receive information and a
description of the story would be submitted. For children
aged 2-6 years, it would be nice if parents introduce picture
books appropriate to their age, to help its development.
Therefore, at the time of 2-6 years, the development of a
child's brain develops rapidly. Thus, parents should
motivate children to always be learning and learning media
is an effective Early reading through picture books. From
some exposure to the above, it can be taken that the media
picture books are very appropriate when applied in the
process of learning to read in children 2-6 years because
the media can stimulate students in learning to read,
especially reading starters, media picture books are realized
in a visual form to in the form of two-dimensional as a
result of your thoughts and feelings.
The benefits and functions of media picture books by
Mitchell (in Nurgiantoro, 2005: 159) reveals the function
and importance of picture books as follows: 1) help the
emotional development of children, 2) help children learn
about the world and its existence, 3) learn about others , the
relations and the development of a feeling, 4) obtaining
pleasure, 5) to appreciate the beauty, and 6) to stimulate the
imagination.
III. STIMULUS LITERATURE FOR PRESERVATION
IDENTITY AND INTELLECTUAL LOCALLY
3.1 Analysis of Semantic
Based on observations on the subject after a given
stimulus by reading a story book about "the origin of rice",
obtained by the concept of the concept of the origin of rice
farming concepts, and the concept of local value positive
shown in the table below.
 TABLE I friendly to the values that
Stimulus Literature for wealth preservation and Local Identity
weather and tropical
No. Language Development Investment of abundant sunshine. climate as a
Acquisition Semantics High Moral wealth of
in Children Value
6. fertility Indonesia has the Subject
1 Dewi Sri Dewi Sri referred to Subject to best soil in the instilled
as a carrier of rice understand the world because of values that the
from heaven to high the fertile soil archipelago
earth for the needs indigenous fertility when the has the world's
of human life. He is communities properties (physical, best land.
worshiped as dewi in Java chemical, and
padi and fertility biological) so that it
goddess. In addition can supporting
to the literary growth and crop
writing, dewi Sri production; with a
also found in fairy record crop factors,
tales or oral climate, and
literature. management does
not become limiting
2. Dewi Padi See Dewi Sri subject to high
and in optimal
indigenous
conditions.
communities
understand 7. food Local knowledge is Subject
Java planting the concept of the instilled
cropping pattern is values that we
3. Grains of gold Rice granules Subjects
a way of setting the have the local
contained at the learned that
order of planting on knowledge
panicle stalk rice rice is a
a plot of land within about Planting
are given high fortune
a year or so where Pattern
ratings because they of Nusantara
there is a period
are analogized as
which includes the
gold.
cultivation of land.
3. staple food Staple foods are The subject
8. rice plants Local knowledge Subject to
foods that become was the nation
rice farming know the local
basic nutrition. that our nation
concept is a type of Identity
Staple foods usually has a
plant seeds are used farming
do not provide the distinctive
as a staple food for concept
overall nutrients the staple food for
containing the
body needs. Thus, living in an
source of
the staple food agricultural
carbohydrates.
usually comes with country
side dishes to 9. grain stocks Local wisdom of Subject
replenish one's positive character knowing
nutritional needs “provide umbrellas Local Wisdom
and prevent before the rain" "provide
malnutrition. means should take umbrellas
precautions before before the
4. herbs Plant is one of the Subject
the coming of a rain"
classification of instilled
disaster or hazard.
living things that values that
have a green Indonesia / 10. golden fruit Seegold grain rice
substance that can Archipelago understand the
produce their own was homeland subject as a
food and plants lush valuable
appeared on Earth's commodity
surface.
11. Fruit of rice Fruit paddy as the Subject local
5. nature goodne miscellaneous Subject dominant element wisdom to
climate that is instilled in the form nearly know the

55
 spherical to oval, concept of jointly by several
the size of 3 mm to paddy. mothers to finish
15 mm, covered by the job faster.
chaff, with the 18. plowing a fiel Plowing the field is Subject to
dominant structure a process of know local
is endosperm that is working the land wisdom
eaten by people. using a tool called bersawah
the plow, or plow in concept.
12. grains See the fruit of rice Subject local the Java language.
wisdom to Cultivate the soil by
know the using a plow is
concept of aimed at reversing
paddy. land that previously
existed in the
13. rice stem Paddy stems are Subject uppermost layer
very short, stem understand the was overgrown with
similar structure is concept of grass and tend to be
formed from a paddy. loud, with tending
series of leaf midrib this process, subsoil
that mutually rise to the top and
support become more tender
14. brown rice Paddy brown rice Subject to making it easy for
variants classified understand the planting seedlings
as organic plant has wealth variant later.
good prospects Nusantara rice 19. sow rice are sowed seed Subject knows
developed by means seeds grow the seeds so local wisdom
of patterned organic the seeds for of farming
farming. planting in the concept.
move to place.
15. white rice Rice and white rice Subject Examples of
contains essential understand seeding rice when it
amino acids and can Wealth rice is grown in moving
promote muscle variants to the fields.
growth. archipelago. 20. pounding rice At one stage of the Subject
processing of rice understands
16. working the fi Working on the Subject knows
yield, grain local wisdom
fields means local wisdom
pounded with of farming
providing, of farming
mortar or milled so concept.
processing, and concept.
that the outer (grain
work the land to
leather) regardless
grow rice that is
of its contents. The
generally still using
contents of this
traditional
section, white, red,
equipment.
purple, or even
17. planted rice Planting rice is Subject knows black, called rice.
paddy planting local wisdom
21. saling kerja sa The meaning of Subject
seeds in the of farming
team work is an understands
prepared soil. concept.
effort together local wisdom
Planting rice is
between persons or of moral
usually done by
groups to achieve concept.
mothers after
mutual aim.
plowing, land
22. bergotong roy See team work Subject
leveling, and
understands
preparing the rice
local wisdom
field is done by
of moral
fathers. In a
concept.
landscape of rice
fields, rice
cultivation is
usually carried out
 

56
3.2 Psycholinguistic analysis
1. Thematic Structure
Thematic Structure is a study of mental condition
of listener when there is someone speaking. To be able to 3)
do an assessment someone should have high enough
cognitive capacity that is in the formal operational
development stage. In this stage, someone will be able to
think abstractly, seeing in point of view of the speaker
partner’s needs, feelings, and thoughts. Formal
operational development stage commonly is reached when
[1]
someone enter adolescence.
Analysis: [2]
Subject is a 6 years old child, meaning that he has not [3]
reached formal operational development stage. B is in
preoperational development stage. The characteristics of
this stage are rare and logically mental operations. [4]
According Piaget, cited from Dariyo, in Psikologi
Perkembangan Anak Tiga Tahun Pertama journal, [5]
praoperational stage follows sensorimotor stage and [6]
emerge between 2 years and 6 years of life. In this stage, [7]
children develop their languange skills. They begin to [8]
[9]
present things with words and pictures. Nonetheless, they
still use intuition not logic. In this stage, they tend to be [10]
egocentric that is they can not understand their own place
in society and how it correlates with each other. They can [11]
not understand other people’s feelings so easily. Therefore
it can be said that in speaking B still is not able to use
thematic structure beacuse his way of thinking is still
[12]
egocentric. In this stage, children learn to use and
represent objects with descripti`2on and words. Their way
of thinking are still egocentric, children find it difficult to [13]
see from other’s point of view.
[14]
2. Propositional Content
When in conversation with the subject, researcher can [15]
grasp subject’s way of thinking. He can construct a
sentence that is easily understood its content. Thus, it can [16]
be said that the sentence uttered by the subject eligible
propositional content. [17]
[18]
The sentence must reflect the selected speaker speaker's
way of thinking about objects, events, facts contemplated [19]
in speech acts. A sentence is considered to have a proper [20]
idea if the listener can catch the ideas contained therein.
[21]
IV. CONCLUSION [22]
1) With the stimulus in the form of literary works
[23]
Nusantara as intervention, the subject vocabulary is
growing, both quantitatively and qualitatively. Some [24]
abstract notion like the notion of time, space, and
quantum begin to appear.  
2) As an adult who understands and cares about the
child's growth in language, we should be able to
contribute to the development of language acquisition
57
in children with the perspective of the local culture,
one of them with stimuli or stimulus to the media
literary Nusantara.
Subjects have been able to improve their language
skills on the concept of the origin of rice farming
concept, and the concept of local positive value.
REFERENCES
Aldrich, Clark. 2009.Learning Online with Games, Simulations,
and Virtual Worlds: Strategies for Online Instruction. Jossey-
Bass: San Francisco.
Arifuddin.2010. Neuro Psiko Linguistik.J akarta.PT Raja
Grafindo Persada.
Bloom, BS., Engelhart, M.D., Furst, E.J., Hill, W.H., dan
Krathwohl, D.R. 1970. The Taxonomy of Educational Objectives
The Classification of Educational Goals, Handbook I: Cognitive
Domain. New York: David McKay.
Brown, A.L., dan Cooking, R.R. 1973. How People Learn:
Brain, Mind, Experience, and School.Washington DC: National
Academy Press.
Chaer, Abdul. 1994. Linguistik Umum. Jakarta: PT Rineka Cipta.
2003. Psikolinguistik:Kajian Teoretik. Jakarta: Rineka Cipta.
2004.Sosiolinguistik Perkenalan Awal.Jakarta:PT Rhineka Cipta.
2009. Psikolinguistik: Kajian Teoretik. Jakarta. Rineka Cipta.
Dardjowidjojo, Soenjono. 2010. Psikolinguistik. Jakarta:
Yayasan obor Indonesia.
Dariyo. Tanpa Tahun. Diktat Psikologi Perkembangan Anak Tiga
Tahun Pertama.
Hernawati, Tati. 2009. Intervensi Gangguan Bahasa. Diakses
dari http://file.upi.edu. Pada tanggal 30 Mei 2014 pikil 14.40
WIB
Kaplan, H. & Sadock, B 1997. Sinopsis Psikiatri.Terjemahan
oleh Widjaja Kusuma. Jakarta: Binarupa Aksara.
Mar’at, Samsunuwiyati. 2005. Psikolinguistik Suatu
Pengantar. Bandung: PT Refika Aditama.
Mudzakir.1997. Psikologi Pendidikan. Jakarta: Pustaka Setia.
Sardiman, A.M. 2007. Interaksi Belajar Mengajar. Radja
Grafindo Persada. Jakarta
Simanjuntak, Mangantar. 1987. Pengantar Psikolinguistik
Modern. Kuala Lumpur: Dewan Bahasa dan Pustaka.
Tarigan, Henry Guntur. 1984. Psikolinguistik. Bandung:
Angkasa.
Yamin, Martinis.2009. Manajemen Pembelajaran Kelas Strategi
Meningkatkan Mutu Pembelajaran. Jakarta: Persada.
Mulyasa. 2011. Praktik Penelitian Tindakan Kelas. Bandung: PT.
Remaja Rosdakarya
Purwanto. 2011. Evaluasi Hasil Belajar. Yogyakarta: Pustaka
Belajar
Rahim, Farida. 2007. Pengajaran Membaca di Sekolah Dasar.
Jakarta: Bumi Aksara
Sadiman, Arief., et al. 1986. Media Pendidikan. Jakarta:
Pustekkom Dikbud dan C.V. Rajawali
Sareb, Masri. 2008. Menumbuhkan Minat baca Sejak Dini.
Jakarta: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang
Sugiyono. 2010. Metode Penelitian Pendidikan. Bandung:
Alfabeta
 Student Science Process Skill (KPS)
In Animal Physiology Laboratory Experiment

Meilisha Putri Pertiwi 1), Muhammad Taufik Awaluddin2), Rita Istiana3), Suci Siti Lathifah4)
1)
Pendidikan Biologi, FKIP, Universitas Pakuan, Bogor, Indonesia
E-mail:meilishaputripertiwi@gmail.com

2)
Pendidikan Biologi, FKIP, Universitas Pakuan, Bogor, Indonesia
E-mail: taufika.muhammad@yahoo.com

3)
Pendidikan Biologi, FKIP, Universitas Pakuan, Bogor, Indonesia
E-mail: ritaistiana12@gmail.com

4)
Pendidikan Biologi,FKIP,Universitas Pakuan, Bogor, Indonesia
E-mail: cici.lathifah@yahoo.com

Abstract. Research on Science Process Skill (KPS) in Animal Physiology Laboratory Experiment for one semester has
been conducted. The aim of this research was gaining the best proportion of KPS parameters during mid and final exam
with guided inquiry method. The 4th semester students of Biology Education, FKIP UnPak who took Animal Physiology
Laboratory Experiment had role as the respondents. Observation worksheets for individu among groups have been
distributed. Hereafter, questionnaire information by online system also been collected. The result showed the highest
Science Process Skill (83%) parameter was doing an experiment. Meanwhile, the lowest (68,75%) was construct a
hypothesis. It also supported by positive spirit from students when doing experiments. It can be concluded that Animal
Physiology Laboratory Experiment with guided inquiry method was well programed for KPS development.

Keywords: Science Process Skill; Animal Physiology Laboratory Experiment; guided inquiry method; Biology Education

observation and experiment about natural phenomena and

I. INTRODUCTION
Comprehensive assessment in process and result of
Natural Science subject is highly required (Stiggins, 1994).
Stiggins (1994) also recommends cognitive, affective, and
psychomotoric aspects to be included in assessment.
Moreover, various assessment instruments and methods are
also recommended. The study result can be differentiated into
knowledge, reasoning, skill, product, and affection. It relates
with Olteanu et al. (2014) in PROFILES (Professional
Reflection-Oriented Focus on Inquiry-based Learning and
Education through Science) research who run inquiry method
and integrated science curriculum approach. This method
motivates future science teachers be more creative in Natural
Science Class.
One of assessment methods can be done by Science
teacher in class is Science Process Skill (SPS-eng/KPS-ind)
assessment. KPS is suitable with Ministerial Regulation No.
22 year 2006 about Content Standar and also Ministerial
Regulation No. 23 about Graduate Competency Standar year
2006. It stated that Biology is a part of Natural Science which
born and develop based on observation and experiment. It also
supported by Opara & Oguzor (2011), Olteanu et al. (2014),
Meier & Vogt (2015), & El Islami et al. (2016) that
their process with rational explanation are included in science.
Science is a cumulative series from empiric observation
generated formula of concept, law, and theory. Then, previous
formula will become a reference for next empiric observations
(Abdulahi, 1976 & Ramsey, 1993). By way of Biology
(science) teaching, students tend to do natural exploration.
This activity also develops KPS and enriches students science
experiences.
The requirement of inquiry based science learning
program has become a priority since a long time ago (Tamir,
1983; Roth, 1996; Stohr-Hunt, 1996; Harada & Yoshina,
2004). It has been the most important science education
approach (Minner et al. 2010). Inquiry learning process will
trigger students thinking and investigation skill when observe
phenomena, do social activity, solve problem, do evaluation,
and conclude observation/research result (Gasque, 2016).
Inquiry based science learning increases student score (Chen
2015; Meier & Vogt 2015; Suansah 2015). In addition,
students team work and interaction are building up positive
energy in attractiveness, attitude, and achievement along
science learning (Johnson, 1976; Okebukola, 1995).
Therefore, student assessment system uses knowledge,
concept, KPS, and highly thinking order.
KPS mastery is an asset to study much more knowledge
and become one of life skills. Student’s KPS can be a mental

58
preparation in facing life problem. Many important things we
can gain from KPS, so research about student’s science
process skill in animal physiology laboratory experiment is
done.
II. RESEARCH METHOD
This research used desciptive method. The research has
been done inside the class without control and action, so the
result illustrated characteristics or phenomena from ‘on going’
situation (Arikunto, 1998). Respondents of this research were
the 4th semester students of Biology Education, FKIP UnPak
who took Animal Physiology Laboratory Experiment for 104
total number. Research was done during mid and final exam.
The research used observation worksheet and
questionnaire information for collecting data. Observation
worksheet was containing observation instruction and KPS
list. Observation worksheet was completed by Animal
Physiology Laboratory Experiment lecturers. Meanwhile,
questionnaire information via online system was filled by the
students after the subject ended. The questionnaire aimed to
know students respond toward laboratory experiment.
Data analysis was done after all data been collected. The
steps were:
1. Obtained score from assessment rubric in observation
worksheet that indicate KPS points is categorized based on
students score precentage (Arikunto, 1998). The
classification can be seen in the following table:
TABLE I
Classification of student generic skill
based on obtained score percentage
Percentage (%) Category
76-100 Good
56-75 Satisfactory
40-55 Poor
0-39 Bad
(Arikunto, 1998)
The score formula is:
Student score = x100%
2. Formula to calculate student respond percentage from
questionnaire is:
Percentage of yes answer = x100%.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Animal Physiology Laboratory Experiment has purpose to
make and develop KPS skill alike in curriculum. Every KPS
point was collected by observation worksheet. Observer who
completed the worksheet (one of lecturers) also analysed if the
KPS points attached or not in every student among group.
Each observer observed 5—6 students. The percentage of
student attached KPS points can be seen in Fig 1.
59
Fig. 1 Percentage of Student Science Process Skill (KPS)
Students had various capability during inquiry process and
so did the result. Gasque (2016) stated soft skill like analytical
and investigation capability is trained in inquiry learning
process. Based on Pic. 1, the highest KPS parameter is doing
an experiment (83%) and the lowest is construct a hypothesis
(68,75%). Doing an experiment also can be said as the main
activity in laboratory experiment. It can satisfy student’s
curiosity, enrich the experience, and increase the soft skill
which useful for working life (Hofstein & Lunetta, 2004;
Matz et al. 2012; Cherif et al., 2013). This activity also
implements the literature’s theory.
Planning experiment also gained a high point (81,25%).
Inquiry process in laboratory experiment supports analytical
and critical thinking (Smallhorn et al.. 2015). Creating
planning experiment made students predict proper tools and
material that will they used. They also well trained in making
experiment procedures.
A good experiment planning has a good correlation with
concept application. Parameter of apply the concept gave high
enough point (77,5%). Students became more self confident in
applying the concept with good planning. Inquiry process
deepened science understanding, increased self confidence,
and created a well scientific attitude (Myers & Burges 2003;
Weaver et al., 2008; Wood, 2009; Brownell et al. 2012). As
planned in the early of semester, laboratory experiment
complemented each other with theory. Apply the concept
parameter was also supported with good communication
parameter (75%). The students had become classmates for two
years, so this condition give much benefit to them.
Lastly, construct a hypothesis was the lowest point
(68,75%) with enough predicate. This point attached with
students responsibility for their decision in the early
experiment. Responsibility is the most difficult aspect to do in
experiment (Silva & Galembeck 2015). Sometimes or often
it’s hard for student to prove their hypothesis.
Students response toward learning process with guided
inquiry was mostly positive. They agreed that guided inquiry
method increasing generic skill. Learning process was also
enjoyable. This statement can be seen in graph of student
response toward learning process (Fig. 2) with high agree
point. Below is Fig 2:

Fig. 2: Students response toward laboratory experiment process
List of questionnaire’s question:
1. Animal physiology lab experiment (APLE) is useful for
me
2. I can take benefit from APLE right now
3. APLE support me when understanding the theory
4. APLE will be useful when I become a teacher
5. APLE’s execution relates with the planning
6. APLE is well prepared
7. I feel difficult when doing APLE
8. Less materials and tools is causing diffultness in APLE
9. APLE’s steps are not clear
10. Instructurs help us doing the experiment
11. I read APLE’s instruction before the class
12.After reading the APLE’s instruction, a question appears
on my mind about the lesson
13.Reading the APLE’s instruction helps me understanding
about what to do in lab
14. I can easily visualize the result by making graph,
diagram
15. I find difficullt on finding report’s references
16. I make report based on valid scientific references
17. I can make conclusion correlated with theory after
discussing experiment result
IV. CONCLUSIONS
Animal Physiology Laboratory Experiment with guided
inquiry supported student KPS development. The highest
parameter is doing an experiment (83%). This parameter is the
main activity of experiment and triggering KPS’s appearance.
Meanwhile, the lowest is construct a hypothesis (68,75%). It
is so difficult for students to prove their previous hypothesis.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
We would like to thank the Head of Biology Education and
the Dean of FKIP, UnPak to permit this research and financial
supporting.
REFERENCES
[1] Abdullahi, A. 1976. Towards a Philosophical Basis for Science
Teaching in Nigerian Schools. Journal Science Teachers’ Association
15(1): 6—11.
[2] Arikunto, S. (1998). Dasar-dasar Evaluasi Pendidikan (Edisi Revisi.).
Jakarta: Bumi Aksara.
[3] Brownell, S., M. Kloser, T. Fukami, & R. Shavelson. 2012.
Undergraduate biology lab courses: comparing the impact of
traditionally based “cookbook” and authentic research-based courses
60
on student lab experiences. Journal of College Science Teaching 41(4):
36—45.
[4] Chen, Hai-Hon. 2015. The effects of teacher and teacher-librarian
high-end collaboration on inquiry-based project reports and monthly
school test scores of fifth-grade students. Journal of Educational
Media & Library Sciences 52(3): 299—336.
[5] Cherif, A., J. Siuda, & F. Movahedzadeh. 2013. Developing
nontraditional biology labs to challenge students & enhance learning.
American Biology Teacher 75(1): 14—17.
[6] El Islami, R.A.Z., Nahado, & A. Permanasari. 2016. Membangun
literasi sains siswa pada konsep asam basa melalui pembelajaran
inkuiri terbimbing. Jurnal Penelitian dan Pembelajaran IPA 2(2):
110—120.
[7] Farsakoglu, et al. 2008. A Study on Awareness Levels of Prospective
Science Teachers on Science Process Skills in Science Education.
World Applied Sciences Journal 4(2).
[8] Gasque, K.C.G.D. 2016. Information literacy for inquiry-based
learning. TransInformacao 28(3): 253—262.
[9] Hancer & Yilmaz. 2007. The Effects of Characteristics of Adolescence
on The Science Process Skills of The Child. Journal of Applied
Sciences 7:(23).
[10] Harada, V.H. & J.M. Yoshina. 2004. Moving from rote to inquiry:
creating learning that counts. Library Media Connection 23(2): 22—
24.
[11] Hoftstein, A. & V. Lunetta. 2004. The laboratory in science education:
foundations for the twenty-first century. Science Education 88(1): 28—
54.
[12] Johnson, R.T. 1976. The relationship between cooperative and inquiry
in science classroom. Journal Research Science Teacher 13(?): 55—63.
[13] Matz, R., E. Rothman, J. Krajcik, & M.B. Holl. 2012. Concurrent
enrollment in lecture and laboratory enhances student performance and
retention. Journal of Research in Science Teaching 49(5): 659—682.
[14] Meier, A.M. & F. Vogt. 2015. The potential of stimulated recall for
investigating self-regulation processes in inquiry learning with primary
school students. Perspectives in Science 5(?): 45—53.
[15] Minner, D.D., A.J. Levy, & J. Century. 2010. Inquiry-based science
instruction-what is it and does it matter. Journal Research Science
Teacher 47(?): 474—496.
[16] Myers, M. & A. Burgess. 2003. Inquiry-basd laboratory course
improves students’s ability to desing experiments and interpret data.
Advances in Physiology Education 27(1): 26—33.
[17] Okebukola, P.A.O. 1995. Effects of student interactions on affective
outcomes of science instruction. Research Science Technological
Education 3(1): 5—7.
[18] Olteanu, R.L., C. Dumitrescu, G. Gorghiu, & L.M. Gorghiu. 2014.
Studying sciences through the integrated science modules. European
Journal of Sustainable Development 3(3): 35—42.
[19] Opara, J.A. & N.S. Oguzor. 2011. Inquiry instructional method and the
school science curriculum. Current Research Journal of Social
Sciences 3(3): 188—198.
[20] Ramsey, J. 1993. Reform movement implication social responsibility.
Science Education 77(2): 235—258.
[21] Rezba, Sprague dan Fiel. Tt. Learing and Assessing Science Process
Skills. Iowa: Kendall / Hunt Publishing Company.
[22] Roth, W.M. 1996. Teacher questioning in an open-inquiry learning
environment: interaction of context, content, and student responses.
Journal of Research in Science Teaching 33(?): 709—736.
[23] Rustaman, N.Y. & Rustaman, A. (1997). Pokok-pokok Pengajaran
Biologi dan Kurikulum 1994 . Bandung: Departemen Pendidikan dan
Kebudayaan.
[24] Rustaman, Nuryani, et al. 2004. Strategi Belajar Mengajar Biologi.
Bandung: Jurusan Pendidikan Biologi UPI.
[25] Rustaman, N. (2007). Strategi Pembelajaran Biologi. Jakarta:
Universitas Terbuka.
[26] Silva, T. & E. Galembeck. 2015. A biochemistry laboratory course
designed to enhance students autonomy. 23rd Congress of the
International Union for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology & 44th
Annual Meeting of the Brazilian Society for Biochemistry and
Molecular Biology, Brazil, August 24th—28th 2015.
[27] Smallhorn, M., J. Young, N. Hunter, & K.B. de Silva. 2015. Inquiry-
based learning to improve student engagement in a large first year
topic. Student Success 6(2): 65—71.
[28] Stohr-Hunt, P.M. 1996. An analysis of frequency of hands-on
experience and science achievement. Journal of Research in Science
Teaching 33(1): 101—109.
[29] Suansah. 2015. Penerapan pendekatan inkuiri untuk meningkatkan
keterampilan proses siswa pada pembelajaran IPA pokok bahasan
 konduktorn dan isolator panas. Profesi Pendidikan Dasar 2(1): 59—
67.
[30] Tamir, P. 1983. Inquiry and the science teacher. Science Education
67(5): 657—672.
[31] Weaver, G., C. Russel, & D. Wink. 2008. Inquiry-based and research-
based laboratory pedagogies in undergraduate science. Nature
Chemical Biology 4(10): 577—580.
[32] Wood, W. 2009. Innovations in teaching undergraduate biology and
why we need them. Annual Review of Cell and Developmental Biology
25(?): 93—112.

61
 The Analysis Of Students’ Mathematical
Problem Solving Difficulty
In Problem Based Learning
Ratna Rustina1)
1)
Mathematic Education, Siliwangi University, Tasikmalaya, Indonesia
E-mail: ratnarustina@unsil.ac.id

Abstract. The purpose of this study was to determine the difficulty of students in mathematical problems solving with the
steps according to Polya, and determine whether the mathematical problem solving abilities of students using a model of
Problem Based Learning (PBL) reached a value of completeness Minimum Criteria (KKM). The method used is experiment.
The population is all students of 8th High School 6 Tasikmalaya in the academic year 2015/2016. Samples were taken one
class randomly. The instrument used was a set of mathematical Problem Solving test. Data were analyzed by the average
test of two parties. The results show the students’ difficulties in mathematical problems solving with the steps according to
polya; 1) nearly half experiencing difficulties on steps to understand; 2) having difficulty in step of problem-solving plan
included in the criteria of a fraction; 3) half experiencing difficulties on the steps to implement the plan settlement issues
included on measures to re-examine the results included in the criteria of most of difficulties. The Students’ Mathematical
problem solving in Problem Based Learning (PBL) reached a value of completeness Minimum Criteria (KKM).

Keywords: Problem Based Learning (PBL), Mathematical Problem Solving, and the difficulty of Mathematical Problem
Solving.

I. INTRODUCTION that learners with learning difficulties demonstrated by the

Learning math is a process of functional
communication between students with teachers or learners
with learners in order to change the attitude and mindset so
that learners have the ability, knowledge and mathematical
abilities that aims to prepare the students to face the
changes that are always evolving.
Each goal to be achieved in the learning process of
mathematics is essentially to train students to be able to
solve a problem or be a problem in mathematics. When
learners are faced with a problem in everyday life, their
approach is not much different. They tend to solve
problems based on their previous experience.
Based on interviews with educators in SMP 6
Tasikmalaya that mathematical problem solving ability of
students fairly moderate because there are still some
students who have not been able to understand the problem
that it can not resolve the issue properly. Difficulties
experienced by learners in steps according to the
mathematical problem solving Polya that is in step to
understand the problem, usually learners can understand
the problem at the time of teaching and learning activities
but at the next meeting only some learners can recall.
Further difficulties experienced by learners, namely the
planning step problem solving, because the majority of
students still do not understand what the formula needed to
resolve the issue. In implementing the plan step problem
solving there are still some students who erred in
calculating thus obtained is not the right answer. And the
difficulties experienced by learners hereinafter that the
move to re-examine the results, because only a minority of
learners who can solve the problem by using other means.
According Sugihartono, et.al. (Basiran, 2012: 4) argues
low learning outcomes. Difficulty learning that learners can
naturally affect the achievement of mastery in learning.
Minimum completeness criteria (KKM) is the
minimum criteria to certify learners achieve mastery. KKM
education units must be set on each subject as a basis for
assessing achievement of competence of learners. Learners
are said to be completed if it has reached the KKM. Based
on the findings in the field of learners experiencing the
greatest difficulties in solving mathematical problems
using the troubleshooting steps according Polya plan lies in
the problem solving and check the results. According to
Aishah, Nyimas (2007: 4) "Problem solving in
mathematics teaching can be defined as the use of various
concepts, principles, and mathematical skills that have
been or are being studied to solve the nonroutine".
Meanwhile, according to Polya (Indrajaya, Emilia Silvi,
et.al., 2012: 3) "Resolution is an attempt to find a way out
of a difficulty and achieve goals that can not be achieved
immediately". Based on some of these opinions can be
concluded that the ability of mathematical problem solving
is a higher-level thinking processes of learners in solving
mathematical problems related to everyday life and are not
routine in the learning process involves the use of specific
steps. Resolving mathematical problem solving can not be
resolved directly, but need some way to be able to solve the
problem. To resolve the mathematical problem solving can
incorporate some of the concepts or rules that have been
obtained previously.
By Polya (Math Team SMP / MTs, 2008: 9-10) in
problem solving, there are four stages of the process of
solving the problem is as follows.
a. Understanding the problem
b. Planning for Troubleshooting

62
c. Implement Plans Troubleshooting
d. Examination Back.
In this study step troubleshooting steps that are used are
the steps according to Polya.
In lessons, Polya (Hendriana, Heris and Soemarmo
Utari, 2014: 24) put forward some suggestions to help
learners overcome difficulties in solving problems among
others:
a. Ask questions to direct the learners work.
b. Serve cues (clue or hint) to resolve the problem and not
give the settlement procedure.
c. Help learners explore their own knowledge and prepare
questions in accordance with the needs of the problem.
d. Help learners overcome the difficulties of its own.
View of problem solving as the core and the primary
mathematics curriculum, meaning more priority problem
solving processes and strategies do the learners in the
finish rather than just results. So the skills and strategies in
the process of solving these problems become basic skills
in mathematics. Learning situation should be able to
present real-world phenomena, authentic and meaningful
issues that can challenge students to solve. One model of
learning that can be applied is a model of Problem Based
Learning (PBL) or Problem Based Learning model (PBM).
Hamruni (2012: 104) states that the model of Problem
Based Learning (PBL) or Problem Based Learning model
(PBM) is a model of learning that uses real-world problems
as a context for students to learn about critical thinking and
problem solving skills, as well as to acquire knowledge and
essential concept of the subject matter. Through PBL
models, it is expected that learners can practice associate
the problems of everyday life with the learning of
mathematics, so the math is no longer too abstract for them
and learning becomes more meaningful.
Dutch (Amir, Taufiq, 2009: 21) argues that the Problem
Based Learning (PBL) is an instructional method that
challenges students to learn to learn, to work together in
groups to find solutions to real problems. This problem
used to associate a sense of curiosity and analytical
abilities of students to think critically and analytically, and
to find and use appropriate learning resources. model of
Problem Based Learning (PBL) or also called Problem
Based Learning model (PBM) is learning in small groups
to find solutions to real problems through the stages of the
scientific method so that students can learn the knowledge
related to these issues and also have the skills to complete
problem. This problem used to associate a sense of
curiosity and analytical abilities of students to think
critically and analytically, and to find and use appropriate
learning resources. PBL model is not designed to provide
as much information to the students, but the students are
encouraged to be able to solve the problems of the ideas
themselves. The characteristics of other PBL models
according to Tan, et.al. (Amir, Taufiq, 2010: 12) are 1)
learning begins with the provision of the problem, usually a
matter of having the context of the real world, 2) learners
in groups actively formulate the problem and identify the
gaps of their knowledge, 3) to study and seek material
related to problem, 4) and report the solution of the
problem. While educators more facilitated.
63
The objectives of this research are as follows: 1)
Knowing the difficulties of learners in solving problems
solving mathematical problems with the steps according to
Polya; 2) Determine whether the mathematical problem
solving ability of students to use the model of Problem
Based Learning (PBL) reached a value of completeness
Minimum Criteria (KKM).
II. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The method used in this study is the experimental
method. Arikunto, Suharsimi (2010: 2) suggests that the
experiment is a way to find a causal link (causal
connection) between the two factors is deliberately
inflicted by the researchers by eliminating or repeating or
setting aside other factors that could interfere. Experiments
are always done with the intention to see from an
treatments. This study provides a treatment of experimental
group using the model of Problem Based Learning (PBL)
so as to enhance the problem solving mathematical
learners.
The variables in this study consisted of two types of
variables, ie variables that affect the so-called independent
variable (X), and the dependent variable (Y) as a result of
the variable or variables that are affected. The independent
variable (X) is the use of the model Problem Based
Learning (PBL), while the dependent variable (Y) is the
mathematical problem-solving abilities of learners.
The population in this study were all students of class
VIII SMP Negeri 6 Tasikmalaya 2015/2016 academic year
consisting of 11 classes, while the sample is class VIII E as
classroom learning experiment using the model of Problem
Based Learning (PBL).
Stages in this study were (1) preparation; (2) the
implementation phase, at this stage the researchers first
tested instrument outside population, Having obtained the
research instruments are valid, the next step to implement
learning activities in the material geometrical flat side
using a model of Problem Based Learning (PBL) and
collect data namely the test data a mathematical problem
solving ability; (3) Phase analysis of the data, at this stage
the test data of students processed then the data is analyzed
to determine the value of problem-solving ability of
students achieving grades Criteria Complete Minimal
(KKM) and the difficulty level of the learners in solving
problems solving mathematical by Polya. Describing the
findings in the field related to the study variables.
Difficulty learners at every step mathematical problem
solving by Polya can be seen from the analysis of the test
results of mathematical problem solving skills of learners.
According Ninik et.al. (2014: 65) the percentage of
learners who experience difficulties at every step
mathematical problem solving by Polya calculated using
the following formula.
100% (1)
Information:
Pi = the percentage of learners who have difficulties in step
i
Ti = number of learners who have difficulties in step i
i = step 1, 2, 3, 4
N = number of learners
 By using this equation to know the percentage of
students who answered correctly on any troubleshooting
steps according to Polya, so it can be known at any step of
learners experiencing the greatest difficulties. Learners
who have difficulties can be seen from the small
percentage who answered correctly at each step of problem
solving; (4) Phase conclusion, at this stage the answer the
problem formulation and research questions based on data
analysis and findings during the study.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
From the calculation of hypothesis testing using a test
average of two parties that the mathematical problem
solving ability of students to use the model of Problem
Based Learning (PBL) reached a value of completeness
Minimum Criteria (KKM).
Based on the results of data analysis of the percentage
of learners who have difficulties in the first step is to
understand the problem in question number 1 included in
the criteria of a fraction having trouble. In question number
2 included in the criteria for almost half experiencing
difficulties. In question number 3 included in the criteria
usually have trouble. And on the matter of the number 4 is
included in most of the criteria in trouble. So the average
percentage of students who have difficulty in
understanding the problem step included in the criteria for
almost half experiencing difficulties.
In the second step, namely planning problem solving
learners who have difficulties in the problem number 1
included in the criteria of a fraction having trouble. In
question number 2 included in the criteria of a fraction
having trouble. In question number 3 included in the
criteria of a fraction having trouble. And on the matter of
the number 4 is included in the criteria of a fraction having
trouble. So the average percentage of students who have
difficulty in solving problems step plan included in the
criteria of a fraction having trouble.
In the third step of carrying out the plan of settlement of
the problem of learners who have difficulties in the
problem number 1 included in the criteria there is no
trouble. In question number 2 is included in most of the
criteria in trouble. In question number 3 is included in most
of the criteria of difficulty. And on the matter of the
number 4 is included in the criteria usually have trouble.
So the average percentage of learners who have difficulties
in implementing step settlement plan included in the
criteria of having trouble halved.
In the fourth step is to re-examine the results of learners
who have difficulties in the problem number 1 included in
the criteria of a fraction having trouble. In question number
2 is included in most of the criteria in trouble. In question
number 3 included in the criteria usually have trouble. And
on the matter of the number 4 is included in the criteria
usually have trouble. So the average percentage of students
who have difficulty in re-examine the measures included in
the criteria results largely trouble.
64
Learners make mistakes that vary in the process of
checking back. In general, these errors include: First, the
students not accustomed to work on the problems in
different ways. If learners have been obtained by the result,
he did not try to find different ways to solve them. Second,
the students do not know or find a different way to solve
these problems, so that students tend to skip this step.
Based on interviews with the learner turns the
fourth step is to re-examine the results of a step that is
considered the most difficult because students have
difficulty in applying other concepts. Besides a very
influential factor is the limited time so learners accustomed
to working only up to the third step of carrying out the plan
of settlement of problems and assume that the work
completed by the results that have been obtained. This led
to most learners vacate or as necessary in a step to re-
examine the results.
IV. CONCLUSION
Based on the research, processing and data analysis,
and hypothesis testing, it can be concluded as follows: (1)
difficulties learners in solving problems solving
mathematical problems with the steps according to Polya
on steps to understand the problem of 44.85% is included
in nearly half have difficulty criteria, the planning step
problem solving by 7.35% included in the criteria of a
fraction having difficulty, the problem-solving steps to
implement the plan by 50% included in the criteria of half
the trouble, and the steps to re-examine the results at 61.77
% included in the criteria largely trouble. Difficulty solving
highest learners lies in the check results is included in most
of the criteria in trouble. (2) mathematical problem solving
ability of students to use the model of Problem Based
Learning (PBL) reached a value of completeness Minimum
Criteria (KKM).
REFERENCES
[1] Aisyah, Nyimas. (2007). Pengembangan Pembelajaran
Matematika. [Online]. Tersedia: http://pengembangan-
pembelajaran-matematika-Unit5. [15 Januari 2016]
[2] Amir, Taufiq. (2010). Inovasi Pendidikan Melalui Problem Based
Learning: Bagaimana Pendidik Memberdayakan Pemelajar Di Era
Pengetahuan. Jakarta: Kencana
[3] Arikunto, Suharsimi. (2010). Prosedur Penelitian suatu
Pendekatan Praktik. Jakarta: PT. Rineka Cipta.
[4] Hamruni. (2012). Strategi Pembelajaran. Yogyakarta: Insan
Madani.
[5] Hendriana, Heris, dan Utari Soemarmo. (2014). Penilaian
Pembelajaran Matematika. Bandung: PT Refika Aditama.
[6] Indrajaya, Emilia Silvi, et.al. (2012). Strategi Pemecahan Masalah
Dalam Menyelesaikan Soal Cerita Pada Materi SPLDV Siswa
Kelas VIII Di SMP Kristen 2 Salatiga. [Online].
Tersedia:http://repository.uksw.edu/bitstream/123456789/1866/2/T
1_202008027_Full%20text.pdf. [15 Januari 2016].
[7] Ninik, et.al. (2014). "Analisis Kemampuan Pemecahan Masalah
Untuk Setiap Tahap Model Polya Dari Siswa SMK Ibu Pakusari
Jurusan Multimedia Pada Pokok Bahasan Program Linier".
Kadikma nomor 3 volume 5. Desember. Universitas Jember.
[8] Tim Matematika SMP/MTs. (2008). Bahan Diklat Profesi Guru
SMP: Pemecahan Masalah Dalam Matematika Dan Matematika
Eksploratif. Bandung: Universitas Pendidikan Indonesia.
  
 

The Contribution of Problem Based Teaching Materials To

Mathematical Problem Solving Ability
Yeni Heryani1)
1)
Mathematics Education Department, Faculty of Educational Sciences and Teachers’ Training, Siliwangi University,
Jl Siliwangi No. 24, Tasikmalaya, 46 115, Indonesia
E-mail : yeniheryani@unsil.ac.id

Abstract. The purpose of this research is to observe the contribution of problem based teaching materials to students’s
mathematical problem solving ability. Then to know students’s self-regulated learning whose using problem based teaching
materials. The population of this research is VIII grade students of SMPN 9 Tasikmalaya. This research used random
sampling technique , and VIIIA was selected as experimental class and VIIIC as control class. The analisys technique used
to test the hypothesis are t-test analysis and response scale. Based on the result of analysis, processing and hypothesis testing
show there is a contribution of problem based teaching materials to the mathematical problem solving ability of students,
and self regulated learning of students that using problem based teaching materials include medium category.

Keywords: Problem based teaching materials, Mathematical Problem Solving Ability, Self-regulated learning.

I. INTRODUCTION
One of the aims of mathematics is that students are able to
solve the problems. According to Hartono, Yusuf (2014: 3), “
Problem solving is one of the important things in mathematics
curriculum.” However, mathematical problem solving is still
difficult for the students who learn it and also for the teachers
who teach it. This causes an inability of the students to solve
problems given by the teacher.
Mathematical problem solving ability is influenced by
several factors, including the rarity of mathematical problem
solving questions given to the sudents, and the lack of
learning models that can stimulate the students to be more
active and creative during the learning process. This is
supported by Russefendi, E.T. (2010: 12) that, “Several
factors that can influence the students’ success in learning are:
model, material, teacher, teaching atmosphere, teacher’s
competence, and external conditions.”
In learning activity, besides the importance of developing
mathematical problem solving ability, students’ self regulated
learning also needs to be improved. As explained by
Wedemeyer, Moore (Rusman, 2014: 354) “Self rugalted
learning needs to be given to the students so they can have
responsibility in organizing and disciplining themselves and
improving their self-wanted learning ability.“
Based on the interview with Mrs. Nine Agustini,
S.Pd as the mathematics teacher at the 8th Grade of SMP N 9
Tasikmalaya, in giving the question, teachers often give a
routine matter rarely given about mathematical problem
solving because it is difficult for learners. Only a small
percentage of learners who are able to do it. The obstacle is
that most learners can not read about or understand about
solving the problem. The workmanship matter most learners
are already able to do math problems independently, those
students who still look at her and for the utilization of other
resources in the learning process has not been seen in the
learner’s self.
To overcome the problems of mathematical problem
solving ability and self-regulated learning, teacher’s creativity
is attempt to increase success in the learning process. One
such effort is the educator can use teaching materials. Hamid
(2009: 212) states that the teaching materials is one aspect
that must exist in a learning process for learning materials is a
source of teachers and learners in conducting a learning
process. Designing the learning experience is one part of the
learning plan, which essentially compose learning scenario as
a guide for teachers and learners in the learning process. The
learning experience can be obtained one through problem-
based learning
Teaching materials used are lack of facilitating learners in
implementing problem-based learning, but teachers have a lot
of unrealized ideas in the form of teaching materials.
Problem-based learning is one instructional approach in
which learners construct mathematical knowledge and
learning experiences have been held in an attempt to solve a
mathematical problem to the point of understanding the
problem, compile allegations and design and prove the results
obtained in solving the problem. Through learning by using
problem-based teaching materials are expected learners have
the ability to solve the problems of mathematics and has a
learning independence.
Learning by using teaching materials based on this
research issue is planned to be used on materials wake
classroom VIII second semester of the school year 2016/2017
in SMPN 9 Tasikmalaya. Based on these descriptions, the
authors carry out research titled "The Contribution of
Problem Based Teaching Materials to Mathematical
Problem Solving Ability".
Based oh the above background, the research questions
are:

1
 
65

1. Is there any contribution of the use of problem-based
teaching materials to the mathematical problem-solving
ability?
2. How is the students’ self-regulated learning who use
problem-based teaching materials?
The aims of this study are to determine:
1. The contribution of the use of problem-based teaching
materials to the mathematical problem-solving ability.
2. The independence of learners whose learning using
problem-based teaching materials.
Setiawan (2007: 1.5) suggests that the teaching material is
material and subject matter arranged systematically. Such
materials are prepared coherently and systematically both
written and unwritten. Fogarty (2002: 2) suggests that
problem-based learning is a learning model that was designed
based on the problems that exist in real life, namely the
problem of unstructured, open-ended, or non-routine.
According to Badura (Sumarmo, Utari, 2014: 110) "The
independence of learning as the ability to monitor their own
behavior, and it is hard work Personalità man". Hartono,
Joseph (2014: 3) says that, solving mathematical problems
based on experience gained with the use of the knowledge and
skills possessed to solve problems that are not routine.
II. RESEARCH METHOD
In this study the research method used is an experimental
method and descriptive method. The population in this study
are all students of class VIII SMP Negeri 9 Tasikmalaya.
Selection of the sample that is randomly chosen as the
experimental class VIIIA class and class VIIIC as the control
class. Data collection techniques in this study to test the
ability of problem solving. Questionnaire consisted of
statements, such as statements of positive and negative
statements. Instruments used are the mathematical problem
solving ability test in the form of 4 independent inquiry about
the description and learn as much as 32 statement. The data
analysis technique used to test the hypothesis are two
different test average and analysis of the response scale.
III. RESEARCH RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Based on the results of the test scores of
mathematical problem solving ability of students, the authors
classify into the criteria of test scores are presented in Table 1.
TABLE I
Score Criteria of Students’ Mathematical
Problem Solving Ability Test
Experimental Class Control Class
Class F % F % Notes
4 11% 0 0% very good
12 32% 8 22% good
20 54% 28 76% average,
enough
1 3% 1 3% less
0 0% 0 0% failed
Amount 37 37
Based on Table 1, it shows that 13 students in the
experimental class have reached KKM and 24 learners are
still below the KKM. While in the control class 7 learners
have reached KKM and 30 learners are still below the KKM.
66
2 
Learning using problem-based teaching materials requires
learners play an active role to find the material concept of
teaching materials to learn and build their own problem-
solving skills, so that they can build new knowledge and
develop thinking ability. This is in line with the theory raised
by Vygotsky (Rusman, 2014: 262) "intellectual development
occurs when individuals faced with a challenging new
experience, and when they tried to solve the problem raised".
Thus the experience of learners in solving every problem will
increase their intellectual development.
Based on the analysis of questionnaires Overall, the
average score obtained independence of learners whose
learning using problem-based teaching materials amounting to
65.49. This means that the independence of learners whose
learning is at moderate criteria. This looks at the obstacles in
the implementation of the learning takes place. As stated by
Imam, Sutari Barnadib (Fatimah, Enung, 2008: 142)
"Independence include behavior capable of initiative, capable
of overcoming obstacles / problem, have confidence and do
their own without the help of others". Barriers that occur in
the process of learning Problem Based Learning of them,
learners are still not involved or indifferent in the activities of
discussion, still find it difficult to convey their ideas, and the
students have not been confident and still need guidance when
presenting the results of their discussion.
IV. CONCLUSION
There is a contribution in the use of problem-based teaching
materials to the mathematical problem-solving ability. Self-
regulated learning of those who learn using problem-based
teaching materials is in the medium category.
REFERENCE
[1] Fatimah, Enung. (2010). Psikologi Perkembangan (Perkembangan
Peserta Didik). Bandung: CV. Pustaka Setia.
[2] Fogarty, R. (2002) Problem Based Learning and Other Curriculum
Models for the Multiple Intelligences Classroom. Australia: Hawker
Brownlow Education.
[3] Hamid. (2009). Kemampuan Dasar Mengajar. Bandung: Alfabeta.
[4] Hartono, Yusuf. (2014). Matematika Strategi Pemecahan Masalah.
Yogyakarta: GRAHA ILMU.
[5] Rusman. (2014). Model-Model Pembelajaran Mengembangkan
Profesionalisme Guru. Jakarta: PT RajaGrafindo Persada.
[6] Ruseffendi, E. T. (2010). Dasar-dasar Penelitian Pendidikan dan
Bidang Non-Eksakta lainnya. Bandung : Tarsito.
[7] Setiawan, Deni. (2007). Pengembangan Bahan Ajar. Jakarta:
Universitas Terbuka.
[8] Sumarmo, Utari. (2014). Kumpulan Makalah: Berpikir dan Disposisi
Matematik serta Pembelajarannya. Bandung: UniversitasPendidikan
Indonesia
 The influences of Vee Diagram on Animal Ecology Lab to Learning
Outcomes and Logical Thinking

Purwati Kuswarini Suprapto1)
1)
Biology Education Department, Faculty of Teacher Training and Education, Universitas Siliwangi
Email: purwatik1@gmail.com


Abstract. During this time the student is less understand the significance of animal ecology lectures, so that students are less
able to apply it in real of life. Animal ecology lecture consists of lectures and practicum. The purpose of this research is to
increase knowledge of animal ecology and logical thinking of students using the diagram vee on Animal Ecology lab.
Research method was quasi experiment. The study population was student of prospective teachers Biology at 6th semester
as much as 9 classes take courses Ecology animals, samples taken purposing sampling by 2 classes. This research was
conducted by using a diagram vee during practicum. Data obtained from the results of tests learning and logical thinking
using the Test of Logical Thinking (Tolt). Data processing with the T test using SPSS. The results showed that there was
influence using Vee diagram of the learning outcomes and logical reasoning and intellectual development of students.

Key words: Vee diagrams, animal ecology lab, learning outcomes, logical thinking.

I. INTRODUCTION certain stages and help students to find something new.

Studying the ecology is the study of interaction between
living things with their environment. Studying Ecology
looks like a simple and easy, but in fact most of the
students do not understand the essence of the subject. This
animal ecology courses divided into two activities, namely
lectures and practicum. Nevertheless often students do not
understand the meaning and less can be applied in
everyday life. It demonstrated an average yield of the final
value of animal ecology course that is still less than
expected, but it was shown as well as a report or essay
writing process generally results of studies on the ecology
is still not quite right. Animal Ecology learning outcomes
that have been achieved biology student, biology teacher
candidates on average in 2012 was 63 and in 2013 was 66.
Of these learning outcomes is still below expectations.
Students are less able to apply in everyday life, particularly
with regard to the phenomena of nature and conservation.
Intellectual development of students is very important
to know, in order to provide learning in a proper way. Tolt
measurement results still indicate the level of intellectual
development of students of biology, at the stage of concrete
still above 50% (Suprapto 2012). Student is supposed to
have the intellectual development of formal operational
(Piaget, 1964). This indicates that the student is actually
some still difficult to learn abstract. So that there should be
an improvement in the learning activities.
Vee diagram is one way to organize the process of
solving an interesting problem. This chart has been
developed but has not seen its potential as an organizing
model of project based learning in the classroom. Use of
the Vee diagram is intended to help the learning process
using the graph to build knowledge. It can help
communication between a research associate. Through
graphs, students can establish communication through
Students are able to understand where to position them in a
process and how to continue making progress. Hapsari D.
P, Suciati S, and Marjono (2012) research results, showed
that the learning activity using Vee diagrams can improve
cognitive ability, affective and psychomotor. For teachers,
the use of Vee Diagram as a graphic guide to explain the
instructions on the research process. These charts provide a
structure to direct and discuss the process, an important
value for communications and a useful structure
arrangement. Activities stages of learning using Vee
diagrams can develop scientific capability.
II. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
This research method is quasi experiment. The
population is the sixth semester students who take courses
ecology of animals in 2014 in Biology Education as much
as 9 classes at the university. The university is located in a
small town in West Java. Students entering the university is
not through a rigorous selection. The sample was taken
purposively as much as two classes, for the treatment and
control. Animal Ecology lecture is divided into two
activities, namely in classroom lectures and laboratory
experiments. Lectures in class implemented before the
practicum, by the method of presentation, discussion and
question and answer, while the lab is done as follows: 1.
practicum model used is Project Based Learning (PjBL) 2.
The media used is vee diagrams.

67
 vee
control .133 26 .200* .971 26 .638
*. This is a lower bound of the true significance.
a. Lilliefors Significance Correction

Number on the Shapiro-Wilk column Sig. for the value of

the class (using Vee Diagram) is 0.122 which is above 0.05
(x <0.05), then Ho is accepted, it means that the sample
comes from a normal distributed population. Similarly, the
numbers in the column Shapiro-Wilk Sig. for the value of
the class without the Vee diagram is 0.638 which is above
Fig. 1. Vee Diagram (Novak, J.D & D. Gowin, 1985) 0.05 (x> 0.05), then Ho is accepted, it means that the
sample comes from a normal distributed population.
Gowin’s Vee showing 12 epistemological elements Guidelines for decision-making is if significant value
operating in the construction of knowledge or in an <0.05, then reject Ho and vice versa if the significance
analysis of a unit of knowledge. 3. The study was value> 0.05 then accept Ho.
conducted in 6 sessions 4. The material covered during the Group Statistics
course of a study are: individual, population, community Kelas N Mean Std. Std.
and ecosystem Lectures on class control and treatment Deviati Error
classes held together, but the control class, practicum does on Mean
not use vee diagrams. Practicum conducted in accordance Nilai diagr 36 21.94 2.858 .476
with the instruction manual lab work. Learning outcomes vee
data collection techniques implemented based on the control 26 19.73 2.290 .449
results of cognitive tests and then the data is processed
using T test with SPSS. Data Logical thinking is measured
Table Group Statistics warned that the number of data /
by the results of the Test of Logical Thinking.
samples, the average result learning, and standard
deviation. The average grade in the class using vee
III. Research result diagrams (21.94) is better than control (19.73) also a
A. Cognitive Learning Outcomes standard deviation using a class diagram vee (2,858) better
Cognitive learning outcomes measured were the result than control (2,290).
of post-test, ie after the students following study of animal
ecology. Practicum is done by using project based learning
models with a scientific approach comes with a diagram
and without diagram vee vee as a control. The results are
the average post-test using vee diagram is 21.94, the
maximum score is 26 and the ideal score 30, while learning
without vee diagram obtained an average of cognitive
postes is 19.73, the maximum score of 24 (Tab.1).
Sig. column Levene's Test is 0.206 then the value sig.
TABLE I (0.628)> α (0.05), then Ho is accepted. Thus, both groups
Measurement of Cognitive Student Learning Outcomes have the same variance (homogeneous). The t-test is used
measurement v-diagram control for both sets of data derived from normally distributed
the average of 21.94 19.73 population, as well as two sets of data have the same
post test variance (homogeneous) so that parametric statistical test is
the maximum 26 24
score
then performed using independent t test. By using the
the minimum 14 15 computer program SPSS, data output is obtained as
score follows:
ideal score 30 30
standart deviasi 2,86 2,29

Normality test data were analyzed using SPSS software,

using the Shapiro-Wilk test, shows the following findings:

Tests of Normality

Kolmogorov- Shapiro-Wilk
Smirnova Therefore, these two numbers sig. (2-tailed) is below 0.05
Stats df Sig. Statis df Sig. (0.002 and 0.001), then Ho is rejected. This means that
there are significant cognitive achievement of students in
c c
the implementation of the vee diagram on animal ecology
diag .116 36 .200* .952 36 .122
courses.

68

Making skills Vee Diagram
Skills to diagram vee judged by the work of making
diagrams vee. Students create charts pembejaran vee
during the process and the results are collected. Task vee
diagrams created per student. Indicator assessment is a
question of focus, principles and concepts, objects or
events, notes or transformation, knowledge claims and
claim value.
and principles and identified, only a few were able to make
two types of relevant principles or concepts identified ,
d. The fourth assessment records or data transformation got
an ideal score of 2.3 and 3, meaning that the record or
transformation identified, but the transformation is not
consistent with the intent of focusing questions.
e. The fifth assessment is the claim of knowledge, students
gained an average of 2.2, while the ideal score is 4,
indicating that knowledge claims made included the
concepts used in the context improver or generalizations
are still largely in accordance with the notes and
transformation.
f. The sixth is the claim value assessment, the student gets
a score of 0.8, while the ideal score is 1, meaning that most
students are able to make a claim that is consistent about
the importance of the investigation, describes the use of
scientific knowledge claims for pure or implementation
effort.

Logical reasoning
Fig. 2 Student’s vee diagram
Reasoning students measured through Tolt (Test of Logical
Students create diagrams vee with 11 epistemological Thinking) (Tobin and Capie, 1981), a written test
element for constructing knowledge. consisting of 10 questions and consisted of 5 variable
TABLE II component of reasoning, namely the control variable,
The average Yield Assessment Vee Diagram Sheet Student proportion, correlation, probability and combinatorial
avera score reasoning.
ge ideal The results indicate that the logical thinking practicum
focus question 2.4 3 using Vee diagrams can improve logical thinking better. if
objects/ events 2.4 3 we look at each variable reasoning, then the lab using vee
prinsiples and concept 2.7 4 diagrams can increase the proportional variables,
Notes/Transformation 2.3 3
correlational, and combinatorial better (Tab. 3)
TABLE III
average 2.2 4 TOLT Post test results of students
value claims 0.8 1 reasoning item diagram control
variable no. vee (%) (%)
(Novak, J.D & D. Gowin, 1985). proportional 1 80,6 61,5
proportional 2 75 53,8
The results of the above assessment (Tab.2) can be control variable 3 2,7 3.8
explained as follows: control variable 4 0 0
a. The first assessment, the average value of the student probability 5 0 3.8
probability 6 0 7,7
making the focus question was 2.4, while scores ideal is 3, corelational 7 0 0
so that it can be stated that the students are able to make corelational 8 33,3 22,2
inquiries focus. Students are able to make inquiries combinatorial 9 72,2 57.6
identified, including the concept, showing large objects or combinatorial 10 44.4 15.4
events, or objects that are wrong and activities identified in
The level of intellectual development
relation to the laboratory. Results Tolt (Test of Logical Thinking) students are
b. The second assessment of sports and events, the average divided into three categories based on the stages of
student create objects and concepts is 2.4, while scores intellectual development Tolt score obtained by the
ideal is 3. This shows that the students are able to enter the students, which is the concrete operational stage of
great events and the accompanying objects identified, and development (score: 0-1), stage of development of
is consistent with the focus of the question, some suggest transitional (score: 2-3) and the stage of development of
operational formal (score: 4-10). Diagram vee inetlektual
what vee will be noted in the diagram.
affect the development of the students, as shown by the
c. The third vote on principles and concepts. The results of results of the intellectual development of concret smaller
student assessment in this statement gets the value of 2.7, operational and transitional phase and formal operasinal
while the ideal score is 4. It is clear at this stage most better (Tab.4).
students can only afford one of all the relevant concepts

69
 TABLE IV
Intellectual development phase of the students after
learning
Tahap Perkembangan diagram control
Vee (%) (%)
Formal operational 50 42.3
(4-10)
Transitional (2-3) 36,1 34.6
Concret operasional 13,9 26.9
(0-1)
IV. DISCUSSION
Vee diagram on lab animal ecology effect on
knowledge in this regard is the cognitive learning students.
Cognitive learning outcomes using Vee diagram showing
better results compared with the controls, as well as to
think logically, shown reasoning and intellectual
development.
Study and practical use vee diagrams, train students to
make statements about the conceptual and methodological
details and problem solving. Students design their own
model of practicum through Vee diagram components. The
components that have to be made in making the student is
the focus question Vee diagram, conceptually divided into
conceptual structure, concept and object (event), and the
methodology is divided into records, the data
transformations /interpretations, knowledge claims and
value claims.
Some components in the diagram vee requires students
to learn more seriously. The learning model used is project
based learning, forcing the students to design their own
courses, ranging from observations, make hypotheses,
collect data, analyze, evaluate to make conclusions. The
combination of a learning project based learning model
with Vee diagram on lab can stimulate students to think
and do much more active, because the student must
compile a component in the diagram vee forcing students
to make inquiries focus, conceptual structure, relationship,
developing the concept, and events.
In the methodology, vee diagram components which
must be produced by the students is a record, then
transform the data and then make claims to knowledge and
value claims. Activities in pembejalaran using vee
diagrams provide positive influence on cognitive learning
outcomes of students in the subject of Animal Ecology.
Sulun, YES. and EA. Sulun. (2009) conducted a study the
effect of the Vee diagram, the network lab in vegetables.
The results showed that the method of the lab network
diagram V plant on vegetables, showed better results.
Study the ecology must have a good knowledge and
have a good ability of logical thinking. Interaction that
occurs should be a logical relationship. The ability to
predict interactions that will occur in the ecosystem needed
a good logical thinking ability. Logical thinking is very
supportive in studying the ecology, especially in
correlating one concept to another related understanding
and conservation of natural events.
Results skill diagram vee systematic consisting of
components focus question, conceptually divided into
conceptual structure (thinking), concept and object (event),
70
and methodology (doing) is divided into records, the data
transformations / Interpretations, knowledge claims and
value claims good able to make students think and improve
learning outcomes and think logically.
From these results it appears that the student was
skilled in making the focus question, data / events, make
notes and transformation of data as well as the claim value,
but still not good on the principles and concepts as well as
knowledge claims. Improvement of skills should continue
to be implemented to get maximum results.
Vee diagram is heuristic and constructivism (Thiessen,
R., 1993), the inquiry and scientific Calais, GJ (2009), so
that Vee diagrams can develop the ability to think
logically. Lawson, Adi and Karplus (1979). said there are
five characteristics of reasoning formal, namely: (a)
identifying and controlling variables: define the
identification and control of the variables as students'
ability to identify the variables most appropriate, especially
in solving the problem, (b) the ability to think
combinatorics: the ability to think that combines several
factors later concluded as a result of the merger, especially
in solving problems, (c) the ability to think of correlation:
the ability to analyze problems by using relationships or
causal, (d) the ability to think of probability: This way of
thinking to solve problems through various trends
encourage students to explore the probability ( e) the ability
to think in perspective: as a proportion of problem-solving
skills and combine proportion to one another. Thus the
child at the formal operational stage using a fifth this way
in his reasoning.
Students use diagrams vee, looked develop better in
proportional reasoning and combinatorics, but the least
developed on correlational reasoning. Using vee diagrams,
control variables and probability reasoning does not
develop. Proportional reasoning is the ability to understand
the situation of the comparison. In the real world, this is a
major aspect of many everyday tasks. For example, making
a perfect cup of tea with the tea bag has been steeped
ensure for the proper amount of time and the correct
amount of sugar and milk added. Put the right amount of
detergent into the wash to the amount placed into the
washing machine. This reasoning has been growing since
early ie when the concrete intellectual development.
Nevertheless exercises for the development of proportional
reasoning remain to be implemented, as indicated by the
results of the study that the development of proportional
reasoning consistently better seen in a matter of no 1 and
no 2 (Tab.3) using vee diagrams. With a vee diagrams train
students to solve problems in proportion.
Bernoulli (in Batanero et. Al., 1994) describes the
combinatorics as art to mention all the possible ways in
which a certain number of objects can be mixed and
combined so as to ensure the results are possible.
According Batanero et. al (1994) which is included in
combinatorics are combinations, permutations, concepts,
formulas, sampling models, distribution models,
reimbursement and applications. The results showed that
learning using vee diagram combinatorics stimulate the
development of better reasoning compared with the
control. The activities of the event or designing
experiments, making the data transformation makes
inclusion in the form of knowledge claims and value claims
in the vee diagrams can help improve the ability of
reasoning combinatorics. Thus vee diagrams can assist
students in combining several factors for the solution of
problems encountered in everyday life.
Correlational reasoning is defined as the mindset of the
individual is used to determine the strength of the mutual
or reciprocal relationship between variables. Correlational
reasoning is the basis for the establishment of relations
between variables; The relationship allows for predictions
for scientific exploration (Lawson, Adi, and Karplus,
1979). Correlational reasoning in this study shows there is
a tendency to use vee diagrams better compared with
controls. Attributing activity on component relationships
and concepts to train students to improve correlational
reasoning abilities. Vee diagrams in this study can not
boost the ability of control variables and probability
reasoning, because it is not deep vee diagrams determine
vari- observation variable, and less to train students to seek
opportunities or any other possibility in solving problems.
Reasoning (reasoning) is a general concept that refers to
one of the thought process to come to a conclusion as a
new statement of some other statements which are already
known. Copi (1986) refer to a specific way of thinking
reasoning as to draw conclusions from premises. Piaget
(1964) provides an overview of the intellectual system of
children at developmental stages that describe the extent of
its reasoning, namely (a) the sensory motor (0-2 years), (b)
pre-operational (2-7 years), (c) the concrete operational (7-
11 years) and (d) formal operations (11 and over).
The results showed that the percentage of students who
are included in the lower concrete operational on student
learning using vee diagram (Tab.4). In the transitional
stage of development, students with learning vee diagrams
higher than controls. In the formal operational intellectual
development of students with learning vee diagrams higher
than controls. Thus, learning by using vee diagrams tend to
improve the operational stage of development of the
student.
Concrete operational development are: (1) Ordering,
namely the ability to sort objects according to size, shape,
or any other characteristic. (2) Classification, ie the ability
to name and identify a set of objects according to
appearance, size, or other characteristics, including the idea
that a series of objects can include other objects in the
series. (3) decentering, the child began to consider some
aspects of a problem to be solve. (4) Reversibility that
children begin to understand that numbers or objects can be
changed, then returned to its initial state. (5) Creation,
which understand that the quantity, length, or the number
of objects is not related to the arrangement or appearance
of the object or the objects. (6) Elimination of egocentrism,
ie the ability to see things from another's perspective (even
if they think the wrong way).
Formal reasoning includes the reasoning combinatorics,
correlational reasoning and proportional reasoning. Flavell
forward some characteristics of formal operational
thinking, namely: (a) the hypothetical deductive thinking.,
To formulate many alternative hypotheses in response to
the problem and check the data against each hypothesis to
make appropriate decisions. But he does not have the
71
ability to accept and reject the hypothesis. (b) think
proportionately, a child at the formal operational stage of
thinking is not limited to objects or events that concrete, it
can handle any statement or proportions that provide data
concrete. It can even handle proportion contrary to fact. (c)
combinatorial thinking. Thinking activities covering all
combinations of objects, ideas or proportions are possible.
(d) the reflexive thinking. Children in this period to think
as adults. He can think back on a series of mental
operations. He also expressed his mental operations with
symbols (Dahar, 1989). So that takes time and a
willingness that is high enough to learn to use vee
diagrams. Vee diagram is less structured than conventional
teaching methods. Vee diagram consists of a V-shape to
separate the theoretical / conceptual (idea) of the
methodology (perform) an element of the investigation.
Both sides are actively interact with one another through
the use of focus question (s) that are directly associated
with the event and / or objects (Alvarez & risks in 2007).
Vee diagrams can be used lab animal ecology. Activity
connecting between theory and work, as well as arrange the
elements in the diagram vee able meningkatkankan
knowledge and logical thinking.
V. CONCLUSION
The results of this study can be concluded that the ecology
lab animals using vee diagrams can affect:
a. Student results learning to be better
b. Thinking logically better students are divided into
logical reasoning student and intellectual development
of students, especially proportional reasoning,
correlational and combinatorics.
Vee diagrams can be used in animal ecology lab, students
are expected to apply ecology of animals in everyday life
with the correct logic.
REFERENCES
[1] Alvarez, MC., VJ. Risko . (2007). The Use Of Vee Diagrams With
Third Graders As A Metacognitive Tool For Learning Science
Concepts, Tennessee State University, malvarez@coe.tsuniv.edu
[2] Batanero, C., Juan D.G, and Virginia N-P., (1994), The Assessment
Challenge in Statistics Education. University of Granada:
http://www.stat.auckland.ac.nz/~iase/ publications/assessbkref
[3] Calais, GJ. (2009). The Vee Diagram as a Problem Solving
Strategy: Content Area Reading/Writing Implications, National
Forum Teacher Education Journal Volume 19, Number 3.
[4] Dole, S., (2013), Proportional reasoning, The University of
Queensland Australia :
http://www.proportionalreasoning.com/index.html.
[5] Hapsari, D. P, Suciati S, Dan Marjono (2012), Pengaruh Model
Inkuiri Terbimbing Dengan Diagram V (Vee) Dalam Pembelajaran
Biologi Terhadap Kemampuan Berpikir Kritis Dan Hasil Belajar
Siswa, Jurnal Pendidikan Biologi, 4 (3) :16-28
[6] Lawson A.E., Adi H. and Karplus R., (1979), Development of
correlational reasoning in secondary schools: do biology courses
make a difference?, The American Biology Teacher, 41, 420-425
[7] Novak, J.D. & Gowin, D.B. (1985). Learning How To Learn. New
York: Cambridge University Press.
[8] Sülün, Y , A. Evren, A. Sülün. (2009). The Effect of The Usage of
V-Diagrams on The Students Success in Biology Laboratory ,
Erzincan E␣itim Fakültesi Dergisi Cilt-Say : 11-2
[9] Suprapto, PK (2012), Pengembanagna Program Perkuliahan
Anatomi Tumbuhan berbasis Visuospasial melalui Representasi
Mikroskopis sistem janringan tumbuhan untuk meningkatkan
penelaran dan penguasaan konsep calon guru Biologi, disertasi,
Universitas Pendidikan Indonesia
[10] Thiessen, R (1993). The Vee Diagram: A Guide for Problem
Solving, Aims Newsletter, Mei- Juni.

72
 The Study of Learning Obstacle In Linear Equations and Inequalities One
Variable In Mathematical Learning In Junior High School
Eva Mulyani1)
1)
Mathematics Education, Siliwangi University, Tasikmalaya
E-mail: evamulyani14@ymail.com

Abstract: The purpose of this research is to identify learning obstacle in linear equations and inequalities in one variable,
knowing repersonalization on linear equations and inequalities in one variable concept, and design a teaching material to
overcome learning obstacle through didactical design research (DDR). This research uses qualitative research method. Data
accumulation technique in this research is through a test that is used to identify learning obstacle. Instrument in this research
are researcher and test instruments. The source of this research are students which have studied linear equations and
inequalities in one variable. They are students of class VIII and IX from SMPN 5 Tasikmalaya and students of class X from
SMAN 5 Tasikmalaya. Data analysis technique in this research is through analysis of student responses to the instrument
that is given, classify responses in some categories, analyze the cause of learning obstacle, and to connect the causes of
learning obstacle with learning theory to arrange beginning DDR. The research result are classifying learning obstacle into
four type. These are type 1 of learning obstacle (learning obstacle relates to linear equations and inequalities in one variable
concept), type 2 of learning obstacle (learning obstacle relates to procedure), type 3 of learning obstacle (learning obstacle
relates to problem solving), and type 4 of learning obstacle (learning obstacle relates to connection). Repersonalization result
on linear equations and inequalities in one variable and four design beginning DDR are to overcome four learning obstacle
which are identified, that type 1 of beginning DDR to overcome type 1 of learning obstacle, type 2 of beginning DDR to
overcome type 2 of learning obstacle, type 3 of beginning DDR to overcome type 3 of learning obstacle, and type 4 of
beginning DDR to overcome type 4 of learning obstacle.
Keywords: Learning obstacle, repersonalization, DDR
 
they change the problems in question into mathematics form,
I. INTRODUCTION such as what we know, what should we change into variable,
what operation will use in problems and solving process”. If
Mathematical disciplines holds important part in life.
students do wrong when make math models from question,
Mathematics can be used to solve problem systematically,
so it’s sure that settlement process is wrong too. Muchlis
creative, integrity, and discipline. Other than that,
(Mukhtar, 2013:1) said “a lot of students just memorize the
mathematics also can be used in other expert such as
material in mathematics, but can’t apply it in daily life”. It
calculus application in medical, trigonometry in civil
indicates that students get obstacle when using mathematics
engineering, probability theory in economics, linear
concept, one of which is linear equation and inequalities in
programming application in management, combinatorics in
one variable concept when solve daily life problems.
programming, algebra application in trade activity, etc.
As a teacher, encouragement to analyze student learning
Mathematics in the school are include algebra, geometry,
obstacles is one of element in teacher professional
trigonometry, and arithmetic. Orton (Suhartati, 2012:1) said
development that should be developed. It’s important for a
“… algebra is one of core math studying that is considered
teacher to has knowledge about student obstacle in learning.
difficult”. Because algebra is abstract mathematics concept.
It is according to Zevenbergen and Dole Wright’s opinion
One topic of algebra that difficult is linear equations and
(Herutomo, Rezky Agung and Tri Edi Mulyono Saputra
inequalities in one variable. It is important to be mastered by
2014:175) that “Good teaching involve knowledge teacher
students, because it is prerequisite topic if students want to
about consideration student towards a more complex
study next math topic, such as linear equations system in one
construction, complete, and strong with using organized
variable, quadratic equation, quadratic inequality, limits, etc.
activity, habit, and learning environment”.
Other than that, many problems in daily life that can be solve
Mathematics learning in the school, usually at the
using linear equations and inequalities in one variable
beginning, teacher present mathematic questions, then
concept.
demonstrate how to solve it, teacher ask student to solve
Fact that found by Wijaya (Suhita, Rintis 2013:2) that
exercises that is given by teacher or questions in textbooks.
“… found a lot of students who feels difficult to solve story
That’s learning process don’t make student become problem
question in linear equation and inequalities in one
solver, yet educate student become an imitator and just
variable…”. So we can conclude that a lot of student feel
answer the questions. The learning process is called copy
difficult to solve problem solving questions that is relating to
method by Koseki (Turmudi, 2010:28). According to
linear equations and inequalities in one variable.
Bransford, Brown and Cocking (Turmudi, 2010:28) in copy
Herutomo, Rezky Agung and Tri Edi Mulyono Saputra
method “… the student that just remembering fact and
(2014:174) said that “basic difficulty is did by students when

73
procedure without understanding, often they don’t feel sure
about when and how to use what they know and usually this
learning is weak.” So teacher shouldn’t use copy method
because this method won’t make student understand
mathematic concepts.
Suryadi, Didi (2010:6) opine that ideal learning process
for student is “mathematics learning process essentially is
same with mathematicians. The difference is that student
don’t find a new thing, yet just doing redepersonalization
and redecontextualization”. When doing repersonalization
and recontextualization, mathematicians is possibility to get
obstacles when finding mathematic concepts. Therefore, if
teachers do repersonalization and recontextualization, they
will make right teaching material to overcome obstacle
(learning obstacle) in learning process.
DDR is a teaching material project that can educate
students and compiled based on research about learning
obstacle in mathematic topics. Beside it can overcome
learning obstacle, DDR is also proven that can be positive
effect for mathematic creative thinking abilities. It’s the
same with Dewi Lestari research result in SMP Negeri 1
Manonjaya in 2012/2013, which said that “… there’s effect
of using didactical design in Missouri Mathematical Project
learning method (MMP), positive effects for mathematic
creative thinking abilities student…” (Lestari, Dewi 2012:1).
Mathematic topic in this research is linear equations and
inequalities in one variable. Through DDR, hopes student
won’t find the same obstacle in the next day, therefore based
on phenomenon and explanation above, researcher study
learning obstacle especially epistemological obstacle, then
conduct repersonalization material as reference to arrange
DDR to overcome learning obstacle in learning process.
II. METHODOLOGI
The purpose of research is to identify student learning
obstacle and formulize DDR as alternative solution to
overcome or to decrease learning obstacle which is
epistemology in linear equations and inequalities in one
variable. Researcher chooses qualitative research method.
Because “qualitative research is necessary to reveal
something that not revealed by qualitative researcher yet”
(Ruseffendi, E.T. 2010:66).
This research refer to Didactical Design Research
(DDR) step through qualitative research, case study, and
didactical design development. This research tried to reveal
phenomenon that happen in mathematics learning natural
conditions. Focus of this research is to identify learning
obstacle which epistemological. Learning obstacle happen is
caused by limited student knowledge in particular context.
The source data of this research were students who have
studied linear equation and inequalities in one variable topic.
This topic is one of topic that learn in first semester of
second grade of SMP. Therefore the source data of this
research were students in second and third grade of SMP and
first grade of SMA. To get data from students in second and
third grade of SMP, researcher did research in SMP Negeri 5
Tasikmalaya, while data in first grade of SMA was gotten
from SMA Negeri 5 Tasikmalaya.
74
III. FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION
In this research, test question that used was to identify
learning obstacle that was given for students VIII-A and IX-
A class in SMPN 5 Tasikmalaya and student in X-MIA-2
class in SMAN 5 Tasikmalaya. After identified,
epistemological learning obstacle found linear equations and
inequalities in one variable topic that:
1) Learning Obstacle Type 1
Learning obstacle type 1 related concepts in linear
equations and inequalities in one variable topic.
Concepts in this topic was including linear equations in
one variable, linear inequalities in one variable, and
equal form from linear equations and inequalities in
variable concept. It was seen from question no 1 that
they still couldn’t differentiate between linear
equations and linear inequalities in one variable and not
linear equations and inequalities in one variable. That
show that lack of understanding of students about the
topic.
Majority of respondents answer were them don’t
know that linear equations and inequalities in one
variable concepts. They assumed that linear equations
and inequalities in one variable is equations or
inequalities that has one variable and didn’t consider
the rank in the variable.
Dahar, Ratna Wilis (2006:62) in her book said that
“learning concept is result of main education”. It
instructs that in learning mathematics don’t give
formula directly cause it won’t make students
understand the concept. But, students should invite to
construct mathematic concepts together. It’s same with
Bruner’s opinion and construction theorem.
2) Learning Obstacle Type 2
Learning obstacle type 2 was relating to procedure
in resolve linear equations and inequalities in one
variable or to determine similar form from linear
equations and inequalities in one variable. It looks from
student answers in question no 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 that
still can’t solve linear equations and inequalities in one
variable questions. Even many students still couldn’t
operate algebra form.
 Majority of student answers is they’re sure that
similar linear equations and inequalities is compare
questions with choice answers if the form is quite
same, they state the choice is not similar with
questions. Then, they tried to solve it with algebra
operation, but some of them confront obstacle. The
students can solve the question but not pay attention at
the requisite that the result should found in a sets.
Whereas, they learn sets topic in VII class.
One of cause learning obstacle relate to procedure
in solving linear equations and inequalities in one
variable is students forget with principles that used to
solve it because they use no meaningful learning. So
student should change them style learning become
meaningful learning. It’s same with Dahar, Ratna Wilis
(2006:80) said that “knowledge that got with discovery
learning refer some kindness. First, the knowledge hold
out so long or long remembering or easy to remember
if just than with another way…”.
3) Learning Obstacle Type 3
Learning obstacle related to problem solving about
linear equations and inequalities in one variable. It
looks from student answers in questions no 5and 7 that
still can’t solve the problem solving questions because
they have obstacle with modeling into mathematic
sentences. One of question in the test is: a mother gives
money to Nina 100.000 rupiahs for daily utility. From
that money, Nina should set aside 20.000 rupiahs for
saving money. Besides that, every day she needs a
minimum of 12.000 rupiahs for her utility. Make
mathematic models from the problem and define how
long that Nina utility can be fulfilled?
Majority of respondents answer are students
experience obstacle related to problem solving
questions that should modeling into linear equations
and inequalities in one variable. This is because
students can’t solve problem solving questions with
various variation questions. So students experience in
learning mathematic is very less. Whereas in learning,
students should be given variation questions, in order to
the experience of learning is maximal. Besides that, in
learning process students are given opportunity to
submit ideas to solve a problem. It’s same with
Mukhtar’s opinion (2013:358) said “given chance for
students to read and understand problem that given
with teacher support as little as possible will bring
students to find ideas about description how to find
solution from the problem that given”.
75
4) Learning obstacle type 4
Learning obstacle is relating to connection linear
equations and inequalities in one variable with other
mathematic concepts. It looks from student answer in
questions no 6 and 8 who found difficulty to connect
linear equations and inequalities in one variable
concepts with geometry concepts. Whereas
mathematics are discipline science that contain
concepts one other interrelated. One of questions in the
test is: a beam framework model is made of wire with
length x 5 cm, width x 2 cm and height x cm.
If length of wire is not more than 132 cm, specify the
length, width, and height of beam?
Majority of student answered when solving the
question, they mostly answer that this question relate to
beam volume. Many thing that researcher found when
did repersonalization linear equations and inequalities
in one variable topic. When researcher rediscovered the
concept of linear equations and inequalities in one
variable, researcher should thoroughly examine more
deeply the concept of linear equations and inequalities
in one variable.
Example, x x 2x in the question looks the
questions are true statement or linear equations in one
variable because contain one variable to the power.
Initially, researcher feels confused to define that is the
question include into linear equations in one variable or
not. First, researcher define is that question include into
open sentences or closed sentences. Definition of
statement sentence is sentence that can define into right
or wrong. While open sentence is sentence that can
define right or wrong depend the variable changes with
suit value, so that become open sentence or otherwise.
Then x x 2x, this equation hasn’t constant, the
question is: is every linear equations permitted if
haven’t constant? To answer question like that,
researcher try to remind common form of linear
equations and inequalities in one variable is ax b 0
with a 0, through common form, researcher can get
conclusion that coefficient in linear equations in one
variable must no be zero, but constant may be zero.
This thing because there’s no rule said that con mayn’t
be zero. And then, in x x 2x, equations will have
many set completion because if we substitute any
number that will cause the equations become right
sentences. The question, is a linear equations in one
variable has more than one completion?. After explain
some study, researcher conclude that x x 2x isn’t
linear equations in one variable although the question
 look like linear equations in one variable. Because the
question is closed sentence, if variable is converted
with any number will be right sentence. In constant, in
fact it’s never mind if constant value is zero. If we look
in common form of linear equation and inequalities in
one variable ax b 0 must have constant. In linear
equations in one variable, should always have one
completion? The answer is yes, because in common
form define one variable the power of one with
coefficient should not be zero if summed with a
constant must be equal to zero, it means that the
completion is restricted. It’s same with in linear
inequalities in one variable concepts. But, researcher
finds difficulty when define symbols from inequality
sentences that used in daily life.
Besides linear equations and inequalities in one
variable concepts, researcher repersonalization to
similar concept in the topic. Example, a problem 2x
6 0, glance researcher knows that result of the
problem is -3. To specify the answer of the question,
usually researcher will add both sides with 6, then
next step researcher will multiple both sides with . If
we look, addition or multiplication always relate with
inverse in the question. The question, is to specify a
completion always through additions or multiplication
with the inverse? Then what happen if the question do
additions or multiplication but not with the inverse.
After do trial, prove that to specify a comletion from
linear equation and inequalities can’t do additions or
multiplications with not the inverse, but if it happen, it
just result another form of the linear equation and
inequalities in one variable. After researcher checked,
the result value don’t change. After identify some
learning obstacle that raise in mathematics learning and
repersonalization activity relating to linear equations
and inequalities in one variable topic. So next step,
arrange a DDR that can overcome learning obstacle
that raise. DDR is arranged become a material learning.
The problem present in material learning represent
some question level relating to learning obstacle when
learn linear equations and inequalities in one variable
topic, so students can get learning experiences when
doing the questions.
IV. CONCLUSION
Based on result research, processing qualitative data, data
analysis, and answer from research questions that occur in
VIII, IX class SMPN 5 Tasikmalaya and X class SMAN 5
Tasikmalaya, then following the conclusion are:
1. Learning obstacle that appear in linear equations and
inequalities in one variable divided into four type:
Type 1: learning obstacle related concepts in linear
equations and inequalities in variable.
Type 2: learning obstacle related procedural to solve
linear equations and in inequalities in one variable
questions.
Type 3: learning obstacle related problem solving about
linear equations and inequalities in one variable.
Type 4: learning obstacle related connection about
linear equations and inequalities in one variable topic.
76
2. Linear equations in one variable is open sentences that
is connected by equal sign (=) and just have one
variable to the power of one. Common form linear
equations and inequalities in one variable is ax b 0
with a 0. Completion of a linear equations in one
variable is substitute numbers from variable in
equations definition area that makes equations become
right statement. Equivalent equation (similar) is an
equations that have same completion. To specify
similar form from an equations can do with adding both
sides with same number and multiply with same
number. While linear inequalities in one variable is
open sentence that is connected by over than sign (>),
less-than sign (<), not equal with ( ), more than equal
to ( ), less than equal to ( ) and just has one variable
to the powers of one. Completion a liner inequalities is
substitutes from variable in inequalities definition area
that make inequalities become right statement. While
equivalent inequalities (similar) is an inequalities that
has same set completion. To specify form from an
inequalities can do with add both sides and multiply
both sides with the same number but if it is multiplied
with positive numbers, inequalities don’t change, while
if with negative numbers, it changes became opposite
sign.
3. Initial DDR linear equations and inequalities in one
variable which is based on identification learning
obstacle identified into four type.
SUGGESTION
Based on conclusion from this research, the following are
suggestions from researcher:
1. In the learning of linear equations and inequalities in
one variable, a teacher should arrange material learning
from any source in order that student comprehension is
unlimited in one context and adjusted to identification
learning obstacle.
2. In the learning needs variation question related to linear
equations and inequalities in one variable in order to
students have many learning experience.
3. In the development of material learning in linear
equations and inequalities in one variable needs to be
studied furthermore about formulating predictions
student answer.
4. Required testing for DDR that proposed. This thing is
to know that, is DDR proposed can overcome learning
obstacle or not.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
Thanks to the Institute of Research and Community Service
Commite of Siliwangi University who has provided funding
for this study.
REFERENCES
[1] Herutomo, Rezky Agung dan Tri Edi Mulyono Saputro.
(2014).”Analisis Kesalahan dan Miskonsepsi Siswa Kelas VIII Pada
Materi Aljabar”. Jurnal Ilmu pendidikan dan pengajaran.
(Juli).Semarang.
[2] Mukhtar (2013). “Pengembangan Bahan Ajar Matematika Berbasis
Masalah Untuk Memfasilitasi Pencapaian Kemampuan Penalaran dan
Pemahaman Konsep siswa”. Prosiding seminar SEMIRATA FMIPA
Universitas Lampung. Lampung.
[3] Suhartati. (2012).” Representasi Geometris dari Bentuk Aljabar”. Pembelajaran Matematika. Makalah Seminar Nasional Pendidikan
Jurnal Peluang. (Oktober ). Banda Aceh. Matematika. UNP
[4] Suhita, Rintis. (2013).” Analisis Kesalahan dalam Menyelesaikan [6] Turmudi. (2010). Pembelajaran Matematika Masa Kini Dan
Soal Cerita dalam Matematika”. Jurnal Pendidikan Matematika Kecenderungan Masa Mendatang. Bandung: FPMIPA UPI
STKIP PGRI Sidoarjo. (September). Sidoarjo.
[5] Suryadi, Didi dan Turmudi (2011). Kesetaraan Didactical Design
Research (DDR) dengan Matematika Realistik dalam Pengembangan

77
 The Function Of Language Game Used By Young People In Sorowako
Luwu Timur
S.A. Kurniah1)
1)
Universitas Indonesia Timur, Makassar, Indonesia
E-mail: mrs.suciayu@gmail.com

Abstract. This research is to describe the function of Bahisa Bila’-bila’ as the language game used by young people in
Sorowako. This research is a descriptive research by using quantitative approach. The research was conducted in two
locations: Sorowako Lama and Sorowako Baru. Methods used in collecting data are field notes, questionnaire and
interview. The number of respondents is 50 people chosen by random sampling and 5 informants chosen by purposive
sampling. The result of this research indicates based on their age, generally young people in Sorowako East Luwu use the
language game as a secret language. However, its function is different for male and female. Language game has function as
amusement for male speaker and for female speaker it is considered as language of community.

Keywords: function, language game, young people

percentage and the data gathered from interview and field

I. INTRODUCTION note were used to strengthen data from questionnaire. The
The using of language games as a youth language has questionnaire contains 13 items that are divided into 3
been popular in cross-linguistic study. It includes the categories: respondents’ personal information, respondents’
mechanism of distortion as well as the function is also knowledge about the language game and the use of language
interesting to investigate. Language game commonly used as game. By offering the items, the function of language game
a secret language however [3] points out that speakers use used in Sorowako Luwu Timur based on age and gender is
this speech disguise in daytime conversations for amusement, expected to be found.
and as a test of their ability to avoid or obscure direct
statements, especially in the presence of eavesdropping III. FINDINGS
kinsmen. In line with the research, [1] [4] stated that The finding of this research derive from the
language game has function in order to obtain questionnaire result; age and gender are generally
unintelligibility for the purpose of entertainment or to occurred. All the data are divided in to categories. The age
privatize conversations consists of 13 A1 = aged 10-15 years old (26%), 11 A2 =
In South Sulawesi, particularly in Sorowako, Luwu aged 16-20 years old (22%), 18 A3 = aged 21-25 years old
Timur, a kind of language game called Bahasa Bila’-bila’ is (36%) and 8 A4 = aged 26-30 years old (16%). The gender
still used by young people with special mechanism. Number of consists of 19 M = male (36%) and 31 F = female (62%)
studies about language game has been conducted in several regions without any factor divisions.
in Indonesia. Yet, Bahisa Bila’-bila’ is not deeply examined. TABLE I
Following the previous study about the mechanism and THE USE OF LANGUAGE GAME
the form of Bahisa Bila’bila’ by [6] , it is expected to obtain BASED ON AGE
more information about so called language particularly the
function for certain age and gender. Age of Do you use bahisa bila’-bila’? Total
Respondent
II. METHODS No Answer Yes No
10 – 15 4 2 7 13
The study is descriptive research using quantitative 16 – 20 0 7 4 11
approach to describe whether age and gender difference 21 – 25 0 18 0 18
contribute to the process of using the language. The research 26 – 30 0 5 3 8
was conducted in two locations: Sorowako Lama and Total 4 32 14 50
Sorowako Baru. The respondents of the research were chosen
using random sampling technique. The number of
respondents were 50 people with different ages and gender
and 4 informants were chosen by purposive sampling as
supporting data.
This study applies several methods of data collection,
such as field note, questionnaire and deep interview. In
analyzing data, data from questionnaire is analyzed by using

78
 TABLE II
THE USE OF LANGUAGE GAME
BASED ON GENDER What is the function of the language game based on
gender?
Gender of Do you use bahisa bila’-bila’? Total 14 F
Respondent
12
No Answer Yes No
10
Male 0 14 5 19
Female 4 18 9 31 8
6
4 32 14 50
4
2
Table 1 shows the use of language game based on age.
0
The table shows that the respondents who use bahisa bila’-
bila’ are A1 = 2 respondents (4%), A2 = 7 respondents
(14%), A3 = 18 respondents (36%) and A4 = 5 respondents
(10%). Meanwhile, the respondents who do not use bahisa
bila’-bila’ are A1 = 7 respondents (14%) and A2 = 4
respondents (8%) A3 = 0 respondents (0%) and A4 = 3 Male Female
respondents (8%) give no answer. Table 2 shows that there
are M = 14 respondents (28%) and F = 18 respondents
(36%) who use bahisa bila’-bila’ while M = 5 respondents IV. DISCUSSION
(10%) and F = 9 respondents (18%) do not use the language
This study indicates based on their age, the respondents
game and 4 others (8%) give no answer.
who use bahisa bila’-bila’ are mostly from the age category
What is the function of the language game based on 21 to 25 years old while the respondents who do not use the
age? language game are mostly from the age category 10 to 15
12 years old. So that, the data show the stronger evidence that
A1
10
the younger the young people in Sorowako, the less they
A3 recognize and use bahisa bila’-bila. Having analyzed the data
8 derived from both questionnaire and field note it indicates
6 that the language game is quite popular among young people
A2 over 15 years old and considered useful for disguising
4 message. It has contrary with the [2] who stated that language
2 game mostly used by older children and early teenagers as
A4 much for fun as for real secrecy. Furthermore it also shows
0
almost balance number of male and female in using bahisa
No Answer As a secret To amuse As Other
language language of situation bila’-bila’ as the language game in Sorowako Luwu Timur It
community indicates the language game is not merely used by specific
gender but it is used by male and female.
10‐15 years old 16‐20 years old
In addition, most of respondents at all age categories
21‐25 years old 25‐30 years old
choose the function of bahisa bila’-bila’ as the language
game in Sorowako Luwu Timur as secret language and as
The above data show that there are A1= 1 respondent language of community. Besides, the data show significant
(2%), A2 = 3 respondents (6%), A3=5 respondents (10%) and
different function of language game for male and female.
A4 = 3 respondents (6%) use bahisa bila’-bila’ as a secret
Mostly for male, the function of is to amuse while for female
language. There are A1= 1 respondent (2%), A2 = 3
the function is as language of community. It is in line with
respondents (6%), A3 = 3 respondents (6%) and A4 = 1
the previeous study of language game
respondents (2%) use bahisa bila’-bila’ to amuse people.
The data are supported by the result of the interview with
There are A2 = 4 respondents (8%), A3 = 8 respondents
informants. According to the interview with a female speaker
(16%) and A4 = 3 respondents (6%) use bahisa bila’-bila’ as
that the language to identify the people from Sorowako. The
language of community. Furthermore, there are A3 = 2
respondents (4%) use bahisa bila’-bila’ for other function person who uses the language is ascertained as someone who
and 13 others (26%) give no answer. is originally from Sorowako. Another supporting data from
Based on gender of respondents, the data show that there interview got from the male speaker that the language game
are M = 4 respondents (8%) and F =8 respondents (16%) who is for fun in order to make people laugh. The result of this
use bahisa bila’-bila’ as a secret language, M = 7 respondents study supports [5] using these special languages as means of
(14%) and F= 1 respondent (2%) use bahisa bila’-bila’ to identifying with a special group, for fun or to prevent others
amuse, M = 2 respondents (4%) and F = 13 respondents from knowing what is being said.
(26%) use bahisa bila’-bila’ as language of community, M =
2 respondents (4%) use bahisa bila’-bila’ for other functions
and 13 others (26%) give no answer.

79
 V. CONCLUSION
The language game in Sorowako Luwu Timur is mostly male, the function is to amuse and for female it is used as
used by young people, male and female over 15 years old and language of community
no more recognized by teenagers below 15 years old.
Generally they use it to disguise message or as a secret
language wherever they meet whether in Sorowako or in
other regions outside Sorowako. However, the function of
bahisa bila’-bila’ based on gender is different. Generally for

REFERENCES
[1] Bagemihl, B. Language games and related areas. In John
A. Goldsmith (ed.) The handbook of phonological theory.
Oxford: Blackwell. 1996
[2] Blake, B. Secret Language. New York: Oxford University
Press Inc.,2010
[3] Conklin, H. Tagalog Speech Disguise. Language 32, 136-
39. 1956.
[4] Davis, S. Language games. The Encyclopedia of Language
and Linguistics. Oxford:Pergamon Press. p.p. 1980-1985.
1993.
[5] Fromkin, V. et al. An Introduction to Language. New
York: Ward worth. 2003
[6] 199 -ICEST- SP.
[7] Kurniah. S.A. The Study of Form and Mechanism of Bahisa
Bila’bila’ The Language Game Used by Young People in
Sorowako Luwu Timur. Paper. 2017

80
 THE SALIVARY il-1β AS PERIODONTAL DISEASE
DIAGNOSTIC MARKER

Nila Kasuma1) Dewi Muarofah2) Eryati Darwin1)

1)
Fakultas Kedokteran Gigi, Universitas Andalas
E-mail: nilakasuma10@gmail.com

Abstract. Periodontal disease is preceeded from gingivitis, if not treated appropriately this inflamation disease will be
worse . It turns into periodontitis . more severe . Periodontitis is characterized by loss of tissue attachment and alveolar
bone destruction. Interleukin-1β (IL-1β) is one of the main cytokines related to pathology of inflammatory and
potentially stimulate bone resorption. Saliva is oral fluid that may reflect the levels of IL-1β as a biological marker of
inflammation in periodontal disease. The purpose of this study was to determine the difference between the levels of IL-
1β GCF contained in the present in saliva . Samples have as many as 54 people, divided into three main groups, 18
patients with mild gingivitis, 18 with mild periodontitis patients and 18 healthy controls with ages ranging between 17-
45 years. Unstimulated whole saliva were collected, then IL-1β levels were measured using ELISA. The average levels
of IL-1β contained in saliva by Ramfjord PDI group has significant difference (p <0.05). There are differences between
the levels of IL-1β contained in saliva on healthy group, mild gingivitis, and mild periodontitis.

Keywords: saliva; interleukin-1β; periodontal disease.

I. INTRODUCTION Circulating substances have been detected at elevated

Oral health can affect the body systemically. Periodontal
disease is oral disease which ranked the second most
suffered by the population of the world. According to the
Centers of Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) - The
American Acad¬emy of Periodontology (AAP)
approximately 47.2% of the US population aged 30 years
and over with periodontitis with early periodontitis 8.7%
distribution, 30% moderate periodontitis and 8.5% severe
periodontitis (Eke et al., 2012). In the city of Padang,
gingivitis ranks second after the pulp disease as many as
6808 cases [1]. The high rate of periodontal disease is
caused by the poor oral hygiene, the boundary between the
causes of gingivitis to periodontitis is not clear and the
clinical symptoms of chronic gingivitis is often painless so
that individuals are not aware of their disease (Lang et al.,
2009).
Clinical parameters such as probing depth, attachment
level, bleeding on probing, plaque index, and radiographic
assessment of alveolar bone loss provide information on the
severity of periodontitis but they do not measure disease
activity, whereas microbiological tests, analysis of host
response, and genetic analyses have been proposed in an
effort to monitor and identify patients at increased risk for
periodontitis.[2]
Saliva is a useful diagnostic fluid for periodontal diseases.
Observing salivary biomarkers for oral and systemic
diseases could become an important complement to clinical
examinations in preventing periodontal disease in early
stage.[3]
levels in gingival crevicular fluid and whole saliva of
patients who have periodontal disease, making them putative
biomarkers of the disease. Periodontal pathogens activate
host cells to produce pro-inflammatory mediators and
cytoplasmatic enzymes which, in turn, promote the
destruction of periodontal tissues. The release of the
inflammatory cytokine, IL-1β to periodontal tissues is higher
in the areas with inflammation [4]. The cytokine interleukin-
1b (IL-1b) is a key mediator of the inflammatory response.
Essential for the host-response and resistance to pathogens,
it also exacerbates damage during chronic disease and acute
tissue injury. [5]
The aim of this study is to find the difference of salivary
IL-1β level on periodontal disease.
II. MATERIAL AND METHOD
This study is an analytic observational with cross
sectional comparative, the dependent and independent
variables were examined in the same time. Location of the
research conducted at the Regional General Hospital dr.
Rasidin Kota Padang and Biomedical Laboratory Faculty of
Medicine, University of Andalas. Research proposal was
attached to Ethics Committee of the Faculty of Medicine,
University of Andalas to established the ethical clearance.
The research was conducted for one year. Subject of this
study is those with mild gingivitis , mild periodontitis , and
healthy person base on clinical parameter ; Periodontal
Disease Index (PDI) which involved in Gingival Index (GI) ,

81
 Probing Depth (PD) and Clinical Attachment Loss
(CAL) . Sampling was done by consecutive sampling
method until the minimum quantity was met . There are 18
subjects in each group for mild gingivitis , mild
periodontitis , and healthy group . Subjects is 17 – years old
and willing to be respondent . The smoker, pregnant women ,
patients with diabetes melitus , and patients in periodontal
treatment must be excluded from this study .
Materials which is used in this study is saliva, Human
Interleukin-1β ELISA kit by ©Korain Biotech Co., Ltd,
China ; Cat. No : EO143Hu, phosphate buffered saline
solution, tweezer , excavator , explorer , dentist mirror ,
periodontal probe (UNC-15 by ©Osung), cheek retractor ,
cotton roll , Eppendorf tube 1,5 ml , cooler box contained
dry ice , Sentrifuge Thermo Scientific speed 3000 - 10.000
rpm, specimen refrigerator - 20 C - -80 C , specimen storage
box, Microplate Elisa reader (©Biorad) and Vortex
(©Blared) .
Before collecting saliva , subject was instructed to rinse
mouth with water for 30 seconds and expectorated. Subjects
were seated in an upright position, head slightly down and
not to swallow or move the tongue and lips during the
collection period. Saliva dripped from the left lower lip and
collected with eppendorf tube. Saliva was collected 1 ml
then placed in a plastic zip lock , sealed, then delivered to
the Biomedical Laboratory of Andalas University on the
same day by using a cooler box containing dry ice. Box was
stored in refrigerator in -80 C .
Laboratory tests was conducted in the laboratory of
Biomedical, Faculty of Medicine, Andalas University with
the best quality assurance and resources are competent in
their field. The laboratory tools has been calibrated by
following standard procedures on a periodic basis in
accordance with quality control system.
Data was analyzed with ©SPSS 17 software . T Test and
ANOVA were used to see the differenc e of IL - 1β level in
mild gingivitis , periodontitis, and healthy group .
III. RESULT
Table 1 shows that level of salivary IL-1β based on
Ramfjord PDI group is significantly different , with p< 0,05.
The lowest level of IL-1β was on the healthy group with x
± SD = 5918,86 ±1892,06 and the highest was on the mild
periodontitis group with x ± SD = 9791,42 ± 1578,20.
TABLE I
The Difference of salivary IL-1β level based on PDI Ramfjord group
Salivary IL-1β level
PDI-R
x ± SD
Healthy 5918,86 ±1892,06
Mild Gingivitis 7520,16 ± 2005,70
Mild Periodontitis 9791,42 ± 1578,20
*Note : IL-1β level in pg/ml unit
There is the significant difference of salivary IL-1β level
between the healthy group and mild periodontitis group ,
mild gingivitis and mild periodontitis group (p < 0, 05).
TABLE III
The Difference of salivary IL-1β level based on PDI Ramfjord group with
Post Hoc Bonferroni test
Salivary IL-1β level (p)
PDI-R Mild Mild
Healthy
Gingivitis Periodontitis
Healthy - 0,03 0,00
Mild Gingivitis 0,03 - 0,00
0,00 0,00 -
Mild Periodontitis
IV. DISCUSSION
Saliva, an oral fluid that contains an abundance of
proteins and genetic molecules and is readily accessible via a
totally noninvasive approach, has long been recognized as
the potential solution to the limitation of usual clinical
parameter [2]
The whole saliva samples could be collected by
stimulation using paraffin for mastication, or sour drops or
without stimulation. It is worth noting that, when stimulated,
it may be more diluted of biomarkers and therefore, not
suitable for detection. For this reason, unstimulated whole
saliva samples are often used in most cases of diagnostic
applications[6]
The majority of research reports of biomarkers and
periodontitis have used GCF as a sample fluid . However,
sampling of GCF is time consuming and only reflects
gingival inflammation at each specific site sampled. The use
of saliva to measure biomarkers offers several advantages
over GCF. As collection of saliva requires no specialized
equipment or techniques, it is faster and more convenient for
the patient and the practitioner to collect. In addition, as
whole saliva represents a pooled sample with contributions
from all periodontal sites, analysis of biomar- kers in saliva
may provide an overall assessment of disease status as
opposed to site-specific GCF analysis [7]
A cross sectional study has investigated salivary
biomarkers specific for periodontitis, interleukin-1 beta (IL-
1ß), matrix metalloproteinase (MMP)-8 and OPG, a
glycoprotein. According to their reported results, increased
levels of MMP-8 and IL-1ß in saliva are related to a higher
risk of periodontal disease.[6]
IL-1ß stimulates variety of cell types to produce
connective tissue catabolic and bone rsorptive mediators ,
including IL-1 , IL-6 , TNF α, prostaglandin E2 , and matrix
metalloproteinase . These factors lead to the degradation of
P connective tissue such as collagen , along witth the
recruitment and activation of osteoclast . Much attention has
been given to the influence of IL-1 on bone turnover ,
particularly in pathlogic disease process such as periodontitis
0,00
[8]. Excessive IL-1b in both disorders accounts for increased
local blood flow, neutrophil infiltration and activation of
connective tissue turnover via stimulation of MMP secretion
from osteoclasts, fibroblasts and neutrophils[9]
IL-1ß has been identified in gingival crevicular fluid
(GCF) and saliva in elevated levels in numerous
investigations of periodontitis. Some of these studies have
also shown that the levels are related to disease
extent/severity and decrease with therapy. The levels of IL-
82
1ß in saliva elevated from periodontitis patients compared to
orally healthy individuals, and have shown a relatively stable
level of this analyte in whole saliva of healthy subjects over
time[10] . Study by Rathnayake shows that elevated salivary
levels of IL-1β and MMP-8 are significantly associated with
severe periodontitis compared to healthy controls [11]. The
result of study by Ng conclude that IL-1b and osteonectin
were the only two biomarkers studied that were significantly
correlated with bone loss score [7] . IL-1ß is also prominent
in periodontal tissue and gingival crevicular fluid of patients
with periodontitis and is stimulated in a variety of resident
and immune cells by components of oral bacteria [9].
V. CONCLUSION
There are differences between the levels of IL-1β
contained in saliva on healthy group, mild gingivitis, and
mild periodontitis. The levels of IL-1ß in saliva elevated
from periodontitis patients compared to orally healthy
individuals.
REFERENCES
[1] Dinas Kesehatan Kota Padang, “Profil Kesehatan
Tahun 2013,” pp. 1–117, 2014.
[2] P. Patil and B. Patil, “Saliva: A diagnostic biomarker
of periodontal diseases,” J. Indian Soc. Periodontol.,
vol. 15, no. 4, p. 310, 2011.
[3] S. C. Patel, “Using Saliva as a Biomarker for
Periodontal Disease-Literature Review,”
JPharmSciBioscientificRes, vol. 5, no. 2271, pp.
508–514, 2015.
[4] S. Reina, F. Hoyos, N. Carranza, and E. Borda,
“Oral Biology and Dentistry Salivary inflammatory
mediators and metalloproteinase 3 in patients with
chronic severe periodontitis before and after
periodontal phase I therapy,” Oral Biol. Dent., vol. 1,
83
no. 3, p. 8, 2013.
[5] G. Lopez-Castejon and D. Brough, “Understanding
the mechanism of IL-1?? secretion,” Cytokine
Growth Factor Rev., vol. 22, no. 4, pp. 189–195,
2011.
[6] M. Paknjad and A. Rezaei, “SALIVARY
BIOCHEMICAL MARKERS OF
PERIODONTITIS,” vol. 146, pp. 129–146, 2013.
[7] P. Y. B. Ng, M. Donley, E. Hausmann, A. D. Hutson,
E. F. Rossomando, and F. A. Scannapieco,
“Candidate salivary biomarkers associated with
alveolar bone loss: Cross-sectional and in vitro
studies,” FEMS Immunol. Med. Microbiol., vol. 49,
no. 2, pp. 252–260, 2007.
[8] J. a Boch, N. Wara-aswapati, and P. E. Auron,
“Interleukin 1 signal transduction--current concepts
and relevance to periodontitis.,” J. Dent. Res., vol.
80, no. 2, pp. 400–407, 2001.
[9] H. E. Barksby, S. R. Lea, P. M. Preshaw, and J. J.
Taylor, “The expanding family of interleukin-1
cytokines and their role in destructive inflammatory
disorders,” Clin. Exp. Immunol., vol. 149, no. 2, pp.
217–225, 2007.
[10] J. L. Ebersole, R. Nagarajan, D. Akers, and C. S.
Miller, “Targeted salivary biomarkers for
discrimination of periodontal health and disease(s),”
Front. Cell. Infect. Microbiol., vol. 5, no. August, p.
62, 2015.
[11] Salivary biomarkers -. 2014.
 Urgency Legal Aspects of Growth Information Technology In Indonesian
Hardianto Djanggih1,2, Hambali Thalib3, Hamza Baharudin4, Nurul Qamar5
1
Doctoral Student in Departement of Law, Muslim Indonesia University, Makassar, South Sulawesi, Indonesia
2
Faculty of Law, Tompotika University,Luwuk, Central Sulawesi Indonesia.
Corresponding Author e-mail: hardianto_djanggih@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. The Growth in information technology are the implications for human life. information technology can bring
benefits to humans and may also have an effect. one effect is the cyber crime. Therefore, we need regulation to address the
development of information technology. Regulation is needed as the state's responsibility to protect its citizens from the
aspect of life. In Indonesia birth of regulation of information technology starting with the enactment of Law No. 11 of 2008
on Information and Electronic Transactions. However, in the growth of the Act are experiencing changes were very
significant.

Keywords: Growth, information techmologi, regulation

I. INTRODUCTION
Internet and information technology is a new
innovation in the last decade that affect human life (Hanim
2011). Since the turn of this century, the Internet has
become a general purpose technology that contributed
some $4 trillion to the world economy in 2016 and
connects nearly half the world’s population (Joseph 2016)
Security policy in the information age faces formidable
challenges (Salleh et al. 2016). Cybercrime is a crime type
produced from the development of Internet Nor are fears of
cyberwar abstract speculation (Sun, Shih, and Hwang
2015). Events such as the denial of service attacks against
Estonian and Georgian government websites, the Stuxnet
worm designed to disable Iranian nuclear centrifuges, and
the recent hacking of U.S. military computer networks
seem to indicate that the era of cyberwar has already
arrived.(Erik Gartzke 2013) A need arose for the
enactment of specific cyber legislation to address
cybercrime”(Cassim 2010).
Indonesia with a constitutional state, based on the
amendment Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia
1945, Article 1 (3): “The State of Indonesia shall be a
contotutional state”(Indonesian 2002). Thus, the presence
of information technology, Indonesia has legislate
regulations governing information technology by Act No.
11 of 2008 on Information and Transactions. However, the
presence of the law has not been able to answer the
problem of information technology today.
BACKGROUND
Background description above, the author of this article
studies focusing on Legal Aspects of growth Information
Technology in Indonesian.
II. METHODOLOGY
This study uses the methodology of normative law, by
analyzing the legal facts about the development of
information technology today.
III. RESULT
The survey results Users Association of Indonesian
Internet Service (APJII) was released in November 2016,
132.7 million people Indonesia has been connected to the
internet from a total population of Indonesia as much as
256.2 million people.
The Secondary data from the 2016 Survey APJII.
The results of internet users survey to update the data is
the highest percentage is 25.3%, and the lowest percentage
for entertainment is 8.8%.(APJII 2016) The survey results
of APJII analogous with the opinion of Carlos A.
Rohrmann, etc. He said that "the data can be retrieved
anytime and anywhere through simple devices such as
smartphones”(Rohrmann and Cunha 2015).
Security policy in the information age faces formidable
challenges (Cello 2013). One of the great regulatory
challenges of the Internet era—indeed, one of today’s most
pressing privacy questions—is how to define the limits of
government access to personal data stored in the cloud
(Woods 2016).
The use of computers and the internet involving almost
all aspects of our daily life. (Uma and Padmavathi 2013).
Interpret law violations computer raises an important new
twist (Kerr 2017). Cermati Kenichi ohmae said the
information technology raises implications and problems
that need legal arrangements, including security (security)
(Budhijanto 2014).

84
 In Indonesia, have legislate the regulation No. 11 Year
2008 on Information and Electronic Transactions (UU
ITE) is a response to the presence of a new era of
information technology. However, the existence of UU
ITE has made changes through the decision of the
Constitutional Court (MK).
Changes UU ITE through the Constitutional Court
Decision No. 20/PUU-XIV/2016, dated June 22, 2016.
through Judicial Review Novanto, with Amar Decision to
grant changes of several articles, including Article 5 (1)
and (2) and Article 44 of Law ITE NRI considered
contrary to the Constitution of 1945.(Mahkamah Konstitusi
2016)
Through Amar Constitutional Court Decision No.
20/PUU-XIV/2016 Article 5 (1) and (2) and Article 44
NRI declared contrary to the Constitution of 1945. The
Court stated that the ruling of the number 1 (1.1) The
provision of Article 5 paragraph (1,2) and Article 44 is
contrary to the Constitution NRI 1945 to the extent not be
interpreted as evidence conducted within the framework of
law enforcement at the request of the police, the Public
Prosecution, and / or other law enforcement institutions
established by law as stipulated in Article 31 paragraph (3)
UU ITE. The verdict dictum corroborated by verdict
number 1 (1.2) The provision of Article 5 paragraph (1.2)
and Article 44 of the EIT Law has no binding legal.
Linkages with the decision of the Court, that the Court
is the court of first instance and the last. It is referred to in
article 24 paragraph (1) NRI Constitution of 1945. The
authority of the Constitutional Court as the sole interpreter
of the Constitution NRI 1945 decision is final and binding
- meaning that the decision taken by the Court - not to do
legal remedy, both general remedies and
extraordinary.(Fauzan 2009). So, to do Implications of
Constitutional Court Decision No. 20 / PUU-XIV / 2016
against the articles of the proposed judicial review is no
longer valid.
In progress of regulation that arrange growth of
information technology, Indonesia Goverment legislate
Regulation No. 19 of 2016 about amandement of
regulation No. 11 of 2008 about information and electronic
transaction.
Observe to the explanation inception of regulation
No.19 of 2016 in the third paragraph said that regulation
No. 11 of 2008 about Information and Electronic
Transactions (UU ITE) is the first regulation in the part of
Information Technology and Electronic Transaction as a
new legislation is needed and has been became pioneers
who laid the basic settings in the field of the use of
Information Technology and Electronic Transactions.
However, in fact, the implementation of UU ITE have
problems.
General requirements in the problem means that there
are four importaint reason, one of the reason is the
regulations have been proposed several times for the
materiil test in Constitutional Court by the Constitutional
Court Decision No. 50 / PUU-VI / 2008, No. 2 / PUU-VII /
2009, No. 5 / PUU-VIII / 2010 and No. 20 / PUU-XIV /
2016.
85
Amandement of regulations associated with the
principles of the law such as the principles of Lex
Posteriori Derogat Legi Priori (New Regulations
disregard old regulations), so the provisions prearranged
in regulations No. 11 of 2008 about information and
electronic transaction such as in this principle doesn’t
apply anymore and applicable provisions of the new
regulations as stipulate in regulation No. 19 of 2016 about
amandement og regulations No. 11 of 2008 about
information and electronic transaction
IV. CONCLUSSION
Regulations governing of the Growth information
technology in Indonesia has significant changes. Begining
the appearance of regulations No. 11 of 2008 about ITE as
early milestone in the growth of law information
technology in Indonesia its presence has not been answered
the problems. The reason of dynamic growth of
information technology is growing quite rapidly UU ITE
has done Judicial Review in the Constitutional Court. So
with the government law on political developments in
information technology response regulations of (No.11 of
2008) amended regulations of No. 19 of 2016.
REFERENCE
[1] APJII. 2016. “Penetrasi Dan Perilaku Pengguna Internet
Indonesia.”
file:///C:/Users/R11/Downloads/15XhPI3isVcBvwl9GCnQD8zq6y
WAFa (1).pdf.
[2] Budhijanto, Danrivanto. 2014. “Peran Hukum Telekomunikasi
Terhadap Implikasi Konvergensi Teknologi Informasi Dan
Komunikasi.” Jurnal Dinamika Hukum, Purwokerto: Fakultas
Hukum Universitas Jenderal Soedriman 14 (1): 134–50.
[3] Cassim, Fawzia. 2010. “Addressing the Challenges Posed by
Cybercrime: A South African Perspective.” Journal of
International Commercial Law and Technology 5 (3): 118–23.
[4] Cello, Lucas. 2013. “The Permanence of Inconsistency.”
International Security 38 (1): 7–40. doi:10.1162/ISEC.
[5] Erik Gartzke. 2013. “The Myth of Cyberwar Bringing War in
Cyberspace Back Down to Earth.” International Security 38 (1):
137–59. doi:10.1162/ISEC.
[6] Fauzan, Muhammad. 2009. “Terobosan Hukum Mahkamah
Konstitusi (Analisis Tentang Putusan MK Nomor : 41/PHPU . D-
VI/2008).” Jurnal Dinamika Hukum, Purwokerto: Fakultas Hukum
Universitas Jenderal Soedriman 9 (1): 1–10.
[7] Hanim, Lathifah. 2011. “Keabsahan Perjanjian Dalam Perdagangan
Secara Elektronik ( E-Commerce ) Di Era Globalisasi.” Dinamika
Hukum, Purwokerto: Faultas Hukum Universitas Jenderal
Soedirman 11 (Khusus): 59–67.
[8] Indonesian, Republic of. 2002. “The 1945 Constitutional Of The
State Of The Republic Of Indonesia.” In , edited by
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, 1:1–30. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
doi:10.1017/CBO9781107415324.004.
[9] Joseph S. Nye Jr. 2016. “Deterrence and Dissasion in Cyberspace.”
International Security 41 (1): 44–71. doi:10.1162/ISEC.
[10] Kerr, Orin S. 2017. “Norms of Computer Tresspass.” Columbia
Law Review 116 (4): 1143–83.
[11] Mahkamah Konstitusi, Republik Indonesia). 2016. Salinan Putusan
Mahkamah Konstitusi Nomor: 20/PUU-XIV/2016 1–105.
[12] Rohrmann, Carlos A., and Juliana Falci Sousa Rocha Cunha. 2015.
“Some Legal Aspects of Cloud Computing Contracts.” Journal of
International Commercial Law and Technology, Denmark:
International Association of IT Lawyers Vol. 10 (Issue 1): 37–45.
[13] Salleh, Nurhashikin Mohd, Siti Rahayu Selamat, Robiah Yusof,
and Shahrin Sahib. 2016. “Discovering Cyber Terrorism Using
Trace Pattern” 18 (6): 1034–40.
[14] Sun, Jia Rong, Mao Lin Shih, and Min Shiang Hwang. 2015. “A
Survey of Digital Evidences Forensic and Cybercrime Investigation
 Procedure.” International Journal of Network Security 17 (5): 497– Security 15 (5): 390–96.
509. [16] Woods, Andrew Keane. 2016. “Against Data Exceptionalism.”
[15] Uma, M., and G. Padmavathi. 2013. “A Survey on Various Cyber Stanford Law Review 68 (April): 1–65.
Attacks and Their Classification.” International Journal of Network

86
 Local Wisdom Culture Of Bugis-Makassar In Legal Perspective

Nurul Qamar1), Baharuddin Badaru2, Aan Aswari3),

Faculty of Law, Universitas Muslim Indonsia
email: aanaswari@umi.ac.id

Abstract. The content of the past is shrouded values that must be explored and picked essence, therefore having summon
bonum which can be used as a light in the soul, and the lamp life and torch lights when a nation facing with crises lawless
overcast condition. This article examines the culture of the Bugis-Makassar as a nation, race, ethnicity and there is even
referred to it as a nation (a nation To Ogi / Ugi-Mangkasara). The results showed that the values of wisdom in the law
and in the Bugis Makassar culture is "Siri". The values of wisdom about the laws that need to be explored, exposed and
turned on in order to be used as a torch shining moment this nation degraded or experience in the overcast condition
behave in accordance with the law.

Keyword: Wisdom, Culture, Buginese-Makassar.

I. INTRODUCTION cultural values so that etched inside the souls in depth

In the perspective of the legal system, the study of
customary law and living law is an effort to better know the
system or parts of other laws that have been inherited from
Indonesia, namely the continental law system or the civil
law.[1]
One value system became urgent in studies of law is a
culture (culture). Therefore, Friedman in constructing a
theory of "The Legal System" has put the cultural element
as one of the other two elements as an element of the legal
system becomes a very important observation. Why entity
Questioning culture is considered important in the legal
issues and government? The answer due culture as a
product of humans civilization era have fundamental values
as local wisdom (locale wisdom) a community that can be
used as a measure of the identity of tribe, ethnic, national
of humans. So naturally when the culture is seen urgent in
each time confronted with the issue of law and government.
The character of a nation can not be separated from
cultural values.[2] Karl Von Savigny with its construction
"Volkgeist" law as a product of culture is the soul and heart
of the people in social communities. Law not created but
only formalized by the owners of the authority of all legal
authority when it is needed. Law was born, growth and
follow the dynamics of rhythm age of human (living law).
Karl Von Savigny with its construction "Volkgeist" law as
a product of culture is the soul and heart of the people in
social communities. Law not created but only formalized
by the owners of the authority of all legal authority when it
is needed. Law was born, growth and follow the dynamics
of rhythm age of human (living law).
Buginese and Makassar tribe many more inhabit the at
central zone of South Sulawesi. In this two tribes, almost
indistinguishable, because both adherents of Islam who are
obedient, in addition to the already occurred assimilation
through marriage. The main difference appears in the
language and cultural aspects specific typical owned by
communities in rural areas.[3]
The cultural value of Buginese-Makassar is a reflection
of the quality from value fundamental ethnic Buginese-
Makassar (South Sulawesi) with the intent, philosophically
(volkgeist) for humans Buginese-Makassar in history and
hopefully this time and future. So that today there are
traces of cultural nuances can be found in the region
Buginese-Makassar.
II. DISCUSSION
Law in Culture of Buginese Makassar Meaning
Salman B. Taneko said that the pattern of customary
law is a reflection of the way of thinking of a society,
which is a reflection of the perspective of a unified life
together into patterns of life together.[4] Terms of
customary law was first introduced scientifically by C.
Snouck, then in 1893, C. Snouck in his book entitled "De
Atjehers" mentions the term indigenous customary law as
recht (Dutch) is to give a name to the control system social
(social control) living in Indonesia Society. The term was
later developed scientifically by Cornelis van Vollenhoven,
known as an expert of Customary Law in the Netherlands
East Indies (before becoming Indonesia).[5]
Cornelis van Vollenhoven was the first declare idea of
the division of customary law. According to the
archipelago under customary law can be divided into 23
indigenous territories following: Aceh, Gayo and Batak,
Nias and surrounding areas, Minangkabau, Mentawai,
South Sumatra, Enggano, Malay, Bangka and Belitung,
Kalimantan (Dayak), Sangihe-Talaud, Gorontalo , Toraja,
South Sulawesi (Buginese / Makassar), North Maluku,
Maluku Ambon, Maluku South East, Papua, Nusa South
East and Timor, Bali and Lombok, Java and Madura (Java
coastal), Java Mataraman, and West Java (Sunda), while
according Gerzt originated American claimed that
Indonesian society has 350 cultural, 250 languages and all
beliefs and religion in the world found in Indonesia.[6]
Customary law is based on the values that live in each
of indigenous peoples. Achmad Sodiki claim that the
Customs have strong ties and effect in society. The binding
strength depends on the people who support the tradition,
especially its origin in a feeling of togetherness, idealism
and justice. It is hard to imagine that the customs although
maintained continuously, by itself will embody legal

87
certainty if there are rules have binding and regulate the
society lives of the present and future.[7]
In the reflection of Makassar Buginese people rule by
law habit by Ter Haar and Van Vollen Hoven, Supomo,
Soerjono Soekanto, Van Den Berg, etc., termed by
Adatrecht (Customary Law). In the movement of
civilization has got big strong effect of Islamic law as a
new religion that was followed in the range of the XVI
century, introduced by three Sheikh, Mufti of the Veranda
of Mecca (Aceh), famous with the name of Datuk Patimang
, Ribandang and Datuk Ditiro. 1605 Thursday night (Friday
night), Mangkubumi say Tallo kingdom creed as evidence
pledge embraced Islam as the official religion of the
kingdom Tallo. In the morning (Friday), the King of Gowa
pronounce sentence creed as a pledge also embraced Islam
as the official religion of the King and the King of the
Kingdom of Gowa subjects. The first Friday prayers held in
Butta tau Buginese Makassar.[8]
Gowa and Tallo later became royal twins into the
kingdom of Makassar, where the King of Gowa Makassar
holding the banner of Islamic kingdoms in spreading Islam
in the territories broadcasting Buginese Makassar.
Converted to Islam by the King and the totality of the
people of the Kingdom of Makassar, has resulted in
infiltration of Islamic law into the evolutionarily, so
gradually the Islamic law is accepted as The law for human
Buginese Makassar. The acceptance of Islamic law,
because Islamic law does not prohibit and eliminate
revolutionary , but that does not contravene with the Law
remains confirmed with the principle of customary law
nuanced, with nuanced Shari'a Kitabullah.[9]
In evolutionary been difficult to distinguish between the
Customary Law and Islamic Law. There are statements
about the customary law are laws that exist in society
Nusantara (Buginese Makassar), but also another statement
that is not customary law but is Islamic law. Figures
Netherlands colonial law argued that the law applicable to
indigenous Indonesia is the customary law (Van den Berg,
Snouk Hargronje). Legal figures for Indonesia, Hazarin
claimed contrary that the laws applicable to indigenous is
Islamic law. According to the Netherlands Islamic law
applies only once in reseptio into customary law, while
Hazarin argue to the contrary, that is precisely the
prevailing Islamic Law, customary law applies after
direseptio to Islamic law. Even the enactment of Islamic
law is on the voluntary submission of indigenous peoples.
The applicability of Islamic law in Bumi Nusantara
specially on Butta Tana Ugi Buginese Makassar, proven by
the practice of an Islamic social laws and institutions in a
broad sense, among others, the judiciary headed by Qadhi
(Islamic courts) by Colonial called indigenous justice
(Landraads). Along with the evolutionary development of
Islamic law in the area of Buginese Makassar, then around
the end of the seventeenth century in the region of
Sulawesi, Makassar Buginese child tana arrival of guests
who were not invited, that foreign nations Portugal,
England and Netherlands. Portugal English dominant
interests are economic, while the Netherlands in addition to
economic interests are also political interests. In realizing
its economic interests, the political interests must be
strengthened. Netherlands intends to annex the whole real
88
power to the political power and economic power, and
Netherlands made it a success.
Existence of customary law as a living law of Indonesia
increasingly marginalized. Customary law which was
originally a living law and is able to provide solutions to
problems in social life in Indonesia, is increasingly reduced
existence. Currently, the empirical reality is sometimes
more popping up various issues facing the indigenous
peoples of Indonesia when customary law biting with the
positive law.[10]
In the perspective of local wisdom Buginese Makassar
South Sulawesi, law enforcement has been exemplified by
the Grand Vizier Kingdom Sidenreng "La Pagala Nene
Mallomo" with a phrase that: Naiyatu Ade'e Temmakiane
Natemmakioppo.[11] The law must be enforced without
unpartiality, indiscriminately, as a token of appreciation for
the supremacy of law.
Bugis-Makassar is a clan, tribe, ethnicity and there is
even referred to it as a nation (a nation To Ogi / Ugi-
Mangkasara) are found to be inhabiting Sulawesi region
originated in the range of seventh century which was
originally a community such as clans, and then grow and
develop dynamically so have a history with the
accompaniment of the rhythm of the civilization of his time
in the past period the movement of growth until the present
time and future.
Buginese-Makassar made as terminological
representing (symbol), the representation of tribes, ethnic
found to inhabit the whole region Sulselbar as geographic
territories, consisting of four major ethnic groups,
Buginese, Makassar, Toraja and Mandar. According to the
Ila'Galigo, originally all from ethnic, tribal To Ogi
(Buginese), so we can say To Ogi / Ugi Luwu, Ugi
Mangkasara, Ugi Toraja, Mandar Ugi / Ugi Menrre '. That
is why the popular term of that century called merchant
from Buginese-Makassar.[12]
In the perspective of legal history, tradition and then
institutionalized into customary law then accumulates as a
general obligation of the community to respect, upholds
and enforce it as Pangadeereng (Buginese), Pangadakkang
(Makassar) was originally a common traditions
(assamaturusseng) then institutionalized or formalized to
gain legitimacy enforceability and enforcement.
Legitimacy enforceability and enforcement of
customary law as stipulated in Article 18 B (2) Constitution
NRI 1945, recognition of customary law community unit
brings consequences (1) recognition of the unity of the
community customary law as an object of law, (2)
Recognition of the structure and governance government,
(3) the recognition of customary law, (4) Recognition of
the rights of property including customary rights.[13]
Juridical construction built by the Indonesian
Constitution 1945 concerning regulation The units of
Indigenous People placed on the Second Amendment in
Article 18B of the Indonesian Constitution 1945. Because
this setting have implied the recognition of indigenous
peoples. Regulation concerning Unity of Indigenous People
also present in Article 28i point (3), which states that
cultural identity and the rights of traditional communities
must be respected in line with the dynamics times and
civilization. Started from these provisions, it appears that
the recognition and protection of Indigenous People will be
constantly updated in accordance with the dynamics of the
times and civilization.[14]
The Values of Local Wisdom in Buginese Makassar
1. Meaning of Value
The cultural values of a community, ethnic group
is a local wisdom for the tribes that reflect the identity of
human beings. For tribes maintain their cultural values will
become a tribe for a respects their predecessor. making
cultural values inherited from its predecessor as the spirit to
build a nation equivalent to other nations. Not become a
nation of losers.
Value is the quality of anything beneficial in
accordance with the needs or interests of people, both
physically and spiritually. Value is an important study
discussed by philosophy, precisely the branch of
philosophy axiology field.
Louis O. Kattsoff, define axiology as a science
that investigates the essence of value, which is generally
viewed from the standpoint of philosophical. This
philosophy is one of the main branches of the three
principal branches of philosophy. The other two, namely
ontology and epistemology. Something is said to have
value if it beneficial from the perspective of humans giving
his judgment.[15]
Value is the quality from things. If someone claimed
painting was beautiful, it is a wonderful value is the quality
from the painting, not the object. Sizes from the quality of
it is useful or not for the sake of man, all from the benefit
for the outward or inward. Because it relates to human
interests, then the value is the quality that always wanted to
be realized.
2. Local Wisdom Culture Buginese Makassar (South
Sulawesi)
The cultural value of Buginese-Makassar is a reflection
of the quality from value fundamental ethnic Buginese-
Makassar (South Sulawesi) with the intent, philosophically
cultural values so that etched inside the souls in depth
(volkgeist) for humans Buginese-Makassar in history and
hopefully this time and future. The cultural values of the
local wisdom that formed from the people Buginese
Makassar.
People who develop characteristics of customary law
(communal, the strong bond between both members is due
to factors geneologis, territorial and territorial geneologis.)
That is called customary law communities.[16] Cultural
values are meant living in the Custom (Ade)
institutionalized or formalized with the Customary Law
(Ade'e) as mutual obligation upholds, respect and uphold
the selfless and unpartiality (Pangadereng). Ade'
Pangadereng guarded and human dignity in the form of
awareness of the dignity, respect and high self-esteem is
called "Siri".
Reviewing the Buginese Makassar human culture in the
past, in them are found the values that dwells wisdom of
the law and governance need to be explored, exposed and
turned on to give directions when the nation is degraded
and lawless for implementation the government.
89
Spirit to awaken the wisdom values in the field of law
and governance in Buginese Makassar culture is "Siri". Siri
not in the sense of shame, but the essence of Siri, the
dignity, pride and honor for humanity as from the people
individuals and communities, and implicit values of virtue
include:
a. Alempureng (Honesty),
b. Amaccangeng (intellectuality / scholarship /
intelligence),
c. Assitinajang (The Deserving / decency),
d. Agetengeng (Constancy in principle),
e. Reso / mareso (efforts earnest),
f. Warani rialempureng (brave in the truth),
g. Sabbara (Patience),
h. Asugireng (Wealth),
i. Sipakatuo (mutual support / help in goodness),
j. Sipatokkong (mutual building / prop),
k. Sipakainga / sipangengarangi (mutual remind /
advise),
l. Maali 'siparappe, Rebba' sipatettong (help each
other in difficulty and distress) and others.
With a well respected custom (Ade) and enforcement of
Customary Law (Ade'e) as Panngadeereng essence is Siri.
Therefore it is necessary to understand the meaning
Pangadeereng and Siri in the context of culture owner, ie
human Buginese Makassar. Cultural values have been
passed down through human civilization Buginese
Makassar is the law, which in Bugis Makassar known by
terminology Ade'e (Pangadereng) in addition to protection
jib is Siri and democratic system of government
assiturusseng (togetherness), elonamaneng taumegae
(general will / majority) , Tudang Sipulung (discussed),
taroi ada nataro gau (what has been spoken / decided then
that also is performing). Ade'emitu na to Tau. The act is
considered an important and valuable than anyone who do
it, Gau-gau’e lebi’ na Tau gaukengngengi.
Part of the character Buginese Makassar culture is
prioritizing actions than anyone who made it. A deed have
value than who created it. It was revealed by a statement: if
the position is not in place anymore, and an authority has
been misused, then the peace of life has been disrupted and
propriety have been threatened. If Buginese Makassar who
see reality like that, so it will be reminded in a string of
words of wisdom of their ancestorsare: Sadda
mappabati'ada, ada mappabati'gau, gau'gau’
mappabati'tau (Sounds realize the word, the word signifies
the actions, actions shows that human beings).
III. CONCLUSION
Wisdom Values in the Field of Law and Administration
Buginese Makassar culture is "Siri". Not series with the
meaning of shame, but Siri with a sense of truly, the
dignity, self-esteem and respect for humanity as a human
individual and community society, that it contains the
values of virtue. The values of wisdom about the laws that
need to be explored, exposed and turned on the lamp to be
used as a time when the nation is degraded and lawless.
REFERENCES
[1] Reimon Sapusea, Eksistensi Hukum Delik Adat Dalam Perpektif
Pembaharuan Hukum Pidana Di Maluku Tengah, Jurnal Mimbar
 Hukum, Fakultas Hukum Universitas Gadjah Mada, Vol. 42, Pp.42,
Feb. 2012
[2] Erman Syarif, dkk, Integritas Nilai Budaya Etnis Bugis Makassar
Dalam Proses Pembelajaran Sebagai Salah Satu Strategi
Menghadapi Era Masyarakat Ekonomi Asean (MEA), Jurnal Teori
dan Praksis Pembelajaran IPS, Universitas Negeri Malang Vol 1,
p.15, 2016),
[3] Abu Hamid, Semangat Islam Dalam Kebudayaan Bugis-Makassar,
Jurnal Jaffray, Jurnal, Publisher: Sekolah Tinggi Theologia Jaffray,
Vol.4p.16, 2016
[4] Sutrisno, P.B, Bentuk-Bentuk Penerapan Norma Hukum Adat
Dalam Kehidupan Masyarakat Di Jawa, Jurnal Media Hukum,
Universitas Muhammadiyah Yogyakarta, Vol.20, p.256 (2013)
[5] H. Mustagfirin, Sistem Hukum Barat, Sistem Hukum Adat, dan
Sistem Hukum Islam, Menuju Sistem Hukum Nasional Sebuah Ide
Yang Harmoni, Jurnal Dinamika Hukum, Universitas Jenderal
Soedirman, Vol. 11, p.92, Feb. 2011,
[6] H. Mustagfirin, Ibid, .p.92
[7] H. Mustagfirin, Ibid, .p.92
[8] Rahman Rahim. H.A,Nilai-Nilai Budaya Bugis, Lentera, Jakarta,
p.49. 1992
[9] Rahman Rahim, Ibid, p.50
[10] Lastuti Abubakar, Revitalisasi Hukum Adat Sebagai Sumber
Hukum Dalam Membangun Sistem Hukum Indonesia, Jurnal
Dinamika Hukum, Universitas Jenderal Soedirman, Universitas
Jenderal Soedirman Vol.13, p.319, Mei 2013
[11] Rachman Rahim, Loc cit, p.50
[12] Nurul Qamar, Konsep Nilai Kearifan Lokal Bugis Makassar, tp,
Makassar, p.2, 2016.
[13] Mulyanto, Keberlakuan UU No. 6 Tahun 2014 Tentang Desa Di
Bali Dalam Perspektis Sosiologi Hukum, Jurnal Mimbar Hukum,
Universitas Gadjah Mada, Vol. 27. p.419 Okt. 2015.
[14] Lalu Subardi, Konstruksi Makna Yuridis Masyarakat Hukum Adat
Dalam Pasal 18B UUD NRI Tahun 1945 Untuk Identifikasi Adanya
Masyarakat Hukum Adat, Jurnal Hukum dan Pembangunan,
Universitas Indonesia, Vol.43, p.148,, Jun 2013
[15] Lois O Kattsof, Pengantar Filsafat (Terj), Soejono, Tiara Wacana,
Yogyakarta,, p.9, 1978
[16] Rosmidah, Pengakuan Hukum Terhadap Hak Ulayat Msyarakat
Hukum Adat dan Hambatan Impementasinya, Jurnal Ilmu Hukum ,
Universitas Jambi, Vol 2, p.95 (2010

90
Rights Of Material TestOnGovernment Regulation In Lieu Of Law(Perpu)
Implementation 
 
SulistyaniEka Lestari1)
1)
Faculty Of Law, SunanBonang UniversityTuban
E-mail: sulis_usb@yahoo.com

 
Abstract: A test on a law conducted by the Constitutional Court is not only always related to the substance of a law but it can also
associate with the formation process of the law. This means that Constitutional Court tests a law both materially and formally.  Testing on
other regulations under legislation such as government regulation, Regulation of the President, and others carried out by the Supreme
Court based on the Supreme Court Regulation No. 1 of 1999 on the Material Testing lawsuit. Especially on Government Regulation in
Lieu of Law (Government Regulation), cannot be tested either by the Supreme Court and the Constitutional Court as it is temporary. The
tests are carried out by non-justicial institution that their title depen on the institution that has the authority to conduct such testing.

Keywords: judicial rights, government regulation in lieu of law(Perpu)

I. INTRODUCTION
Amendment of 1945 Constitution has led to a change
of Indonesia government system from power-sharing
system (distribution of power) into separation of powers
system. With the changes to Indonesia government
system, authority to conduct testing (judicial review) a
legislation emerges. The problem appears on what
institutions are authorized to conduct test of an Act of the
Constitution (Judicial Review) carried out by the
Constitutional Court, which by the amendment of the
1945 Constitution, the Constitutional Court becomes one
of the powers of Justice in addition to the Supreme
Court, this is stipulated in Article 24 paragraph (2) of the
1945 amendment 4 stating that: "Judicial Authority is
carried out by a Supreme Court and courts below it in
general courts, military courts, administrative courts state
and by a Constitutional Court.”
The provisions of Article 24 paragraph (2) of the 4th
1945 constitution amendments places Constitutional Court
as one of the power-holders in addition to the Supreme
Court of Justice, followed up with the establishment of
Law Number 24 Year 2003 concerning the Constitutional
Court. One of the Constitutional Court's authority as
provided in Article 10 paragraph (1) of Law No. 24 2003 is
the authority of the
Constitutional Court in testing an Act against the
Constitution.
Tests conducted by the Constitutional Court Law 24 of
2003 is limited to testing whether the material and the
creation of a law complies with the Constitution, while the
testing of the other regulations under legislation such as
government regulation, Regulation of the President, and
others are carried out by the Supreme Court based on the
Supreme Court Regulation No. 1 of 1999 on the Material
Testing lawsuit.
Only for Government Regulation in Lieu of Law
(Government Regulation), this rule cannot be tested either
by the Supreme Court and the Constitutional Court as it is
a legal product in special form and is temporary.
II. DISCUSSION
According to the provisions of Article 7 of Law No. 12
of 2011 on the Establishment of Legislation, the order for
the legislation in Indonesia are:
a. Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia Year
1945.
b. MPR
c. Law/Government Regulation in Lieu of Law.
d. Government regulations.
e. President decree.
f. Local regulation.
The order for the legislation in Indonesia shows which
regulations are under the law, on par with the legislation,
and higher than legislation. Government Regulation,
Presidential Regulation, and Local Regulations are
regulations whose level is under the law when tested
carried out by the Supreme Court by using the size of the
law. However, the authority to conduct tests on law
Constitutional Court and its measurement is Constitution.
Government Regulation in Lieu of Law (Government
Regulation) cannot be tested either by the Supreme Court
and the Constitutional Court for it is temporary. Perpu is a
legal product which is the object of examination by the
Parliament as an institution of the legislators, in other
words the Government Regulation in Lieu of Law cannot
be subject to Judicial Review but can only subject to
legislative review by the House of Representatives as
stipulated in Article 22 paragraph (1), ( 2), and (3) of the
1945 Constitution:
1. In matters of forcing, the President has the right to
issue government regulation in lieu of law.
2. The regulations that must be approved by the
House of Representatives in the trial that follows.
3. In absence of approval, the government
regulations shall be revoked.
There are three kinds of legal norms that can be tested,
namely:

91
 a. Normative decision which contains and is the
setting (Regeling).
b. Normative decision containing administrative
determination and character (beschikking).
c. Normative decision which contains and is
judgment (verdict)1
All three forms of the norms are verifiable
through judicial mechanism (justicial) and the
mechanisms outside the court (non-justicial). If the
test are carried out by the judiciary, the test is
referred to as a Judicial Review, whereas if such
testing was not conducted by a non-justicial then the
terms depend on what the institution has authority to
conduct such testing.
Constitutional Court only conducts test a law
against the Constitution, in terms of both formal and
in terms of the Material. In assessing the
constitutionality or, some gauges or assessors are
used:
a. The manuscript of the Constitution that formally
written.
b. Written documents associated with the text of the
Constitution, as treatises, decisions and MPR
decrees, certain laws, regulation rules, and others.
c. The values of the Constitution that live in the
practice of state administration has been regarded
as an integral part of the necessity and habit in
the implementation of the activities of the state.
d. The values that live in society cognitive state and
the reality of political behavior and legal citizens
considered as habits and ideal necessities in the
life of nation and state.2
Thus the notion of constitutionality is not only in what
is written in the script of 1945 institution, but also
includes all four points included in the source of
constitutional law.
In theory regarding testing (teosting), it can be
divided into test material (material teosting) and a
formal review (formeeleteosting). Both forms of the
test in the Act No. 24 of 2003 on the Constitutional
Court are distinguished in terms of the formation of
legislation and the substance of legislation, as stated
in Article 51 paragraph (3): "In the application
referred to in paragraph (2), the applicant must
describe clearly that:
a. Establishment of legislation does not comply with
the provisions by the Constitution of the Republic of
Indonesia Year 1945; and / or
b. The substances of the paragraph, chapter, and/or
parts of law are considered to be contrary to the
Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia Year 1945.
The provisions of the Article indicates that test against
a law is not only always related to the substance of a law,
but also be associated with the formation process of the
law.
                                                            
1
Asshidiqie, Jimly.2005. HukumAcaraPengujianUndang‐
Undang.(Jakarta: SekertariatJendral Dan  PeraturanMahkamahKonstitusiNomor 06/PMK/2005
KepaniteraanMahkamahKonstitusi RI, 2005), page. 8  TentangPedomanBeracaraDalamPerkaraPengujianUndang
2
 
92
Material law test is so-called substantive testing related
to the cancellation of part or all of the material related
laws. Reason for canceling the entire legislation that
testing is if the testing material from an article of the law
that were tested are subtantial and affect the whole body
of law, thus with with cancellation of the core article of
testing then, law becomes damaged and create legal
uncertainty in the future. The example is judicial review is
Law Number 20 Year 2005 on Electricity. The
cancellation of three chapters considered contrary to the
1945 Constitution are core clauses that Constitutional
Court stated that the entire contents of the declared the law
was not legally binding.
Formal review (formelteosting) is a test or a law
based on terms of form, format, and formulation as
well as the formation process of the law. Formal
review of the legislation causes the whole law can
be declared valid binding. In general criteria that can
be used to assess the constitutionality of a statute is
the formal terms of the extent to which these laws
are set in the right shape, the right institution, and
according to proper procedures. If translated, formal
testing criteria include:
a. Tests on the implementation of the procedure
or procedures for drafting legislation, both in
discussion and in decision-making on the draft
of a statute into law.
b. Tests on the form, format, or s structures are at
legislation.
c. Tests relating to the authority of institutions
that make decisions in the process of
establishing legislation.
d. Tests on other matters that do not include
material testing.3
Regarding the procedure for the establishment of a
law, in essence, has been set in 1945, and details about it
are further specified in the Law, No. 12 of 2011 on
Government Legislation. Judicial Review is on the
Constitutional Court.
Act No. 24 of 2003 on the Constitutional Court
governsprocedural law as guidance for the Constitutional
Court in carrying out its various authorities, one of which
is the authority to conduct testing of a law against the
Constitution (Judicial Review). Such provisions governing
the mechanism of filing a petition for judicial review,
inspection testing of a law in the Constitutional Court was
the subject of law which meets the requirements under the
legislation to apply constitutional cases to the
Constitutional Court, by way of proving that it has a legal
status (legal standing) so that the petition submitted to be
examined, tried and duly terminated by the Constitutional
Court. Terms of legal status (legal standing) covers the
formal requirements as specified in the legislation, as well
as material requirements in the form of loss of rights or
authority with the enactment of the legislation in question.
The term legal standing means certain party makes
claim or obtain legal power over certain rights or
                                                            
3
 
‐Undang, page 17 
obligations. To have legal standing, particular person or
party must meet two kinds of elements, personal and
material elements4. Personal element is the requirements
related to the ability to take legal actions in the form of a
legal relationship and the ability to influence the judicial
procedures through a claim or appeal. Material element is
associated with a particular event or fact of law set out in
legislation.
Related tolegal standing of proposal of judicial review
in Constitutional Court, then it is stipulated in Article 51
paragraph (1) No. 24 of 2003,"Petitioners are those who
consider the rights and/or authority constitutionally
impaired by the enactment of legislation, including:
a. Individual Indonesian citizens
b. Customary law community unit along still alive and
in accordance with the development of society and the
principles of the Unitary Republic of Indonesia
stipulated in the legislation;
c. Public or private legal entity; or
d. State institutions.
Thus, requirements of applicants in applying
for Judicial Review to the Constitutional Court are:
1. One of the four groups of subjects such laws as
stipulated in Article 51 paragraph (1) of Law No. 24,
2003.
2. The legal subjects have the rights or powers as
stipulated in the Constitution of the Republic of
Indonesia Year 1945.
3. Rights or authorities concerned have been harmed or
violated by the enactment of legislation or a part of
the legislation in question.
4. The losses have a causal relationship with the
enactment of the legislation in question.
5. If the petition is concerned is granted, then the loss of
constitutionality is concerned can be recovered by the
cancellation of the law5
If all five of these requirements can be met
cumulatively, the applicant is certain to have legal
standing to appeal the case to the Constitutional Court.
Filing a petition against the law in the Constitutional
Court is not the same as filing a claim to the ordinary
courts. While Constitutional Court has the position as one
of the power holders of Justice, the material issues
examined and decided upon the Constitutional Court
related to the elements constitutional and political
elements. In addition, in a lawsuit in court, someone will
expect compensation or specific action on the part of his
opponent, whereas if the petition for a law, whereby if the
judge had granted his filing, then those who make these
laws cannot be held accountable, but he may be requested
to perform certain actions of rights recovery or remedies
against the constitutionality of a person authorized, by
declaring that the whole or part of the material from a law
that tested otherwise have no legal force.
One of the requirements to meet the criteria of legal
status (legal standing) to apply for Judicial Review in the
                                                            
4
Op.cit.,Asshidiqie, Jimly. 2005. 
HukumAcaraPengujianUndang‐Undang.... page 70. 
5 6
Termorshuizen, Marjanne, 1998. KamusHukumBelanda‐
Indonesia, (Jakarta: Djambatan, 1998), page 506.  Indonesia, (Jakarta: Djambatan, 1998), page 506.
93
Constitutional Court is to comply with the provisions of
Article 51 paragraph (1) of Law No. 24 of 2003,
concerning those who harmed the rights of a person or
group particular person or entity is one of the four groups
referred to in Article 51 paragraph (1) of Law No. 24,
2003, the subject must show sufficient evidence, such as
identity cards, identity cards, passports, birth certificates, or
other documents deemed necessary. Regarding the state
institutions also need to be proven with legal documents
are legitimate.
If an application is submitted by the parties that do not
have a legal status (legal standing), then the judge will
decide that the request for the applicant cannot be
accepted. This ruling means that the trial has not yet
enteredauthority constitutionally impaired by the enactment
of legislation, including:
a. Individual Indonesian citizens
b. Customary law community unit along still alive and
in accordance with the development of society and
the principles of the Unitary Republic of Indonesia
stipulated in the legislation;
c. Public or private legal entity; or
d. State institutions.
Thus, requirements of applicants in applyingfor Judicial
Review to the Constitutional Court are:
1. One of the four groups of subjects such laws as
stipulated in Article 51 paragraph (1) of Law No. 24,
2003.
2. The legal subjects have the rights or powers as
stipulated in the Constitution of the Republic of
Indonesia Year 1945.
3. Rights or authorities concerned have been harmed or
violated by the enactment of legislation or a part of
the legislation in question.
4. The losses have a causal relationship with the
enactment of the legislation in question.
5. If the petition is concerned is granted, then the loss
of constitutionality is concerned can be recovered by
the cancellation of the law6
If all five of these requirements can be met
cumulatively, the applicant is certain to have legal
standing to appeal the case to the Constitutional Court.
Filing a petition against the law in the Constitutional
Court is not the same as filing a claim to the ordinary
courts. While Constitutional Court has the position as one
of the power holders of Justice, the material issues
examined and decided upon the Constitutional Court
related to the elements constitutional and political
elements. In addition, in a lawsuit in court, someone will
expect compensation or specific action on the part of his
opponent, whereas if the petition for a law, whereby if the
judge had granted his filing, then those who make these
laws cannot be held accountable, but he may be requested
to perform certain actions of rights recovery or remedies
against the constitutionality of a person authorized, by
declaring that the whole or part of the material from a law
that tested otherwise have no legal force.
                                                            
Termorshuizen, Marjanne, 1998. KamusHukumBelanda‐
 
 One of the requirements to meet the criteria of legal [10] Law Number 10 Year 2004 on the Establishment Regulation
Legislation.
status (legal standing) to apply for Judicial Review in the [11] Constitutional Court Regulation Number 06 / PMK / 2005 on
Constitutional Court is to comply with the provisions of Guidelines on the Proceedings In Case Testing Act.
Article 51 paragraph (1) of Law No. 24 of 2003,
concerning those who harmed the rights of a person or
group particular person or entity is one of the four groups
referred to in Article 51 paragraph (1) of Law No. 24,
2003, the subject must show sufficient evidence, such as
identity cards, identity cards, passports, birth certificates, or
other documents deemed necessary. Regarding the state
institutions also need to be proven with legal documents
are legitimate.
If an application is submitted by the parties that do not
have a legal status (legal standing), then the judge will
decide that the request for the applicant cannot be
accepted. This ruling means that the trial has not yet
entered

REFERENCES
[1] [Asshidiqie, Jimly. 2005. Testing Procedure Law Act. Jakarta: The
Secretariat-General and Registrar of the Constitutional Court.
[2] -----------2005. Models Constitutional Testing in Various Countries.
Jakarta: Constitutional Press.
[3] ---------2005 Constitution and Constitutionalism Indonesia, Jakarta:
Constitutional Press.
[4] ---------2005. The Constitutional Court in the constitutional system
of Indonesia. Jakarta: The Constitutional Court of the Republic of
Indonesia.
[5] Termoshuizen, Marjanne, 1998. Law Dictionary Dutch-
Indonesian.Jakarta: Djambatan.
[6] Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia Year 1945 and its
amendment.
[7] Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia Year 1949.
[8] While the Constitution of 1950.Act No. 24 of 2003 on
theConstitutional Court.
[9] Law Number 4 Year 2004 concerning Judicial Authority.

94
 The Bankruptcy of Personal Guarantor’s Heirs Under Indonesia Legal
System

Nuruzzhahrah Diza1), Imas Rosidawati Wiradirja2)

1)
Faculty of Law, Universitas Islam Nusantara
E-mail: zahradizaa@gmail.com

2)
Faculty of Law, Universitas Islam Nusantara
E-mail: i_rosida_df@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. The great advance of today’s business is certainly supported by the existence of banks loan facility. However,
banks will not easily grant the loans to just anybody since there would be a probability that banks meet with the default risk.
To reduce the impact of the risk, they require a guarantee. For banks, the guarantee shall legally provide them a protection,
security and certainty in getting their loan repayment. As a common form, banks usually ask for property as collateral, but
sometimes banks meet difficulty to execute it. Hence, nowadays, the banks will also ask for a personal guarantee. Personal
guarantee is an agreement in which a third party agrees to fulfill the obligation of the debtor if debtor himself fail to do so.
The personal guarantor has big responsibilities, even into the realm of bankruptcy. Even though a personal guarantor is not a
debtor, a creditor may file him a bankruptcy petition to the Commercial Court if he meets the bankruptcy requirement.
Problems then arise when a personal guarantor dies and it causes the creditors to lose a person who guarantees the debtor’s
obligation. This research tackles with the problems by using a normative juridical approach with descriptive analysis of
secondary data which consist of primary law materials and secondary law materials. The study shows that the death of
personal guarantor causes the rights and obligations of personal guarantor upon the agreement are passed to his heirs.
Consequently, his heirs as the party who do not involve in the loan agreement and the personal guarantee agreement may be
filed the bankruptcy petition by the creditor as it is usually filed to the personal guarantor.

Keywords: Heirs, bankruptcy, personal guarantor

I. INTRODUCTION creditors, to fulfill the obligation of the debtor, if he

In the business world, companies are in need of funds
to finance their business operation. The most selected
preference in obtaining loans is the one provided by banks.
As it is known, the main business of banking is loans
facility, and giving loans actually has a very high risk if the
loans that has matured are not paid by the debtor because
of his negligence or inability to pay.
In order to reduce the impact of the risk, banks usually
require a guarantee. For banks, guarantee has a function to
provide coverage to the debt, therefore guarantee shall
legally provide them a protection and certainty in getting
their loan repayment (the law concerning banking says that
guarantee is only an ingredient in credit analysis / The 5
C’s Analysis). Based on its object, there are two types of
security rights under Indonesian law, which are real
(property) security rights and personal security rights, in
which both of them shall provide coverage to the debt. As a
common form, banks usually require a property as
collateral, also referred to as real security rights, but
sometimes banks meet difficulty to execute it. Hence, the
banks will also ask for a personal security rights in the
form of personal guarantee agreement or borgtocht.
Article 1820 of the Indonesian Civil Code (Burgelijk
Wetboek) states that a personal guarantee agreement is an
agreement in which a third party agrees, for the benefit of
himself fails to fulfill these. Thus, if the debtor cannot pay
his debts to creditors, there is a third party who will pay
those debt to the creditors. A personal guarantee agreement
conducted by legal entities referred to as a corporate
guarantor while guarantor performed by individual
commonly referred to as a personal guarantor.1
It often happens that a person who wants to bind
himself as a personal guarantor assume that a personal
guarantee agreement was conducted only to strengthen the
creditworthiness, whereas, in certain conditions, it may
bring a big legal consequence, even to the realm of
bankruptcy. In bankruptcy, the debtor may be filed with
bankruptcy petition if he meets with the requirements,
which are having two or more creditors and failing to pay
at least one debt which has matured and become payable.2
Although a party that may be declared bankrupt is the one
                                                            
1
Sutan Remy Sjahdeini, Hukum Kepailitan:
Memahami Undang-Undang No. 37 Tahun 2004 tentang
Kepailitan (Jakarta: Pustaka Utama Grafiti, 2009), p. 302.
2
Republic of Indonesia, Law concerning Bankruptcy
And Suspension Of Obligation For Payment of Debts, Law
No. 37 of 2004, LN No. 31 of 2004, TLN No. 4443, Article
2 paragraph (1).

95
who serves as a debtor, the personal guarantor may also be
declared bankrupt because in some condition he may be
domiciled as a debtor. In the personal guarantee agreement,
if the debtor does not fulfill his obligations to pay the debt,
then the obligation to pay the debt will belong to the
personal guarantor. Therefore, the personal guarantor is
also a debtor who oblige to pay the debt of debtor to the
creditor if the debtor himself fails to do it. So, since the
guarantor is a debtor as well, therefore the personal
guarantor may be declared bankrupt under the law number
37 of 2004 concerning Bankruptcy and Suspension of
Obligation For Payment of Debts (Indonesian Bankruptcy
Law).3
Problems then arise when a person who acts as a
personal guarantor dies while the personal guarantee
agreement is still valid. Article 1826 of the Indonesian
Civil Code states that the contracts concluded by
guarantors shall be succeeded to their heirs. Consequently,
all the rights and obligations of personal guarantor will be
passed to his heirs and in return, the heirs of personal
guarantor will shoulder all responsibilities as a personal
guarantor such as paying debt of the debtor if debtor
himself fails to do so. Moreover, the heirs of personal
guarantor may also face legal consequences as a personal
guarantor, such as being filed with bankruptcy petition.
The bankruptcy petition against the heirs of personal
guarantor has occurred in Indonesia, which is in the case
number 02/Pdt.Sus.Pailit/2014/PN.Niaga.Mks in which
Greenfinch Premier Fund (creditor) filed a bankruptcy
petition against PT Henrison Iriana (debtor), as well as
against the heirs of Andi Sutanto (personal guarantor) and
the heirs of Gunawan Sutanto (personal guarantor). In this
case, the Commercial Court declared bankruptcy to both
the debtor and the heirs of personal guarantor.
Based on the description of background above, the
subject matter to be discussed in this paper is: How is a
bankruptcy petition against the heirs of a personal
guarantor be filed considering the provisions of inheritance
legal system in Indonesia is still pluralism?
II. OVERVIEW OF THEORETICAL
In giving loans facility, banks always do a credit
analysis in an effort to fulfill aspects of banking carefulness
principles. The 5 C's analysis is actually one of the banking
analysis system required by Article 8 of Law Number 7 of
1992 as amended by Law Number 10 of 1998 on Banking.
According to this provision concerning the application of
the 5 C’s (character, capacity, capital, collateral, condition
of economy), the matter which has preventive protection
against loan repayment is an element of collateral
guarantees.
For some decades, an element of collateral considered
to obstruct the economy development, since the Article 24
of Law Number 14 of 1967 on Banking stated that banks
do not give unsecured loans to anybody. It is then
interpreted that the loans would not be given without any
guarantee, especially real security rights, to secure the
loans. The explanation of Article 8 of Law Number 7 of
                                                            
3
Sjahdeini, Hukum Kepailitan, p. 98.
96
1992 jo. Law Number 10 of 1998, states that if the other
elements of 5 C’s have convinced the bank, then
guarantees is sufficient in the form of principal guarantee
only. Hence, since 1992, the element of collateral is never
be really calculated, especially in lending on a large scale,
while it is still applied for medium-scale account.
By law, guarantee has a function to provide coverage to
the debt. For banks as creditors, a guarantee will become
something in hand that can be enforced if a debtor fails to
fulfill his obligation under the loan agreement. The more
guarantee that creditors can take from a debtor, the risks of
the loan will be considered lower. Meanwhile, for debtor, if
they can give more guarantee to creditors, then it will
enhance its creditworthiness. As it is said before, based on
its objects, the Indonesian Civil Code classified security
rights into real (property) security rights and personal
security rights. Both types of security rights has a function
to coverage the debt of debtors.
Real security rights are absolute rights with the
following characteristics: (i) they pertain only to specific
property or goods of a debtor, (ii) they can be exercised
against any parties, and (iii) they generally follow the
encumbered goods to whomsoever such goods may
thereafter belong.4 According to that, a real security means
there is a specific property or goods that are granted as
security and such property or goods can be exercised by
creditor if the debtor fails to repay the loans. A real
security provides a special position to the creditors, in
which the creditors have preference rights, namely the right
to take precedence over other creditors in getting debt
repayment from objects that become a guarantee. Based on
Indonesian Security Law, real security rights holder is a
creditor whose loans are secured by Hak Tanggungan,
pledge, fiduciary security, and hypothec. Those creditors
are referred to as a secured creditors. In a condition in
which secured creditors has bankrupt debtor, they can
exercise the object of guarantee as if the bankruptcy does
not happen to debtor. The provision regarding the legal
position of the secured creditors regulated in the Article 56
of Indonesian Bankruptcy Law.
A personal security rights are rights which establish a
direct relationship with a specific person/corporate body
and therefore can only be exercised against such
person/corporate body and his/its assets in general. This
security rights arises from an agreement between the
creditor and a third party, in which conducted for the
benefit of the debtor. The third party in such agreement
guarantees the fulfillment of obligations of the debtor, even
such agreement can be conducted without the knowledge
of the debtor. In a personal security rights, there is no
specific objects that are bound in the agreement, however
thing that is tied in the agreement is the ability of third
party to fulfill the obligations of the debtor. Since there is
no specific object as guarantee, the provisions of the
general security (jaminan umum) under Article 1131 and
Article 1132 of the Indonesian Civil Code will be applied
when the debtor is in defaults.
                                                            
4
Frieda Husni Hasbullah, Hukum Kebendaan
Perdata: Hak-Hak Yang Memberi Jaminan (Jakarta: Ind
Hill-Cos, 2009), p. 19.
 In the event of bankruptcy to a debtor, it will apply the
principle of paritas creditorum, which means that all
creditors have an equal right to debt repayment and that the
proceeds of the bankrupt's estate shall be distributed in
proportion to the size of their claims. Thus, in this event,
similar to the holder of a general security, creditors with a
personal security rights will be referred to as unsecured
creditors, so they will not have priority over other creditors
in getting debt repayment.
A personal guarantee agreement or borgtocht is one of
the type of personal security rights that has a direct
relationship to the particular individual and can only be
defended to a particular debtor and to the debtor's wealth in
the generally.5 Article 1820 of the Indonesian Civil Code
states that a personal guarantee agreement is an agreement
in which a third party agrees, for the benefit of creditors, to
fulfill the obligation of the debtor, if debtor himself fails to
fulfill these. This provision indicates that personal
guarantee agreement is an ancillary agreement (accessoir),
which means its existence and validity of the agreement
depend on the existence and validity of the principal
agreement in consideration of which the guarantee is
given.6 This is related to the purpose and content of the
personal guarantee agreement, which is a guarantee to
fulfill the obligations upon principal agreement.7
Moreover, in terms of the fulfillment of obligations, a
personal guarantee agreement has a character of subsidair.8
This means that the first-time fulfillment of obligations of
the debtor is shouldered by the debtor himself and the
personal guarantor is only a "subsidiary" or "reserve" if the
debtor cannot fulfill his obligations.9
In Indonesia, provisions regarding bankruptcy is
regulated in Law Number 37 of 2004 concerning
Bankruptcy and Suspension of Obligation For Payment of
Debts (Indonesian Bankruptcy Law). Bankruptcy is general
confiscation of all assets of a bankrupt debtor that will be
managed and liquidated by a curator under the supervision
of supervisory judge as provided for herein.10 According to
Munir Fuady, bankruptcy is a general confiscation of all
property of the debtor so that the peace can be reached
between the debtor and the creditors or that such property
can be divided equally among the creditors.11
                                                            
5
Sri Soedewi Masjchoen Sofwan, Hukum Jaminan
di Indonesia: Pokok-Pokok Hukum Jaminan dan Jaminan
Perorangan, cet. 4 (Yogyakarta: Liberty Offset
Yogyakarta, 2007), p. 217.
6 outstanding. The differences in the value of the
Article 1821 Indonesian Civil Code states: “No
guarantee can be provided unless there exists a valid
principal contract”
7 13
Sofwan, Hukum Jaminan di Indonesia, p. 81.
8
Ibid., p. 84.
9
Sjahdeini, Hukum Kepailitan, p. 302.
10
Republic of Indonesia, Law concerning
Bankruptcy And Suspension Of Obligation For Payment of
Debts, Article 1 point 1.
11
Munir Fuady, Hukum Pailit, (Bandung: Citra
Aditya Bakti, 2002), p. 8.
97
According to Article 2, paragraph (1) Indonesian
Bankruptcy Law, a person (individual or legal entity) may
be declared bankrupt if he meets the requirements, which
are a debtor that has at least two or more creditors, a debtor
that does not pay off at least one of his debt to one of its
creditors, and such debt is matured and become payable. In
addition, Article 8 paragraph (4) of Indonesian Bankruptcy
Law also stated that a bankruptcy petition must be granted
if there are facts or circumstances which simply proving
that the requirements for a declaration of bankruptcy as
stipulated in Article 2 paragraph (1) Indonesian Bankruptcy
Law have been met. Furthermore, fact or condition that
requires simple substantiation means the fact that there is
an existence of two or more creditors of the debtor filed for
bankruptcy and an existence of a debt that has matured and
become payable.12
In bankruptcy, a party who may be filed with
bankruptcy petition is the one who serves as a debtor,
namely those who have debts, because of agreements or
legislation that its repayment can be charged in court.13
Based on Article 1 point (6) Indonesian Bankruptcy Law, a
definition of debt itself has been interpreted very widely,
which covers every kind of obligation of debtor. A debt in
the law of contract refer to obligations that must be
fulfilled by the debtor in a contract, arising from
agreements and legislation.14 This shows that the definition
of debt is not only limited to payment of a sum of money,
but also includes other obligations. These obligations is a
debt which gives creditors a right to charge.
Furthermore, a failure of the debtor to fulfill his
obligations may become a basis for the filing of a
bankruptcy petition.15 In bankruptcy, a personal guarantor
is also a debtor that bound to pay debt of debtor to creditor
or creditors if debtor fail to pay his debt that is matured and
payable. Since a personal guarantor is a debtor, a personal
guarantor may be declared bankrupt under Indonesian
Bankruptcy Law.16
                                                            
12
Republic of Indonesia, Law concerning
Bankruptcy And Suspension Of Obligation For Payment of
Debts, Explanation of Article 8 paragraph (4) states: “Fact
or condition that requires simple substantiation” shall mean
the fact that there are two or more Creditors and there is
indebtedness that has become due and payable but remain
indebtedness as argued by the bankruptcy petitioner and
bankruptcy petitionee shall not prevent the issuance of
bankruptcy declaration decision.”
Republic of Indonesia, Law concerning
Bankruptcy And Suspension Of Obligation For Payment of
Debts, Article 1 point 3.
14
Jerry Hoff, UUK-PKPU di Indonesia [Indonesian
Bankruptcy Law], translated by Kartini Muljadi, cet. 1
(Jakarta: Tatanusa, 2000), p. 18.
15
Ibid.
16
Sjahdeini, Hukum Kepailitan, p. 98.
 III. RESEARCH METHODS
The approach used in this study is normative juridical,
which means that research is concluded with reference to
legal principles and legal norms contained in legislation,
court decisions and norms that live and thrive in the
community. Judging from its character, this paper is a
descriptive study that reveals the legislation relating to the
legal theories that become the object in the research.17 Data
that is used in this research is secondary data consists of
primary legal materials in the form of legislation and
secondary legal materials in the form of books or literature.
Data collection tool that is used is the document study.
Moreover, data analysis methods of this research is
qualitative method. Qualitative research is a research
related to ideas, perceptions, opinions, beliefs of people
who will be examined and all of it cannot be measured by
numbers.18
IV. DISCUSSION
Article 1826 of Indonesian Civil Code states that
contract concluded by personal guarantor will be passed to
his heirs. According to this provision, basically, the heirs of
personal guarantor will replace the position of the deceased
personal guarantor’s and will obtain an obligation to pay
the debt of debtor if the debtor is in defaults. Moreover, if
they do not fulfill their obligations as personal guarantor,
they may be sued to court by creditors or as a matter of
fact, they may be filed with a bankruptcy petition by
creditors as long as they meet bankruptcy requirements
stipulated in Article 2 paragraph (1) Indonesian Bankruptcy
Law. A bankruptcy to heirs of personal guarantor will
cause them to lose their rights to control and manage their
assets,19 which means they cannot perform any legal act of
the wealth that has been declared bankrupt (bankruptcy
assets).
In order to determine whether the heirs of personal
guarantor may be filed with a bankruptcy petition, we shall
consider their responsibility to the obligation left by former
personal guarantor in the field of wealth, which then has to
be considered based on the inheritance legal system in
Indonesia and the inheritance legal system adopted by the
heirs. In Indonesia, the provisions regarding inheritance
law is still a pluralism which are West Inheritance Law,
Islamic Inheritance Law and Adat Inheritance Law.
West Inheritance Law is a set of rules governing wealth
of dead person, which concerns about the transfer of wealth
left by deceased person and the legal consequences of this
                                                            
17
Zainuddin Ali, Penelitian Hukum (Jakarta: Sinar
Grafika, 2009), p. 105.
18
Sulistyo and Basuki, Metode Penelitian (Jakarta:
Wedatama Widya Sastra dan Fakultas Ilmu Pengetahuan
Budaya Universitas Indonesia, 2006), p. 24.
19
Republic of Indonesia, Law concerning
Bankruptcy And Suspension Of Obligation For Payment of
Debts, Article 24 paragraph (1) states: “A Bankrupt Debtor
shall by law forfeit his right to control and manage his
assets included in his bankruptcy as of the date of the
pronouncement of the bankruptcy declaration decision.”
98
transfer for those who accept it, either in the relationship
between them and between them and a third party.20 In
West Inheritance Law, the deceased person will transfer his
wealth that includes rights (assets) and obligations
(liabilities) in the field of wealth. So, an inheritance consist
not only in the form of material rights but also in the form
of bills or receivables and may also be an amount of debt
involving a third party (individual rights).21 Hence, the
heirs who are subject to West Inheritance Law are not
obliged to accept such inheritance left by the deceased
person.22 Therefore, they have an opportunity to think and
determine their attitude towards the inheritance left by the
deceased person, such as accepting the inheritance,
accepting the inheritance conditionally, or declining the
inheritance.
If the heirs accept the inheritance, it means they will
obtain all the rights and obligations of deceased person.
Furthermore, they will take full responsibility for the
obligations left by deceased person. Thus, the heirs of
personal guarantor who accept the inheritance left by
personal guarantor, will obtain all the rights and
obligations upon personal guarantee agreement as a
personal guarantor, including receiving an obligation to
pay debt of the debtor to the creditor with all his wealth if
the debtor fails to pay.
If the heirs accept the inheritance conditionally
(beneficiair), it means they will obtain all the rights and
obligations of deceased person, but they are only
responsible to the extent of the amount of inheritance they
received. Thus, the heirs of personal guarantor who accept
the inheritance left by personal guarantor conditionally,
will obtain all the rights and obligations upon personal
guarantee agreement as a personal guarantor, including
obtaining an obligation to pay debt of the debtor to the
creditor limitedly if the debtor fails to pay
If the heirs decline the inheritance, they will never be
considered as heirs of the deceased person.23 It means that
there is no transfer of rights and obligations of the deceased
person to his heirs and, in return, the heirs of personal
guarantor will not obtain any kind of rights and obligations
of the deceased person. Thus, the heirs of personal
guarantor who decline the inheritance left by personal
guarantor, will not obtain any kind of rights and obligations
20
A. Pitlo, Hukum Waris Menurut Kitab Undang-
Undang Hukum Perdata Belanda, translated by M. Isa
Arief, cet. 3 (Jakarta: PT Intermasa, 1979), p. 1.
21
L.J. van Apeldoorn, Pengantar Ilmu Hukum
(Jakarta: Pradnya Paramita, 1993), translated by Oetarid
Sudino, p. 222 in Surini Ahlan Sjarif and Nurul Elmiyah,
Hukum Kewarisan Perdata Barat, cet. 2 (Jakarta: Kencana,
2006), p. 10.
22
H. Zainuddin Ali, Pelaksanaan Hukum Waris di
Indonesia (Jakarta: Sinar Grafika, 2008), p. 96.
22
Oemarsalim, Dasar-Dasar Hukum Waris di
Indonesia, cet. 4 (Jakarta: PT Rineka Cipta, 2006), p. 155.
23
Article 1058 Indonesian Civil Code states: “The
heir who rejects an inheritance, shall be regarded as if he
had never been an heir.”
upon personal guarantee agreement and they are not
obliged to pay debt of debtor if the debtor himself fails to
do so.
Meanwhile, in the case of the heirs who are subject to
the Islamic Inheritance Law, the heirs has an obligation to
pay debts left by the deceased person. In Islamic
Inheritance Law, the deceased person will transfer an
inheritance, not in the terms of assets and liabilities, but
which has been cleared of various obligations under the
terms of religions, debts and testament of the deceased
person.24 According to that, debt repayment is the first
thing that should be handled when someone dies. Article
175 paragraph (2) Compilation of Islamic Law25 states that
the responsibility of the heirs toward debt or liability of the
deceased person only to the extent of the amount of
inheritance So, if the inheritance is not enough to pay the
debts, the heirs will have no legal obligation to pay the rest
of debt, unless the payment brings no harm or loss to the
heirs.26
However, in the life of society, the heirs will endeavor
to resolve all outstanding debts even though the inheritance
left behind is not enough. This occurs because Muslims
generally believe that paying off debts of the deceased
person is a primary obligation, in order to liberate
accountability of the deceased person in the afterlife and to
reveal matters that limits him to reach the heaven. In other
words, paying off such debt become a moral obligation for
the heirs. The same thing also stated by K.H. Maftuh
Kholil, Chairman of Bidang Fatwa Majelis Ulama
Indonesia Kotamadya Daerah Tingkat II Bandung, that
says the heirs of deceased person who left debt have
automatically an obligation to repay the debt until it is paid
off. Thus, the heirs of a personal guarantor who are subject
to the Islamic Inheritance Law have a duty to fulfill the
obligations of the deceased person as personal guarantor,
which is paying the debt of debtor to the creditor when the
debtor is in defaults.
Beside West Inheritance Law and Islamic Inheritance
Law, there is one more type of inheritance legal system in
Indonesia, which is Adat Inheritance Law. According to
Supomo, Adat Inheritance Law is a set of rules governing
the process and transfer of properties and intangible objects
from one generation of people to its descendant.27 Based on
                                                            
24
Hilman Hadikusuma, Hukum Waris Indonesia
Menurut Perundangan, Hukum Adat, dan Agama Hindu-
Islam (Bandung, PT Citra Aditya Bakti, 1991), p. 9.
25
Compilation of Islamic Law is a special regulation
for Indonesian Muslims that is written by Indonesian
Ulama and Islamic experts. This regulation governs about
marriage, inheritance, and waqf. and also has a purpose to
serve as guidelines for judges of religious judicature in
resolving cases.
26
H.M. Idris Ramulyo, Perbandingan Hukum
Kewarisan Islam dengan Kewarisan Kitab Undang-
Undang Hukum Perdata, cet. 1 (Jakarta: Sinar Grafika,
2008), p. 113.
27
Soejono Soekanto, Hukum Adat Indonesia
(Jakarta: PT Raja Grafindo Persada, 2012), p. 259.
99
Adat Inheritance Law, inheritance defines as assets left by
a deceased person to his heirs which not only in the form of
tangible objects but also in the form of intangible objects,
such as the position / post custom, the responsibility of
family / kinship,28 and the debt that hasn’t been paid off by
the deceased person during his life.29
The obligation to pay debts of deceased person is, in
fact, a part of the inheritance, even as a negative part.30 At
this moment, the Adat Inheritance Law in each region in
Indonesia has different kind of rules. It is influenced by the
kinship system adopted by and which are located within
Indonesian society, which divided into patrilineal system,
matrilineal, or bilateral parental system. In Tapanuli
(Batak), Kalimantan (Dayak) and Bali, the heirs have an
obligation to pay the debt as long as the lenders notify their
right to the heirs.31
As it can be concluded, the heirs of the personal
guarantor who are subject to Islamic Inheritance Law, Adat
Inheritance Law and Western Inheritance Law, especially
who accept the inheritance, have responsibility to fulfill the
obligations of deceased person and may face legal
consequences as a personal guarantor, which is bankruptcy
declaration to themselves. On the contrary, the heirs who
are subject Western Inheritance Law, especially who
decline the inheritance, have no such responsibility and
they may not face those legal consequences.
For example, in the case in which Greenfich Premier
Fund (Bankruptcy Petitioner) filed a bankruptcy petition
against PT Henrison Iriana as the principal debtor
(Bankruptcy Petitionee I), the heirs of the deceased
personal guarantor, named Andi Sutanto, (Bankruptcy
Petitionee II) and the heirs of the deceased personal
guarantor, named Gunawan Sutanto (Bankruptcy Petitionee
III). This case began when the Bankruptcy Petitionee I
concluded a credit agreement with Bank Pembangunan
Indonesia in 1988 in order to finance his construction of an
integrated plywood factory. Then, Bank Pembangunan
Indonesia traded its receivable account toward Bankruptcy
Petitionee I and such receivable was purchased by
Bankruptcy Petitioner the last time. In return, it caused
Bankruptcy Petitioner to be a creditor of Bankruptcy
Petitionee I. In addition, Bankruptcy Petitionee I also
concluded a credit agreement with Nissho Iwal Corporation
(NIOSA). Then, NIOSA’s receivable account toward
Bankruptcy Petitionee I was bought by Vendome
Investment Holding Ltd. Both of these agreements were
attached with personal security rights in the form of
personal guarantor in which Gunawan Sutanto and Andi
Sutanto bind themselves as personal guarantors.
The debts of Bankruptcy Petitionee I, both to
Bankruptcy Petitioner and Vendome Investment Holding
Ltd. has matured on July 24th 2014 and July 28th 2014, but
Bankruptcy Petitionee I have not paid off the debts.
                                                            
28
Hadikusuma, Hukum Waris Indonesia, p. 36.
29
Soekanto, Hukum Adat Indonesia, p. 279.
30
B. Ter Haar, Asas-Asas Dan Susunan Hukum
Adat, translated by Soebakti Poesponoto, (Jakarta: Pradnya
Paramita, 2001), p. 223.
31
Soekanto, Hukum Adat Indonesia, p. 276.
Meanwhile, in 2014, both personal guarantor which are
Andi Sutanto and Gunawan Sutanto have been died.
Nevertheless, the death of personal guarantors did not
cause the lender, in this case are Bankruptcy Petitioner and
Vendome Investment Holding Ltd, to lose his right to get a
debt repayment if the debtor’s in defaults, since Article
1826 of Indonesian Civil Code states that the contract
concluded by guarantor will be passed to his heirs. Thus,
the death of Andi Sutanto as personal guarantor will cause
Petitionee Bankrupt II, the heirs of Andi Sutanto, to receive
all the rights and shoulder all the obligations of personal
guarantor. The same goes to Bankruptcy Petitionee III as
the heirs of Gunawan Sutanto, they will receive all the
rights and bear all the obligations of a personal guarantor.
Bankruptcy Petitioner and Vendome Investment
Holding Ltd. then used this provision as a legal basis to
collect debts payment of Bankruptcy Petitionee I to
Bankruptcy Petitionee II and Bankruptcy Petitionee III.
However, both Bankruptcy Petitionee II and Bankruptcy
Petitionee III did not fulfill their obligation to pay off the
debt. As a last attempt, the Bankruptcy Petitioner file a
bankruptcy petition against Bankruptcy Petitionee I,
Bankruptcy Petitionee II and Bankruptcy Petitionee III
In the decision of this case, the judges said that
according to Article 1826 of the Indonesian Civil Code, the
death of Andi Sutanto and Gunawan Sutanto as personal
guarantors causes each of Bankruptcy Petitionee II and
Bankruptcy Petitionee III as the heirs of the deceased
personal guarantor to act as personal guarantors who have
waived their privileges. The author agrees that the judges’
considerations are correct, but are incomplete in
considering matters regarding the transition of rights and
obligations upon personal guarantee agreements both from
Andi Sutanto to Bankruptcy Petitionee II and from
Gunawan Sutanto to the Bankruptcy Petitionee III.
In Author’s opinion, besides determining that the death
of personal guarantor caused their heirs to act as personal
guarantor, should the judges consider the responsibility of
the heirs to the obligations of the deceased person in the
field of wealth as well, based on inheritance legal system
adopted by the heirs. Moreover Bankruptcy Petitionee II
and Bankruptcy Petitionee III are subject to West
Inheritance Law in which their responsibility for such
matters is determined with their attitude toward the
inheritance and each of attitude has a different legal
consequences.
V. CONCLUSION
The legal consequence of a death of personal guarantor
is transfer of personal guarantee agreement from personal
guarantor to his heirs. It means that all the rights and
obligations of personal guarantor upon personal guarantee
agreement will not be vanished, but they will be passed to
the heirs of the personal guarantor. In order to determine
whether the heirs of personal guarantor may be filed with a
bankruptcy petition, we shall consider their responsibility
to the obligation left by former personal guarantor in the
field of wealth, which then has to be considered based on
the inheritance legal system in Indonesia and the
inheritance legal system that is adopted by the heirs. In
Indonesia. In the event of death of personal guarantor, the
100
heirs of the personal guarantor who are subject to Islamic
Inheritance Law, Adat Inheritance Law and West
Inheritance Law, especially who accept the inheritance,
will obtain responsibility upon personal guarantee
agreement as personal guarantor and in return may face
legal consequences as a personal guarantor, such as
bankruptcy declaration against themselves. They may be
filed for bankruptcy petition if they do not fulfill their
obligations to creditors and they meet terms of the
bankruptcy as stated in Article 2 paragraph (1) Indonesian
Bankruptcy Law. Meanwhile, the heirs of personal
guarantor who are subject to West Inheritance Law,
especially who refuse to accept the inheritance, will not
obtain the rights and obligations of the personal guarantor
upon personal guarantee agreement. Thus, they have no
obligation to pay the debt of the debtor to the creditor when
the debtor is in defaults, and in return, they cannot be filed
with bankruptcy petition.
SUGGESTIONS
Suggestions based on this research are:
1. A person who is about to bind himself as a personal
guarantor must apply the precautionary principle
because personal guarantor has a huge legal
consequences both to himself and to his heirs.
2. Heirs who are subject to West Inheritance Law must be
careful in determining their attitude toward the
inheritance left by the testator and should conduct an
inventory of assets and liabilities of the testator in order
to avoid the burden of inheritance that is too big for
them
3. If creditors face the heirs of the personal guarantor who
decline inheritance, creditors may file a bankruptcy
petition against inheritance of debtor in order to get any
loan repayment.
REFERENCES
[1] Ali, H. Zainuddin. (2008). Pelaksanaan Hukum Waris di Indonesia.
Jakarta: Sinar Grafika.
[2] Ali, H. Zainuddin. (2009). Penelitian Hukum. Jakarta: Sinar
Grafika.
[3] Fuady, Munir. (2002). Hukum Pailit. Bandung: Citra Aditya Bakti.
[4] Hadikusuma, Hilman. Hukum Waris Indonesia Menurut
Perundangan, Hukum Adat, dan Agama Hindu-Islam. (1991).
Bandung: PT Citra Aditya Bakti.
[5] Hasbullah, Frieda Husni. (2009) Hukum Kebendaan Perdata: Hak-
Hak Yang Memberi Jaminan. Jakarta: Ind Hill-Cos.
[6] Hoff, Jerry. (2000). UUK-PKPU di Indonesia [Indonesian
Bankcuptcy Law]. Translated by Kartini Muljadi. Jakarta: Tatanusa.
[7] Republic of Indonesia. Law concerning Bankruptcy And
Suspension Of Obligation For Payment of Debts, Law No. 37 of
2004, LN No. 31 of 2004, TLN No. 4443.
[8] Kitab Undang-Undang Hukum Perdata [Burgelijk Wetboek].
(1976). Translated by R. Soesilo and R. Tjitrosudibio. Jakarta:
Pradnya Paramita.
[9] Kompilasi Hukum Islam. (2015). Bandung: Nuansa Aulia.
[10] Oemarsalim. (2006). Dasar-Dasar Hukum Waris di Indonesia.
Jakarta: PT Rineka Cipta.
[11] Pitlo, A. (1979). Hukum Waris Menurut Kitab Undang-Undang
Hukum Perdata Belanda. Translated by M. Isa Arief. Jakarta: PT
Intermasa.
[12] Ramulyo, H.M. Idris. (2008). Perbandingan Hukum Kewarisan
Islam dengan Kewarisan Kitab Undang-Undang Hukum Perdata.
Jakarta: SinarGrafika.
[13] Sjahdeini, Sutan Remy. (2009). Hukum Kepailitan: Memahami
Undang-Undang No. 37 Tahun 2007 tentang Kepailitan. Jakarta:
Pustaka Utama Grafiti.
[14] Sjarif, Surini Ahlan and Elmiyah, Nurul. (2008). Hukum Kewarisan
Perdata Barat. Jakarta: Kencana.
[15] Soekanto, Soerjono. (2012). Hukum Adat Indonesia. Jakarta: PT
Raja Grafindo Persada.
[16] Sofwan, Sri Soedewi Masjchoen. (2007). Hukum Jaminan di
Indonesia: Pokok-Pokok Hukum Jaminan dan Jaminan
Perorangan. Yogyakarta: Liberty Offset Yogyakarta.
[17] Sulistyo and Basuki. (2006). Metode Penelitian. Jakarta: Wedatama
Widya Sastra dan Fakultas Ilmu Pengetahuan Budaya Universitas
Indonesia.
[18] Ter Haar, B. (2001). Asas-Asas Dan Susunan Hukum Adat.
Translated by. Soebakti Poesponoto. Jakarta: Pradnya Paramita.

101
 EFFECTS OF CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY FOR PUBLIC RESPONSE
TO OPERATING ACTIVITIES PT PEMBANGKITAN JAWA BALI (PT PJB)

Aminullah Assagaf
E-mail: assagaf29@yahoo.com ,
Faculty of Economics and Business University DR. Soetomo

Eddy Yunus
E-mail: eddyyunus67@yahoo.com,
Faculty of Economics and Business University DR. Soetomo

Meithiana Indrasari
E-mail: meithiana.indrasari@unitomo.ac.id,
Faculty of Economics and Business University DR. Soetomo

ABSTRACT. The purpose of this study is to mengetahui the influence of CSR programs in social activities on the
response of people around the installation related to the generation operations of PT. PJB. Studying the public response over
the CSR program directed towards productive activities to help ease the burden on communities around isntalasi generation
PT. PJB.Memahami public response on CSR program of activities aimed at environmental preservation community around
the installation of generation PT. PJB. The methodology used in this study is reflected in the model regression
analysis and primary data collected via tail questionner separately examine the research hypothesis is that the
program of CSR activities has positive influence on the community response around the installation of
generation. The response in the form of support to the operational activity of the generation that is managed by
PTB. While difkelompokkan CSR activities in the form of social assistance, productive activities that help the
economic life of society, and keiatan pelesatrian surrounding natural environment. The findings in this study,
namely that kegitan corporate social responsibility conducted by PT PJB in order to help social activities has received a
positive response and significantly by the community around pembangkita installation. Support of productive activities to
help promote economic activities around the corporate environment, and exhibited significantly positive effect on the
response of the community. And activities in the form of aid for the improvement or preservation of the natural environment
around the installation and significant positive effect on the response of the community. The implications of this
research, which is associated with CSR activities that responded positively and significantly by the public,
shows that companies need to maintain continuity of CSR programs, and set up planning more comprehensive
and integrated, thus providing optimum benefits for the community or people, improve the company's value in
the form of profit and preservation of the natural environment or the planet.
Keterbatas pThis enelitian, mainly because it can not reveal the motivation of management and other factors that influence
decision making responsibiity corporate program undertaken by the company.

Keyword: Corporate Social Responsibility, Sustainability of People, Planet and Profit.

INTRODUCTION
Based on the Regulation of the Minister of State-Owned
Enterprises No. PER-05 / MBU / 2007 dated 27 April 2008 on the
Partnership Program for State Owned Enterprises With Small
Business and Community Development Program, then became
kewajban bahi companies under the auspices company State Owned
Enterprises or SOE including its subsidiaries to hold activities
Community Development, known as Corporate Social
Responsibility or CSR.
PT Perusahaan Listrik Negara, or PLN (Persero) as the state-
owned company engaged in the national electricity has subsidiaries
namely PT Generation Java, Bali or PT PJB engaged in power
generation operating working area of Java and Bali, has organized
CSR is by allocating a budget annually. The activities carried out not
only at headquarters but in every operational unit of generation that
are scattered throughout the work unit as in Paiton, Gresik, Brantas,
Muara Karang, Muara Tawar, Cirata, and others scattered diunit-
central unit generation who are diwalayah work mentioned above.
CSR programs held as stipulated in the above SOE Minister
Regulation which includes: (a) belp victims of natural disasters, (b)
support the education and / or training, (c) help to improve health,
(d) support the development of infrastructure and / or public
facilities, (e) help religious facilities, and (f) support nature
conservation. In this study refers to the scope of the above, but with

102
pengelompkan on activities that are classified into a program (a)
social assistance, including disaster relief, assistance to improve
health, and help religious facilities, (b) support productive activities,
including education and / or training, the development of
infrastructure and / or public facilities, and (c) a support nature
conservation.
In connection with these activities program, so in this paper will
be examined how far the effects of the company's CSR activities
affect the response or responses of society, with a view to obtaining
inputs at the same time evaluate the effectiveness of implementation
effectiveness of the company's CSR kegiatas. As a hypothesis on the
public response to the CSR program PT PJB, namely the kegiata
provide positive and significant impact, because CSR is bermanaaf
to people's lives, especially in the environment around the
installation of generation. Therefore, the management company
continues to expand the program from year to year is not only the
people around the installation, but more than that, so the presence of
PT PJB midst of society can survive or be sustainable. The existence
of the company loved by the community and success in running the
operation, because they always maintain a clean environment or do
not pollute the environment or harm the health of society, and
sustainable programs in melesatarikan environment.
Principal Issues Research
Based on the description above, it is a question in this research are:
a. How much influence the program of social activities
undertaken by the company generating the Java Bali elicit a
response from people around the installation of generation
chiefly in relation to the generation operations conducted by PT
PJB?
b. How is the public response to help corporate responsibility or
CSR are focused on productive activities?
c. How juah public response CSR tehadap aid directed at the
preservation of the natural environment assistance isntalasi
generation?
Purpose and Usefulness Research
The purpose of this study was focused to answer penelititian the
problems mentioned above, namely:
a. Determine the influence of CSR program of social activities on
the response of people around the installation related to the
generation operations of PT. PJB.
b. Studying the public response over the CSR program directed
towards productive activities to help ease the burden on
communities around isntalasi generation PT. PJB.
c. Understanding the public response over the CSR program of
activities aimed at environmental preservation community
around the installation of generation PT. PJB.
The usefulness of this research, especially in terms of:
a. Contributed to the development of science, especially in the
study of the CSR program conducted by the company.
b. A reference to the parties who will conduct studies on CSR
using an econometric model, as was done in this study.
c. Give a full picture of the application of econometric analysis in
the study of CSR. Therefore, in this study using almost all
means of econometric analysis to explain the phenomena
studied, thus providing a greater understanding of
comprehension, especially because in analiis used two software
at the same time to be complementary SPSS 22 and Eviews, so
it can do more analysis meets kepentigan causal analysis.
103
LITERATURE REVIEW
The theory and the results of previous research that underlies
this research are theories relevant to the Corporate Social
Responsibility as proposed by the experts, namely (a) Agency
Theory, (b) Positive Accounting Theory, (c) Steakholders Theory,
(d) Theory Ligitimasi , (e) Model the Triple Botton Line, (f)
Negtiave concept of externality, and other corporate social
responsibility study results presented in Hadi (2009); Kusuma
(2013); Wibowo (2013); Arief (2014); and Ayu (2015).
Theory Agency (Agency Theory)
PeResearch has this using agency theory as a grand theory
where the theory of agency (agency theory) revealed the existence
of a relationship between the principal (the company owner or the
party giving the mandate) and the agent (manager of the company
or person receiving the mandate) which is based on the separation
of ownership and control of companies, separation of insurer risk,
decision making and control functions (Jensen and Meckling, 1976)
in (Suaryana, 2011).
Positive Accounting Theory (Positive Accounting Theory)
A positive accounting theory developed by Watts and
Zimmerman (1986) in Suaryana (2011) in his work entitled positive
accounting theory. This theory became a reference in the
development of accounting research. Basically
Positive accounting theory to explain the behavior of corporate
management in financial reporting.
Stakeholders theory
Theory predicts stakeholder management attention to the
expectations of the stakeholders of the ruling, the stakeholders who
have the power to control the resources needed by the company
(Deegan, 2000) in (Suaryana, 2011) ..
Legitimacy theory
The theory of legitimacy revealed that the company continually
strives to act in accordance with the limits and norms in society, on
his business activities perusaha trying to be accepted by the
perception of external parties (Deegan, 2000).
The Triple Botton Line
John Eklington (1997), which is famous for "The Triple Botton
Line" argues that if a company wants to sustain, then he needs to pay
attention to 3P as the picture below, which is not just profit hunted,
but also should make a positive contribution to society (people) and
actively participate in protecting the environment (planet).
Negative externalities
negative externalitiesmengakibatkan cost to be borne by all
stakeholders, while they are the ones who do not participate directly
enjoy increased prosperity (result) of the company. From there the
beginning of the emergence of lack of balance between the interests
of the company as a business unit with the interests of stakeholders
(incongruence- si). Implikasinnya, protest against the company's
stakeholders. To reduce a claim (protest) can be done through social
mechanisms cotract berupaka increase in corporate social
responsibility (CSR). Corporate Social Responsibility is a
manifestation of consciousness businesses (industry) on externalities
caused dis-economics.
Study Results CSR (Other)
Milton Friedman (1970) states that the company's management
has a responsibility to improve (maximize) profits for the owners
(shareholders). Trevino and Nelson (1995) argued that management
should increase profits (money) is unfounded and incompatible with
the existence of the community (society). That is, companies in
pursuit of profit as to which philosophy keberdaan companies
should take into account the interests and norms of society
surrounding them.
RESEARCH HYPOTHESES
Based on the above description and consider the theoretical basis or
literature relating to this CSR study, the hypothesis proposed in this
study, namely:
a. That the social activities programmed in CSR activities is
eagerly awaited around the community Oleg generation
installations, because annually PT PJB doing these activities,
even increasingly developed over time. Management of the
company contributed to the implementation, even a concern
until at PLN Centre and the ministerial level. Therefore, CSR
budget allocation is constantly supported at the time of
preparing the annual budget through CBP or budget plans of
the company. Based on this, the first hypothesis proposed in
this study, namely;
Hypothesis (1): CSR activities are focused on social activities
and significant positive effect on the response of the
community around the installation of generation PT PJB.
b. CSR activities not only are focused on the consumer, but is also
directed to the productive activities that are expected to trigger
an advanced long-term basis on the business activities
surrounding communities. Thus, this program can provide
additional income of both people and open new opportunities
for productive activities corresponding potential of the
community concerned. Based on that makahipotesis 2 proposed
in this study are:
Hypothesis (2):CSR programs directed at productive activities
and significant positive effect on the response of the
community around the installation of generation PT. PJB.
c. CSR activities are directed at environmental conservation
programs is expected by the public, especially to support the
program of activities of local government to preserve the
community. Many activities pelesatraian environment that has
been done by the company, whether they are multi-year and
incidental according to the needs at the time, and these
perceived benefits olehmmasyarakat, because before these
activities are programmed beforehand coordinated with the
community and with local authorities, to enable the co-
operation and integrated programs between the relevant
agencies. Based on this, the third hypothesis proposed in this
study, namely:
Hypothesis (3):CSR activities are intended to help pelesatrian
natural environment positive and significant effect on the
104
response of the community around the installation of generation
PT. PJB.
METHODOLOGY
In this paper will analyze CSR as independent and as an
independent variable is the public response to the program of
activities consisting of belp victims of natural disasters, aid
education and / or training, the improvement of health, aid the
development of infrastructure and / or public facilities, religious
facilities assistance, and help nature conservation.
Framework of analysis in this studied is described as follows:
Based on the above analysis framework, so in this study used
regression analysis model as follows:
YRspi = β0 + β1 CSRProg1i + β2 CSRProg2i + β3
CSRProg3i + ei
Where :
- YRspi = public response to the environmental development
or CSR activities of the company to the observation to i
- CSRProg1i = CSR activities of social programs such as
health, education and advice to worship at observation i
- CSRProg2i = kegiatas CSR productive public infrastructure
program on observations to i
- CSRProg3i = preservation of the natural environment on
observation to i
- ei = error in the observations to i
- i = 1 ........ n
- β0 = constant
- β1...... β3 = coefficient independent variable directions
The types and sources of data
The data used in this analysis using a sample that will be used
by 40 rseponden elected randam to the people who are around the
location where the generation installation has been carried out CSR
activities by PT. PJB. The list of questions raised sebaimana
attached, which is associated with the dependent variable and the
independent variables to be studied as the regression equation above.
HYPOTHESIS TESTING
Hypothesis testing is done through; (a) test instrument of
accession which consists of a test valitas, and reliability test, (b) the
assumption of linear regression or the classical assumption of
multicollinearity test, heteroscedasticity test, autocorrelation test and
normality test, and test linearity, (c) the regression analysis consists
of a test model or adjusted R2, F test, to test the level of significance
of the relationship between the independent variable dependent
varaibel overall, t test to test the level of significance of the partial
correlation between independent variables one by one the dependent
variable, and regression coefficient analysis.
a. Test of instrument
As a first step for the regression calculation, necessary to test
instrument used in the collection of data, namely:
(a) Validity
This test validity, is to determine how accurate instrument or
technique of sampling or measurement data in this study.
(b) Realiability
Reliability testing is to determine the consistency of measuring
devices or the sampling technique is used if the measurement is
repeated, the results are consistent or trustworthy or test stand.
b. Assumptions of classical regression
Dipersyartkan linear regression model with the classical assumption,
containing the:
(a) Multicollinearity test, ie testing the regression model showed
that there were significant relationships between independent
variables were used. If there are relationships or
multicollinearity in the model, then the invalid used in the
estimation.
(b) Heteroskedastisitas test, ie testing the inequalities of residual
variance in regression models. Heteroskidastity means there is
a variant that is not equal to the variable is used, otherwise
homoskedastisitas means variants of these variables have the
same niali or constant.
(c) Autocorrelation test, the regression model used does not
happen correlation of residuals for the observation of one with
the other observations are arranged in chronological order or
serial. So this autocorrelation test therefore is not only the alpha
testing time series data but also used for cross section data.
(d) Normality test, which aims to test whether the residual value
which has been standardized in the regression model
berddistribusi normal or the residual value of the bulk of
approaching the average value.
(e) Linearity test, which is to determine the level of linearity partial
correlation between independent variables with the dependent
variable used in the study.
c. Regression analysis
In regression calculations to be stated on the results of this study are:
(a) The coefficient of determination (Adjusted R2)
The coefficient of determination, ie to measure the coefficient
of determination produced quite able to explain the
phenomenon under study. The value of the coefficient of
determination (R2) reflects how large the variation of the
dependent variable Y can be explained by the independent
variable X. If the value is equal to 0. The coefficient of
determination (R2 = 0), meaning that the variation of Y can not
be explained by X altogether. Meanwhile, when R2 = 1,
meaning that the variation of Y as a whole can be explained by
X. In other words, when R2 = 1, then all the observation point is
exactly on the regression line. Thus good or bad a regression
equation is determined by its R2 has a value between zero and
one.
(b) F-statistic
F-statistic test: to test the level of significance of the
relationship between the independent variable dependent
varaibel overall. F-test are used to test the hypothesis
coefficient (slope) regression simultaneously .. How well the
regression testing using ANOVA Table or Analysis of
Variance. Having obtained F count, then the next step is to
compare it with the table F with df of k and (nk-If F Hit> Ftab
(nk-1), then reject H0 or in other words that at least one
regression slope statistically significant.
105
(c) t-statistic
The t-statistic, namely to test the level of significance of the
partial correlation between independent variables one by one to
dependent variable. After making the overall regression
coefficient test (F-test), the next is to test individual regression
coefficients that disebutan t-test were formulated as follows:
bj
t
s.e b j 
T above value will be compared with the value t table. If it turns
out, the program was t  t / 2 , Then the value of t is in the
rejection region, so that the null hypothesis (j= 0) is rejected at
the level of confidence (1-) X 100%.
(d) The regression equation
The regression equation regression coefficients portrait reflects
the influence of the independent variable or the independent
variable on the dependent variable, which means that the
coefficient indicates the magnitude of the change in the
dependent variable when the independent variable changes by
one unit. Significant negative regression coefficient opposite
relationship between the dependent and independent variables,
that is, when the independent variable increases then the
dependent vraiabel will decline. Conversely, if a positive
regression coefficient means a unidirectional relationship
between the dependent and independent variables, that is, when
the independent variable increases then varaiabel dependent
will also increase or decrease when the independent variable,
the dependent variable was also decreased.
RESULT AND DISCUSS
a. Test Instrument
(a) Validity
Table statisk correlation to test the validity of the simulation as
SPSS-22, which each variable tested alternately variable dependent
and independent variables. The result of the calculation is stated that
qualify validity if Pearson Correlation have a level of sig (2-tailed)
<0.01 or 1%. Test the validity of the independent variables and the
dependent variable is presented below.
a)Test the validity of the dependent variable Yrsp
Test the validity of the dependent variable Yrsp remedy, expressed
as the following correlations table with the results, the Pearson
Correlation = 1.000 and sig level (2-tailed) = 0.000 or less than 0.01,
or 1%, which means that each of the items or answers question
(Questionner) was declared invalid.
b) Test the validity of independent variables CSRProg1
Test the validity of independent variables CSRProg1, expressed as In the measurement method or the variable sampling method used
the following correlations table with the results, the Pearson otherwise reliable, then the measurement results in this study can be
Correlation = 1.000 and sig level (2-tailed) = 0.000 or less than 0.01, stated that if the measurement is repeated, then the result will be
or 1%, which means that each of the items or answers question consistent or trustworthy or test stand. Conversely if the level of
(questionner) was declared invalid. reliability is not eligible or Cronbach's Alpha <0.7 it is stated that
the data measured results can not be used optimally, as instrument or
expressed as correlations table below:
method of data collection or sampling techniques used can not be
trusted or not disqualified. Therefore, research using cross section
data like this needs to be done in addition to the reliability test
validity, because the data or samples used will determine the
estimation results obtained from the regression calculation. This
variable reliability level simulation results presented in accordance
SPSS 22 as follows:
RELIABILITY /VARIABLES=Y11 Y12 Y13
Case Processing Summary Reliability Statistics
c)Test the validity of independent variables CSRProg2 Cronbach's
N % N of Items
Alpha
Test the validity of independent variables CSRProg2, expressed as Valid 40 100 1.000 3
the following correlations table with the results, the Pearson Cases Excluded
a
0 0
Correlation = 1.000 and sig level (2-tailed) = 0.000 or less than 0.01, Total 40 100

or 1%, which means that each of the items or answers question
(questionner) was declared invalid.
d) Test the validity of independent variables CSRProg3
Test the validity of independent variables CSRProg3, expressed as
the following correlations table with the results, the Pearson
Correlation = 1.000 and sig level (2-tailed) = 0.000 or less than 0.01,
or 1%, which means that each of the items or answers question
(questionner) was declared invalid.
(b) Reliability
Table statisk to test the reliability of the simulation SPSS-22, which
each variable tested alternately variable dependent and independent
variables. The test results can be expressed as qualified or reliable if
the reliability of the results obtained Cronbach's Alpha> 0.7. The
level of reliability of the dependent variable and the independent
variables presented below.
a)Reliability test of dependent variable YRsp
Reliability test for dependent variables YRsp, expressed as the
Reliability Statitics following table with the results, ie Cronbach's
alpha = 1 or in greater than 0.7 it is stated that the instrument
measuring or sampling method used in this study expressed realible.
a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the
procedure.
b) Reliability test of independent variables CSRProg1
Reliability test for independent variables CSRProg1, expressed as
the Reliability Statitics following table with the results, ie
Cronbach's alpha = 1 or greater than 0.7 it is stated that a measuring
instrument or sampling method used in this study expressed realible.
In the measurement method or the variable sampling method used
otherwise reliable, then the measurement results in this study can be
stated that if the measurement is repeated, then the result will be
consistent or trustworthy or test stand. Conversely if the level of
reliability is not eligible or Cronbach's Alpha <0.7 it is stated that
the data measured results can not be used optimally, as instrument or
method of data collection or sampling techniques used can not be
trusted or not disqualified. Therefore, research using cross section
data like this needs to be done in addition to the reliability test
validity, because the data or samples used will determine the
estimation results obtained from the regression calculation. This
variable reliability level simulation results presented in accordance
SPSS 22 as follows:
RELIABILITY /VARIABLES=X11 X12 X13
Case Processing Summary Reliability Statistics
Cronbach's
N % N of Items
Alpha
Valid 40 100 1.000 3
a
Cases Excluded 0 0
Total 40 100
a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the
procedure.
c)Reliability test of independent variables CSRProg2
Reliability test for independent variables CSRProg3, expressed as
the Reliability Statitics following table with the results, ie
Cronbach's alpha = 1 or greater than 0.7 it is stated that a measuring
instrument or sampling method used in this study expressed realible.
In the measurement method or the variable sampling method used
otherwise reliable, then the measurement results in this study can be
stated that if the measurement is repeated, then the result will be
consistent or trustworthy or test stand. Conversely if the level of

106
reliability is not eligible or Cronbach's Alpha <0.7 it is stated that
the data measured results can not be used optimally, as instrument or
method of data collection or sampling techniques used can not be
trusted or not disqualified. Therefore, research using cross section
data like this needs to be done in addition to the reliability test
validity, because the data or samples used will determine the
estimation results obtained from the regression calculation. This
variable reliability level simulation results presented in accordance
SPSS 22 as follows:
(b) Heteroskidastity
RELIABILITY /VARIABLES=X21 X22 X23
By using software Eviews Heteroskidastity test calculation results
Case Processing Summary Reliability Statistics
Cronbach's obtained as the table below. The reason for SPSS eviews use less
N % N of Items
Alpha practical in the calculation and there is no facility to calculate
Valid 40 100 1.000 3
a
directly Heteroskidastity as in Eviews. From EVIWS provided
Cases Excluded 0 0
Total 40 100
several methods Heteroskidastity, and one of them using a method
a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the White is used in the calculations in this study, which compares the
procedure. Chi-square count with Chisuare table of figures residual, and when
d) Reliability test of independent variables CSRProg3 Chi-square count is smaller than the Chi-square table then concluded
heteroskedastisity not happen.
Reliability test for independent variables CSRProg3, expressed as Chi-square count obtained from: Obs * R-squared = 40 x 0.254651 =
the Reliability Statitics following table with the results, ie 10.18603, while Chi-Squared table at alpha 5% or 0.05 = 55.75.
Cronbach's alpha = 1 or in greater than 0.7 it is stated that the Because Chi-Squared count (10,18) is smaller than the Chi-Squared
instrument measuring or sampling method used in this study table (55.75), then declared not happen Heteroskedasticity.By using
expressed realible. In the measurement method or the variable Eviews Software obtained the following results:
sampling method used otherwise reliable, then the measurement
results in this study can be stated that if the measurement is
repeated, then the result will be consistent or trustworthy or test
stand. Conversely if the level of reliability is not eligible or
Cronbach's Alpha <0.7 it is stated that the data measured results can
not be used optimally, as instrument or method of data collection or
sampling techniques used can not be trusted or not disqualified.
Therefore, research using cross section data like this needs to be
done in addition to the reliability test validity, because the data or
samples used will determine the estimation results obtained from the
regression calculation. This variable reliability level simulation
results presented in accordance SPSS 22 as follows:
RELIABILITY /VARIABLES=X31 X32 X33
Case Processing Summary Reliability Statistics
Cronbach's
N % N of Items
Alpha
Valid 40 100 1.000 3
a
Cases Excluded 0 0 (c) Autocorrelation
Total 40 100 By using SPSS - 22, then the simulation results obtained with the
a. Listwise deletion based on all variables in the
procedure. method of Durbin Watson Dwhitung of 1,772 as the following table,

b. Assumptions of classical regression Model Summaryb

(a) Multikolinearity
By using SPSS 22 software, the following test results obtained
multicollierity, that each independent variable has a VIF or Variance
Inflation Factor <alpha 10 (a = 1 / VIF), or 10 = 1 / 0.10 or VIF =
10. thus it can be stated that the regression model is used there is no
multicollinearity, since each variable has only independnt VIF value
in the range of 1,015 up to 1,112, or less than 10.
Model Durbin-Watson
1 1,772a
a. Predictors: Constant), CSRProg1, CSRProg2, CSRProg3
b. Dependent Variable: Yrsp
Unknown sampael n = 40 and table Durbin Watson obtained dL =
1.3 and dU = 1.6 so that it can be stated that the data in this study
did not happen because the autocorrelation DW count = 1,772 or be
in a position greater than dU on the diagram DW ,
(d) Normality
Normality test aims to determine whether the residual value has
disstandarisasi in regression models the normal distribution or not.

107
 ANOVA Table
The residual value is said to be normally distributed if the residual Sum of Mean
Squares df Square F Sig.
value largely standardized approach its average value. If depicted in YRsp * CSRProg2 Between Groups (Combined) 1,815 2 ,908 4,443 ,019

the form of the curve will form a picture of bells (bell-shaped Linearity
Deviation from
1,778 1 1,778 8,701 ,005

,038 1 ,038 ,185 ,670

Linearity
curve). Non-fulfillment of normality in general due to distribution Within Groups 7,560 37 ,204
Total
daa analyzed is not normal, because of the extreme values in the 9,375 39

captured data that can occur for various reasons (a) sampling error,
and (b) the character of the data is far from the average or (c) CSPRProg3 variable linearity test with YRsp:
completely different with others. Linear relationship between independent variables with the
Lillefrs normality test method: dependent variable YRsp CSPRProg3, showed Linearity at the level
By using SPSS 22, obtained the brackish Sig of the variables, of Sig = 0,000 which means there is a linear relationship between
namely: Yrsp = 0.000, CSRProg1 = 0.000, CSRProg2 = 0.000, and two variables. Otherwise have a linear relationship between
CSRProg3 = 0.000, which means that the residual value of normal independent variables with the dependent variable, if the level of Sig
distribution for sig level of less than 0.05 or 5%. Dikatak normal <0.05.
ANOVA Table
distribution of the residual value if the level of each variable sig Sum of Mean
Squares df Square F Sig.
stretcher has a level of sig> 0.05 or above 5%. ). Non-fulfillment of YRsp * CSRProg3 Between Groups (Combined) 4,445 2 2,222 16,677 ,000
Linearity 3,946 1 3,946 29,613 ,000
normality is mainly due to the distribution of the data being Deviation from
,499 1 ,499 3,742 ,061
Linearity
analyzed is not normal, because the character of the data is far from Within Groups 4,930 37 ,133
Total 9,375 39
the average or completely different from the others.

c. Regression analysis
(a) Determinand coefficient (Adjusted R2)
Table statistical calculation coefficient of determination or adjusted
R2 = 0.710 or 71%, which means the results of this study to the
linear models were used, it changes the independent variables are
able to explain changes in the independent variable of about 71%, or
it can be stated that this model is very good and met the study
criteria socioeconomic commonly used in the range of at least 60%.

(e) Linearity
Test linear relationship between independent variables with the
dependent variable partially, or alternately each independent (b) F-Statistic
variable with the dependent variable was tested linearity. Relations Statstik calculation table obtained by the F test, namely:
otherwise qualified linearity linearity obtained if the ANOVA table
Sig level Linearity <0.05 or small leboh of 5%. Linearity test results
are expressed as follows:
(a) CSPRProg1 variable linearity test with YRsp:
Linear relationship between independent variables with the
dependent variable YRsp CSPRProg1, showed Linearity at the level
of Sig = 0.131 which means that there is a linear relationship
Perhiungan results of the ANOVA table above shows F count =
between two variables. Otherwise have a linear relationship between
32.771 and sig = 0.000 level. Because the rating level sig test F =
independent variables with the dependent variable, if the level of Sig
0.000 or less than 0.01, or 1%, it can be stated that the overall
<0.05.
ANOVA Table independent variables used in this study (CSRProg1, CSRProg2, and
Sum of Mean
Squares df Square F Sig. CSRProg3) very significant influence on the dependent variable
YRsp * CSRProg1 Between Groups (Combined) 3,766 2 1,883 12,423 ,000
Linearity 3,573 1 3,573 23,569 ,000 Yrsp. The significance level commonly used in the socio-economic
Deviation from

Within Groups
Linearity
,194

5,609
1

37
,194

,152
1,277 ,266
research is to limit short signifkansi <0.05 or 5%.
Total 9,375 39 (c) t-Statistic

(b) CSPRProg2 variable linearity test with YRsp:
Linear relationship between independent variables with the
dependent variable YRsp CSPRProg2, showed Linearity at the level
of Sig = 0.005 which means that there is a linear relationship
between two variables. Otherwise have a linear relationship between
independent variables with the dependent variable, if the level of Sig
<0.05.
Table prhitungan obtained statistical t-test each level sig partially
independent variables, namely: (a) Sig for CSR Prog1 = 0,000, (b)
Sig for CSR Prog 2 = 0.000, and (c) for CSR Prog3 sig = 0,000.
Because the level of sig t test less than 5%, it is stated that the
respective partial seckesara independent variables used in this study
a significant effect on the dependent variable Yrsp.

108
Print out the results of SPSS-22 statistical coefficient obtained as the
table below:
(d) Regression coefficient
The regression coefficient terms in the regression equation as
mentioned above Coefficients table that can be written as follows::
YRsp = - 0.163 + 0.400 CSRProg1+ 0.276 CSRProg2+
0.346 CSRProg3
Based regsi equation mentioned above, can be explained like this: the
a). CSRProg1 variable coefficient = 0.400 means that a change of one
unit CSRProg1 independent variable will cause changes in variables
Yrsp at 0.276. The amendment is a positive change that is sesusuai
with coefficient symbol β1 = + 0.400 which means that a positive
change or accretion of independent variables of the unit will lead to
the increase of the dependent variable Yrsp sbesar 0.400. And vice
versa, if there is a reduction of one unit of the independent variable
will cause a reduction in the variable CSRProg1 Yrsp. Implementation
for the management of PT PJB is increase in social activity will lead to
a positive response dai community around the installation of
generation. Not to reduce future activities of this program are to come
if PT PJB expect support from the community around the installation.
b). CSRProg2 variable coefficient = 0.276 means that the positive
effect ii coefficient of 0.276, which means that the increase of this
variable will increase the level of public response when a variable is
being developed by the company. Conversely when the company
reduced its CSR activities will cause public response will decline
against the activities of PT PJB, can even subtracts the support of
society against this company, especially the community living around
the installation of generation PT PJB.
c). CSRProg3 variable coefficient = 0.346 prngaruh showed positive
at 0,346, which means that these variables are correlated poitif or
significant positive effect on the public response to proramCSR
companies. In case of increase CSR activities in preserving the
environment, the local community will provide support or positive
response to the company. Conversely if the company reduces the
activity of this program will also have a negative impact on the
company PT PJB.
CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATION
From the discussion mentioned above, then the following
conclusions and recommendations put forward, namely:
a. Corporate social responsibility activity conducted by PT PJB in
order to help social activities has received a positive response
and significantly by the surrounding community pembangkita
installation, sebagimana Statistically t test results that indicate
the level sig = 0,000
b.Corporate social governance earmarked for productive activities to
help promote economic activities around the environment of
the company, has received a positive response and a significant
109
community It is also evident from the significant test showed
sig = 0.000 t-test.
c. Governace corporate social policies are carried out routinely by
the companies that cater to the improvement or preservation of
the natural environment around the installation, it turns out
positive and significant public response. This is proven
statistically by t-test is obtained sig = 0,000.
d.Based on these results above which show that people respond
positively and significantly related to activity of the corporate
social responsibility of the company, it is recommended that the
CSR program is continuously improved and expanded its reach,
as well as coordination with pemerntah local area in order to
achieve synergies CSR programs including agencies or
companies another did the same program.
REFERENCES
Arief, A. (2014). Influence of Corporate Social
Responsibility Disclosure Of Earnings Management: A Case
Study of Non-Financial Services Companies Listed on the
Stock Exchange Indonesa Year 2010-2012. Semarang. June
11, 2014, P.12-44.www.ecosearch.jp
Ayu, DRP (2015). Activities Media Relations In
Pemeritaan Maximizing Corporate Social Responsibility
Program - Diskriptif Qualitative Study Of Corporate
Secretary of PT Pertamina. Yogyakarta: Kalijaga Islamic
University. 9 September 2015. P.14-33.http://digilib.uin-
suka.ac.id
Budiman, A., Prasetijo, A., Rudito, B. (2008). Corporate
Social Responsibility: Alternatives for Development in
Indonesia. Jakarta: Indonesian Center for Sustainable
Development (ICSD). Issue 2, December 13, 2007, P.135-
154.
Cannon, T. (1992). Corporate Social Responsibility:
Corporate Responsibility. Jakarta: PT. Alex Media
Komputindo. P.127-192.
Chamberlin, NW (1982). Social Strategy and Corporate
Structure. Newyork: Macmillan Publishing. First Edition, P.
14-31.
Combs, WT, Holladay, SJ (2012). Managing Corporate
Social Responsibility: A Communication Approach.
Malaysia: Publisher Wiley Blackwell. First Edition, P.89-
136.
Ghozali, I. (2014). Structural Equation Modeling:
Concepts and Applications With AMOS program 22.0.
Semarang: Publisher Agency Diponegoro.Cetakan VI
University, P.74-146.
Gunawan, J. (2015). Handbook: Sustainability Report:
Principle Determine Content and Quality. Jakarta: Publisher
Partners Media Discourse. September 2015. P.8-37. http //
www.juanitagunawan.weebly.com
Gunawan, J., Herman, R. (2013). Corporate Social
Disclosures in Southeast Asia: A Preliminary Study. Issues in
Social and Environmental Accounting Journal, Vol. 6, No.
3/4. January 2013, P.45-64.http://www.academia.edu and
http://www.fe.trisakti.ac.id
Gunawan, J. (2007). Corporate Social Disclosure by
Indonesian Listed Companies: A Pilot Study. Social
Responsibility Journal, Vol. 3, No. 3. P.26-
34.http://www.academia.edu and http://www.fe.trisakti.ac.id
Hadi, N. (2011). Corporate Social Responsibility.
Yogyakarta: Publisher: Publisher Graha Science. Mold 1,
November 2010, P. 87-149.
Hadi, N. (2009). Social Responsibility: Theoriticak
Assessment Framework, and Its Role in Research in
Accounting. Holy: State Islamic High School. October 2009,
Vol 4 No. 8, P.88-
107.http://download.portalgaruda.org/article.php
Harahap, SS (2011). Accounting Theory. Jakarta: PT
RajaGrafinfo Persada. Matter 11, P.547-597.
Kusuma, D. (2013). Analysis of Influence of Corporate
Social Responsibility Against Corporate Financial
Performance With Profit Management As moderating
variables - Empirical Study At Company Participants
Indonesian Sustainability Reporting Award 2009-2011.
Semarang: University Dipanegoro. 4 September 2013. P.15-
60.
www.dnvgl.com/Environmental
Poerwanto. (2010). Corporate Social Responsibility:
Social Turmoil in the Era Menjnakkan Pornography.
Yogyakarta: Student Library. Mold 1, September 2010,
P.103-156.
110
Rahman, R. (2009). Corporate Social Responsibility:
Between Theory and Reality. Jakarta: PT. We book. Mold 1,
P. 62-89.
Scott, WR (2015). Financial Accounting Theory.
Toronto: Pearson Publishing. Seventh Edition, P.22-30.
Solihin, I. (2008). Corporate Social Responsibility: From
Charity to Sustainability. Jakarta: Publisher Salemba Four.
Mold 1, P.37-70.
Sopranto, J. (2010). Multiparate Analysis: Meaning and
Interpretation. Jakarta: Rineka Reserved. Prints 2, P.56-71.
Susanto. (2009). Reputation Driven Corporate Social
Responsibility: Strategic Approaches in the Management of
Corporate Social Responsibility. Jakarta. Publisher. Mold 1,
P.47-86.
Tjiptono, F., Chandra, G. (2011). Service, Quality &
Satistfaction. Yogyakarta: Andy. Issue 3, P.285-366.
Watts, RL, Zimmerman, JL (1986). Positive Accounting
Theory. London: Jersey: Present-Hall Iternational (UK).
P.222-243.
Wibowo, ERP (2013). Analysis of Factors Affecting
Crporate Social Responsibility Policy In Manufacturing
Company in Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2008 - 2010.
Surakarta: Universitas Muhammadiyah. July 2013. P.4-17.
www.conocophillips.com/Responsibility
Weybrecht, G. (2010). The Sustainabile MBA: The
Manager's Guide to Green Business. England: Wiley and
Sons Ltd. Publication. P.187-254. www.wiley.com.
Widarjono, A. (2015). Applied Multivariate Analysis:
With SPSS, AMOS, SMARTPLS. Yogyakarta: UPP STIM
YKPN. Issue 2, P.39-103.
 INDIVIDUAL CREATIVITY ENHANCEMENT TO IMPROVE
PERFORMANCE THROUGH LECTURER LECTURER ON JOB
SATISFACTION OF STUDIES MANANEGEMNT

MeithianaIndrasari
meihtiana.indrasari@unitomo.ac.id
Associate Professor Peter Newcombe PhD
newc@psy.uq.edu.au

ABSTRACT. Achievement of the performance of lecturer is closely related to various internal factors, one of the which
is the capability, ie lecturer creativity, and job satisfaction. The study aims to Determine the effect of individual
creativity on the lecturer performance through job satisfaction as a moderating variable.This study took a random
sample and the data were collected through a questionnaire with Likert scale model. The results were Obtained value of
R = 0768; F = 80 616; and p = 0.000 (p <0.01) in the simultaneous showing of individual creativity moderated by job
satisfaction have a significant effect on the performance of lecturers. Likewise, the satisfaction of individual creativity
and job satisfaction Significantly as two independent variables influence the performance of lecturers. The coefficient
of determination to simultaneously show individual creativity through job satisfaction is Able to provide the effective
contribution of 89% of the performance of lecturers. Partial results in individual creativity part Obtained values r =
0.254; t = 3,404; and p = 0.001 (p <0.05), the which means that individual creativity is directly significant effect on the
performance of lecturers. The result of the partial effect on job satisfaction as independent variables (X2) r part = 0152;
t = 1,988; and p = 0048 (p <0.05), the which means that job satisfaction as independent variables significant direct
effect on the performance of lecturers. The result of the partial effect of job satisfaction as a moderating variable (Z)
Obtained values r part = 0172; t = 2,261; p = 0.025 (p <0.05), the which means that job satisfaction as a moderating
variable Significantly variables that can be included directly Affect the performance as well as the moderation of the
lecturer.

Keywords: individual creativity, job satisfaction, performance of lecturer

A. Introduction performance of faculty members, but institutions often

1. Background
The quality of higher education can change the
future direction of the life and values of the nation,
because of the quality of higher education is closely linked
to the quality and competence of graduates produced.
Graduate profile, learning outcomes, study materials,
course curriculum, methods and techniques of teaching,
methods of evaluation of learning outcomes and academic
atmosphere is a very important component and interact
directly with the duties and responsibilities of each of
permanent lecturers who received the mandate to support
the course. Lecturers are important actors in producing
quality graduates for college, so it needs a dynamic
academic atmosphere, professor of creative and innovative
job characteristics as the main capital in building a value
added for the organization of higher education.
Faculty performance will determine the direction of
the other unit's performance good performance, of course,
the performance of research institutions and institutional
performance. The role of the lecturer should be supported
by the provision of adequate facilities, conducive academic
atmosphere and provide enough space for the creativity
that innovation associated with the main task of
implementing Tridarma lecturer.
Institutions and courses require optimal
ignore the quality of the lecturers by not giving adequate
facilities in tri dharma well organized. This condition
causes the rank acquisition of accreditation process is not
linear with the performance of his teachers especially are
still accredited courses B and C. This indicates that there
are efforts engineering Form narrative report excellent but
very poor with the support of data and support real
documents on Tridarma activity which is a measure of the
performance of lecturers.
Robbins and Judge (2011) stated that job
satisfaction is a positive attitude of employees towards
their work. Research on performance and job satisfaction
has basically been widely researched, well put both
variables as two variablesthat influence each other, as well
as variables that are affected, do Gazioglu and Tansel
(2002); Dwilita (2008); Gunastri (2009); Morris and
Venkathes (2010); and Hamdi (2013). Retrieval object of
study in this research is expected to achieve
comprehensive and complementary factors that affect
performance and job satisfaction. Furthermore regarded as
a predictor of job satisfaction critical to the welfare of the
individual (Diaz-Serrano and Vieira, 2005). Job
satisfaction is also a good predictor of the desire or the
person's decision to leave his job (Gazioglu and Tansel,
2002).

111
 Jill and Smith (2006), which examines the
exploration in an effort to understand the relationship
between design creativity, job satisfaction and decision
making related to social relations explains that job
satisfaction is closely related to and influenced by a
person's chance to develop their creativity abilities.
Research Hoffman, Hutchinson, and Reiss (2009) states
that the lecturers are required to enhance the creative
capabilities that support the achievement of the
performance, especially in teaching and learning. Torrance
(in Sternberg, 2006), describes the process of creativity is
felt and observed problems, make assumptions about the
lack of (problem) is, assess and test the conjecture or
hypothesis, then change and test it again. It is the most
explicit criteria for determining one's creativity, so-called
peak criteria (the ultimate criteria) for creativity.
Faculty performance is the performance of the
college, which is the achievement of strong relative
performance related to job satisfaction of the lecturers and
the entire academic community. Performance and job
satisfaction besides lecturers supported by the entire
academic community also has a relationship with the
individual creativity of lecturers describe the identity of
the role of the faculty to carry out the functions and duties
Tridharma college.
2. Objective
As the issues that have been described, the purpose
of this study to determine and prove the
a. existence of the effect on the performance of
individual creativity lecturer who moderated by
faculty job satisfaction management courses in East
Java.
b. The existence of a direct influence on the
performance of individual creativity lecturer
management courses in East Java.
c. The influence of job satisfaction on faculty
performance management courses in East Java.
3. Benefits Research
results of this study are expected to provide
practical benefits that are as comprehensive explanation,
through the study of empirical evidence about the
influence of individual creativity, the performance of
lecturers through job satisfaction. In addition expected to
be a reference material for other researchers who want to
develop a more comprehensive research themes, so the
development of the science of human resource
management and organizational behavior becomes more
developed.
B. Reader Review and Hypothesis
1. Individual Creativity
Measurement of creativity can be assessed in four
indicators, namely; person, process, product and press,
which according to Taggar, (2004) creativity as"the four
P's of creativity",as follows:
a. Indicators person as the criterion of creativity is
synonymous with creative personality (creative
personality). Creative personality according to
Munandar (2002) includes cognitive and non-
cognitive (interests, attitudes, quality temperamental).
112
Creative people have personality traits that are
significantly different from people who are not
creative. These personality characteristics become
criteria to identify creative people.
b. The process indicators, according to Torrance (1988),
creativity is to feel and observe their process
problems, make assumptions about the lack of
(problem) is, assess and test the conjecture or
hypothesis, then change and test it again, and finally.
It is the most explicit criteria for determining one's
creativity, so-called peak criteria (the ultimate criteria)
for creativity.
c. Indicators of the product, according to research
pyrrole-Merlo and Mann (2004) describes the criteria
of creativity other opinion divided into two types,
namely concurrent criteria based on the creative
product that is displayed by a person during his life or
when he completed a creative work; concurrent both
criteria are based on the concept or definition of
creativity which is translated into behavioral
indicators creative.
d. A pressure indicator(press).Definitions and approaches
that emphasize creativity press or encouragement factors,
both internal drive yourself a desire and passion for
creating or implicated themselves creatively, as well as
external encouragement of social and psychological
environment. Definition Simpson (in Suharnan, 2010; and
Munandar, 2003), refers to the aspect of internal drive with
the formula is: the initiative that one manifests by his
power to break away from the usual sequence of thought,
that the "press" of the environment, there environments
that value imagination and fantasy, and emphasizing
creativity and innovation. Creativity is also less developed
in a culture that too much emphasis on tradition, and less
open to changes or new developments.
2. Job Satisfaction
Job satisfaction according to Robbins (2003), can
be measured in many approaches: Single global rating
method (SGRM) which measures the attitude of a person's
work on the job, and the summation score method (SCM),
which measures about the introduction of work tasks and
workloads, environment labor, supervisory relationships,
career promotion opportunities, and relationships with
labor relations. In a research instrument job satisfaction is
measured through NSQ (Need Satidfaction Questonaire)
which according to Munandar (2001); Kartono (2002);
Pierce, Jussila, and Cummings (2009), the five indicators
of job satisfaction for various jobs. These five indicators
are as follows.
a. The diversity of skills (skill variety). The amount of
skill required to perform the job. The more variety of
skills you use, the less tedious job.
b. The task identity (task identity). The degree to which
completion of the work as a whole can be seen the
results and can be identified as a result of a person's
performance. The task perceived as part of a larger
work and are perceived is the completeness of its own
cause dissatisfaction.
c. An important task (task significance). The extent to
which the work has a significant impact on the lives of
 others, whether the person is a co-worker in the same as a sampling study, as many as 172 lecturers who are a
company or others in the neighborhood. If the duty is permanent lecturer with a minimum education S2 and has
felt important and meaningful employment, then he is a minimal functional position of lector .
likely to have job satisfaction. 2. Data collection
d. Autonomy. The level of freedom of work holders, the study included primary data is the data in the
who have a sense of independence and flexibility form of answers obtained from respondents to the
required to schedule work and decide what procedures questions in the questionnaire submitted by researchers.
will be used to complete. A job that gives freedom, Data were collected through a questionnaire study with
independence and opportunities faster decision Likert scale models.
making will lead to job satisfaction. 3. Testing Instrument
e. Feedback. The performance level of work activities in Results of testing the validity of each variable
obtaining information about the effectiveness of its research are as follows.
activities. Giving feedback on the work to help Table 1
improve the level of satisfaction. Results of the validity and reliability
3. Performance Lecturer
Department of Education (2010) states the main Variable Item tested Σ rxy Cron
task of a teacher is to implement Tridharma college to the bach'
workload of at least commensurate with twelve (12) sα
credits and a maximum of 16 (sixteen) credits each Creativity
semester according to the academic qualification. 19 grain .289-.783 .935
individuals (X)
Lecturers must have academic qualifications, competence,
teaching certificate, physically and mentally healthy, and 24 grains 0.331 to
Job satisfaction (Z) 0.906
meet the other qualifications required by higher education of 0.658
unit in charge of the place, as well as have the ability to
Performance lecturer 13 grains 0.433 to
achieve national education goals. The Faculty's academic 0.882
(Y) of 0.672
qualifications acquired through higher education graduate
programs are accredited according to areas of expertise.
In this study, faculty performance indicators Test results the validity of the scale of individual
measured by reference to Government Regulation No.60 creativity obtain validity coefficient values between 0.289
of 1999 on Higher Education, namely: to 0.935 so that the whole grains tested to qualify the
a. Education and teaching, namely carrying out tasks validity, whereas the scale of job satisfaction obtained
related to the activities of teaching, learning, and validity coefficient values between 0.331 to 0.658 with 24
academic campus items submitted and fully qualified. On a scale of faculty,
b. research options, the ability to perform the tasks performance gain validity coefficient values between
research in accordance with the academic field. 0.433 to 0.672 that of whole grains tested had qualified
c. Devotion, namely the ability to carry out the service, validity.
both to the community, other institutions and Reliability test results on the scale of individual
d. Guiding the students, which is performing the task to creativity by 0.935; and the job satisfaction scale
guide students in academic and other Cronbach's alpha values obtained amounted to 0,906;
e. additional tasks, carry out additional tasks given while the scale of faculty performance gain value alpha of
by superiors or of the institution. 0.822. According to Santoso (2007), Ghazali (2006), and
4. Hypothesis Anwar (2010), the measuring instrument is declared
Based on the problems that have been raised, as reliable if it has a value close to 1, thus the motivation
well as the study of the theory presented, then the scale used in this study relatively reliable.
hypothesis proposed in this study include: 4. Hypothesis Testing Analysis
a. There was an effect on the performance of individual Before conducting parametric analysis to prove the
creativity lecturer who moderated by faculty job hypothesis, first tested the assumption with the following
satisfaction management courses in East Java. results.
b. There is a direct influence on the performance of Table 2
individual creativity lecturer management courses in Results of hypotheses testing
East Java.
c. There is the influence of job satisfaction on faculty Toler Kolmogorov-
performance management courses in East Java. ance Smirnov Durbi
n
FIV Z p
C. Research Methods Wats
1. Research Subjects on
This study will use census sampling method. The
entire lecturers remain management courses are accredited Creativity 1.679 0.008 2.000 0.051
at the state universities (PTN) and private universities 1.495
(X1)
(PTS) in East Java that meet the criteria selected and used

113
job 1.616 0.005 0.757 0.615
satisfactio
n (X2)
job 0.955 0.005 1.242 0.091 - job satisfaction as two independent variables have a
satisfactio
n (Z)
The results of the test for normality through the
Kolmogorov-Smirnov test on all variables showed a
probability value of more than 5%. According to Ghazali
(2006) test the assumption of normality on a scale of
values obtained when the probability is more than 0.05,
which means it has met the normal curve distribution.
Autocorrelation test results through analysis of
Durbin Watson test values obtained 1,590 (table DL, n =
172, (k) = 2, α.5% = dl = 1.503). Because the value of DW
<value DL it can be said that the variables used in this
study autocorrelation.
Multikolinieritas test results show the value of
tolerance of less than 1%, and VIF more than 1. So it can
be said that the regression model in this study occurred
multikolonearitas, but very low. This means that the test
results of the regression test multikolinieritas eligible for
further analysis (Ghazali, 2005).
Faculty performance = 13.218 (β0) + 0.803 (βZ) +
0.935 (βZX)
The results of the regression equation suggest that
the performance of lecturers have equal or linear
correlation with individual creativity (X) with job
satisfaction (Z). This means that if the performance of the
lecturers has a constant value of 13.233, the ability of
individual creativity would be associated with moderating
variables, namely job satisfaction with the degree of the
same value.
Value (βZ) or variable job satisfaction of 0.803 to
describe when faculty job satisfaction increases, the
performance of lecturers will be increased at the same rate,
ie 80.3%.
Value (βZX) illustrates that individual creativity
through job satisfaction by 0.935 to give the impression
that the increase in individual creativity lecturers will be
associated with job satisfaction, so that when the ability of
job satisfaction has increased which will be followed by
improved performance at the same rate, namely 93, 5%.
The results of hypothesis testing can be known as a
summary table below.
Table 3
Testing the hypothesis
R2 F p
Mod
0.768 0.590 80.616 0.000
el
Hypothesis test results showed a correlation
coefficient R = 0.768 or that describes the relationship
between individual creativity and job satisfaction as
independent variables with the performance of lecturers.
114
Value F = 80.616, at p = 0.000 (p <0.01) showed that
simultaneous individual creativity moderated by job
satisfaction have a significant effect on the performance of
lecturers. Likewise, individual creativity satisfaction and
significant effect on the performance of lecturers.
The result of determination coefficient of 0.590,
which means that simultaneous individual creativity
through job satisfaction is able to provide the effective
contribution of 89% of the performance of lecturers.
Furthermore, to determine the partial results of
hypothesis testing can be seen as follows.
Table 4
Test results of partial correlation
r spare t p
Creativity individuals 0.254 3.404 0.001
(X1)
job satisfaction (X2) 0.152 1.988 0.048
job satisfaction (Z) 0.172
2.261 0.025
The results of testing the effect of partially known
that the individual creativity (X1) obtained a value of r part
= 0.254; and t = 3.404; at p = 0.001 (p <0.05), which
means that individual creativity is directly significant
effect on the performance of lecturers.
The test results were known that partial effect on
job satisfaction as independent variables (X2) obtained a
value of r part = 0.152; and t = 1,988; at p = 0.048 (p
<0.05), which means that job satisfaction as a direct
independent variable significantly influence the
performance of lecturers.
The result of the effect of partially known that job
satisfaction as a moderating variable (Z) obtained a value
of r part = 0.172; and t = 2.261; at p = 0.025 (p <0.05),
which means that job satisfaction as a moderating variable
significantly can be used included variables that directly
affect the well as the moderation of the performance of
lecturers.
D. Discussion
Based on the verification of hypotheses have been
known, that the probability of the simultaneous testing of
individual creativity influence on the performance of
lecturers through job satisfaction as a moderating variable
unacceptable. It can be explained that the increase in
individual creativity on the lecturer had a positive impact
on job satisfaction and therefore contributes to the
performance of lecturers.
Their influence on the performance of individual
creativity through job satisfaction provides an indication
that the creativity of the work provides a significant impact
on the achievement of faculty job satisfaction, job
satisfaction thus contributing to the achievement of the
performance of lecturers.
there are influential individual creativity on
performance through job satisfaction, when viewed from
the aspect of creativity personal or focused on the
individual, the creativity of each faculty is the ability or
skill that is in someone lecturer, and is closely related to
talent, and how one faculty integrates the ability of the
talents with academic environment in order to achieve
academic performance as set out in the assessment of
academic performance. Besides creativity lecturer is also
closely associated with the process, especially the thought
process that led to unique ideas or creative in teaching
activities as well as in other activities as the embodiment
of tri dharma task Universities.
Results of research conducted Taggar (2002),
which examines the multilevel model of individual and
group creativity to the task of simultaneously trying to see
the creativity of individuals and groups, determinants and
inter-relationship between the two variables. From these
studies, it has been found that in addition to the group
needs members who are creative, creative process, which
is relevant in the team are also important in group
interaction. Where the individual creative performance
improved by the behavior of groups that facilitate the
sharing of information. However, the limitations of the
study that is required modification of models that can
connect components relevant creativity of the group with
the relevant components of individual creativity including
job satisfaction. The results of the test Taggar research
group creativity multilevel model showed that all the
components of individual creativity significantly related to
creativity and the behavior of members of groups trying to
increase creativity in order to achieve job satisfaction as a
group.
Partial test results which prove that the probability
of job satisfaction shows the effect on the performance of
lecturers. Satisfaction with the job as a lecturer is closely
related to a matter of judgment or competence, and
competence assessed embodied in various tasks and
responsibilities, such as the drawing up publishing papers
on the work of lecturers in accordance with the areas of
expertise or pedagogical competence has, cooperation
which facilitates the task of lectures, mentoring students in
preparing the final project activities with an appropriate
theme of competence, and the provision of appropriate
teaching workload with the competency of a part of the
factors that build faculty job satisfaction on the job.
According to Moorhead and Griffin (2013), job
satisfaction is a positive emotional state or to please
yourself someone as a result of the outcome or assessment
of a person's job or experience during the work. It can be
said that the faculty job satisfaction is closely related to the
performance expected from the fact that it receives the
minimum threshold set by the lecturers individually. The
performance of the lecturer is the result of work that has a
strong relationship with the strategic objectives of Higher
Education and the expectations of society, and be able to
contribute to the educational and economic (Armstrong
and Baron, in Wibowo 2014).
The influence of job satisfaction on faculty
performance can be assessed in two aspects, namely the
issue of job satisfaction and job performance lecturers. Job
115
satisfaction of faculty of management studies program that
is accredited at the Universities have an aspect which is
required evaluative sense of satisfaction in work processes
and results. Riva and Basri (2005); and Dessler (2000: 41),
explains that the performance or the performance of the
result or output of a process, and the process of working an
experience behavior and work attitudes evaluated by
yourself whether satisfactory or not, the whole process of
work experience that has a relationship with the
environment work. This means that job satisfaction is one
of the adverse effects that one feels as a result of its
performance, whether in the form of a reaction from a
good environment, positive appreciation or compensation
in accordance with the minimum expectation.
E. Conclusion
Based on the results of the analysis of data and
discussion, it can be concluded that the individual
creativity significant effect on the performance of lecturers
who moderated by job satisfaction of faculty of
management studies program in East Java. This is also
shown by the effective contribution of individual creativity
and job satisfaction simultaneously on the performance of
lecturers in management courses at universities in East
Java.
Individual creativity is directly significant effect on
faculty performance management courses in East Java, as
well as job satisfaction as a moderating variable influence
on the performance of individual creativity lecturer
management courses in East Java. The analysis also
showed that job satisfaction can have a value which can be
classified in the included variables, which can be used as
independent variables associated directly with faculty
performance even without the involvement of individual
creativity.
Bibliography
As'ad, Muhammad, 2005. Psikologi Industri. Edisi Keempat,
Cetakaan Kedua Liberty, Yogyakarta.
Azwar, S. 2010. Validitas dan Reliabilitas. Cetakan IX.
Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar
Choi, S.L., Ibrahim, Z and Tan. O.K., 2013. An analysis of
the relationship between Lecturers' Competencies and
Students' Satisfaction. International Education
Studies; Vol. 7, No. 1; 201, p:37-46
Depdiknas, 2010, "Pedoman Beban Kerja Dosen Dan
Evaluasi Pelaksanaan Tridharma Perguruan Tinggi"'
Jakarta: Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Dessler, Gary, 2004. Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia,
Edisi Kesembilan, PT. Indeks Kelompok Gramedia
Diaz-Serrano, Luis dan Vieira, Jose A. C. 2005. Low Pay,
Higher Pay, and Job Satisfaction within the European
Union: Empirical Evidence from Fourteen Countries.
Discussion Paper Serries. No. 1558. National
University of Ireland, Maynooth, Department of
Economics Maynooth
Dole, C, dan Schoreder, R.G (2001). The Impact of Various
Factors on the Personality, Job Satisfaction, and Turn
Over Intention of Professional Accountants.
Managerial Auditing Journal, Vol. 16 No.4 pp.234-
242
Dwilita, Handriyani. 2008. Analisis Pengaruh Motivasi,
Stress dan Rekan Kerja Terhadap Kinerja Auditor di
Kantor Akuntan Publik di Kota Medan. Laporan
Penelitian. Diambil dari
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/42321899_
Analisis_Pengaruh_Motivasi_Stres_Dan_Rekan_Kerj
a_Terhadap_Kinerja_Auditor_Di_Kantor_Akuntan_P
ublik_Di_Kota_Medann tanggal 16 November 2015
Gazioglu, S. and Tansel, A. 2002. Job Satisfaction in
Britain: Individual and Job-Related Factors.
Economic Research Centre Working Papers in
Economics 03/03.
Ghazali, Imam, Al. .2006. Analisis Multivariate dengan
Program SPSS. Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro,
Semarang.
Grigorenko, E. L., & Sternberg, R. J. 2001. Analytical,
creative, and practical intelligence as predictors of
self-reported adaptive functioning: A case study in
Russia. Intelligence, Creativity Research Journal,
Vol. 29, p: 57–73
Gunastri, Ni Made, 2009, Karakteristik Individu,
Karakteristik Pekerjaan, Karakteristik Organisasi,
Motivasi Kerja dan Kinerja Karyawan (Studi pada
CV. Kecak Denpasar, Forum Manajemen, Volume 7,
Nomor 1, p: (tanpa halaman)
Hadi, S. 2005. Statistik jilid 2. Yogyakarta: Andi Publisher
Hamdi, S. 2013. Lecturers’ performance and technology at
private higher education in South Sulawesi Indonesia.
Procedia Journal of Social and Behavioral Sciences,
Vol: 83, p: 580 – 584
Hergenhahn, B.R, and Olson, M.H. 2010, Theories of
learning 7th edition. Penerbit: Kencana, Jakarta.
Hoffman, Lorrie L., Hutchinson, Cynthia J., dan Reiss,
Elayne., 2009. On Improving School Climate:
Reducing Reliance on Rewards and Punishment.
International Journal Of Whole Schooling. Vol. 5
(3); p: 13-24
Indrasari, Meithiana, 2016. Pengaruh iklim akademik,
kreativitas individual, dan karakteristik pekerjaan
terhadap kepuasan kerja dan kinerja dosen program
studi manajemen yang terakreditasi A di Perguruan
Tinggi Jawa Timur. Disertasi program Doktoral Ilmu
Ekonomi. Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Airlangga,
Surabaya.
Indrasari, Meithiana., Newcombe, Peter., Eliyana, Anis.,
Yunus, Eddy. 2015. The Influence of Academic
Climate and Individual Creativity on Lecturer
Competence in Private University at Surabaya
Indonesia. International Journal of Business and
116
Management; Vol. 10, No. 8; p: 127-134
Jill. E., and Smith, P 2006. Social yet creative: the role of
social relationships in facilitating individual
creativity. Academic Management Journal. Vol. 49
(1), p: 85-101
Kartono, Kartini. 2002. Psikologi Industri untuk Manajemen
Perusahaan dan Industri, Penerbit PT. Raja Grafindo
Persada, Jakarta
Luthans, F, 2008. Organization BehaviorEight Edition",
Singapore : Mc Graw Hill.
Morris, Michael G. and Venkatesh, Viswanath. 2010. Job
Characteristics and Job Satisfaction: Understanding
the Role of Enterprise Resource, Management
Information Systems Quarterly, Vol. 34, issue 1, pp:
143-161.
Munandar, AS. 2002. Psikologi Industri dan Organisasi.
Lembaga Pengembangan Sarana Pengukuran dan
Pendidikan Psikologi (LPSP3), Fakultas Psikologi
Universitas Indonesia, Jakarta
Munandar, U 2003. Pengembangan Kreativitas Anak
Berbakat, Depdiknas dan Rineka Cipta, Jakarta.
Munandar, U. 2002. Kreativitas dan Keterbakatan Strategi
Mewujudkan Potensi Kreatif dan Bakat, PT
Gramedia Pustaka Utama, Jakarta
Peraturan Pemerintah No.60 Tahun 1999 tentang Pendidikan
Tinggi
Peraturan Pemerintah No.66 Tahun 2010 tentang Perubahan
Atas Peraturan Pemerintah No.17 Tahun 2010
tentang Pengelolaan dan Penyelenggaraan
Pendidikan.
Peraturan Pemertintah No.37 Tahun 2009 Tentang Dosen.
Pierce, J. L., Jussila, I., & Cummings, A. 2009.
Psychological ownership within the job design
context: Revision of the job characteristics model.
Journal of Organizational Behavior, 30(4), 477-496.
Pirola-Merlo, Andrew and Mann, Leon, 2004. The
relationship between individual creativity and team
creativity: aggregating across people and time.
Journal of Organizational Behavior. Vol: 25, p: 235–
257
Rivai, Vethzal & Basri. 2005. Peformance Appraisal: Sistem
yang tepat untuk Menilai Kinerja Karyawan dan
Meningkatkan Daya Saing Perusahan. Jakarta: PT.
RajaGrafindo Persada
Robbins S.P, 2003, Perilaku Organisasi : Konsep,
Kontroversi dan Aplikasi, Jilid I, PT. Prehalindo
Persada, Jakarta
Robbins S.P. and Judge T.A., 2011, "Organizational
Behavior Fourteenth Edition", New Jersey :
Prentince Hall
Santoso. 2007, Analisis Data menggunakan SPSS 20.
Jakarta: Penerbit Elekmedia Computinda
Sternberg, Robert J. 2006. The Nature of Creativity.
Creativity Research Journal, Vol. 18, No. 1; p: 87–
98
Suharnan. 2012. Kreativitas: Teori dan Pengembangan.
117
Penerbit Laros, Surabaya
Taggar, S 2004. Individual creativity and group ability to
utilize individual creative resources: a multilevel model.
Academic Management Journal, April 1, Vol. 45 (2), p: 315-
330Taliziduhu (1988
A Study on the Use of Mortar Utama Cement Type 420 as Concrete
Asrullah1)
1)
Civil Engineering Study Program, Engineering Faculty, Palembang University, Indonesia
E-mail: asrull66@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. Mortar Utama Cement has various types appropriate to its usage, and this research uses an additive of Mortar Utama
cement Type 420. This research is conducted at laboratory scale in the form of experiment for the purpose to know the value of
concrete strength by using Mortar Utama Cement Type 420 as concrete mixing additive. The concrete mixing method being used is
SNI 03-2834-2000. The concrete quality being used is K 250, K 300 and K 350 with test item 15 x 15 x 15 cm in size by adding
Mortar Utama Cement for 5%, 10%, 15% and 20% of cement weight. The strength is tested on the 3rd, 14th, 21stand 28th days of
concrete making. According to the test result, we can conclude that the highest strength of concrete for K 250 with 5% additionis
275.09 Kg/cm2, for K 300 with 5% addition is 325.32 kg/cm2, while for K 350 with 5% addition is 368.48 kg/cm2. Adding Mortar
Utama cement type 420 is able to influence the strength of concrete with simple linear regression model for K 250: Y = -2.005x +
272.7 with R2 = 0.757, K 300: Y = -3.061x + 328.3 with R2 = 0.731, and K 350:Y = -3.114x + 362.5with R2 = 0.785.

Keywords: Strength; concrete characteristics

The research location is at the Laboratory of Main Station

I. INTRODUCTION of the Office of Public Work of South Sumatera and the
Concrete is part of construction structure with important materials used in this research are:
role in constructing. Concrete is a mix of cement, water, fine 1. Portland Cement,is Holcim Cement brand
aggregate (sand), and coarse aggregate (gravel/split), added 2. Coarse aggregate being used is split stone ex Lahat
with various additional materials [1]. 3. Fine aggregate being used is sand ex Sekayu
Mortar Utama Cement is manufactured by PT Cipta 4. Water of PDAM Tirta Musi
Mortar Utama, which is the first and the greatest national 5. Admixture being used is Mortar Utama Cement type
company to manufacture ready-to-use instant cement 420 manufactured by PT Cipta Mortar Utama
(premixed mortar) using modern technology known by B. Scope of Research
Mortar Utama brand. The main material of Mortar Utama
The scope of research shall be:
cement is selected sand, cement PC 1 of the best quality of
1. Examination of the characteristics of fine and coarse
Holcim, premium filler and Europe additive. Cement PC1
aggregates, including; testing of specific gravity and
(Portland Cement 1)is cement type one of the best quality
water absorption of coarse aggregate [4], testing of
with high strength, filler contained inside it to improve its
specific gravity and water absorption of fine
density and to reduce its mixing porosity, while the additive
aggregate[5], testing of analysis on fine and coarse
contained inside it is water additive useful to improve its
aggregates [9], testing of water content of the aggregates
consistency, adhesive capacity, water retention, durability
[8]
and strength [11].
2. Planning of normal concrete mix [6]
The use of additive for concrete mix gets more common
3. Concrete slump test [7]
in Indonesia.In general, additive used in concrete can be
4. Concrete strength test [10]
divided into two types: chemical natured additive (chemical
5. Quality of concrete being made isK 250,K 300 andK350.
admixture) and mineral natured additive (additive).
6. Adding Mortar Utama Cement type 420 for 5%, 10%,
Admixture is added during mixing and or during casting
15% and 20% of cement weight used for each
(placing), thus it is used more in improving casting
characteristic of concrete.
performance. On the other hand, mineral natured additive is
7. Concrete strength test is conducted on the 3rd, 14th,
added during mixing, more cement-like work, used in
21st and 28th day of concrete making.
improving its strength performance [12]. Mortar Utama
cement has various types appropriate to its usage.This
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
research uses an additive of Mortar Utamacement Type 420.
Using additive of Mortar Utama cement Type 420, it is A. Test Result of Fine and Coarse Aggregate
expected to improve the strength of concrete.
The result of test on the characteristics of fine and coarse
aggregates is presented in table 1.
II. METHODS
TABLE 1
A. Location and Materials of Research
VALUE OF CHARACTERISTICS OF FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATES

Type of Test Value

118
 Split Split Type 420
Sand ¾ 1½ Concrete added with5% of
inch inch Mortar Utama cement Type 75 72 68
1. Filter Analysis 420
36.10 (1½”) - - 100 Concrete added with 10%
70 66 64
25.40 (1”) - 100 53.63 of Mortar Utama cement
19.10 (3/4”) - 87.98 16.50 Type 420
12.70 (1/2”) - 49.32 2.43 Concrete added with 15%
65 62 61
9.25 (3/8”) 100 19.59 0.00 of Mortar Utama cement
#4 98.04 0.00 - type 420
#8 89.72 - - Concrete added with 20%
of Mortar Utama cement 58 59 58
# 16 72.19 - -
# 30 22.15 - - type 420
# 50 1.04 - -
# 100 0.22 - - D. Test Result of Strength
# 200 0.12 - - The result of test on the strength of characteristic concrete of
2. Fineness modulus: 3.17 6.92 7.83 each mix, calculated using formula 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, and 2.4 is
3. Content Weight : 1.337 1.330 presented in table 4 and 5.
1.462
Loose
Solid 1.551 1.415 1.419 TABLE 4
4. Basic specific gravity STANDARD DEVIATION(S) OF CONCRETE ON THE 28TH DAY
of dry saturated 2.54 2.57 2.58
surface Standard Deviation (S)
5. Absorption ( % ) 1.19 2.26 2.10 Type of Concrete (kg/cm2)
6. Organic dirt No : 3 - - K 250 K 300 K 350
7. Through filter - - Non-Added Concrete (0%)
0.60 % 0.69 0.56 2.49
No.200 Mud Content Mortar Utama cement Type
- 23. 420,
8. Wear (%) -
24 % Concrete added with 5% of
Mortar Utama cement Type 3.24 2.20 6.92
B. Concrete Mix Composition 420
The need for concrete materialsusing methodSNI 03-2834- Concrete added with 10%
of Mortar Utama cement 3.63 2.85 3.34
2000is presented in table 2.
Type 420
TABLE 2 Concrete added with 15%
of Mortar Utama cement 6.42 4.25 5.89
MATERIAL NEEDED FOR EACH CHARACTERISTIC OF CONCRETE
type 420
Need for Material 1 M3 Concrete added with 20%
No Type of Material 0.45 1.28 6.79
K 250 K 300 K350 of Mortar Utama cement
1 Cement 402 kg 451 kg 500 kg type 420
2 Sand 598 kg 599 kg 596 kg
TABLE 5
3 Split size ¾ inch
493 kg 565 kg 480 kg
(19.00mm) CONCRETE STRENGTH ON THE 28TH DAY
4 Split size 1 1/2 inch
669 kg 548 kg 579 kg Strength of
(37.50mm)
5 205 250 Concrete
Water 225 liters Type of Concrete
liters liters Characteristic(kg/cm2)
6 Mortar Utama Cement K 250 K 300 K 350
20.1 kg 22.55 kg 25 kg Non-Added Concrete (0%)
Type 420 5%
Mortar Utama cement Type 261.6 311.3 351.2
7 Mortar Utama Cement
40.2 kg 45.1 kg 50 kg 420, 9 5 8
Type 420 10%
8 Mortar Utama Cement Concrete added with 5% of
60.3 kg 67.65 kg 75 kg Mortar Utama cement Type 275.0 325.3 368.4
Type 420 15%
420 9 2 8
9 Mortar Utama Cement
80.4 kg 90.20 kg 100kg Concrete added with 10%
Type 420 20%
of Mortar Utama cement 257.7 309.6 323.4
C. Slump Value Type 420 3 5 7

Slump value test is conducted to each concrete mix. The Concrete added with 15%
of Mortar Utama cement 239.2 290.2 312.6
result of concrete slump test is presented in table 3. 9 2 4
type 420
TABLE 3 Concrete added with 20%
of Mortar Utama cement 229.9 252.3 301.3
SLUMP VALUE OF SOME VARIATIONS 5 7 5
type 420
Slump Value (mm)
Type of Concrete E. Simple Linear Regression Relationship Model
K 250 K 300 K 350
Non-Added Concrete (0%) A simple linear regression analysis is conducted in order to
of Mortar Utama cement 82 79 72
obtain a regression model describing the relationship of a

119
free variable (addition ofMortar Utama cement type 420)
and an independent variable (Concrete strength). In this
research, the free variable (X) is addition of Mortar Utama
cementtype 420, while the independent variable (Y) is
concrete strength. The result of regression analysis is
presented in Figure 1, 2, 3.The relationship between addition
of Mortar Utama cement type 420 (free variable)and slump
value (independent variable) is presented in Figure 4,5,6.
Fig. 1 Relationship of the Strength of Concrete K 250 and Addition
ofMortar Utama Cement Type 420
Fig. 2 Relationship of the Strength of Concrete K 300 and Addition
ofMortar Utama Cement Type 420
Fig. 3 Relationship of the Strength of Concrete K 350 and Addition
ofMortar Utama Cement Type 420
Fig. 4 Relationship of Slump Value of Concrete K 250 and Addition
ofMortar Utama Cement Type 420
120
Fig. 5 Relationship of Slump Value of Concrete K 300 and Addition
ofMortar Utama Cement Type 420
Fig. 6 Relationship of Slump Value of Concrete K 350 and Addition
ofMortar Utama Cement Type 420
IV. CONCLUSIONS
From the result of this research, we can conclude:
1. The highest strength of concrete K 250is achieved by
adding 5% of Mortar Utama CementType 420 with
strength value 275.09 kg/cm2, Y = -2.005x + 272.7 with
R2 = 0.757.
2. The highest strength of concreteK 300 is achieved by
adding 5% ofMortar Utama Cement Type 420 with
strength value 325.32 kg/cm2, Y = -3.061x + 328.3 with
R2 = 0.731.
3. The highest strength of concrete K 350 is achieved by
adding 5% of Mortar Utama Cement Type 420 with
strength value368.48 kg/cm2, Y = -3.114x + 362.5with
R2 = 0,785
REFERENCES
[1] Ali Asroni, 2010, Beam and Reinforced Beam Plates, Publisher:
Graha Ilmu Yogyakarta, First Edition.
[2] Mulyono,Tri. 2003. Concrete Technology, Publisher: Andi. Jakarta
[3] Indonesian Regulations of 1971 on Reinforced Concrete, Public
Works Office of DPMB, Bandung.
[4] SNI 1969:2008 Specific Gravity Testing Method and Water
Absorption Coarse Agregate, National Standardization Agency
[5] SNI 03-1970-2008 Specific Gravity Testing Method and Water
Absorption Refined Agregate, National Standardization Agency
[6] SNI 03-2834-2000 Methods of Mix Making of Normal Concrete,
National Standardization Agency
[7] SNI 03-1972-1990 Testing Methods of Concrete Slump Beton,
National Standardization Agency
[8] SNI 03-1971-1990 Testing Methods of Water Level Agregate,
National Standardization Agency
[9] SNI 03-1968-1990 Testing Methods of Filter refined and Coarse
Agregate Analysis, National Standardization Agency
[10] SNI 03-1974-1990 Testing Methods of Concrete Compression Force,
National Standardization Agency
[11] PT. Cipta Mortar Utama, MM 2100 Industrial Town Jl. Sumbawa
Blok F1-1 Cikarang, West Bekasi.
[12] http://andykasipil.blogspot.co.id/2012/01/bahan-tambah-untuk-
beton.html
[13] https://khedanta.wordpress.com/2012/06/11/bahan-tambah-untuk-
campuran-beton

121
 Combination of Vacuum Packaging and Frozen Storage to
Prolong the Shelf Life of Pempek Lenjer
Railia Karneta1)
1)
Sekolah Tinggi Ilmu Pertanian Sriwigama, Palembang
E-mail: railiakarneta@yahoo.com

Abstract. Pempek is produced from grinded fish flesh, tapioca starch or sago starch, water, table salt and cooking spices
as enhancing flavor. It has potential to be developed as commerce commodity for export market, but it has shelf life of
only 3 days without preservation treatment. One of techniques to prolong the shelf life of pempek and to maintain its
sensory quality is by combination treatment using vacuum packaging and frozen storage. The objective of this research
was to determine the proper technique to prolong shelf life of pempek throughcombination treatment of vacuum
packaging and frozen storage. This study used three kinds of packaging which consisted of non-vacuum, vacuum and
vacuum-blanching packagings as well as three levels of frozen temperaturewhich consisted of -10 ⁰C, -20 ⁰C and -30 ⁰C,
respectively. The results showed that the lower the frozen temperatures, the lower were total volatile nitrogen,
trimethylamine, thio barbituric acid, total plate count and water content. All deterioration parameters were lower at
vacuum-blanching packaging treatment than that of other packagings. Results of Honestly Significant Different test
showed that pempek stored at frozen temperature for one month period in overall was still consumable for all packagings
and frozen storage treatments combination because total volatile nitrogen, trimethylamine, thio barbituric acid, total plate
count and water content of pempek were lower than the predetermined maximum standard values. The shelf life of
pempek was respectively 6.035 months, 11.68 months and 16.10 months based on total volatile nitrogen at frozen
temperature of -10ºC using non-vacuum, vacuum and vacuum-blanching packagings. The shelf life of pempek was
respectively 6.15 months, 12.75 months and 16.65 months at frozen temperature of -20ºC. The shelf life of pempek was
respectively 7.55 months, 18.23 months and 24.68 months at frozen temperature of -30ºC.

Keywords: Packaging; vacuum; blanching; frozen storage; pempek

The principle of vacuum packagingis to remove all air from

I. INTRODUCTION
Pempek is traditional food from South Sumatra which is
made from grinded fish flesh, tapioca starch or sago starch,
water, table salt and cooking spices as enhancing flavor.
Pempek had potential to be developed as a commerce
commodity because it is generally prefers by most of
Indonesia people, even it can be exported to foreign
countries because not all of regions have abundant fishery
resources.
The effort to make pempek asa commerce commodity is
not easy task because pempek has easily
deteriorated.Pempek has shelf life of only 3 days without
preservation treatment and subsequently can not be
consumed anymore. This condition results in limited pempek
marketing coverage to consumers which subsequently has
impact on low production capacity of pempek. The short
shelf life of pempek is due to its nutrients content such as
protein, lipid and carbohydrate which can be degraded
especially by microbia into parameters component of food
material deterioration such as ammonium, trimethylamine,
H2S, CO2, several kinds of acid as well as other compounds
which have rancid and putridcharacteristics [1]. Therefore,
application of the proper food technology is required to
make longer shelf life of pempek product.
One of techniques to prolong the shelf life and to maintain
sensory quality of a product is by using vacuum packaging.
within packaging followed by tight sealing which produce
anaerobe condition within packaging [2]. The absence of
oxygen can impede the growth of damaging microorganisms
and chemical reactions which in turn can prolong the shelf
life of the packaged product.
Combination of vacuum packaging and frozen
temperature of food product will capable to stop
microorganism activities because spoiling process by
bacteria will be stopped at temperature below 10 ⁰C,
whereas biochemical, chemical and physical processes is
still progressing so that quality degradation can still occurred.
It is recommended that preservation by using frozen
technique should be stored at temperature less than or equal
to -18 °C [3]. The critical point for pempek deterioration by
microbia is occurred when cooked pempek is taken up,
cooled and packaged. Contamination is occurred during this
period from air, equipments and operator’s hand. The frozen
storage and vacuum packaging followed by blanching within
hot water or steam is one of methods to prevent development
of microbia. The qualitative and quantitative information
regarding to pempek quality which are stored by using
combination of vacuum packaging and frozen temperature
until recently is very limited. It is hoped that this study can
produce optimum preservation method for pempek product
in which characteristics of the preserved pempek product is
relatively equal to fresh pempek product which in turn can

122
maintain the consumers acceptance. The objective of this Y = the measured variable (dependent variable)
research was to determine the proper technique to prolong x = storage temperature (independent variable)
the shelf life of pempek throughcombination treatment of a = a constant (intercept)
vacuum packaging and frozen storage. b = spoilage rate (k).

II. METHODS Determination of reaction order was done by comparing the

coefficient of determination (r2) for each reaction. The
A. Materials and Equipments selected reaction oder is the one that has the highest r 2 value.
Materials used in this study were consisted of tapioca
flour, mackerelfish (Scomberomorus commersoni), table salt III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
(NaCl) and ice water. Equipments usedin this study were
consisted ofextruder, knive, chopping block, washbasin, A. Total Volatile Nitrogen (TVN)
waterbath, analytical balance, pempek moulder, The lower the storage temperature, the lower was total
thermocouple and vacuum packaging equipment. volatile nitrogen and vacuum-blanching packaging had
lower TVN value than that of other packaging techniques
B. Research Method (Figure 1). Average initial value of total volatile nitrogen
This study used Factorial Completely Randomized Design was 5.22 mg/100g and was became 17.58mg/100g after 30
method with three replications. The factors were consisted of days (1 month) storage.TVN levelhad increased during
frozen temperature storage (S) with three levels: S1 = - 10 ⁰C, storage period [6].
S2 = - 20⁰C andS3 = - 30⁰Cas well as packaging techniques
(T)with three levels: T 1 = non-vacuum, T2 = vacuum andT3
= vacuum-blancing.
C. Procedure
1) Preparation of pempek dough through mixing of 1 kg
grinded fish flesh and 1 kg of tapioca starch.
2) Water addition by using formulae as follows: 75 %
dough weight – (fish water content x fish weight) –
(water content of tapioca starch x tapioca starch weight)
as well as 2.5 % of table salt.
3) Weighing of 350 g dough followed by moulding in Fig 1. Total Volatile Nitrogen at Storage Temperatures and Packaging
cylindrical form and subsequently boiled within water Techniques
bath at temperature of 1000C. The temperature
TABLE 1
measurement was done by providing network of type-K
thermocouple(chromel + and alumel -) which is HONESTLY SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENT TEST FOR THE EFFECT OF STORAGE
TEMPERATURES AND PACKAGING TECHNIQUES ON TOTAL VOLATILE
connected to sample at r = 0cm during the boiling NITROGEN (G/100G)
process.
4) The cooked pempek which is based on temperature at Packaging Storage Temperatures (ºC) Average
center point of pempek (80 ⁰C)was drained, packaged Technique S1 S2 S3 (T)
by using non-vacuum packaging, vacuum packaging T1 17.586 16.556 15.353 16.498
aA bB cC
and vacuum-blanchingpackaging (pempek after
T2 14.510 12.730 11.430 fF 12.890
vaccumed was put into hot water at 90 ⁰C for 10 dD eE
minutes) and subsequently was stored at frozen T3 10.340 9.840 Gg 7.750 hH 9.310
temperatures of -10⁰C, -20 ⁰C and -30⁰C. gG
5) Spoilage observation was done after 30 days storage Average 14.145 13.042 11.511
based on the changes of total volatile nitrogen (TVN), (S) aA bB cC
trimethylamine (TMA), thio barbituric acid (TBA), total HSD 0,05 S = 0.2654 T = 0.2654 TS = 0.4597
plate count (TPC) and water content. 0,01 = 0.4785 = 0.4785 = 0.8288
Remarks: Numbers followed by the same letters in the same
D. Data Analysis column are not significantly different.
Data was processed by using analysis of variance
(ANOVA). If test results showed that samples were The results of HSD test showed that pempek stored at
significantly different or highly significantly different, then frozen temperature for 1 months period in overall was still
further test was conducted by using Honestly Significant feasible to be consumed for packaging technique treatments
Different [4]. Shelf life analysis was done by using method because its maximum TVN content was 17.58 mg/100 gram.
of Extended Shelf Life Testing (ESLT) or conventional The lowest value of total volatile nitrogen with magnitude of
method [5]. Data analysis of product was plotted and 7.750 mg/100 g was found at treatment combination of
calculated by using linear regression with the aid of SPSS vacuum-blanching packagingand storage temperature of -30
program ver.17 as follows: ⁰C.
Y  a  bx (1) Total volatilenitrogen is used as an indicator to measure
the freshness level of fish or fish processed materials and as
Remarks:

123
consumable threshold limit. The TVN increase for pempek blanching packaging
lenjer during frozen storage had followed zero order kinetics Temperature -30ºC with vacuum- 24.68
model with equation of N =N0 + k(u) and can be seen in blanching packaging
Table 2.
B. Trimethylamine (TMA)
TABLE 2 The lower the storage temperature, the lower was the
KINETICS MODEL OF TOTAL VOLATILE NITROGEN FOR PEMPEK LENJER trimethylaminecoefficient and vacuum-blanching packaging
DURING FROZEN STORAGE FOLLOWING ZERO ORDER. treatment had lower TMA value than that of other packaging
Treatments Kinetic Models r2 K treatments(Figure 2). Average initial value of
T1S1 N = 18.38 + 0.400 u 0.90 0.400 trimethylamine was 5.00 mg/100g and was became 8.98
T1S2 N = 6.693 + 0.560 u 0.97 0.560 mg/100g after 30 days (1 month) storage. TMA levelhad
T1S3 N = 1.006 + 0.615 u 0.97 0.615 increased during freeze storage.
T2S1 N = 13.570 + 0.470 0.96 0.470
u
T2S2 N = 11.590 + 0.570 0.99 0.570
u
T2S3 N = 10.490 + 0.470 0.96 0.470
u
T3S1 N = 9.140 + 0.600 u 0.95 0.600
T3S2 N = 8.620+ 0.610 u 0.94 0.610
T3S3 N = 7.466 + 0.470 u 0.99 0.470
Remarks:
N = Total Volatile Nitrogen
u = shelf life (months)
r2 = coefficient of determination
k = a constant for changing rate of total volatile nitrogen Fig 2. Trimethylamineat storage temperature and packagingtechnique
treatments.
The increase of pempek’s TVN levelduring storage can
TABLE 4
decrease volatile amino due to degradation of protein and its
derivates through activities of proteolytic bacteria which HONESTLY SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENT TEST FOR THE EFFECT OF STORAGE
TEMPERATURE AND PACKAGING TECHNIQUE TREATMENTS ON
degrade protein into simpler protein compounds in forms of TRIMETHYLAMINE (MG/100G)
easily volatile alkalinesuch as ammonium, trimethylamine,
hystamine, indol, H2S and skatol as well degradeTrimethyl Packaging Storage Temperatures (ºC) Averag
Amine Oxideinto Trimethyl Amine [7]. The slow increase of Techniques S1 S2 S3 e (T)
TVN levelis occurred at cold condition. The accepted T1 8.726 8.300 aA 7.693 bB 8.239
aA aA
maximum TVN levelfor food products is 20 mg/100 gram [7]
T2 7.160 cC 6.626 dD 6.360 dD 6.715
[8] and should not higher than 35mg/100gramfor fish flesh bB
[1] [9]. The self life of pempek lenjer based on total volatile T3 6.153 5.573 eE 5.263 Ee 5.663
nitrogen (TVN) is directly calculated by using zero order dD cC
equation as folows: Average (S) 7.346 6.833 bB 6.438 cC
(CriticalValueLimitOfTVN  InitialValueOfTVN aA
ShelfLife  HSD 0,05 S = 0.1678 T = 0.1678TS = 0.2907
Increa sin gRateOfTotalVolatileNitrogenValue
0.01 = 0.3026 = 0.3026 = 0.5242
(2) Remarks: Numbers followed by the same letters in the same
column are not significantly different.
TABLE 3
SHELF LIFE OF PEMPEK LENJER BASED ON TOTAL VOLATILE NITROGEN The results of HSD test showed that pempek stored at
VALUE HAVING ZERO ORDER KINETICS. freezing temperature for 1 months period in overall was still
Treatments Shelf life (months) feasible to be consumed for packaging technique treatments
Temperature -10ºCwithout vacuum 6.035 because its maximum TMA content was 8.98 mg/100 gram.
packaging The lowest value of trimethylamine with magnitude of 5.03
Temperature -20ºCwithout vacuum 6.15 mg/100 g was found at treatment combination of vacuum-
packaging blanching packaging and storage temperature of -30 ⁰C.
Temperature -30ºC without vacuum 7.55 Spoilage index for fish processed products was required that
packaging
TMA levelis not higher than 10-15 mg/100g. The TMA
Temperature -10ºC with vacuum 11.68
packaging increase for pempek lenjer during freeze storage had
Temperature -20ºC with vacuum 12.75 followed zero order kinetics model with equation of T = T0
packaging + k(u) and can be seen in Table 5.
Temperature -30ºC with vacuum 18.23 TABLE 5
packaging
Temperature -10ºC with vacuum- 16.10 KINETICS MODELOF TRIMETHYLAMINEFOR PEMPEK LENJER DURING
blanching packaging STORAGE FOLLOWING ZERO ORDER.
Temperature -20ºC with vacuum- 16.65

124
 Treatments Kinetics Model r2 K
T1S1 T = 8.266 + 0.23 u 0.97 0.23
T1S2 T = 7.800 + 0.24 u 0.97 0.24
T1S3 T = 7.050 + 0.32 u 0.86 0.32
T2S1 T = 6.440 + 0.36 u 0.99 0.36
T2S2 T = 5.826 + 0.40 u 0.85 0.40
T2S3 T = 5.60 + 0.38 u 0.96 0.38
T3S1 T = 5.593 + 0.28 u 0.99 0.28
T3S2 T = 5.013 + 0.28 u 0.85 0.28
T3S3 T = 4.853 + 0.205 u 0.91 0.21
Remarks: Fig 3. Thio Barbituric Acid of Pempek at Storage Temperature and
T = Trimethylamine Packaging Technique Treatments.
u = storage temperature (⁰C) TABLE 7
r2 = coefficient of determination HONESTLY SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENT TEST FOR THE EFFECT OF STORAGE
k = a constant for changing rate of total volatile nitrogen TEMPERATURE AND PACKAGING TECHNIQUE TREATMENTS ON THIO
BARBITURIC ACID NUMBER (MGMALONALDEHYDE/KG)
Tissue of fish body contains soluble nitrogenous Packaging Storage Temperature (ºC) Average
compounds such as free amino acids, carnosyne, Techniques S1 S2 S3 (T)
trimethylamine oxide(TMAO), trimethylamine (TMA) and T1 0.0635 0.0576 0.0487 0.0566
other amino acids. These compounds are the main factor that aA aA bB aA
produce fish’s smell and taste as well as have significant role T2 0.0574 0.0461 0.0330 0.0455
on the decrease of fish quality [10]. TMAO was reduced aA bB cC bB
into TMA by bacteria during initial spoilage period. These T3 0.0429 0.0275 0.0197 0.0300
bacteria were consisted of Micrococcus, Flavobacterium bB cC dD cC
andPseudomonas. Therefore, TMA leveltest is more Average (S) 0.0546 0.0437 0.0338
aA bB cC
specific indication for spoilage by bacteria [11]. Protein
HSD 0.05 S = 0.00242 T = 0.00242 TS = 0.00419
degradation into simpler compounds such as 0.01 = 0.00436= 0.00436 = 0.00756
trimethylamineand ammonium due to enzymatic and
Remarks: Numbers followed by the same letters in the same
microbiological activities is occurred during freeze storage column are not significantly different.
[12]. The shelf life of pempek lenjer based on
trimethylamine was determined by using the followong The results of HSD test showed that pempek stored at
equation: freezing temperature for 1 months period in overall was still
(CriticalValueLimitOfTMA  InitialValueOfTMA
ShelfLife  feasible to be consumed for packaging technique treatments
Increasing rate of trimethyl amine value because its maximum thio barbituric acid content was
(3) 0.0635 mg malonaldehid/kg. The lowest value of thio
barbituric acid with magnitude of 0.0197 mg
TABLE 6
malonaldehid/kg was found at treatment combination of
SHELF LIFE OF PEMPEK LENJER BASED ON TOTAL VALUE OF vacuum-blanching packaging and storage temperature of -30
TRIMETHYLAMINE WHICH FOLLOW ZERO ORDER KNETICS.
⁰C.
Treatments Shelf Life (months) The TBA number was increased during freeze storage, but
Temperature -10ºCwithout vacuum 5.54 its value was relatively low. The increase of TBA number
Temperature -20ºC without vacuum 7.16 was due to lipid degradation which results in odorand rancid
Temperature -30ºC without vacuum 7.21 characteritics because of oxidation reaction between
Temperature -10ºC with vacuum 7.88 unsaturated lipid acid which is available in abundant quanty
Temperature -20ºC with vacuum 8.44 on fish flesh and air. For fish processed products, lipid
Temperature -30ºC with vacuum 9.58
Temperature -10ºC with sous-vide 13.74
oxidation produces rancidity which decrease products
Temperature -20ºC with sous-vide 15.81 quality and this oxidative rancidity can be determined from
Temperature -30ºC with sous-vide 23.11 test of TBA number. This oxidative rancidity can be
minimized through oxygen control as well as temperature
C. Thio Barbituric Acid Number (mg malonaldehyde/kg) control.
The lower the storage temperature, the lower was the The low TBA number on pempek because it is depended
coefficient of Thio Barbituric Acid (TBA) and vacuum- on several factors such as lipid quantity, storage condition
blanching packaging treatment had lower TBA value than and other components found within lipid such as heavy
that of other packaging treatments (Figure 3). Average initial metals and porfirin metal. Fish’s lipid is very sensitive to
value of TBA was 0.027 mg/100g and was became 0.0635 oxidation which can produce negative effect on fish taste
mg/100g after 30 days (1 month) storage. and fish nutritive value. Raharjo (2004) had stated that
maximum threshld limit for TBA number is in the range of
0,5-6,3 mg malonaldehyde/kg sample [13]. The TBA
number is the testing method to determine lipid rancidity
level on food materials which indicate numbers of
malonaldehyde per kg materials as the results of lipid
oxidation reaction [14]. TBA produces unpleasant odorand

125
taste from several compounds such as hexanal, pentanal and
molanoldehyde [15]. Park et al. (2007) had stated that
temperature was one of important factors which affect
oxidation process [16]. The TBA number will increase with
the increasing of storage period and storage temperature.
According to John et al. (2004), product with good quality
had TBA value less than 2 mg malonaldehyde/kg product p
[17]. Chen et al. (1996) had stated that maximum threshold
limit of TBA level for husbandry and fishery products was in
the range of 1 to 2 malonaldehyde/kg product [18].
The change of TBA number during storage had showed
fluctuative results. It is estimated that manoaldehyde is very
unstable and very reactive toward protein and amino acids
because manoaldehydeis the decomposition product from
hydroperoxide. According to Ma’ruf (1990), malonaldehyde
from lipid oxidation has unstable characteristics [15].
Malonaldehydeis very reactive toward protein and amino
acids so that it is very difficult to use manoaldehyde levelas
indicator for lipid oxidation level. Malonaldehydeis only
used as indicator for the decrease of lipid acid quality.
Reactions which occurred during lipid acid degradation are
based on lipid aciddegradation. The higher the double
bonding used from oil, the faster was the oxidation rate. The
hydroperoxide formed due to oxydation reaction will
continue to degradeinto aldehydeand keton with magnitude
depending on numbers of double bonding. This was shown
from the study results that the change of TBA value on
pempek lenjer was very of fluctuative.
D. Total Plate Count (ln cfu/g)
The lower the storage temperature, the lower was the
coefficient of Total Plate Count (TPC) and vacuum-
blanching packaging treatment had lower TPC value than
that of other packaging treatments (Figure 4). Average initial
value of TPC was 11.12 ln cfu/g and was became 3.40 ln
cfu/g after 30 days (1 month) storage.
Remarks: Numbers followed by the same letters in the same
column are not significantly different.
The results of HSD test showed that pempek stored at
freezing temperature for 1 months period in overall was still
feasible to be consumed for packaging technique treatments
because its maximum TPC value was 6.8.104 colony/g. The
numbers of aerobe microorganisms for food material can be
seen from total microbia content produced either in form of
bacteria, yeast and khamir which increase during storage.
Microbia growth during storage is due to availability of
organic components found on pempek, especially protein,
carbohydrate and water.
The gowth of bacteria in food will produce several
metabolites or by products which related to spoilage
characteristics. Standard from Dirjen POM no
03726/B/SK/VII/1989 stated that maximum threshold limit
of microbia for fish and its processed products
was106colonies/gram [19]. Maximum limit of microbia
numbers for product made from fresh fish is 10 6colonies per
gram and it is organoleptically accepted up to 10 8colonies
per gram of product, although mucushad already been
formed in this product [1] [9]. The growth of microbia in
food materials is affected by several factors such as nutrient
availability, aw, oxygen numbers, temperature and pH value
[20].
E. Water Content (%)
The lower the storage temperature, the lower was the
coefficient of water content and vacuum-blanching
packaging treatment had lower water content value than that
of other packaging treatments (Figure 5). Average initial
value of water content was 54 % and was became 47.66 %
after 30 days (1 month) storage.

Fig 5. Water Content of of Pempek at Storage Temperature and Packaging

Technique Treatments.
Fig 4. Total Plate Count of Pempek at Storage Temperature and Packaging TABLE 9
Technique Treatments.
HONESTLY SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENT TEST FOR THE EFFECT OF STORAGE
TABLE 8 TEMPERATURE AND PACKAGING TECHNIQUE TREATMENTS ON WATER
HONESTLY SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENT TEST FOR THE EFFECT OF STORAGE CONTENT OF PEMPEK (%).
TEMPERATURE AND PACKAGING TECHNIQUE TREATMENTS ON TOTAL
PLATE COUNT OF PEMPEK (LN CFU/G)
Packaging Storage Temperatures (ºC) Average
Tecniques S1 S2 S3 (T)
Packaging Storage Temperatures (ºC) Average T1 54.266 52.830 51.453 52.849
Techniques S1 S2 S3 (T) aA aA bB aA
T1 10.980 7.375 aA 6.560 aA 8.305 aA T2 53.535 52.080 50.684 52.099
aA aA aA bB aA
T2 6.361 aA 5.430 aA 4.300 aA 5.363 bA T3 50.580 49.620 49.186 49.795
T3 4.048 aA 3.833 aA 3.263 aA 3.714 bA bB bB bB bB
Average (S) 7.129 aA 5.546 aA 4.707 aA Average (S) 52.793 51.509 50.441
HSD 0.05 S = 2.553 T = 2.553 TS = 4.424 aA aA bB
0.01 =4.604 = 4.604= 7.977 BNJ 0.05 S = 0.796 T = 0.796 TS = 1.379

126
 0.01 = 1.436 = 1.436= 2.486
Remarks: Numbers followed by the same letters in the same
column are not significantly different.
The results of HSD test showed that the lower the storage
temperature, the lower was the water content of pempek.
Pempek packaged with vacuum-blanching packaging had
lower water content than that of other packaging treatments.
The decrease of pempek’s water content was due to heat
transfer that always occurred within refrigerator chamber
from product to evaporator which carry water vapour
resulting in dry product and subsequently the color change
of product(freezer burn).
IV. CONCLUSIONS
1. Combination of vacuum-blanching packaging and
freezing temperature of -30 ºC during 30 days storage
period was the best treatment because all spoilage
parameters in this treatment which consisted of total
volatile nitrogen, trimethylamine, thio barbituric acid,
total plate count and water content were lower than the
predetermined maximum standard value.
2. Combination of vacuum-blanching packaging and
freezing temperature of -30 ºC could prolong the shelf
life of pempek up to 24.68 months.
[13] Raharjo, S. 2004. Oxidative Deterioration on Food. The Study Center
of Food and Nutrient. Gadjah Mada UNiversity, Yogyakarta, 159 pp.
[14] Ketaren, S. 1986. Oil and Lipid of Foods. Indonesia University,
Jakarta. 124 pp.
[15] Ma’ruf, W.F. 1990. Florescent Product asMeasurement Alternative
for Autooxidation of Unsaturated Lipid Acid on Fishery Products.
Media Edisi II, Jakarta.
[16] Park, S.Y., Yoo, SS, Uh JH, Eun JB, Lee HC, Chin , Kim, Y.J. and
Chin, K.B. 2007. Evaluation of Lipid Oxidation and Oxidative
Product as Affected by Pork Meat Cut, Packaging Method and
Storage Time During Frozen Storage (-10 ⁰C). Journal Food Science
72(2): 114-119.
[17] John, L.D., Cornforth, Carpenter, C.E, Sorhem, O., Peetee, B.C.and
Whittier, D.R. 2004. Comparison of Color and Thiobarbituric Acid
Values of Cooked Hamburger Patties AfterStorage of Fresh Beef
Chub in Modified Atmosphere. Journal Food and Science 69: 608-
614.
[18] Chen, Z.Y., Chan, P.T., Ma, P.T., Fung, R.P. and Wang, J. 1996.
Antioxsidative Effect of Ethanol Tea Extract on Oxidation of Canola
Oil. Journal of the American Oil Chemists’Society 73 (3) : 375-380.
[19] Dirjen POM. 1989. Appendix of Decree Leter of Medicine and
Food Supervision Directorate General No 03726/B/SK/VII/1989
Related to Maximum Limit of Microbia in Foods. Personal
Communication.Bul of Food Technology and Industry 6(2): 106-110.
[20] Su, Y.C., Daeschel, M.A., Frazier, J., and Jaczynski, J. 2005.
Microbiological and Pasteurization of Surimi Seafood. In Park, J.W.
(ed.). Surimi and Surimi Seafood 2nd. edition. CRC Press, Boca
Raton. p 585 – 648.

REFERENCES
[1] Kaba, N. 2006. The Determination of Technology and Storage
Period of Surimi Production From Anchovy (Engraulis encrasicholus
L). Turk. J. Fish Aquat Sci 6 : 29-35.
[2] Jay, J.M. 2000. Modern Food Microbiology. 6th edition. Aspen
Publication: Guihenburg.
[3] WHO. 2009. Code of Practice for Fish and Fishery Products. Rome,
World Health Organization.
[4] Steel, R.G.D.andJ.H. Torrie. 1993. Principles and Procedures of
Statistics. Translated by Bambang Sumantri. PT Gramedia Pustaka
Utama. Jakarta.
[5] Arpah. 2007. Determination of Food’s Expire Date. Food Science
and Technology Department. Agricultural Technology Faculty.
Bogor Agriculture Institute. Bogor.
[6] Gulsun, O., Esmeray, K., Serhat, O. and Fatih, O. 2009. Sensory,
Microbiological and Chemical Assessment of the Ffreshness of Red
Mullet (Mullus barbatus) and Goldband Goatfish (Upeneus
moluccensis) During Storage in Ice. Food Chemistry, 114, 505-510.
[7] Castro, P., R.. Millan., J.C. Penedo., E. Sanjuan. (2012). Effect of
Storage Conditioning on Total Volatile Base Nitrogen
Determinations in Fish Muscle Extracts. J Aquatic Food Product
Technology. 21(5) : 519-523
[8] Muhammet, B. and Sevim, K. 2007. Storage Properties of Three
Types of Fried Whiting Balls at Refrigerated Temperatures. Turkish
Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science. 7, 65-70.
[9] Amegovu, A. K., Serunjogi, M. L., Ogwok, P. and Makokha, V.
2012. Nucleotited Degradation Products, Total Volatile Basic
Nitrogen, Sensory and Microbiological Quality of Nile Pearch (Lates
niloticus) Fillets under Chilled Storage. Journal of Microbiology,
Biotechnology and Food Sciences 2, pp. 653-666.
[10] Wu, T. H. and Bechtel, P. J. 2008. Ammonia, Dimethylamine,
Trimethylamine, and Trimethylamine Oxide from raw and processed
fish by-products. Journal of Aquatic Food Product Technology, 17,
27-38.
[11] Zhong-Yi, L., Zhong-Hai, L., Miao-Ling, Z. and Xiao-Ping, D. 2010.
Effect of Fermentation with Mixed Starter Cultures on Biogenic
Amines in Bighead Carp Surimi. International Journal of Food
Science and Technology 45, 930-936.
[12] Riebroy, S., Benjakul,S., Visessanguan, W., and Tanaka, M. 2007.
Effect of IcedStorage of Bigeye Snapper (Priacanthus tayemus) on
the Chemical Composition Properties and Acceptability of Som-fug,
a Fermented Thai Fish Mince, Food Chemistry. 102 (1): 270-280.

127
 Contribution of Advertising for Purchasing Decision of Simcard
(Simpati) Product
Harrie Lutfie1)
1)
Telkom University, Indonesia
E-mail: Harrie.lutfie@gmail.com

Abstract. Advertising is one form of promotion in determining consumer behavior for making purchasing decisions.
Attractiveness, frequency, effectiveness and accuracy of advertising media certainly can influence purchasing decisions.
This study aims to be able to see the relationship of advertising (X) with consumer purchasing decisions (Y) product
smpati. The use of this simpati is expected to improve the effectiveness of communication is already a daily requirement
of consumers. The method used in this study using a survey to see a causal relationship between the independent and
dependent variables that affect it. By using a causality test can know the relationship. By using the Bernoulli formula,
the degree of confidence of 95% and accuracy of 5% was obtained for the number of respondents = 96.04, rounded to
100 respondents. The results of this study show advertising variables with t of 7.642 is greater than t table 1.984, this
shows that advertising significantly influence the purchase decision terminated simpati with the coefficient of 0.395.
This finding, the Purchase Decision Simpati product can be improved through the influence Ads with 39.5%, while the
remaining 60.5% is influenced by other factors not described in this study.

Keywords: Advertising; Purchasing Decision

I. INTRODUCTION Telkomsel is the operator that has the largest number of

Globalization affects all areas of life, including the field
of communications, especially mobile phones. Use of this
tool extends from town to village, from employees to
executives. The development of mobile technology makes
this product more sophisticated with comprehensive features.
In Indonesia only mobile product originally dominated by
a single operator of telecommunications services, namely
Telkomsel. In line with the era of globalization, it is now a
lot of operators of telecommunications services operating in
Indonesia, whereas in World operator of cellular
telecommunications services in general, there are only 2 or 3
operators, but in Indonesia the number of operators very
much. Most operators can log the data we can see in the
table below. Mobile operator customer data (in millions)
below shows that telecommunications services operator
Telkomsel although many mobile carriers that operate yet
TELKOMSEL still the leader in the marketing of mobile
products mainly simpati for a market share of 45% of
customers located in Indonesia. It shows how tough
competition mobile products in Indonesia.
TABLE 1
NUMBER OF SUBSCRIBERS MOBILE OPERATOR 2016
Orator No. Of Cust (Millions)
Smartfren 12
XL Axiata 46
Tri 55,5
Indosat Ooredoo 80,5
Telkomsel 157,4
Total 351,4
Source: www.databoks.katadata.co.id
subscribers in Indonesia, namely 157.4 million customers as
per (Table 1). The main media advertising becomes
TELKOMSEL utilized to increase the number of their
subscribers. Increasing the number of significant customers
of Telkomsel is also not free of wider access and promotion
conducted Telkomsel. One of the promotions done
Telkomsel dominated by simPATI is advertising.
Arnot Nainggolan (2016) say that advertising is a form of
communication, both through the mass media, TV, radio,
newspapers, magazines and so aimed at influencing
consumers to act on products and services offered. Ads used
as a medium for conveying messages persuasive sales.
Consequently, ad design deliberately made to attract public
attention, arouse interest and desire, assuring excellence –
the excellence of products that finally encourages the act of
buying/using a goods and services.
But the reality of the phenomena occurring in the field of
mobile operator is still less attention to how this particular ad
had its own charm, and the use of appropriate media and the
effectiveness of the media so would negatively affect
product purchasing decisions sympathy.
Based on the above we are interested to do research
"Contribution of Advertising on the Decision to Purchase
Products Simpati".
II. METHODS
The method used in this study is a survey to see a causal
relationship between the independent variables, the ad (X)
with the dependent variable purchase decisions (Y), which
are then formulated in a simple regression equation as
follows: This research uses research simple linear regression

128
based on functional relationship or causal one independent dar ranc
variable with the dependent variable [1]. Model simple d e
linear regression: y = a + bx, where y is the dependent Err
variable (predictive value), x is the independent variable, a is or
1. Consta 4,742 2,307 3,025 0,003
an estimator for Intersap (ɑ), b is the estimate for the nt
regression coefficient (ß), and ɑ, ß is the parameter value is Perikla 0,921 0,068 0,807 7,642 0,000 1,000 1,000
not known so it was allegedly using statistical sampling. nan
Techniques used in this research is survey data collection a. Dependent Variable: Purchasing Decision
is done by giving a set of questions or a writen statement to
the respondent to answer. The questionnaire is a written list According to the table 2 above, the simple linear
of questions that have been formulated before the respondent regression equation is Y = 4.742 + 0.921 X By using a
will answer, usually, in the alternative clearly defined. Data known error rate of 0.05 and df = n - k = 100-1 = 99 NB; n =
collected in the form of primary and secondary data to be number of respondents
processed and analyzed so that it can be used as a basis for k = number of independent variables
decision making. The analysis of the data used in this study T table with df 99 ; 0,05 = 1,984
is in the form of quantitative causal analysis with SPSS. Results of analysis of the data for advertising variable is t
Sugiyono [1] argues understanding of the sample as = 7.642, this shows that t ads are greater than t table 1.984.
follows: "The sample is part of the sum of the characteristics Means the variable ad significant effect on product
possessed by this population, when large populations and purchasing decisions simpati.
researchers may not learn everything on in the population, TABLE 3
for example, because of limited funds, manpower and time,
COEFFCIENT OF DETERMINATION
can research using a sample drawn from that population."
Determination of the sample size can be done using the Std.
Bernoulli formula. Voters choose a confidence level of 95% Model R
R Adjusted Error of Durbin-
and the degree of accuracy of 5% of these assumptions can Squre R Square the Watson
be found value by 1.96 Z used while the error rate of 10% Estimate
for the probability of acceptance or rejection of each 1 0,621 0,395 0,387 5,51679 2,756
questionnaire is 0.5 by entering the equation above formula a. Predictors (Constant), Advertising
then obtained a minimum sample size is b. Dependent Variable Decision Purchasing
n > [1,96]2 0,5 . 0,5 / 0,12
n> 0,9604 / 0,01 The above table shows that the figure is R square is 0.395.
n> 96,04 R squared is called coefficient of determination, have the
Based on the estimates obtained above, then the number meaning that advertising influences for purchasing decisions
of samples studied amounted to 96.04 minimum number of simpati products at 39.5%.
samples of respondents, but those made by the author to 100
respondents. IV. CONCLUSIONS
Given this study using simple regression and there is only
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION one variable, it is not used ANOVA test (F test). Meanwhile,
Given the independent variables in this study only one of ANOVA test was used to test the independent variables
the ads only (X), then to test a hypothesis is a causal link simultaneously. The results of this study are:.
analysis methods with techniques regression analysis (simple 1. The research shows simple linear regression equation Y
regression). Simple linear regression analysis is a linear = 4.742 + 0,921X shows bahwaVariabel Y depend on
relationship independent variable (X) to the dependent the variable X with X nilain constants of 0.921.
variable (Y). This analysis to determine the direction of the 2. The constant of 4.742 showed that without doing the
relationship between independent variables with the actual ad purchasing decisions have a value of 4.741.
dependent variable if the independent variables related to 3. The ad variables have an impact on product purchasing
positive or negative and to predict the value of the dependent decisions simpati.
variable when the independent variable values increase or 4. The magnitude of the effect of advertising on purchase
decrease. Here are the results of the use of SPSS data decisions is 39.5% and the remaining 60.5% is
processing: influenced by other factors not discussed in this study.
TABLE 2
REFERENCES
SIMPLE REGRESSION ANALYSIS [1] Sugiyono,(2011), Metode Penelitian Pendidikan (Pendekatan
Stan kuantitatif, kualitatif dan R & D), Alfabeta: Bandung.
[2] Kotler, Philip and Gary Armstong. (2012). Keputusan Pembelian.
dar Edisi 13. Jilid 1. Jakarta: Erlangga.
Unstandar dize [3] Kotler and Armstrong (2012), Principles of Marketing 14th Edition,
Collinearity
dized d Pearson
Model T Sig Statistics
Coefficients Coe [4] Subagyo (2010) Marketing and Business. Edisi 1 Jakarta: Mitra
ffici Wacana Media
ents [5] Rudy Harjanto (2012). Prinsip – Prinsip Periklanan Jakarta : IKTP
B Stan Beta Tole VIF

129
[6] George E Belch et all (2009), Advertising and Promotion: An [9] http://www.pendidikanekonomi.com/2013/02/pengertian-dan-fungsi-
Integrated Marketing Communications Perspective, 3rd Edition, Mc periklanan.html
Graw Hill.
[7] Aaker, David, Kumar V Day, George and Leone, Robert (2011).
Marketing Research, New York: Internationa Student Version. John
Wiley
[8] Imam Heryanto (2015), Analisa Pengaruh Produk, Harga, Distribusi
dan Promosi Terhadap Keputusan Pembelian dan Implikasinya Pada
Kepuasan pelanggan.

130
Implementation of Tax Hotel In Sintang Region West Kalimantan
Province
Tresia Kristiana1)
1)
Universitas Kristen Palangka Raya, Jl. RTA Milono, KM 8,5 Palangka Raya, Indonesia
E-mail: tresiakristiana@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. This research on the Implementation of Tax Hotel in Sintang West Kalimantan Province. There are various
models that can support the implementation of policies to improve local revenue from affluent sectors tax. Poll results
indicated to be fluctuate so that tax money is not optimal, and can not be used as an area’s finance resources, to fund
local government activities and development which should be extracted from the area’s potential resouces. This study
used a qualitative descriptive method. data collection technicque conducted by collecting primary and secondary data
through interviews and observation. Secondary data obtained from official documents, activities and report and
applicable regulations. The results showed that the operating staff workload exceeds the ability to implement policies,
incentives are still low but has been regulated in Local Regulation, on the other hand there are standards and policy
objectives have been set in the Regulation on Organization of the regional units. Internal and external communication is
effective, the social environment, economy, politics quite supportive, so that the results of the poll tax Hotel and
Lodging seen increased realization of the achievement of targets and although not significant increase when compared to
its potential. The findings of this study is the presence of other factors that influence the successful implementation of
policies that work is the development of systems theory of policy implementation by Van Meter and Van Horn is a
standard dimension.

Keywords: Implementation; Tax Hotel

I. INTRODUCTION II. METHODS

The freedom to levy taxes and levies are expected to
increase regional capacity to implement regional autonomy,
supported by high public awareness in paying taxes. Local
revenue from local taxes can be increased by increasing the
efficiency of tax collection and administration efficiency as
well as improving control of polling officers in order to
reduce leakage.
In connection with the implementation of regional
autonomy, particularly to finance the implementation of
regional autonomy (fiscal decentralization) local
governments can explore sources of revenue for the regions
with the potential of each region. One of the local taxes that
can be extracted into the source-source revenue is hotel and
lodging tax. Sintang tax on hotel and lodging each year has
fluctuated in achieving the target, because the target setting
have not been performed with an accurate calculation, taking
into account the potential for actual tax, the calculations are
done only based on the income the previous year with an
additional increase of 10% every year.
For collection of the Regional Tax in Sintang, particularly
the tax on hotel and inn set in a regional regulation,
standards and policy targets are made by the Department of
Revenue Management of Assets and Financial stipulated in
the Work Plan This office, in the form of a strategic plan that
includes performance plans, performance performance and
analysis of performance achievements.
This study seeks to solve the problems that occur in
connection with the policy that has been created by the
Regional Government of Sintang on Tax Collection Hotel
and inn. Research carried out by observation, interaction,
and tried to understand, the subject and object of research so
that it can be understood policies which do tax collectors
officers to regional regulations. Informants in the study is
that policy makers DPKKAD Head Registration and Data
Collection Section Chief, Section Chief and Head of
Collection Section Determination and executive staff
involved in tax collection, the owner of hotels and lodging in
Sintang.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Implementation of the policy is one of the important
stages in the policy process, policy implementation is also a
legal administration tool because as an actor, organization,
procedures and techniques to implement policies to achieve
the goals to be achieved.
The purpose of the tax is an attempt to raise revenue to
finance government operations, to regulate the economy and
the achievement of social objectives in achieving prosperity
for society. In order to achieve prosperity for the people, the
government should be able to run the government, especially
the implementation of the development. Development
performed requires a considerable cost, one of the sectors
that can be relied upon to finance the development activities
are local taxes. Ongoing development and will be

131
implemented to achieve the desired goal then should be
supported by the management in the tax sector. Society must
support with high awareness to pay taxes, because tax
money is destined for the benefit of society
Public awareness to pay taxes, including local taxes
determined on the firmness of the government to make
regulations, which refers to the applicable law. As stipulated
in Law No. 34 of 2000, Local Tax is a mandatory fee
implemented by the individual or entity to areas without
direct payment are balanced, which can be imposed by
legislation in force, which is used to finance the
implementation of local government and regional
development. There are several variables According to Van
Meter and Van Horn is a factor that affects or dimensions
contained in the implementation of which is directed at
achieving goals. The variables are:
A. Standards and Objectives
In accordance with their mandate, the Department of
Revenue, Finance and Asset business Sintang each year set a
work plan for the coming year which will be used as
guidelines and basic principal and supporting the
implementation of activities in the field of Income, Financial
Management and Asset. Basic guidelines and the
implementation of the standards and goals of local tax
collection policies conducted in Sintang District Government.
Standards in providing services Local Tax particular tax
on hotel and lodging in Sintang according to Head of
Department of Revenue Finance and Asset Management
Area (DPPKA) Sintang adjusted to the prevailing
regulations, issued by the Ministry of Finance of the
Republic of Indonesia in the form of standard operating
procedures (Standard Operating Procedure) superior service
tax field include: 1) ministry of completion of registration
application taxpayer identification number, as the identity to
exercise the rights and tax obligations, 2) service of the
completion of the request confirmation taxpayer, 3) service
completion request for return of the excess payment of tax, 4)
service of issuance orders to pay the excess tax, 5) service
completion objection petition taxation, 6) the service
completion certificate of free voting, 7) service completion
request for reduction, 8) serving registration tax objects new
research office, 9) service completion mutation of all object
and subject to tax , 10) settlement services tax objection
letters, 11) settlement service request for reduction or
elimination of administrative sanction, 12) settlement service
request for reduction or cancellation of the tax assessment is
incorrect.
In implementing Government policy, especially tax on
hotel and lodging in accordance with the authority of the
duties and functions Revenue Service Financial Management
and Asset Sintang, has done a service procedure of tax
collection, but the results obtained are not yet up to address
support for increasing original income that will be used to
finance development activities.
B. Resources (resources)
Incentives as a part of the resources have been arranged
by the Local Government and stipulated in Local Regulation
Sintang. The incentive given to the executive staff who
perform Such Regional Tax collection. The incentive is
132
aimed at improving the welfare and motivate employees in
the work unit who carry out collection of local taxes in order
to support local revenue. Remuneration are all forms of
remuneration received by employees for their contributions
to the organization are, directly or indirectly, in the form of
cash or in-kind are given on a regular basis or at certain
times.
C. Implementing Organization characteristic.
Characteristics of the executing agency, for a public
policy that is set by the government is always associated
with the bureaucratic structure. Some of the elements that
affect the implementation of policies such as: competence
and size of the staff, the level of supervision of the hierarchy
of the sub units and processes in implementing agencies,
political source organization, the vitality of organizations
and networks both horizontally and vertically, the link
formal and informal a body with decision-makers , The
linkage between the Vision and Mission of the document
work plan Revenue Service Finance and Asset Management
Area (DPPKA) illustrated in a chart as follows
D. Communication between Related Organizations and
activities of the Executive.
Public policy will be implemented properly and
effectively implemented if the standards and objectives
communicated to the performer. Communication is done to
implementers (implementors) in accordance with the
objectives will provide useful information, especially in
interpreting the policy
The shape of the information is done coaching is done in
the form of socialization of the Regional Regulation,
especially about financial obligations, such as filling
taxpayer data in the Regional Income Tax (SPTPD), which
is used for the calculation and reporting or payment of local
taxes. Communication between organizations is done
internally in terms of the collection of tax on hotel and
lodging, communication is done by the Head of Revenue
appropriate duties and functions of internal communication
with the Registration and Data Collection Section, Section
Determination and Section billing. External communications
performed by each section with the subjects Taxes Hotel and
Lodge
Communication in the framework of coordination for the
implementation of tasks and functions within an
organization is a task that is not easy to do. This is because
communication is not only related to the achievement of the
delivery destination, but the most important is the effect of
communication provided.
Internal communication is done either by the employer
that the Head of DPKKA Sintang and subordinates namely
Section Head Registration and Data Collection, Section
Head Determination and Section Head of Billing and
executive staff of each section that is done through formal
communication by holding a joint meeting to discuss the
implementation of the collecting the tax on hotel and lodging.
The results of the meeting be a program that will be
developed in stages of implementation of tax collection. Any
problems and obstacles encountered in conducting the
collection of tax on hotel and lodging, has always strived to
solve the problem by sharing opinions, which can be used as
information to address the problem is likely to face in the
future.
Communication is done include the transformation of
information and clarity and consistency. Transformation of
information does not just apply to the implementers but also
the target group (target group)
E. Attitude implementers.
In terms of tax collection Hotel and Lodge in Sintang
executing is the entire staff of the existing bureaucracy in the
Department of Revenue, and Asset Finance, in accordance
with the duties and functions that have been established
within the organization.
Tax collection development policy implementers Hotel
and Lodge is the entire staff under Chief Revenue DPKKA
Sintang, amounting to 8 (eight) people. In carrying out their
respective duties as executor of a letter of assignment of tax
collection. Operationally responsible directly in the field is
the Head of Collection Section.
F. Conditions on Economic, Social and Political.
The environmental conditions of economic, social and
political influence the implementation of policy
implementation has been determined to be successful as
expected or otherwise become an obstacle in the
implementation of policy implementation. One indicator of
the progress of the viewable area of the economy.
Based on secondary data that the author got from the
Department of Revenue Finance and Asset Management
elapsed areas (DPPKA) Sintang obtained information, the
economic growth in 2011 amounted to 7.26%. Economic
growth is partly due to real sector began to rise as the
manufacturing sector, the financial sector, government and
corporate services as well as the service sector. The
agricultural sector remains the mainstay of the economy of
Sintang, contributing 48.23%, other sectors that contribute
high enough among others, trade, hotels and restaurants
accounting for 22.64%, 7.11% jasasebesar sector, mining
and quarrying by 5, 49%, the manufacturing sector
amounted to 5.49%, while other sectors are still below 5%.
Growth sectors of the economy were favorably affected
sectoral policies that promote a healthy business climate
which in turn will boost economic activities. Various
policies implemented by the Regional Government of
Sintang to improve the welfare of the community done by
expanding creation and employment equity.
IV. CONCLUSIONS
Based on the formulation of the problem, hypothesis, and
the results of research and consideration of the Tax
Collection Policy Implementation Hotels and lodging in
Sintang West Kalimantan, we can conclude the following
matters:
1. The implementation of tax collection inns and hotels are
set in the Regional Regulation Sintang, have clear
standards and objectives, but not all of the provisions
contained in the legislation can be implemented in full
accordance with applicable regulations. This is due to
tax conditions existing hotels and inns, resulting in
Region Head must create another policy for the
implementation of the tax pemugutan hotels and inns.
Resources (resourcers) limited mainly officers tax
133
collectors, as well as facilities and infrastructure are still
lacking led to the implementation of tax collection can
not be carried out according to regulations. The
implementing organizations in the hotel and lodging tax
collections appointed by decree of the Regent in SOTK,
the implementing organization is DPKKA Sintang.
Operationally implementing the policy is the Head of
Department, Head of Revenue, Registration and Data
Collection Section, Section Determination and
Collection Section as well as the entire staff is at being
brought revenue. Communication between relevant
organizations and implementing activities, conducted
internally and externally has not been implemented to
the fullest. The attitude of the executive in carrying out
the tasks as outlined in the tasks and functions to
Section Income and Section Registration and Data
Collection, Section Determination, Collection Section as
well as the entire staff of Section Revenue DPPKA
Sintang in the line of duty has been pretty good, though
results derived from taxation is not optimal.
Environmental Socio-Economic and Political also very
supportive, where economic growth rates are pretty
good, social and political participation of the public,
showing if the socio-economic environment and
political in Sintang district was stable enough that the
implementation of the policy implementation of tax
collection of hotels and inns can be run in accordance
with provisions applicable, although the results have not
been up tax collection.
2. Thus, researchers have discovered a new concept in the
implementation of tax policy needed work systems,
work management and procedures that are part of the
variable standards and policy goal as the existing
models in the theory of Van Meter and Van Horn to
support the implementation of policy implementation.
REFERENCES
[1] Agustino. L. 2006. Politik dan Kebijakan Publik. Bandung.Asosiasi
Ilmu Politik Indonesia (AIPI) Bandung Bekerja sama dengan Puslit
KP2W Lembaga Penelitian Unpad.
[2] Albrow, Martin. 1996. Birokrasi. Penerjemah : M.RusliK. dan Totok
Daryanto. Yogyakarta: Tiara Wacana
[3] Anderson,J.E. 2003. Public Policy Making. An Introduction,3 ed.
Boston New York.Hougton Mifflin Company.
[4] Bawazir, F, 1996. Pungutan Pada Dunia Usaha, dalam seri Kajian
Fiskal Moneter N0.19/VIII/1996, Pusat Pengkajian Fiskal dan
Moneter. Jakarta: CFMS
[5] Blau, Peter M and Marshall W. Mayer, 2000. Birokrasi Dalam
Masyarakat Modern. Penerjemah : Riyanto Slamet. Jakarta: Prestasi
Pustaka Raya
[6] Bogdan, Robert C. And Biklen.1993. Terjemahan Arif Fucrahman,
Dasar-Dasar Penelitian Kualitatif, Surabaya : Usaha Nasional.
[7] Devas, N, dkk. 1989. Keuangan Pemerintah Daerah di Indonesia,
terjemahan Masri Marimis. Jakarta: UI-Press
[8] Donald S. Van Meter dan Carl E. Vanhorn.1975. The Policy
Implementation Process, A Conceptual Framework. Departement of
Political Science Ohio State University.
[9] Frans Poels.1997. Job Evaluation and Remunerations Strategies.
London: British Library.
[10] Ganna, Judistira K. 1999. Metode Penelitian : Pendekatan Kualitatif,
Bandung: Primaco Akademika
[11] Grindle,M.1980. Politics and Policy Implementations, In The Third
World,New Jersey: Precenton University Press
[12] Hadisoeprapto. 1996. Pengantar Tata Hukum Indonesia. Yogyakarta:
Liberty
[13] Ichsan, C. 1996. Pengembangan Pendapatan Asli Daerah (PAD).
Banda Aceh: UP3R-FE Universitas Syah Kuala.
[14] Ismail, T. 2008. Pengantar Pajak Daerah di Indonesia. Jakarta : [29] Rosdiana, Haula dan Irianto, Slamet E. 2011. Panduan Lengkap Tata
Yellow Printing. Cara Perpajakan di Indonesia. Jakarta : Visimedia.
[15] Jones, Charles O.1984. An Introduction to the study of Public Policy. [30] Snavely. Keith. Innovations in State Tax Administration. Source:
Thrid Edition Monterey, California Books/Cole Publishing Company. Public Administration Review, Vol 48,N0.5 (sep-Oct.,1988), pp.903-
[16] Judisseno, Rimsky,K. 2005. Pajak dan Strategi Bisnis Suatu Tinjauan 910 Published by : Black well Publishing on behalf of the American
Tentang Kepastian Hukum dan Penerapan Akuntansi di Indonesia. Society for Public Administration. Stable
Jakarta : Gramedia Pustaka Utama http:/www.jstor.org/stable/976906 Accessed:27/04/2009 05:52
[17] Lains, A. 1985. Pendapatan Daerah dalam Ekonomi-Orde Baru, [31] Soedjadi.FX. 1989. O & M, Organization and Methods Penunjang
dalam Prisma No.4 April 1985, LP3ES, Jakarta Hal 40-57 Berhasilnya Proses Manajemen. Jakarta : CV.Haji Masagung.
[18] Lubis, S, M. 1975. Pergeseran Politik dan Perundang-Undangan [32] Steers, Richard. 1985. Efektivitas Organisasi. Penterjemah
Mengenai Pemerintah Daerah. Bandung : Alumni Magdalena Jamin. Jakarta: Erlangga
[19] Mardiasmo.2006. Perpajakan Edisi Revisi. Yogyakarta : ANDI [33] Suhadak dan Nugroho, T. 2007. Paradigma Baru Pengelolaan
[20] -------------.2004. Otonomi dan Manajemen Keuangan Daerah. Keuangan Daerah dalam Penyusunan APBD di Era Otonomi.
Yogyakarta: ANDI Malang : Banyu Media Publishing
[21] Martodirdjo. 1991. Metode Penelitian Kualitatif. Bandung: Bina [34] Suryaningrat, Bayu.1981. Pemerintahan, Administrasi Desa dan
Rosda Karya Kelurahan, Jakarta : Aksara Baru.
[22] Milles, B,M. Dan Huberman.1992. Analisis Data Kualitatif. [35] Syamsi. I. 1988. Dasar-Dasar Kebijakan Keuangan Negara. Jakarta :
Bandung : Bina Rosda Karya Bina Aksara
[23] Moleong,Lexy. 2000. Metode Penelitian Kualitatif. Bandung : PT [36] Tachjan.H. 2006. Implementasi Kebijkan Publik. Bandung. Puslit
Remaja Rosda Karya KP2W.Lembaga Penelitian Unpad.
[24] Nasution. S. 1996. Metode Penelitian Naturalistik Kualitatif, [37] Tengkilisan, Hessel Nogi S. 2003. Kebijakan Publik yang Membumi.
Bandung : Tarsito Yogyakarta. Yayasan Pembaharuan Administrasi Publik dan Lukman
[25] Nawawi, H. 1991. Metode Penelitian Bidang Sosial. Yogyakarta : Ofset.
Gajahmada University Press. [38] Widodo.J.2001. Good Governance. Telaah dari Dimensi
[26] Ndraha, Taliziduhu.1989. Konsep Administrasi dan Administrasi di Akuntabilitas dan Kontrol Birokrasi pada Era Desentralisasi dan
Indonesia. Jakarta : Bina Aksara Otonomi Daerah. Surabaya. Insan Cendekia.
[27] Nugroho, R. 2008. Public Policy.Teori Kebijakan-Analisis [39] Winarno.B. 2002. Teori dan Proses Kebijakan Publik. Yogyakarta.
Kebijakan-Proses Kebijakan Perumusan, Implementasi, Evaluasi, Media Press.
Revisi Risk Management Dalam Kebijakan Publik Kebijakan
Sebagai The Fifth Estate-Metode Penelitian Kebijakan. Jakarta: PT.
Elex Media Komputindo Kelompok Gramedia.
[28] Redjo, Ibnu. 1995. Intensifikasi dan Eksistensifikasi Peningkatan
PAD, Mimeo, Makalah Pada Seminar Otonomi Daerah Dati II, Riau
Bangkiang.

134
 Effect of Organic Matter (Straw Compost) on Cadmium
Absorbtion by Plants on the riverbanks contaminated
Alfandi1)
1)
Agriculture Faculty, University of Swadaya Gunung Jati, Cirebon, Indonesia
E-mail: alfandiraden@yahoo.com

Abstract. Contamination of contaminants in water and soil along the river is more polluted by human activities
(anthropogenic), such as industrial and domestic waste. One type of in organik pollutants that are toxic to living things
are cadmium (Cd). The Cd of the river water will move to land along the river naturally and by human activities, and in
turn be absorbed by plants and enter into the human food chain. Therefore, it required an effort to lower metals Cd
uptake by plants by using organic materials as heavy metals absorbant. This research aims to study how the influence of
organic matter on Cd uptake by plants. The result show that organic matter (in the form of straw compost) very
significantly increase crop yields of the test plants (kale, spinach and caisin = mustard greens) but lowers the Cd uptake
by plants. At a rate of 15 tons of compost straw / ha (12 kg / plot) can reduce the content of Cd in the roots and the plant
canopy at 31.37%.

Keywords: cadmium (Cd); Cd uptake and straw compost; kale; spinach and caisin/ mustard greens

I. INTRODUCTION
Environmental components gets intense pollution load is
the water resources (surface water and groundwater) and soil
resources. Both components are widely used for various
activities in their needs, for example agriculture, transport,
as well as waste disposal sites. One of the rivers flowing
through dense residential and industrial areas are Cikarang
Bekasi Laut River (CBL) located in Bekasi, West Java.One
type of inorganic pollutants of potential risk of toxic
(hazardous) are metal cadmium (Cd). According to Murray
et al. (2004), along the river in an industrial area of a river
basin has a heavy metal concentrations are very high
compared to settlement areas and rural areas. Results of
research conducted by Fachrul et al. (2004), showed that the
estuary of the CBL has experienced severe pollution by
industrial and domestic waste.
The CBL river have many types of industries that could
potentially generate waste containing Cd, therefore CBL
River water also potentially contain metals Cd. Meanwhile
CBL River water by farmers is used as irrigation, thus
allowing the entry of metals Cd into the human food chain.
Cadmium is a heavy metal elements is not an essential
nutrient for plants, but this element has properties that
resemble Zn (essential micro nutrients) as valence charge
and solubility. Therefore, the plant will also absorb Cd when
content in the soil is relatively high. River metal containing
cadmium can contaminate the soil, either through irrigation,
flood or overflow of the dredged sediment disposal. The
results of the study in Japan showed that the river can carry
Cd until a considerable distance is up to 50 km from the
source (Tsuchiya, 1978 in the World Health Organization,
1992). According to Robert (1999) contribution of domestic
sewage in urban areas of the metal cadmium in water is 11%
of the total content in the water of the river and the rest (89%)
comes from industrial and natural sources.
Cadmium is very important to be studied in the river CBL
ecosystem, because the toxicity of Cd on human health. One
of the diseases caused by cadmium poisoning is itai-itai
disease. This phenomenon is a case of mass poisoning of
cadmium in Toyama Prefecture, Japan in 1912. Cadmium is
thrown into the river by mining companies located in the
mountains (upstream). Cd poisoning causes bone softening
and kidney failure.
Most of the riverbank CBL is used by farmers for the
cultivation of food and vegetables. The main source of
irrigation water for agricultural land will come from the
waters of the CBL. Metals will then be entered into the plant
tissue through the mechanism of uptake (absorption) of land
along the river. Farmers in general are not aware of it,
because for farmers is more important is the high level of
crop production. Additionally uptake metals (Cd) which
exceeds the safe limit does not necessarily indicate the
presence of poisoning symptoms (chlorosis) on the plant.
Related to the above, it is necessary to attempt to lower
the heavy metal uptake by plants. According to Li et al
(2001), the use of organic materials (biosolid) will increase
the adsorptive phase in the soil, and will further reduce the
level of heavy metal availability to plants. This study will
examine how the influence of organic materials to Cd uptake
by three types of test plants, ie kale, spinach and caisin
(Mustard green).
The purpose of this study was to: (1) To study the effect
of organic matter to the availability and uptake of Cd by
plants (vegetables), and (2) study the Cd content in these
vegetables is associated with a threshold value based on the
Indonesian National Standard (SNI) for human consumption.

135
 II. METHODS
This research was conducted by experiments done on land
along the river CBL (Field experiment) using organic
materials such as straw compost on growth, production and
Cd uptake on test plant. The experimental design used was a
randomized block design (RBD) and treatment using a
factorial design. Factors treatment consists of two factors:
plant type factor (3 types of test plants) and organic
materials (there are 4 doses), so there are 12 kinds of
treatment. Each treatment was repeated three times, so
overall there are 36 experimental units. Experimental unit in
the form of plot with a size of 2 m x 4 m. The distance
between plots is 40 cm and the distance between replicates
(groups) of 100 cm.
The treatment dose of organic matter (compost straw) and
the types of plants that are used are as follows:
1. Factors of Organic Materials (straw compost) consists
of four dose level, namely:
b0 = 0 tons of compost / ha (Control)
b1 = 5 tons of compost / ha, equivalent to 4 kg / plot
b2 = 10 tons of compost / ha, equivalent to 8 kg / plot
b3 = 15 tons of compost / ha, equivalent to 12 kg / plot
2. Factors types of plants, consisting of:
v1 = kale
v2 = Spinach
v3 = caisin (Mustard greens)
The observations in this trial include the components of
growth (plant height), yield (fresh weight of plants per plot),
and the amount of Cd in the roots and the plant canopy.
Some of the observations that have been made are as follows:
1. The soil pH of the n each plot experiments were
conducted in old plants 22 days after planting,
2. High Plant (cm), measured from the base of the stem to
the tip of crops. Measurements began in old plants 15,
22 and 29 days after planting,
3. Production of crops such as fresh weight of plants per
plot (kg / plot), is the average of the top fresh weight of
the plants (stems and leaves) are weighed at harvest
time that is at the age of 34 days after planting, and
4. The content of Cd-plant, plant tissue sampling for
analysis is done at harvest time, which is at the top or
canopy (leaves and stems) and the plant root.
Statistical data analysis to determine the effect of organic
matter and plant species to variable observations were made
with the diversity test or F-test, with a linear model: Yijk =
µ ... + ui + bj + vk + (bv) jk + εijk.
TABLE 1
RESULTS OF ANALYSIS OF EFFECT OF ORGANIC MATERIALS AND PLANT TYPE
AGAINST PLANT HIGH (CM) AND PRODUCTION (KG / PLOT)
No. Treatments Rata-rata Nilai Parameter
PH-15 PH-22
Organic Matter
1. 0 ton/ha 11.37 a 23.26 a
2. 5 ton/ha 15.23 b 27.01 b
3. 10 ton/ha 16.43 b 29.22 bc
4. 15 ton/ha 17.41 b 30.97 c
136
If the results of the F-test analysis shows the significan
effect, then continued with multiple comparasian mean test
with Duncan's Multiple Range Test (DMRT). In addition, if
the effect of organic matter significantly to cadmium uptake,
then continued with the linear or quadratic regression
analysis. This analysis is to look at the pattern of relationship
ith organic matter with Cd uptake on any type of crop.
Statistical data analysis using the statistical program SPSS
ver. 17.0. The procedure in the analysis of chemical
parameters (pH and Cd) on samples of soil and plants is
based on the Technical Guidelines for Chemical Analysis of
Soil, Water and Plant Fertilizer by the Soil Research Institute
(2005).
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. CBL River Water Quality Assessment
CBL river water quality analysis using secondary data
from Perum Jasa Tirta II, with three main parameters BOD,
COD and pH for five years (2002-2006). From these data
indicate that the three parameters has passed the threshold of
Water Quality Standard. B, C, and D (West Java Governor
Decree No. 39 of 2000). Biochemical oxygen demand (BOD)
was highest during 2004, particularly in January to August.
There is a tendency BOD values began to increase in May to
August, because these months are in the dry season and the
river discharge is relatively low.
For COD parameter for 5 years, always above the
threshold (> 10 mg / L). This indicates that the organic and
inorganic pollutants in the CBL river is very high. In
addition, changes in temporal COD in CBL river fluctuate,
which would generally value will increase starting in May
and fell in September.
B. Effect of Organic Materials on the Growth and Cd
uptake by plants
The analysis showed that in general there is a significan
effect of organic matter (compost straw) to variable growth,
production (presented in Table 1). The results of the analysis
of the content of Cd in roots and canopy, due to the
influence of organic matter on the 3 types of test plants are
presented in Table 2. However, there is no interaction
between treatment with this type of crop straw compost.
From the table reveals that a straw compost significant
effect on growth (plant height at 15, 22 and 29 days after
planting). Similarly, the content of Cd in the roots and the
plant canopy, which showed that the straw compost
significantly reduce the Cd uptake.
PH-29 production
32.77 a 6.51 a
37.49 b 8.19 b
40.76 c 8.96 c
41.61 c 8.97 c
Plant
 1. Kale 18.50 c 29.42 b 38.89 a 6.64 b
2. spinach 11.02 a 22.98 a 36.60 a 4.17 a
3. Caisin 15.82 b 30.45 b 38.98 a 13.66 c
Description: - The average number followed by the same lowercase letters in the same column, are
not significantly different according to Duncan test at 5% level.
- PH-15 = plant height at 15 days after planting

TABLE 2
RESULTS OF ANALYSIS ON THE EFFECT OF ORGANIC MATERIALS AND PLANT TYPE, THE SOIL PH AND CONTENT OF CD
IN PLANTS (MG / KG) AND TRANSLOCATION FACTOR

No. Perlakuan Rata-rata Nilai Parameter

Soil pH Cd-root Cd -canopy Translocation
Factor
Bahan Organik
1. 0 ton/ha 6,34 a 0,541 b 0,424 c 0,808 a
2. 5 ton/ha 6,40 a 0,525 b 0,342 b 0,673 a
3. 10 ton/ha 6,39 a 0,448 ab 0,300 ab 0,699 a
4. 15 ton/ha 6,34 a 0,365 a 0,291 a 0,848 a
Jenis Tanaman
1. Kale 6,35 a 0,410 a 0,307 a 0,803 a
2. spinach 6,40 a 0,593 b 0,415 b 0,746 a
3. Caisin 6,35 a 0,407 a 0,295 a 0,721 a
Description: - The average number followed by the same lowercase letters in the same column, are not
significantly different according to Duncan test at 5% level.

The regression analysis as a whole shows the influence of

organic materials to the content of Cd in the roots and the
canopy plant, are shown in Figures 1 and 2.
From the second The figure shows that the Cd content in
plants, both in the roots and the plant canopy, is quadratic
curve decreases with increasing organic material supplied
into the soil. Although the R2 value is relatively low, but the
quadratic equation model is very significant. Cd content due
to a decrease in organic matter is very important in reducing
Cd uptake by plants.

Figure 2. The curve in the content of Cd Plant canopy as a Function of

Dose Organic Materials

Organic matter (compost) at doses of 15 tons / ha (12 kg /

Figure 1. The curve of Cd content in Plant Roots as a Function of Dose
Organic Materials
plot) have increased growth and production variables of
three types of plants, but reduce the content of Cd in root
and plant canopy. Organic matter at doses of 15 tons / ha a
very significan on reduce the cadmium in the roots and the
plant canopy amounted to 31.37%. This is in same with the
results of research Eriksson (1988) which showed that the
application of organic matter in the soil can increase the
soil's ability to Cd adsorb from readily available so that the
Cd is not available, thus reducing the Cd uptake by plants.
Influence of organic materials is increasing when the organic
matter content in the soil is low. Most Cd adsorbed in the
form of non-exchangebel that indicates the presence of a
strong organic complexes.
To evaluate the heavy metal content in crops that will be
consumed by humans, it used the concept of Acceptable
Daily Intake (ADI) of FAO and SNI. Total Daily Intake Cd
that can be tolerated based on the recommendations of the
WHO does not exceed from 0.057 to 0.071 mg/day or 0.4 -
0.5 mg / week (WHO, 1972). The calculations show that the
content of Cd in three types of test plants are still relatively

137
safe for consumption, because the maximum weight that can
be consumed fresh still above 1 kg/day, while people in [1]
Indonesia is still low levels of vegetable consumption, with
an average of 97.2 g/day.
[2]
From the calculations showed that the average content of
Cd in the organ of the three types of plants based on the
fresh weight is equal to 0.099 mg/kg ± 0.006 in the roots and
0.036 mg/kg ± 0.006 in the canopy. The value turns out is [3]
still below the maximum limit allowed by SNI (Indonesian
National Standart) No. 7387, namely 0.20 mg/kg. [4]
IV. CONCLUSIONS
[5]
Based on the results and discussion, then a number of
conclusions, namely:
1. Application of organic material very significantly [6]
reduce Cd uptake by plants, where the model
regression line relationship between the dose of
organic matter with the Cd uptake by plants, meets the
quadratic equation model.
2. Application of organic material with a rate of 15
tonnes/ha or 12 kg/plot can reduce the content of Cd
in the roots and the plant canopy at 31.37%.
138
REFERENCES
Eriksson, J. E. 1988. The Effects of Clay, Organic Matter and
Time on Adsoption and Plant Uptake of Cadmium Added to The Soil.
J. Water, Air, and Soil Pollution. 40: 359-373.
Fachrul, M.F., H. Haeruman, dan L.C. Sitepu. 2004. Phytoplankton
community as a bioindicator Water Quality Jakarta Bay. National
Seminar on 24 to 26 November 2005. The Faculty of Mathematics -
University of Indonesia, Depok.
Li, Z., J.A. Ryan, J.-L. Chen, dan S.R. Al-Abed. 2001. Adsorption of
Cadmium on Biosolids-Amended Soils. Published in J. Environ.
Qual. 30:903–911.
Murray, K. S., D.T. Rogers, dan M.M. Kaufman. 2004. Heavy
Metals in an Urban Watershed in Southeastern Michigan. Published
in J. Environ. Qual. 33:163–172.
Robert. 1999. Chemicals. The Environmental Council.
http://www.wasteonline.org.uk/resources/Wasteguide/ mn
wastetypes_ chemicals.html. Diakses pada Tanggal 2 November
2010.
World Health Organization (WHO). 1992. International Programme
on Chemical Safety. Environmental Health Criteria 134. Cadmium.
Geneva. http://www.inchem.org/documents/ehc/ehc/ehc134.htm,
diakses pada tanggal 20 Mei 2011.
 Implementation of Media Soptware Geogebra Development In
Mathematics Learning (R&D Study In Bandung SMK)
Ade Tutty R. Rosa1)
1)
UNINUS Bandung, JL. Soekarno Hatta, No.530
E-mail: info@uninus.ac.id

Abstract. One of computer software for math learning activities are GeoGebra. GeoGebra is a dynamic program with a
wide range of features to demonstrate or visualize mathematical concepts, this application helps constructing
mathematical concepts. This application enriches other various computer applications for learning algebra that already
exist, such as Maple and computer applications for learning geometry as CABRI. GeoGebra can be installed on a
personal computer to be used at any time by students and teachers. This research presents the use of Geogebra in
teaching mathematics GeoGebra teaching through workshops given to math teachers, SMKN Bandung math teachers as
research focus. GeoGebra version used in this study workshop is GeoGebra version 4.0 release candidate. In this
workshop, software functions will be introduced directly on projects activities. One of the objective research is to
analyze and to describe the results of workshop of math teachers in using media software GeoGebra as their instructional
media for teaching students at SMK Engineering in the city of Bandung. The benefits of this research include the
developing skills in using the application GeoGebra for teachers and students on mathematics learning. One of the
products in this study include Mathematical Model Learning Strategies by using media software GeoGebra and develop
math teacher professionalism in making scientific papers (classroom action research) as the results of the training.

Keywords: Development; Teacher; GeoGebra; Math

creativity of the user (users) of how to use the computer in

I. INTRODUCTION
Along the increasing human needs for technology.
Computer manufacturers not only equip their products with a
single technology, but with the variety of applied
technologies are constantly being developed. At first the
only computer-shaped set of hardware (hardware) that is
capable of performing an application at a time, so now the
computer is able to run multiple applications simultaneously
and can be integrated with various other devices .. The
continued development of a variety of computer hardware,
software providers ( software) that is able to delight
customers with a variety of new programs. Among the field
of software which has been developed by the programmer is
software for business, multimedia and office buildings, as
well as mathematical analysis.Many things that teachers can
do with a computer, such as NCTM 2010 (National Council
of Teachers of Mathematics) have the principles of
mathematics education, one of which is the principle of
technology as follows: "The NCTM Technology Principles:
Technology is essential in teaching and learning
mathematics; it influences the mathematics that is taught and
enhances students' learning "The use of technology will
affect how mathematics should be taught and improve
learning outcomes siswa.Teknologi computer becomes one
of the media which has great potential to be used as an
interactive tool in the learning process. Computers offers the
ease by helping users in solving various problems in learning,
such as graphics, presentation or mathematical calculations
quickly. Of course this can not be separated from the
the learning activities. The development of technology has
been running so fast, then the teachers and the students are
required to master science and technology as well as the
communication of information to update its sustainable.
Education must strive continuously to develop systems or
new learning models, combined with advances in computer
technology. The models are expected to further streamline
the learning process and automatically improve the quality
of software developed pendidikan.GeoGebra the world for
the benefit of mathematics education. Judith Hohenwarter
and Markus Hohenwarter (2008: 2) explains that GeoGebra
developed by them both to pure mathematics education
interests of the world, not to be traded. In the manual
GeoGebra (2009: 6) is described as follows:
“GeoGebra provides three different views of mathematical
objects: a Graphics View, anumeric Algebra View, and a
Spreadsheet View. They allow you to display mathematical
objects in three different representations: graphically (e. g.,
points, function graphs), algebraically (e. g., coordinates of
points, equations), and in spreadsheet cells. Thereby, all
representations of the same object are linked dynamically
and adapt automatically to changes made to any of the
representations, no matter how they were initially created”.
An easy way to comply with the conference paper
formatting requirements is to use this document as a
template and simply type your text into it.
A. Underlying Problems In The Research
1) On http://www.GeoGebra.org/forum, thera are
many posts math teachers from different countries,
it is a positive response and suggestions from them

139
 after use GeoGebra in class. Provider GeoGebra
software facilitates the development of enrichment
by providing services in various curricula and
languages; No single post or contribution of
teachers in Indonesia, so that Indonesia has not
been covered in the collection development
GeoGebra. It is indicated that not many Indonesian
teachers who know or utilize GeoGebra ";
2) From the survey results, research in the field in
several SLA and vocational a team of researchers of
the past year, particularly in the vocational schools
(SMKN 6; SMKN 8 and SMKN 4) Department of
Engineering at Bandung which is used as the focus
of research, the average in strtegi learning and
teaching, especially math teachers have never
known the GeoGebra software used in mathematics;
3) School of the technique is needed learning models
using ICT one using media software available on
the computer, including software GeoGebra in
learning mathematics that can support in
developing the potential of teachers and students to
a variety of other disciplines so that they were keen
to learn and mengaplikasikanya students being
taught.
This it is very important according to the author to
conduct research on learning mathematics GeoGebra use.
Techniques and methods of pliers made include training,
coaching through a workshop to teachers of mathematics at
several SMK in Bandung. This is in accordance with the
Master Competency as it includes pedagogical competence,
personal competence, social competence, and professional
competence acquired through professional education "to
build relationships with the community; as a person (teacher
as person); Modernisator; builder (teacher as constructor)
and other tasks.
The purpose of this study include: (1) Analyze and
describe extent of training in the form of workshops to
teachers of mathematics can apply their learning by using
influential media Software GeoGebra positively to students'
mathematical understanding, especially at SMK Engineering
in the city; (2) to analyze, use and create software that
resides on a computer application such as software
GeoGebra, can be developed as an alternative draft local
curricula in mathematics learning strategies, especially in
vocational Engineering. in the city of Bandung.
This was done by researchers as to the benefits of the
results of the following considerations :
"(1) The need for teacher professional development on an
ongoing basis, have an impact on improving the quality of
student learning outcomes; (2) The development of science,
tehknologi, art and culture of rapid, requires every teacher to
be able to master and use, supports pelekasanaan learning,
such as the use of information and communication
technology (ICT); (3) the competence of teachers needed in
favor of the amalgamation, the application of a skill and
knowledge in the form of real behavior, should be supported
by other aspects such as instructional media and technology
development (Iftek), as well as the ability to take decisions
that situational based on values, attitudes and personality
(rosa atr, 2013)
140
As supervising the learning process, teachers require high
competence, achieve the goal satisfactorily based on the
condition (precondition) is expected ", namely:
“(a) The teacher must plan objectives and identify the
competencies desired to be mastered by students, (b) the
teacher should look at student engagement in learning and
students are guided to gain experience form the
competencies that will drive them achieve the purpose, (c)
the teacher must interpret the learning activities ; (d) the
teacher should carry out an assessment with the aim to
improve the quality of learning (Mulyasa, 2008) ".
The purpose and benefits of this research can be described
as follows:
Math teachers vocational
Media Software (SMKN)
GeoGebra In technical )courses
Mathematics Bandung
Learning
PRODUCT RESEARCH
1. Learning Strategy Mathematical Model
2. Manual / Draft Kurlok vocational
3. Worrkshop (Certificates For Participants)
4. Journals and national seminars / International
5. Book of teaching materials
6. Scientific (PTK) Master Mat. Results Workshop
•
Objectives & Benefits
•
Increase: Loyalitas & Kepuasan Kinerja
• Matemtika the quality of teaching, quality education
• Professional and teacher competence
• Motivation, creativity and productivity of teachers and
students.
• Developing models and strategies Learning Process
• Fostering Students Character Building
• Creativity and innovation learning process
• Developing applications in learning mathematics
GeoGebra for teachers and other users
Fig 1. Purpose Research
II. METHODS
This study used survey method with ekplanasi associative
level. vocational schools (SMK) particularly restricted in
Engineering majors are: SMKN 6 SMKN 8 and SMKN 4
Bandung. Forms of research in the form of training /
workshop for teachers of mathematics at SMK is used as the
focus of research. Also use a qualitative research approach
naturalistic perspective (naturalistic inquiry). The procedure
produces descriptive data research and produc document
written or oral form of people and behaviors that can be
observed, studied so it can be Sience product in the form of
guidelines or references local curriculum mathematics in the
Bandung SMK. The workshop materials include : "(1) the
provision of knowledge in the form of the introduction of
deep theories about GeoGebra of basic dimensions,
dimension 2 and 3 dimensions; (2) the method / technique /
strategy of using GeoGebra software in mathematics for
some subject matter of mathematics that are tailored to the
curriculum at SMK; (3) be given training in the use of
GeoGebra software in other relevant disciplines of each
dimension; (4) shall be guided by the examples of problems
as the evaluation of training / workshop; (5). given guidance
on how / techniques in the writing of PTK from GeoGebra
application results in mathematics were given math teachers
against students. The location of each workshop held at
SMK Engineering Bandung (research focus) ".
The importance of research on the "Model of Learning
Mathematics Using Media Software GeoGebra" which is the
focus object is a math teachers in three SMK Engineering in
the city with reasons including: (a) Third SMK is used as the
focus point of this research has contribution is not small in
competition of today's modern education. As well as an icon
best vocational school education; (b) Model Software
GeoGebra in mathematics is one sat the brain of educotional
process and draiving force, which guides the components of
other vocational education in the surf with change to achieve
competitive advantage. (c) As an institution, has a concern
and commitment to the integration of science both values
and characteristic good produktifitas and general sciences; (d
Has the uniqueness as the window of production
development in the city of Bandung which certainly has a
core vulue in the face of the complexity of the change; (e)
Has Value-interconnect integration in the development of
vocational schools. This study characterized as an approach
to development studies (study research and learning
Development) of the problems that exist today (exiting)
strategies / methods / models of learning in mathematics.
A. Theory Study Of Learning Through Computer Media
Many things that are difficult abstract and imaginative
rethinking of students can be presented through the medium
of computer simulation. This will further simplify the
student's mind in understanding mathematics. Computer
technology has the potential to develop learning. Can
stimulate the mind, feelings, concerns and willingness to
learn the students and teachers facilitate learning lead,
especially in describing the concept and create a good
learning communication. Teachers are the active agents in
conveying knowledge to students (instruktivisme), while the
communication model found students construct their own
knowledge of the experience gained (constructivism).
Many of the facilities provided by the computer program,
including: (1) Design templete, providing a variety of
designs that can be applied to text presentation, including the
form of templete An animation; (2) Costum show, with this
facility a presentation file can be created several versions of
the presentation, each version contains different slides; (3)
Office art, this facility is used to support special graphics
capabilities; (4) Graphics file formats, this facility can be
used to store image files in JPG, WMF, EPS, PICT and GIF;
(5) Delivering presentastion, this facility provides the
convenience of using a script presentation of various
circumstances, such as the formal presentation, the
presentation even "virtual" in the Internet. In this dish can
141
form an animation / drawing / graphics / circle and the other
students are expected to better capture the material provided
by the teacher.
GeoGebra is the name of a software (software) installed
on the computer to solve math problems. Application
(program) combines geometry, algebra, and calculus.
GeoGebra is a computer application program that is used to
solve a mathematical problem software was developed by
Markus Hovenwarter at Florida Atlantic University for
teaching and learning mathematics in public schools /
vocational (http: // www. GeoGebra.org/help / docuin / index.
html. Further formed IGI (International GeoGebra Institute)
is a non-profit organization behind the development of
mathematics software GeoGebra. at IGI, mathematics
teachers and researchers from around the world work
together to promote the teaching of mathematics in a way to
coordinate the activities of the conference, coaching such as
following: Develop and implement new features of the
software GeoGebra; Develop on-line support system for
teachers; Evaluating and improving professional
development activities and mathematics instructional
materials; software is well suited to use in the process of
learning mathematics, because it GeoGebra displays three
different perspectives on mathematical objects: graphical,
numerical algebra, and Sheets. This allows us to display
mathematical objects in three different representations:
graphically (point, the graph of a function), algebra (the
coordinates of points, equations), and in spreadsheet cells. In
use, GeoGebra can run on Windows family of operating
systems, Mac OS X, and Linux, is easy to use because it can
be executed with basic commands such as scrolling,
zooming, delete, and could use a hotkey like in Windows.
By using this GeoGebra software program, a variety of
mathematical problems can be solved. Users will get a better
visualization and potentially easier to understand to get
answers to various problems of mathematics. GeoGebra
published with the slogan "GeoGebra-Dynamic Mathematics
for Everyone", the developer claimed GeoGebra as dynamic
geometry application because it can carry out the
construction of points, vectors, segments, lines, conic
sections, as well as functions, and change the outcome of
further construction. On the other hand, GeoGebra also has
the ability as the geometry calculator that can handle
variable-variables in the form of numbers, vectors, points,
finds derivatives and integrals of a function, and offers direct
commands like Root or Extremes.
B. The use GeoGebra in Research (workshop)
Be Given Granted, knowledge, training, coaching,
mentoring and evaluation of the workshop participants, so
that GeoGebra can be directly used after mounted (installed)
on the computer by teachers or by students, with online and
offline internet connection.
After successfully opening GeoGebra, the basic display
will appear on the screen, it appears that Geometry and
Algebra appear side by side on one screen. There are 6 major
part in the initial view, namely: (a) toolbar or ribbon
equipment; Windows algebra or algebra display; Undo and
redo or undo and repeat; Drawing Pad or screen drawing;
Input Text Field or point of writing input; Input Options or
choice of type of input.
 The mouse is used to select construction equipment from
the toolbar, and then we can directly construct wake we
wanted on the drawing pad. At the same time when we are
drawing on the screen will automatically appear the words
algebra coordinates and equations of construction image that
we created it. The text input field is used to us directly
typing in coordinates, equations, instructions and functions
that we want; The type of input we will immediately appear
in the form of construction drawings on a drawing at once
we press the button

Wind Tool Un Draw

ow bar do ing
Alge Red Pad
bra o

Inpu Inp
t ut
Field Opt
ion
Fig 2.Example button appears GeoGebra
As one example among others Graph Algebra Functions
Simple In Cartesian Coordinate System and linear equations
is one of the sub topics that are taught in the mathematics
teachers at SMK form (workshop) conducted research
team .Time is 1 day / 8 hours each each smkn indicator chart
teachers can construct a simple function on a Cartesian
coordinate system
“Some of the benefits of the program GeoGebra in
mathematics are: a) to produce paintings geometries quickly
and accurately than by using a pencil, a ruler, or term, b) can
be used as an evaluation to ensure that the paintings have
been made correctly, c), enables teachers or students to
investigate or exhibit properties that apply to an object
geometry (in rosa, atr, 2013) "
GeoGebra main menu are: File, Edit, View, Options,
Tools, Windows, and Help to draw geometric objects. The
File menu is used to create, open, save and export the file,
and exit the program. The Edit menu is used to edit the
painting. View menu is used to set the display. Menu Option
to set various display features, such as setting the font size,
type settings (style) objekobjek geometry, and so on. And
the help menu to provide technical guidelines use GeoGebra
program.
Menu help provide technical guidance program use
GeoGebra.
Fig 3. Wiews of geogebra
Views of GeoGebra consist of:
• Menu, located at the top. The menu consists of File, Edit,
View, Options, Tools, Window, and Help
• Tool Bar, located on the second line, containing icons
(symbols)
• Window Left, which consists of objects Objects Free
and Bound. In this window being displayed in algebraic
form
• Window Right, which is being displayed in the chart.
• Enter the bar, which is located on the bottom left
• Blade function, which lists function
• Blade symbol, which contains a list of symbols
• The command bar, which contains a list of commands
C. GeoGebra As A Tool Mathematical Problem Solving
For example GeoGebra can be used to solve systems of
equations x + Y = 1 and y = x2 + 2x - 1. Steps: 1) Type x + y
= 1 and enter; 2) Type x ^ 2 + 2x-1 and enter; 3) Enter the
intersection [a, c]. The second graph derived cutoff point,
namely A (2, -1) and B (-1, 2)
The solution is (2, -1) and (-1, 2).

Fig 4. Geogebra as Problem Solving Tool

D. Geogebara As Mathematics Instructional Media

For example, one of the subjects straight line equation.
One form is a straight line equation y = mx + c. This

142
equation has gradient m and cut the Y axis at the point (0, c).
The greater the value of the gradient m, more upright line.
This can be demonstrated by using GeoGebra.The straight
line with the equation y = 0.5x + 1, y = 0.7x + 1, y = x + 1, y
= 2x + 1 and y = 3x + 1 can be shown by the following
graph:
Fig 5. Geogebra as Instructional Media
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. Learning Implementation
The entire document should be in Times New Roman or
Times font. Type 3 fonts must not be used. Other font types
may be used if needed for special purposes. Recommended
font sizes are shown in Table 1. Given the limitations of
writing a paper in the journal, the results of research are not
addressed as a whole but only one application activities in
workshops presented were as follows: The research at this
stage the teacher partners (sampled one math teacher SMKN
6 Bandung in principal Simple Function Graphing
discussion on the Cartesian coordinates that apply to class
XI student of automotive studies program) were conducting
a demonstration of learning through learning model with
GeoGebra media referring to the lesson plans that were
developed previously. During the learning activities take
place, researchers assisted the teacher collaborator and team
conducted observations of the activities of teachers and
TABLE I
GROUPING COMPREHENSION LEVEL STUDENTS
No. Level of understanding
1 2
1 Do not Understand 0≤x<4
2 Misconceptions 4≤x<8
3 Partially misconceptions 8≤x≤12
4 Understand most 12<x≤16
5 Understand 16<x≤20
5) Recapitulation table completeness of learning outcomes,
can count the number of students who successfully
completed the subject Graphing Algebra Functions
Simple In Cartesian coordinates, ie students who study
results meet SKBM score of 60 as determined by the
school. 93.05% of students successfully completed on
this subject, only 6.94% were not yet complete. the
143
student activities, as well as evaluation of learning outcomes
are achieved. The following are the results of the monitoring
and evaluation of learning outcomes of students and teachers
during learning activities take place.
B. Observation and Evaluation Results
Activity and the ability of teachers in learning. The
supporting data such as notes observer added at the end to
complete the description of the assessment aspects of the
ability of teachers and the average score in each of a series
of activities.
1) Recapitulation assessment aspect teacher's ability to
manage learning, data regarding which aspects are very
less, less, pretty, good, or excellent. The results showed
that there were no aspect rated highly active or passive.
2) Recapitulation sheets of teacher observation, based on a
series of learning activities: Scores on the opening phase
of activity, core activities, and cover each can be seen
currently on the same score range is a range 3,5≤x <4.5.
The range represents the category of "GOOD" or "ON".
This the obtained results on the teacher liveliness
recapitulation all three phases are all
3) From the teacher's ability assessment scale, a score of
3.8 is a score that is in the range category of "GOOD".
Thus, obtained ratings for the ability of teachers to bring
learning with instructional media in learning
mathematics GeoGebra subject Simple Graphing
functions in Cartesian coordinates, is in the category of
"GOOD". In other words it can be said that the teacher
is able to manage learning material of mathematics
through learning model demonstration with instructional
media software GeoGebra.
4) Student learning outcomes. Sheets evaluation of
learning outcomes which teachers dijikan consists of 4
questions. about arranged sequentially so that the
measure of understanding and skills of the simple to the
complex. The results of the evaluation ratings were
classified into 5 categories based on the acquisition
level of understanding students score each question.
Number of matter
3 4
0≤x<4 0≤x<6 0≤x<6
4≤x<8 6≤x<12 6≤x<12 30,78%
8≤x≤12 12≤x≤18 12≤x≤18 59,78%
12<x≤16 18<x≤24 18<x≤24 82,68%
16<x≤20 24<x≤30 24<x≤30 94,34%
average student's overall learning outcomes, namely:
62.57 Score is the average overall results of the
evaluation study, so it concluded XI SMKN 6 Bandung
has met the Minimum Standards for Mastery Learning
this Topic.
6) Activities Students in Learning. The results of students'
activity assessment. Students with liveliness category
 amounted to as much as 13.85% HIGH or 9 people,
teachers assume partner has been very good result
considering learning more done in classical activities,
and students actively in learning activities is usually
uneven. Students with liveliness category LOW
amounted to 50.77% or numbered 33 people. Apart
from these two categories that all the other students are
in the category SEDANG. Perbandingan liveliness is
also rated good by partner teacher, consider learning in
the days usually are only a few students who are active
in learning.
7) Rekapitulasi student teacher questionnaire responses are
summarized in Table 2 below:

TABLE 2
STUDENT RESPONSES LEARNING MEDIA GEOGEBRA BY MATHEMATICS TEACHERS WHO HAVE ATTENDED THE WORKSHOP

No Number Percentage of students who answered and the reason

Yes Reason Tes Reason
1 19,12 Make smart 80,88 As hard lesson
2 72,06 Using computer 27,94 Due to difficult
The writing on the screen
3 51,47 To increase knowledge 48,53 Because computer hard
The images move, make it easy
absorbed
4 67,65 Want to know 32,35 example too easy
Computer Love
5 45,59 So understand, more clearly 54,41 too serious
Do not wait for the teacher to
write
6 25,00 Want to get value 75,00 Due to difficult
Due to good
7 76,47 There is a spectacle 23,53 tantamount to blackboard
learned computer
8 23,53 Because hard 76,47 as exemplified
9 60,29 To homeschooled 39,71 Do not have a computer Hard wear
To be more diligent
To do homework
19,2% Love Math 45,59% Interested with GeoGebra
72,06% Likes media with GeoGebra 25% active Confessing
51,47% Better understand 76,47% liked the atmosphere of learning GeoGebra
67,65% Motivated 60,29% GeoGebra software want to bring home to study at
home, more enthusiasm for learning mathematics.

8) Results of the assessment aspects of learning media. 9) Results of answers from the interview reports as
Show an average of 2 Categories Good mathematics teacher SMK who made such research
focus

No Principal Questions Answer

1. How do you respond to the learning Very good, the students would have a gradual process
material Algebra Graph function by using a visualization of how a graph is constructed
demonstration using software media
GeoGebra?
2. Do you think learning strategy with Media Yes, seems pretty all the students focus on the screen when I
GeoGebra on this material attractive for explained the matter
students?
3. According to you with a demonstration Yes, because it is visual learning activities and real that will
using GeoGebra software can help students to be understood and remembered by the students.
more easily understand the material graph
algebra functions Simple?
4. Is constraints or difficulties experienced I am not accustomed to using computers in the classroom,
during the learning process? classroom lighting is also not fully support

5. Do you think the students actively Ya, many are asking and would like to try to answer the
participate in learning activities question

144
 6. What are the advantages and disadvantages
of this method of demonstration with
GeoGebra?
7 What are the advantages and disadvantages
of this method of demonstration with
GeoGebra?
IV. CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results of research and discussion that has
been described, it can be concluded that the method of
demonstration with media software GeoGebra on the topic
of drawing graphs of functions simple algebra in Cartesian
coordinates carried by some mathematics teacher at SMK
Bandung which is used as the focus of research, showed that:
(1) active learning activities, liveliness and student
motivation and teacher performance is good, it can improve
student learning outcomes than the average grade 69.63 to
76, 38 to the classical completeness of 77.5% to 87.5%; (2)
active participation of students is high 13.85%, 35.38% of
students classified as moderate, and 50.77% of students are
low. Percentage according to partner teacher is the
percentage categorized as good for classical activities carried
out at the school; (3) On a scale of 1 to 5, the teacher
obtained a score of liveliness and ability to manage learning
by 3.8 which is in the range of "good" category. In other
words it can be said that this learning method can be
managed well by the teacher; (4) On a scale of 1 to 4, the
recapitulation of instructional media observations show:
Learning GeoGebra obtain a value of 2.9, which is in the
range of "good" category. (5) As of the 93.05% of students
successfully completed on this subject, and only 6.94%
which is not yet complete, it is very satisfactory percentage
Advantages: Graphics can be changed to follow the formula
of the function that we created, so students can see the pattern of
change between the chart. The drawback: the teacher a little
trouble installing computers and infokus for presentations,
classes are also settings to be suitable for use presentations
of teachers; (6) Complete average overall student learning
outcomes, namely score 62,57.Artinya has met the minimum
standards stipulated completeness of the school; (7) From
the questionnaire that students can be summed up most of
the students liked the learning of mathematics with
GeoGebra media. From the interviews conducted by the
researchers to partner teacher, obtained information that the
teacher's partner found suitable for use GeoGebra
mathematics.processed.
REFERENCES
[1] Judith H & Markus H, (2008). Introduction to GeoGebra, e-book:
www.geogebra.org.
[2] --------------------------- (2009). GeoGebra Help, buku manual resmi,
e-book: www.geogebra.org
[3] McGehee j &. Griffith,linda (2004). Technology Enhances Student
Learning across the Curriculum, Jurnal
Online NCTM, (http://www.nctm.
org/profdev/content.aspx/id=23525).diunduh10 Januari 2015
Mulyasa,E.(2007). Manajemen Berbasis Sekolah. Bandung. Remaja
Rosdakarya.,
[4] Rosa, atr.(2013). Profesional guru dalam pembelajaran matemtika,
Uninus Bandung
145
 Imlementation of Lifelong Education through Literacy and Life
Skills Education Collaboration as an Effort of Women's
Empowerment
Lina Siti Nurwahidah1)
1)
Department, University, City, Country
E-mail: xxx@yyy.zzz

Abstract. In life, education has a fundamental role to play. Education that we do from in our life, indicating that the
process of education, be it at home, school and in the community is always going hand in hand to achieve the usefulness
of social, economic, and cultural. Women education which is usually somewhat marginalized, should be in the spotlight
because from women education will begin, because women are the first and primary educators in the community. If
women are not empowered, both in terms of the ability to read and write, it is necessary to fix it. The women’s
empowerment is comprehensive so that they will beindependent. Women who have good literacy skills, coupled with the
knowledge of life skills, in addition to carry out its role well in the family as mother and wife will also have the
opportunity to be strong in his efforts to defend their lives and develop themselves in the society.

Keywords: lifelong education; literacy; life skills; women’s empowerment

education is a government-initiated education effortswhich is

I. INTRODUCTION
Everyone has the right for proper education regardless of
age, gender, race, class or religion. Education is one of the
needed human rights to develop personality and character that
respects freedom of thought, foster and encourage mutual
understanding, tolerance, friendship, and peace.
When we look at the statement above, there are some gaps,
on the one hand that education regardless of age, gender, and
certain groups, but on the other hand, there is a difference in
term of chance to get education between women and men. Itis
considered unnecessary for women to get education in school
because it is believed that women are not suitable to do works
but the task of reproduction and household activities. This
assumption seems to have embedded into our cultural values.
As a result of the assumption above, there are a lotof
women who are not educated so that they do not have
language skills (reading and writing). With these
circumstances, women’s role are also limited. They can only
work in the house. Data on BPS shows that the population of
women who do not / have never attended school is higher than
the male population (BPS, 2012). In addition,general director
of PNFI said that about 64% of Indonesian women are
illiterate (2010). The problem is caused by three things,
namely school dropouts, have no access, and cultural issues.
The fact is demanding higher quality of female population
both in terms of knowledge, attitudes and skills. On the issue
of improving the quality of women population, the role of the
education sector, both formal and informal can be
maximizedby makingsome efforts to solve the problem.
In Indonesia, efforts have been made by the government to
fulfill the right of education for every citizen, including the
fulfillment of the right of education for women who have
grown up with implementing public education. Public
realized in an integrated manner with the locals to see the
potential of the regions to improve the social, economic, and
cultural so that it can be more helpful and empower
communities. Indeed, the development of public education
will be a booster to improve the quality of personal adults as
members of society in an effort to gain awareness ofthe
process of lifelong education, especially among women.
In the GBHN, government policy related to increase the
role of women aimed at improving women's position and role
in the life of the nation in order to continue the empowerment
of women and the welfare of the family and society. In the
GBHN, it is implied that woman besides can carry out its role
well in the family as mother and wife also have a chance to be
more influential in supporting and accomplishing national
development.
II. DISCUSSION
A. Lifelong Education
The principle of lifelong education is to formulate a
principle that the educational process is continuous, which
begins when someone is born until they die. In the reality of
everyday life, it can be seen that in fact people learn
throughout life. In short there is no age limit which indicates
the impossibility and the inability of people to learn.
Encouragement of lifelong learning happens because of its
necessity. Everyone feels the need to protect life and
livelihood in the face of impulses from within and around the
natural challenge, which is always changing. Throughout their
life, peoples are required to be able to adjust an active,
dynamic, creative, and innovative self to face the changes.
According Cropley (1986) lifelong education is defined as
the purpose or idea for organizing and structuring formal

146
educational experience. This organizing and structuring
follows all ages – from theyoungest to the oldest.
Lifelong education states that education does not stop until
the individual becomes an adult, but continued throughout
their life. Lifelong education becomes a high urgency at the
moment because people constantly adapt in order to survive
naturally in the ever-changing society. The other side of
lifelong education is vast opportunities for people to continue
to learn in order to achieve better living conditions. The
characteristics of people who become lifelong learners: realize
that they have to learn as long as they live; have view that
learning new things is a logical way to address the problem;
high spirits to learn at all levels; welcome the changes (open
minded); believe that the challenges throughout life is an
opportunity to learn new things.
Thus, lifelong education is a system of educational
concepts that describe the overall events of teaching and
learning activities that take place as long as human live.
Lifelong education process takes place continuously, and not
limited by time as formal education, lifelong learning is not
only done by an educated man, but all peoples without
exceptions can do it.
B. Literacy Education
In reading, there are at least six words that should be
known that 'literacy', 'illiteracy', 'alliteration', 'literate',
'illiterate', and ‘alliterate'. Literacy is the ability to read.
Illiteracy means reading disabilities. Alliteration means less
attitude of reading. Literate is the adjective form which means
it can write and read in a language. Illiterate is the adjective
form which means cannot read. Alliterate is the adjective form
of the word alliteration (Harjasujana and Damaianti, 2003: 31-
32)
From the definitions above, literacy interpreted into two,
namely reading and writing. Below the author will explain one
by one. Reading is a process of finding meaning and purpose
of a text. Weaver (in Kuswari, 2007: 7) defines reads as
follows.
1) Reading means pronouncing words. That is, reading
means going from surface structure (written words) to
audible surface structure (spoken words)
2) Reading means identifying words and getting their
meaning. That is, reading means going from visible
surface structure to deep structure (meanings)
3) 3)Reading means bringing meaning to a text in order to
get meaning fromit. That is, reading means using deep
structure to interprete surfacestructure.
Reading is defined as the pronunciation of words,
identifying words and finding the meaning of a text. Reading
is aimed to get the meaning or structure in which is contained
in the outer structure of the language. Reading means
identifying the words and getting the meaning of these words.
Reading is started from the outside structure of the language
which is seen by the visual ability to get the meaning
contained in the structure of the language. In other words,
reading means using the structure to interpret the outer
structure consisting of the words in a text.
Reading is an important activity in daily life. The same
thing was stated by education experts in reading, Farr (in
Harjasujana, 2006), which says 'Read is the heart of education'.
147
Reading is the heart of education. Imagine, without reading
the study will not working and without reading then life
becomes colorless. By reading we can freely interpret all
matters relating to education. Also we can digest the
information from the readings to be used in everyday life.
There are several objectives in the activity of reading which
has a great impact in understanding a passage. Smith (1967)
(in Turner, 1995: 146) reveals some goals to encourage
reading activity, namely: (1) a pleasure, (2) intellectual
demand, (3) benefit, (4) the demands of socio-economy, (5)
vocational education purpose, (6) personal purposes, (7)
solving problems, and (8) of spiritual or religious interests.
Meanwhile, according to Tarigan (1991: 3) writing "is a
language skill that is used to communicate indirectly – notface
to face – withother people. Writing is anproductive and
expressive activity."
Furthermore Tarigan (1991: 21) re-argue about writing as
follows. Writing is lowered or symbolizedchartswhich are
depicting a language that is understood by a person so that
others can read symbols chart if they understand the language
and the chart picture.
Rusyana (1984: 8) explains that writing is "a writer activity
to express ideas through a text." From the other side it can be
said that the authors try to communicate the contents or the
message via a text to the reader. The contents of this message
may be ideas, facts, feelings, and so on.
Writing is an "activity to communicate something through
written language capable of expressing ideas, opinions, or
information clearly, and if people read it, theywill be able to
catch those ideas, opinions, or information." (Rusyana, 1984:
8)
The ability to write according Rusyana (1984: 8) can be
interpreted, as the ability to create ideas, notions, thoughts,
and feelings into written form."Such skills must be based on:
(1) the use of proper spelling, (2) the use of affixation, (3) the
writing of correct word, (4) the writing ofcorrect sentence, and
(5) the accuracy of writing paragraphs.
Hudgons (in Tarigan, 1987: 7) argues that writing is "a
process that is carried and used by the authors to convey the
intended message through the medium of words / written
language." According Semi (1993: 4), writing is one of the
language skills which replace the spoken language into written
language. From those opinions, it can be said that writing is
communicationusing written language symbols. Writing is
also one way to share what someone has in mind or what they
feel to others – inthis case the reader – inthe form of written
symbols.
Every language contains some type of writing goals.
Writing objectives as mentioned by Tarigan are informing or
teaching, convincing or persuading, entertaining or fun,
uttering or expressing feelings and ardent emotions (2008: 25).
Both skills will be connected, so that both can serve to
become a strong foundation to solve the problems they will
face.
C. Life Skills Education
According to Depdiknas (2003), life skills are the needed
skills to face the problems of life to live naturally without
being pressured, and then proactively and creatively search to
find a solution so that eventually it will be solved.
 Brolin (1989) explains that life skills can be divided into
two main types of skills; they are generic life skills (GLS) and
specific life skills (SLS). Generic life skills are include: (1)
personal skills which include (a) existence awareness and (b)
self-potential awareness, (2) the skills of rational thinking
include: (a) thinkingskill, (b) skills to process information, (c )
competence to take decisions, and (d) problem-solving skill,
(3) social skills include: (a) oral communication skills, (b)
written communication skills, and (c) cooperation skills.
Specific life skills are skills needed to do certain jobs or face
certain circumstances that include: (1) academic skills which
include (a) variable identification skill, (b) variables linking
skill, (c) formulating hypotheses skill, and (d) implementing
skill; (2) vocational skills associated with occupations that
require motoric skills that include (a) basic vocational skills
and special vocational skills.
Life skills oriented education should contain an effort to
develop skills as follows:
1) the ability to read and write functionally both in
Indonesian and one foreign language (English, Arabic,
Chinese, etc.),
2) the ability to formulate and solve problems that are
processed through learning scientific thinking,
exploratory, discovery and inventory,
3) theability to calculate with or without the aid of
technology, to support the capabilities mentioned above,
4) the ability to utilize technology in many fields such as
agriculture, fisheries, animal husbandry, handicrafts,
household, health, information and communication,
transportation, manufacturing and industry, commerce,
arts, performances, sports, services, etc.,
5) the ability to process natural resources, social, cultural
and environment to be able to live independently.
6) the ability to work in a team which is the current
economic demands in both formal and informal sectors,
7) the ability to continue to be a learning people which is in
line with developments in science and technology, and
8) the ability to integrate with the nation's socio-religious
based on the values of Pancasila.
Meanwhile, the Depdiknas (2002) suggested that the
purposes of life skills education are as follows.
1) Actualizing the potential of learners that can be used to
solve the faced problems.
2) Providing opportunities at school (formal / informal) to
develop flexible learning, in accordance with the
principle of broad-based education.
3) Optimizing school (formal / non-formal) environment
resourcesby recycling natural waste which can be used in
accordance with the principle of school-based
management.
In general, it can be said that the main purpose of life skills
education is to prepare students to become capable and skilled
to maintain their viability in the future. The essence of life
skills education is to improve the relevance of education to the
real life values, either representative or progressive. The life
skills education for marginalized communities will provide
tangible benefits for both learners andthe community, as
follows.
148
1) For learners, they will be able to improve thinking quality,
heart quality, and physical quality. By improving these
qualities, they will be able to increase the options in an
individual's life, such as career, income, influence,
prestige, physical and spiritual health, personal
development opportunities, competitive ability and
personal welfare.
2) For the community, it can increase the quality of life with
indicators as follows: increase social welfare, reduction of
destructive behaviors so it can reduce social problems and
the growth of harmonization in society by integrating
religious values, solidarity, economy, power and art.
The learning process and the implementation of life skills
oriented education is given thematically based on the real life
issues. The themes are set to be truly meaningful for citizens
to learn, both for now and the future. The approach used is
problem solving cases that can be associated with some other
material to reinforce a certain mastery of life skills. With a
daily life problem-solving approach, the citizens learn to
becomeskilled to deal with real life problems. The learning
orientation usedin this approach is the principle of learning to
know, learning to do, learning to be and learning to life
together in harmony.
D. Literacy and Life Skills Education as an Effort of Women's
Empowerment
The existence of women who do not have chance of decent
education around us is a natural phenomenon and should be
accepted as part of Indonesian society. We cannot avoid the
fact, soaccusation and blame of the cause of their existence is
not needed.Thing that should be highlighted is how our efforts
as a member of a large family of the Indonesian people to
participate and find solutions in order to empower them. One
effort that can be done to empower them is to improve the
quality of life through non-formal education by including
them into the literacy program and life skills education.
Literacy programs can be an option for adult women who
have limitations in reading and writing. With a variety of
training strategies, gradually their inability to read and write
will be solved. This will helpboth adult women who formerly
never went to school, and women who have dropped out from
school. Why? If a skill is trained continuously, done with the
right strategy, clever and skilled tutor, right media,
appropriate materials according to their needs, and supported
by a good motivation, then there will be an expected results to
be proud of.
Once they master reading and writing skills, the program
should be continued by implementing life skills education in
vocational fields, meaning that skills are more focused on
motoric skills. If this is done tocountryside women, it should
cover local potential. This life skill category will have an
impact only if it can raise the dignity of their lives; is how to
get a decent income for their daily life. With a decent income,
certainly they can overcome any problems they are facing,
including the inability to send their son of his daughter to
school. Imbued with entrepreneurial skills they are expected
to earn income and try to be independent by way of
entrepreneurship.
The implementation of life skills education by choosing
skills and imbuingit with entrepreneurship skills can be
applied if they have an awareness of self-potential to change
by utilizing the literacy skill and apply the skills they have [1]
mastered. It is expected to be very useful for their life. This
means that they are aware of the skills needed to be used later [2]
for entrepreneurship. Also, it depends on how they can hone [3]
thinking ability and the information searching ability about the
kinds of skills that can be learned in an organizations / any [4]
institution that provides learning these needed skills. [5]
This is where the role of the institution of Pendidikan Non- [6]
formal (PNF) like Sanggar Kegiatan Belajar (SKB), PKBM as [7]
well as LSM working in the field of community development,
especially in the empowerment of women to encourage them [8]
to learn vocational skills / abilities and entrepreneurship skills. [9]
Of course this is not easy to do and also will take time and
perseverance.Hopefully with their own consciousness to beout
from incapability, they are willing to learn to increase
[10]
knowledge and entrepreneurial skills in order to make the
future brighter. If the awareness and motivation to get up in [11]
order to survive are present, then gradually the existing
problems in these women can be reduced. [12]
Institutions which will hold a life skills education for [13]
women can provide a wide range of skills such as sewing,
embroidery, handicrafts, making snacks, agribusiness, animal [14]
husbandry, fisheries and others. In the process of learning, the
[15]
institution of PNF should have already had a link to the [16]
company which will make an internship programfor the
learners. Another important link is the provision of [17]
information about the financial institutions to finance micro
[18]
enterprises for learners who wish for an independent business.
If the stages of the processes that has been carried out by the [19]
PNF institution like andragogy approach, provision of
information, education, apprenticeship and capitalization can [20]
[21]
be organized well, then most likely the empowerment of
women can be resolved through life skills education. [22]
III. CONCLUSIONS [23]
[24]
Education is one of the most vital human needs in their
attempts to survive and develop their selves in society and [25]
[26]
nation life. Education is perceived as a vital need because the
rapid progress in science and technology will lead to changes [27]
in all aspects of human’slife and livelihood. Without
education, people will have difficulty in adjusting their selves [28]
to the environment because of the demands of life and
livelihood constantly changing. Thus, education becomes a
necessity that must be met throughout their life, from birth
until his death.
Indonesian women with limited education which is causing
they cannot read and write can be helped by trying to
collaborate literacy education and life skills. Both
educationsare expected to solve the problems of Indonesian
women who have many limitations so lifelong education can
be implemented to make them morehelpful to the environment.
Finally, hopefully those efforts will make Indonesian
women become more empowered. Through this
empowerment, they are expected to have powers. Powers
which are mentioned beforeis not only in terms of knowledge
and skills, but also the power to make changes. Positive
changes in attitude can be empowered to increase participation
and creativity, which will encourage women to have the desire
to make changes, including changes to have the ability to read
and write, also have the skills for the provision of their lives.
149
REFERENCES
Ahmad. N.S. 2011. Pendidikan dan Masyarakat. Yogyakarta: Sabda
Media.
Ahmadi, I. Kh. dkk. 2012. Mengembangkan Pendidikan Berbasis
Keunggulan Lokal. Jakarta: PT Prestasi Pustakaraya.
Akhadiah, S. dkk.. 1993. Pembinaan Kemampuan Menulis Bahasa
Indonesia. Jakarta:Erlangga.
Anwar. 2006. Pendidikan Kecakapan Hidup. Bandung: Alfabeta.
Basleman, A. dan Mappa, S..2011. Teori Belajar Orang Dewasa.
Bandung: PT Remaja Rosdakarya.
Biro Pusat Statistik.2000. Jakarta: BPS danDitjen PLSP.
Brolin, D.E. 1989. Life Centered Career Education: A Competency-
Based Approach. Reston VA: The Council for Exceptional Children.
Cropley, A.J..1986. Life Long Education. Penyunting Sardjan Kadir.
Surabaya: Usaha Nasional.
Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. (2002). Pedoman Umum
Pelaksanaan Pendidikan Berbasis Keterampilan Hidup (life skills)
Melalui Pendidikan Broad Based Education dalam PLS dan Pemuda.
Jakarta: Ditjen PLS dan Pemuda-Depdiknas.
Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. (2003). Life Skills-Pendidikan
Kecakapan Hidup Jakarta: Ditjen PLS dan Pemuda-Depdiknas.
harian-pelita.pelitaonline.com/cetak/2013/12/15 perempuan yang tidak
pernah sekolah-lebih –tinggi#urkp01GI/ diunduh tanggal 22 -12-2013.
Hardjasudjana dan Damaianti. 2003. Membaca dalam Teori dan
Praktik. Bandung: Mutiara.
Harjasujana, A.S. 2006. “Pentingnya Kedudukan Membaca”.
http.//www.pikiranrakyat. com/setak/2006/082006/19/wacana.htm
Heryati, Y.,dkk. 2010. Model Inovatif Pembelajaran Bahasa Indonesia.
Jakarta: Multi Kreasi Satu delapan.
Kamil, M. 2009. Pendidikan Nonformal. Bandung: Alfabeta.
Kusnadi dkk. 2005. Pendidikan Keaksaraan. Jakarta: Departemen
Pendidikan Nasional.
Kuswari, U. 2007. “Model Group Mapping Activity (GMA)
dalamPembelajaranMembaca”.LaporanPenelitian.
Latif, Abdul. 2009. Pendidikan Berbasis Nilai Kemasyarakatan.
Bandung: PT Refika Aditama.
Lengrand, P. 1981. Pengantar Pendidikan Sepanjang Hayat. Jakarta:
Gunung Agung.
Lunandi, A.G. 1987. Pendidikan Orang Dewasa. Jakarta: PT Gramedia.
Marzuki, S. 2010. Pendidikan Nonformal. Bandung: PT
RemajaRosdakarya.
Mustafa, Bacharudin. 2008. Dari Literasi Dini ke Literasi Teknologi.
Jakarta: NCEEC dan CREST.
Rusyana, Y.. 1984. Bahasa dan Sastra . Bandung: CV Diponegoro.
Semi, A..1993. Rancangan Pengajaran Bahasa dan Sastra Indonesia.
Bandung: Angkasa.
Suprijanto. 2009. Pendidikan Orang Dewasa. Jakarta: PT Bumi Aksara.
Tarigan, H.G.. 1987. Membaca Suatu Keterampilan Berbahasa.
Bandung: Angkasa.
Tarigan, H.G.. 1991.Metodologi Pengajaran Bahasa. Bandung:
Angkasa.
www.republika.co.id/berita/10/02/26/104984-6-5 juta perempuan
indonesia-buta-aksara/diunduh tanggal 22-12-2013.
 Functions of Traditional Village Credit Institution Toward Rural
Development: Case of Kedonganan Village, Bali Province
M.S. Chandra Jaya1)
1)
Dwijendra University, Bali
E-mail: xxx@yyy.zzz

Abstract. Rural development is one of the most important in economic development at the regional and national level in
Indonesia. Limited resources could be a problem to facilitate and accelerate the local economic growth in the village.
The existence of Traditional Village Credit Institution called LPD is being an alternative for the villagers to access to
finance aside from the state and private banks within the village. The objective of study is to describe the functions of
LPD to support rural development. LPD Kedonganan was purposively selected as a research site. Some key informants
were interviewed to have data related to the objective of study. Analysis data is used descriptive method. The results of
study pointed out that LPD has several functions to rural development within the village. These are: (i) provision of
credit; (ii) motivation to have productive economic work; (iii) improvement of villagers’ income; (iv) strengthening
social activities. LPD has been established to assist villagers to get loan for productive work and needs for their
consumption. Aside from providing loan, the LPD also gave capacity strengthening to villagers about how to use credit
for getting more profit. Through credit gained from LPD, villagers could increase their income derived from their small-
scale enterprises. Thus, iit also increase their purchasing power. In line with the nature of LPD, that is, socio-cultural
aspect, the profit gained from the business of LPD could be used for social, ritual ceremonies activities in the village.

Keywords: Rural development; credit; income; motivation; profit

Rural development is one of the most important in

I. INTRODUCTION
Bali is one of the provinces in Indonesia which has the
most famous culture not only in Indonesia but also in the
world. High value of Balinese culture has become a
particular interest of the tourism development. Local
government at the levels of province and district have keept
and maintained and conserved the culture in terms of social
interaction, and physical components. The commitment of
government was found in the regulation which was set up,
that is cultural tourism under the Provincial Regulation about
which has obtective to protect cultural values and physical
culture in Bali, includingthe involvement of customary
village or traditional village in developing cultural tourism.
Development of culture in Bali cannot be separated with
the rural economic development and urban development as
well. The main objectives of rural development are to
increase productivity of natural and man resourcces, to
increase income of people and to decrease poverty at the
village (Taylor, et al. 2005). Therefore, the increase of
economic development in the village should consider the
cultural aspect of local people as part of social capital.
According to Narayan and Prittchet (1997), social capital
could be an appropriate way of information between
creditors and borrowers in order to ensure the effective loan
management and avoid moral hazard in the market for credit.
Social capital has significantly influenced and controlled the
tangible resources of the farmers based organization. Social
capital consists of socio-cultural norms, bylaws/constitution
and rule of law, policies and governance (Mohammed, et al.
2013).
economic development at the regional and national level in
Indonesia. Limited resources could be a problem to facilitate
and accelerate the local economic growth in the village. Poor
households usually do not have access to guarantee
mechanism, such as non-real estate-based collateral (van
Bastelaer 2000).Therefore, it is needed a easier access to
credit for the poor (Ghate, 1988).
The existence of Traditional Village Credit Institution
called LPD is being an alternative for the villagers to access
to finance aside from the state and private banks within the
village. In case of Bali, the existence of traditional village
called desa pakraman has a great role in conserving Balinese
culture. The scope of traditional village activities firstly
functioned to social and cultural aspects conducted in the
village. The main source resources for the activities were
coming from the members, thus it was very limited.
Meanwhile, the need of finance for the more complex
activities in the village had become increased. One of the
conseequences of this is the economic burden of villagers
had become higher.
Based on this condition, the government at provincial
level had initiation to introduce the new concept of
traditional village orienting economic aspect. Government
policy had not only focussed on the administrative villages
but was also addressed to traditional villages. For this policy,
government asked traditional village to have good
governance as a self-help institution. Under the Decree of
Governor No 972/1984 about Establishment of Village
Credit Institution in Bali Province. After more than 15 years,
the exixtence of traditional village had been regulated under

150
Regional Regulation Nomor 8 Tahun 2002 about the
Village Credit Institution which was issued by government
and parliament at the Bali province. This regulation has been
renewed by the new regulation that is Regional Regulation
No. 3 /2007 with the additional definitions about the
requirement of LPD establishment. LPD as a village
institition is particularly established to provide service for its
villagers only. Concerning the above mentioned, the
objective of study is to describe the functions of LPD to
assist local people and support rural development.
II. METHODS
LPD Kedonganan was purposively selected as a research
site due to this LPD has been established since 1990 and
being active until this period of study. Some key informants
(management board of LPD, several local people, head of
customary village of Kedonganan) were interviewed to have
data (primary and secondary data) related to the objective of
study. Analysis data is fully used descriptive method.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. General description of LPD Kedonganan
LPD of Kedonganan can be simply said as an village
institution that aims to have multi-functions for the local
people and rural development. The establishment of this
LPD was initiated by government employing paerticipatory
approach. The government official firstly gave socialization
to the management board of traditional village of
Kedonganan. They were provided information about what
the LPD is, benefits for the local community and rural
development, management and administration, etc. During
the socialization, the management board had positive
responses indicated by the some questions about capital
sources at the beginning and mechanism of LPD
management.
After socialization, the management board conducted an
internal meeting to discuss information obatained from the
socialization and possibilities of the LPD establishment in
the village. In order to realize the willingness to establish
LPD, the management board of village chaired by kelihan
desa adat (pakraman) or head of traditional village invited
the members of village to inform and discuss about it. The
meetings were held thrice at the level of village and also
attended by government official.
LPD of Kedonganan is managed by a committee
consisted of a chairman, cashiers and administrators. The
chairman has main task to conduct daily operations of LPD
such as coordination within the internal and external ones;
making a contractual agreement with the customers and
other partners. He has responsibility to the leader of
customary village (as LPD Supervisory Board). He also
prepares the plan activities and budget, and formulates
policies LPD. Cashier has function to record the cash flow
of funds. Administrative officer conducts administrative
tasks, both public administration and bookkeeping. She is
responsible to the chairman of the LPD, prepare the balance
sheet and income statement, as well as manage the archive.
In managing LPD of Kedonganan, the management team
has been asked by the leader of customary law to monitor
changes of economic condition which inluences the
151
economic activity of LPD. The management board also
performs a formal meeting quarterly for internal evaluation
involving all staff. The staffs of credit collection are daily
briefed on their duties by the chairman of the LPD before
they start working. LPD internal evaluation is periodically
conducted by the supervisory board. This condition indicates
that the organizational structure of LPD is relatively capable.
This is brought about by the involvement of local
government bank which provides supervision and guidance
to LPD as defined by the regional regulations.
B. Functions of LPD of Kedonganan
The results of study pointed out that LPD has several
functions to rural development within the village. These are:
(i) provision of credit; (ii) motivation to have productive
economic work; (iii) improvement of villagers’ income; and
(iv) strengthening social activities. LPD has been established
to assist villagers to get loan for productive work and needs
for their consumption.
Credit provision is a main function of LPD in the
traditional village of Kedonganan. Here are three kinds of
credit available in LPD of Kedonganan. These are (i)
working capital credit; (ii) investment credit; and (iii)
consumtion credit. Working capital credit is a type of
productive loans are intended to provide working capital for
the local people who are planning to enhance capital for their
business, such as fishery and tourisme services and others.
Investment credits offered for Kedonganan Customary
Village manners who want to invest in various types. Loans
are generally intangible investment for land acquisition,
house and others. Meanwhile, consumsptive credit is a type
of credit offered to meet the consumption needs of local
people in Kedonganan Customary Village.
Based on the survey, villagers could send proposal to
LPD for getting credit. Mechanism of credit provision in
LPD is very simple. Local people only filled in the credit
form, provide approval from the wife or husband, provide
recommendation from the head of customary subvillage, and
collateral, such as land title, deposit money or vehicle
certificate aside from identification card. Verification
process is relatively fast since the prerequisites are not so
many items. Moreover, the management board of LPD has
already known well those who apply credit. Until this period
of study, none of borrowers has delay on returning of interst
and loan to LPD. The local people or borrowers have
understood the internal regulations or self-regulation in the
customary village in terms of the obligation and rights as
borrower. The social and moral sanctions are being a tool for
the local people to follow the regulation.
Aside from providing loan, the LPD also gave motivation
loca people to increase their capacity strengthening relating
to how to use credit for getting more profit. Through credit
gained from LPD, villagers could increase their income
derived from their small-scale enterprises. Thus, it also
increase their purchasing power. In line with the nature of
LPD, that is, socio-cultural aspect, the profit gained from the
business of LPD could be used for social, ritual ceremonies
activities in the village. In this case, management board of
LPD had function to give learning to the borrowers for
making the loan effectively and efficiently. LPD also
provided technical assistances to borrowers in order to
increase productivity and profit from their business.
According to borrowers, they are very happy to borrow
money as a credit due to LPD has additional function, that is,
improvement the capacity of them in terms of financial
management, business management and the others. For LPD
side, this function is very important to ensure borrower could
use effectively and efficiently the credit and able to return
credit in line with the period of credit.
Descriptively, local people mentioned that the existence
of LPD of Kedonganan could help local people to increase
their income through the productive activities. Their work
has been improved after they got credit from LPD and
acknowledged the improved management in terms of
financial and business aspects.
In term of social activities, LPD of Kedonganan has good
social responsibility for the villagers in the relation to
customary or traditional activities of community. Every year,
LPD provides support (cash money) for the management
board of customary village for the activities of ritual
ceremonies conducted in some village’s temples. This
responsibility is already defined into the internal regulation
of LPD. There is proportional percentage for the social
activities allocated by LPD of Kedonganan. Since LPD has
beed established (1990), it has been allocating budget about
IDR 20 Billions for the activities related to tri hita karana.
Based on the interview and documents of LPD, it was
reported that the profit of LPD is being allocated as follows:
(i) 60 % for re-investment; (ii) 20 % for physical
development in the village; (iii) 5 % for social or tri hita
karana activities; (iv) 5 % for empowerment activity; (v) and
10 % for the management services. In 2017, for instance,
LPD of Kedonganan provided cash money for one of the
villagers due to his son was died as a result of accidence.
Concerning the activities mentioned above, LPD of
Kedonganan is able to increase and strengthen the social
interaction of local people. LPD could assit the burden of
local people in the implementationof temples rehabilitation,
ritual ceremonies and others. Before LPD established, local
people had to contribute a lot of cash money for the
rehabilitation of temples and ritual ceremonies, too. It is
worth to note that the ritual ceremonies in Kedonganan
village are very frequent within a year. Aside from this, LPD
also helped the local people who conducted mass traditional
cremation based on Hindu religion. Since a few years ago,
LPD of Kedonganan has also provided scholarship for the
young generation who has good capacity and has limited
finance for studying.
IV. CONCLUSIONS
The existence of Traditional Village Credit Institution
called LPD in Kedonganan village is very important for the
villagers due to they could have access to finance with easier
mechanism rather than the state and private banks. LPD of
Kedonganan has several functions to local people and rural
development within the village. Its functions are: (i) to
152
provide credit; (ii) to give motivation to local people to have
productive economic work; (iii) to improve villagers’
income; (iv) to strengthen social activities.
LPD has been established to assist villagers to get loan for
productive work and needs for their consumption. Aside
from providing loan, the LPD also gave capacity
strengthening to villagers about how to use credit for getting
more profit. Through credit gained from LPD, villagers
could increase their income derived from their small-scale
enterprises. Thus, iit also increase their purchasing power. In
line with the nature of LPD, that is, socio-cultural aspect, the
profit gained from the business of LPD could be used for
social, ritual ceremonies activities in the village.
REFERENCES
[1] Ahmad Q.K., and M. Hossain. 1983. Alleviation of Rural Poverty in
Bangladesh: An Overview of Strategies and Policies. A report
prepared for FAO. Dhaka: Bangladesh Institute of Development
Studies.
[2] Anjani, K., Singh, K.M., & Shradhajali, S. (2010). Institutional
Credit to Agriculture Sector in India: Status, Performance and
Determinants. Agricultural Economic Research Review, 23.
[3] David, E. (2012). Access to Rural credit and its effects on Income
Equality: Study about rural households in Vietnam. Retrieved from
https://lup.lub.lu.se/student-papers/search/publication/3021603
[4] Ghate, P.B. 1988. “Informal Credit Market in Asian Developing
Countries.” Asian Development Review 6 (1): 64-85.
[5] George, O. (2010). The analysis of the rural Credit market in Ghana.
International Business & Economics Research Journal.
[6] Khandker, S. R. (2003). Microfinance and Poverty: Evidence Using
Panel Data from Bangladesh. World Bank Policy Research Working
Paper 2945
[7] Sadick Mohammed, S., Irene S. E., and Amegashie D.P.K. 2013.
Social Capital and Access to Credit by Farmer Based Organizations
in the Karaga District of Northern Ghana. Journal of Economics and
Sustainable Development Vol.4, No.16, 2013
[8] Morduch, J. (2005). The Economic of Microfinance. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, USA
[9] Narayan, D and L. Pritchett. 1997. “Cents and Sociability: Household
Income and Social Capital in Rural Tanzania.“ Mimeo. Washington,
D.C: The World Bank.
[10] Pitt, M., & Khandker, S. R. (1998). The impact of group-based credit
program on poor households in Bangladesh: Does the gender of
participants matter?. Journal of Political Economy, 106, 958-996.
[11] Quach, M. H, A., Mullineux, W., & Murinde, V. (2005). Access to
credit and household poverty reduction in rural Vietnam: A cross-
sectional study.
[12] Taylor, J. E., Dyer, G., and Yunez-Naude, A., 2005, Disaggregated
Rural Economy-wide Models for Policy Analysis, World
Development, 33(10): 1671–1688.
[13] Van Bastelaer, T. 2000. “Does Social Capital Facility the Poor’s
Access to Credit? A Review on the Microeconomic Literature.”
Social Capital Initiative Working Paper No. 8. February 2000.
[14] Vuong, Q. D. (2012). Determinants of household access to formal
credit in the rural areas of the Mekong Delta, Vietnam. African and
Asian studies, 11, 261-87.
[15] Zeller, M., & Sharma, M. (2006). Rural Finance and Poverty
Alleviation. A Policy Report of International Food Policy Research
Institute, Washington DC, USA. p. 5-30.
 Franchise Agreement Implementation
In Perspective of Contracting Law
Lina Maulidiana1)
1)
Faculty of Law, Sang Bumi Ruwa Jurai University, Lampung, Indonesia
E-mail: maulidianalina@yahoo.com

Abstract. This research aims to analyze franchise agreement implementation in perspective of contracting law including
inhibited and supporting factors. The long term goal of this research is to find the ideal design and theory in the
implementation of the franchise agreement in the contract law perspective. Based on the above problems, the kind of
research that will be conducted is a qualitative study using a non-doctrinal approach to socio-legal research, in order to
get an overview of the study subjects that are expected to find the ideal reconstruction for franchise businesses in the
perspective of contract law. The approach is non-doctrinal with presumption that the object of law is interpreted as part
of a social sub-system among other social sub-systems. Meanwhile, there are three stages that will be used in strategy,
whereas the study of philosophy which focuses on literature, normative study to see how legislation regulates legal
relationships in the franchise business and was associated with the values of philosophy and conducted cross-checking
through interviews with actors franchise business, then do a sociological study to find in-put of justice sought. This
research found that franchise agreement is the legal relationships of rights and obligations documents that exist between
the franchisor and franchisee. Achievement in the agreement that gives something include the obligations of the
Franchisor to provide flexibility to run the business without interruption to the franchisee for a certain period, the
principles of business management following intellectual property rights such as trademarks, logos, patents, know-how
and other, which is part of the business concept franchise, for the franchise fee as agreed in the agreed amount. If the
agreement between the parties is not carried out for example franchisee does not pay a franchise fee to the franchisor,
then they can ask for compensation. In an agreement it is possible the agreement was not implemented, although the
terms of the validity of the agreement have been fulfilled. These things caused by tort (breach of contract) and coercion
or force majeure. In the event of above, then in the agreement must be a balance between rights and obligations between
both parties that franchisor and the franchisee. Beside that, termination of the agreement or contract unilaterally by the
franchisor it is certainly very detrimental to the franchisee. The research also suggest that to dispute resolution franchise
agreement can be done through litigation or court in accordance with Act No. 48 of 2009 on Judicial Power and through
out of court, i.e., non-litigation or arbitration according to Law No. 30 of 1999 on Arbitration and Alternative Dispute
Resolution such as consultation, negotiation, mediation, conciliation and expert opinion. Because of some factor
supporting the execution of the franchise agreement is a business management provided by franchisees facilitates
franchisees carry out business operations. The obstacles that arise in the implementation of the franchise of the tax on
royalties has been the burden of franchisees, while the royalties received by the franchisee is the net value of the gross
sales using the standard gross sales and their obligation to pay the fee-fee as may be determined by the franchisees,
among others such as advertising fee, training fee, and management service fee.

Keywords: Implementation; franchising; contract law; Settlement

27 Paragraph 2 and Chapter XA of Human Rights Article 28

I. INTRODUCTION
Indonesia guarantees freedom of the widest possible for
every citizen to earn a decent living for humanity, basically
everyone has the right to live and to defend life and
livelihood. More broadly every person has the right to
develop themselves through the fulfillment of basic needs.
The provisions on the freedom given by the State to citizens
to earn a decent living are listed in the Act of 1945 Article
27 Paragraph 2 and Article 28 A which states that: a.Every
citizen has the right to work and a decent living for humanity,
b. Everyone has the right to life and survival and life. (UUD
1945 Chapter IX A of the citizens and residents of Article
A.)
Civil law in the Book of the Law of Civil Law third book
about the engagement, arranged the agreements purchase
and sale agreement, exchange, lease, employment agreement.
In business practices can be found a wide variety of
agreements (contracts) which is used by businesses.
Similarly, the term used is quite varied, some use
agreement, contract, agreement, contract or agreement. So
the contract is something very important in the course of
business activities. The contract will link businesses with
other businesses or the relationship between business and
consumer. This relationship will facilitate business activities
due to the presence of this relationship will realize clearly
the rights and obligations of the parties. Similarly, in a

153
franchise (franchising), this is currently a very rapid
development. This business thrives in Indonesia, both
foreign and local. The rapid growth and success of franchise
business is caused by several factors. The most fundamental
factor is that the franchise is a combination of knowledge
and strength of existing businesses or established (Sentosa
Sembiring, 2010)
In the world of business, contracts are indispensable to the
consideration of their mutual relationship. A mutually
beneficial relationship of the parties as a business person
must be supported by a variety of legal regulation as its legal
basis and the various types of agreements stipulated in the
contract. There is no business activity occurred in the
exchange of interest without being based on the engagement
that comes from a contract. The authority and proficiency in
making a contract exists on the subject of law, either
individual (human person) or legal entity (as represented by
the caretaker).
The contract is understood to protect the process and the
legal relationships of business done by the businesses.
Concretely contract is a reflection of the will of the parties
aimed at mutual benefit based on the principles of contract
as a fundamental concept in any agreement.
The franchise agreement is one form of business activity
which growing in Indonesia based on the principle of
freedom of contract, where the person or legal entity granted
the right to use someone else's trademark or business
concept particular operation is governed by the terms of the
franchise agreement.
The franchise agreement is an untitled agreement
(inominaat) as a result of the development of contract law
outside the Civil Code provides its own color in business
practice in Indonesia. Conceptually the franchise agreement
can not be separated from the principles that apply in
contract law, as the basis of the emergence of a franchise is
an agreement that begins with the negotiation process
between the parties. Through negotiations, the parties seek to
create a mutually beneficial contract and not biased. The
nature of contract law is inseparable from the existence of
the principle of freedom of contract contained in Article
1338 paragraph (1) of the Civil Code that reflects respect for
human rights in the field of wealth. The franchise agreement
is expected to build the ideal contract law and proportionate
in accordance with the needs of the parties.
Based on the situation some problems will appear as
follows:
1. How is the implementation of the franchise agreement
based on the principle of freedom of contract?
2. What are the factors supporting and franchise
agreements incontract law perspective?
Meanwhile, the purposes of this research are to:
1. To analyze the execution of the franchise agreement
based on the principle of freedom of contract, and
2. To analyze the enabling and inhibiting factors in the
agreementfranchise in the contract law perspective
The general objective of this research to find legal
postulates that contains a theory or argument of justification
for a contract made by the parties in the franchise agreement
that eventually will be recommended as the standard legal
rules as standard of generally applicable contract.
154
II. METHODS
The reseach is a qualitative using a non-doctrinal
approach to socio-legal research, in order to get an overview
of the study subjects therefore it can be found an ideal
reconstruction of the franchise in the contract law
perspective. (Moloeng, Lexy J.,1989)
Although the research is as if departing from an approach
that is inductive because starting from the foundations 1the
description set while gathering the data, then the data is
processed, analyzed and abstracted and eventually emerges
theories as qualitative research findings, and to support the
research efforts of collecting the material to be studied in the
form of theories, including the theory of justice as the basis
of contractual relations and the principle of contract law as
the philosophical foundation.
Beside that, models of legal reasoning to be used in this
study is based on a paradigm of constructivism is closely
related to the context of Indonesian that from the point of
substance thought is expected to help understand the objects
(human behavior or communicate with one another), from
the point of perpetrators-interaction (actor) itself in terms of
capturing the meaning of a text.
This paradigm pragmatically assumes that every product
form and behavior among humans as a reality that is also a
product of the law will always be determined by the
interpretation made and agreed upon by the actors who were
involved in the process that is under construction (formation)
of who knows something. on knowledge itself which of
course will provide meaningful diversity to the fact that is
being studied as an object. For understanding of the
interpretation of the researcher should put the dialectic
interaction between researcher and respondent to reconstruct
reality (the basic concept of the ideal franchise) were
examined through qualitative methods.
Simultaneously deductive process takes place via data
reductions step as the process of seeking an answer from the
presumption contained in the author's mind, to be able to
generalize, if the findings apply in other times and places
(meaning universal). In other words, not only qualitative
findings can be generalized to the same substantive
background, but also on the background of the others, failure
by generalized more widely used by researchers interested in
the preparation of the theoretical underpinnings (grounded
theory).
The research also to be conducted is a scientific activity
aimed at solving the problem through the last stage of
understanding dig reshapes (reconstruct) the ideal concept
for a franchise business. Hence the approach is hermeneutic
approach in order to understand the law in the context of the
community that is an approach that is non-doctrinal with the
presumption that the object of the law is interpreted as part
of a social sub-system among other social sub-systems. With
the strategy of the study includes three stages, namely the
philosophical study which focuses on literature, normative
study to see how legislation to regulate legal relationships in
the franchise business and was associated with the values of
philosophy and conducted cross-checking through
interviews with actors franchise business then do a
sociological study to find in-put of justice sought.
 On this research, the data collection is done by way of
literature study to obtain legal documents, either in the form
of legislation regarding franchise business namely: Minister
of Industry and Trade No. 259 / MPP / Kep / 7/1997 Date of
July 30, 1997 on Provisions Procedures for Registration of
Franchise Business. Regulation of the Minister of Industry
and Trade No. 31 / M-DAG / PER / 8/2008 on the
Implementation of the Franchise Law No. 14 of 2001 on
Patents. Law No. 15 of 2001 on Marks. Law No. 30 of 2000
on Trade Secrets. Law Number 42 Year 2007 on Franchise
and other documents related. Against the necessary data
regarding the ideal concept of franchising in the perspective
of contract law to use the method of observation, in-depth
interviews (in-depth interviews) conducted on informants
who were determined purposively. Through observation
expected to receive a general orientation about the location
and focus of research and can gain an overview of the
situation and the behavior of the phenomenon that is able to
give an idea of the focus of research to be
assessed.( Moloeng, Lexy J; 1989)
Interviews with the subjects used to reveal more about the
data obtained through the observation of legal materials
which have been obtained from the literature. Meanwhile,
in-depth interviews with the franchise business people as
subjects, are expected to be able to reveal the meaning /
symbolic further clarify the issues in the focus of research
and data collection to sharpen understanding of the issues
being studied.
The type of data in this study are primary data and
secondary data. Primary data is derived from the first source
obtained from field research through observation and
interviews with business franchises and other competent
sources.
The secondary data obtained from the research literature
and documentation, consisting of primary legal materials in
the form perturan relevant legislation and secondary legal
materials sourced from literature books that relate directly or
indirectly to the issues to be researched.
Using three (3) types of data collection techniques are:
literature study, Documentary Studies, and Interview.
Literature study in order to explore and obtain research
materials. Documentary study to obtain information from a
variety of relevant data regulations, which is the data were
collected by interviews aims to explore and understand the
research subjects of the sources (informants), social setting
specified in the franchise business people using structured
interview techniques through a questionnaire but open for
development in practice.
This study used qualitative analysis through organizing
data, sorting through into units that can be managed seek and
find patterns, find what is important and what is learned, and
then decide what will be delivered on the steps, namely:
Collection Data, Data Reduction, Presentation of Data, Data
Verification. Data validation is used to establish the validity
of the data based on the degree of confidence (credibility),
transferability, dependability and certainty (confermability).
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Franchising is held by written agreement between the
franchisor to the franchisee with regard to Indonesian law,
when in a foreign language, the agreement must be
155
translated into Indonesian. Regarding the clause as contained
in Article 5 clause Franchise Agreement contains at least:
names and addresses of the parties; types of Intellectual
Property Rights; business activities; the rights and
obligations of the parties; assistance, facilities, operational
guidance, training and marketing given the Franchisor to the
Franchisee; business areas; duration of the agreement;
manner of payment of remuneration; ownership, change of
ownership and the right of heirs; dispute resolution; and
procedures for renewal, closure and termination.
In the case of a legal responsibility to the parties of a
franchise agreement with Government regulations, if there
are those who violate the terms specified in government
regulations, the legal consequences that occur under Article
16 paragraph (1) of Government Regulation No. 42 Year
2007 on Franchise stated: Minister, Governor, Regent /
Mayor in accordance with their respective authorities may
impose administrative sanctions for Franchisor and
Franchisee who violates the provisions referred to in Article
8, Article 10 and / or Article 11. the sanctions referred to in
Article 16 paragraph ( 1) is a written warning; fine; and / or
revocation of Certificate of Registration of Franchising.
(Article 16 (2) of Government Regulation No. 42 Year 2007
on Franchise).
PT Indomarco is a franchise company with Indomaret
stores which first opened in 1988 and began to franchise in
1997 and is a pioneer of modern store retail franchise
business. As an expansion strategy that involves another
party capital, Indomaret franchise business is transparent,
and the concept of mutual benefit and mutual trust between
the franchisor and franchisee. A relatively stable field of
business is the retail business. Retail business in Indonesia is
sufficiently developed, it is in line with the increasing needs
of the community. One retail businesses that serve basic
needs and daily needs is a convenience store (Local), one of
which is Indomaret outlets in Lampung.
The process begins with the execution of the agreement
and the offer is followed by a request. At that time the
parties can soon begin the negotiations to reach agreement in
a franchise business.
Based on the interview with Mr. Ahmad Jilani, S.E., M.M
as PR of PT Indomarco Bandar Lampung, that there are two
(2) ways to join in this franchise business:
1. New Outlet Franchise with requirements already have
candidate location. The process of opening a franchise
with several stages of doing the initial presentation, a
survey of business can be a shop or stall, binding
agreement and payment of franchise fee, measurement
and evaluation, management of business licensing shop,
physical development and opening of stores.
2. TakeOver franchise that has not had a potential location.
Steps being taken forthe Take Over are the franchise
began with the presentation of outlet proposals, binding
agreement and payment of franchise fee, the necessary
permits and business TakeOver store and outlets.
Any agreement referred to Article 1320 of the Civil Code
is agreed they were doing the agreements were not under
pressure or coercion and fraud as well as negligence,
proficient or pursued in legal actions, certain things that
become the object of the agreement and a logical reason with
goals that do not violate the law, decency and public order.
 Terms of Indomaret Franchise generally must comply
with Article 1320 of the Civil Code and specifically
qualified by the parties in accordance with the terms of the
contract. Terms of Indomaret franchise is : Legal Indonesian
citizen, Provide the location of a place of business in a
commercial area with an area of 120 to 200 square meters
ideal, 1) Having a store such as business licensing
completeness Building permit, 2) Law isturbance / HO, 3)
Trade Permit, Tax Identification Number and others, 4)
Provide investment fund with estimated value of Rp.
394,000,000.00 (three hundred and ninety four million IDR),
and 5) Have the entrepreneurial spirit and focus on the
franchise system of Indomaret.
Special requirements set by the franchisee is a
manifestation of a standard clause. The essence of this
standard clause is to facilitate the parties to negotiate, do not
use a long time and can be implemented immediately. Such
things often make the party in default in the future, because
there is no freedom to assess or respond to a contract made
by the franchisees.
Based on the data in the field, Indomaret outlets totaled more
than 10,400 stores and 32% are owned by franchisees. This
is due to the strategy used by Indomaret in franchise
business, which are:
1. Transformation of knowledge. Indomaret provide
sufficient management capability and put the franchise
as powerful businessman
2. Joined together the widely known brand, because
Indomaret a pioneer largest convenience store retailer
that already has the largest distribution network in
Indonesia
3. Help enrich the survey locations and strategic insights
into the potential failure of a location
4. Operational support on a shop that makes investors are
not full time in the management and do not need to
leave the previous job
5. Careful planning from site survey up to the opening of
stores, distribution speed and completeness of goods
and stores management support helps investors reduce
the risk of loss.
To achieve gains in business there is goodwill owned
franchise rights holder, this is also done by Indomaret ,
which are: a feasibility survey of business, the cost of
budgetary planning, investment feasibility studies, zoning
and planning the store,the maintenance of a business license,
shop equipment purchase, selection and training of
employees, the package store operational systems and
financial administration and sales promotion programs. Fee
or royalty is the compensation that must be met for the
franchisees.
Based on the results of field studies note that if
franchisees benefit Rp.175.000,000,00 (one hundred and
seventy five million IDR per month) does not pay a fee to
the franchisor or the party holding intellectual property
rights, if sales worth Rp.200.000.000,00 (two hundred
million IDR) franchisees are required to pay a fee of 2% or
Rp.25.000.000,00 (twenty five million IDR) per month.
The franchise agreement is an agreement that documents
the legal relationships of rights and obligations that exist
between the franchisor and franchisee. Achievement in the
156
franchise agreement which is gives something include the
obligations of the Franchisor to provide flexibility to run the
business without interruption to the franchisee for a certain
period, the principles of business management following
intellectual property rights such as trademarks, logos, patents,
know-how and other, which is part of the business concept
franchise, for the franchise fee as agreed in the agreed
amount.
Achievements of the franchise agreement is not to do
something, that is the franchise shall not be allowed to add a
name or a brand or a variation on the name or brand, do not
transfer to the other party use of the brand and the rights
granted by the franchisor in relation to the system in the
business of the franchiser, including patents, copyrights,
intellectual property and confidential information.
Existing achievements in the franchise agreement is called
the primary achievement, and when he was in the agreement
between the parties is not carried out for example franchisee
does not pay a franchise fee to the franchisor, it may be
requested compensation. In an agreement is possible non-
performance of the agreement, although the terms of the
validity of the agreement have been fulfilled. These things
caused by tort (breach of contract) and coercion or force
majeure.
In the event of the above, then in the franchise agreement,
there must be a balance between the rights and obligations
between both parties that the giver of franchise (franchisor)
and the receiver of franchise (franchisee).
But in reality the franchisor has a higher position than the
franchisee, this is because the franchisor as a business owner
who rents his business to the franchisee under the condition
that the franchisee would not rent it to another party. This
position makes the franchisor can determine the contents of
the agreement even terminate the agreement unilaterally.
Dermination of the agreement or contract can be caused
by a default or negligence on the part of the franchisor and
default or negligence on the part of the franchisee.
The reason franchisor terminate the agreement for the
franchisee violates the agreement that has been made. For
example if the franchisee does not meet the minimum sales
quota that has been agreed, The franchisor can terminate the
agreement. Another thing that may also occur for example :
1) Franchisee into debt or unable to pay the debt
tofranchisor (insolvent); 2) An offense or confidentiality; 3)
Late reporting royalties; 4) Failed to pay royalties; and 5)
Perform actions outside the standard of quality and services;
(Margono, 2010)
Further, in terms of franchisee declare itself bankrupt or
convicted for their crime, the franchisor may decide the
franchise agreement without having to give a note to the
franchisee. Of the reasons for termination of agreements or
contracts mentioned above, the question arises whether the
rights and obligations of the franchisor and franchisee after
disconnection.
Regarding the issue to be seen whether this is stated in the
franchise agreement or not. At the time of termination, the
former franchisee no right to use intellectual property rights,
because these rights are still held by the franchisor for
perlisensian, or registration. In particular franchisee should
note that the money has been paid eg for advertising,
promotion of the brand and business names used by the
franchise agreements will not be given any rights to use the
brand after termination.
With regard to the termination of the agreement or
contract, the provisions of Article 6 of Government
Regulation No. 42 Year 2007 on Franchise and Article 8 of
Regulation of the Minister of Trade No. 53 / M-DAG / PER
/ 8/2012 on the Implementation of Franchises explained that
the Franchise Agreement is terminated unilaterally by the
franchisor before the validity period of the agreement
expires, the franchisor can not appoint franchisees who are
new to the same area, before agreement is reached in the
settlement of disputes by both parties (clean break) or no
later than 6 months after the termination of the franchise
agreement or until there is a court decision that has legally
binding.
The impact of the termination of the agreement or
contract unilaterally by the franchisoris certainly very
detrimental to the franchisee. So that the franchisee is likely
to demand compensation for damages suffered. If the
franchisee demanding compensation, then the franchisor
must pay the damages. And vice versa, if a default or
negligence caused by the franchisee, the franchisor can also
sue for damages. Before stating that one party defaulting
either done by the franchisor or franchisee, the parties settle
the dispute by means of deliberation by first giving warning
or summons. Subpoena under Article 1238 of the Civil Code
and Article 1243 of the Civil Code.
Supporting factors in the execution of the franchise
agreement is a business management provided by
franchisees facilitate franchisees carry out business
operations.
The obstacles that arise in the implementation of the
franchise, are:
a. Regarding the tax on royalties has been the burden of
franchisees, while the royalties received by the
franchisee is the net value of the gross sales.
b. The imposition of royalties are generally based on
grosssales, however, in the franchise agreement
Indonesia is based on grossincome, while the franchise
agreement alien using basic grosssales and their
obligation to pay the fees as may be determined by the
franchisees, among others, such as advertising fees,
training fees, and managementservicefee.
c. The training program set out in the franchise agreement
Indonesia is not set explicitly shapes and different time
in the case with the majority of foreign franchise
agreement.
The causes and effects dispute in the franchise agreement
are:
a. The dispute between the franchisor and the franchisee
from obscurity is largely due to an agreement between
the two sides.
b. Franchisee will be at a disadvantage if it had spend
some money, such as paying the rent and buying
equipment before signing the agreement.
c. The contents of the agreement will determine the level
of franchisee business results, but franchisees must
focus on the costs become franchisee obligations to
franchisees. For a fee specified in percentage form,
specify the magnitude in the initial agreement, avoid the
157
words "to be determined", and so on. Illustration deals
have no legal force and only as a marketing tool only.
d. Besides the cost, the postal revenue must also be
considered, such as other income such as rental and
distribution.
In general, since the onset of the compensation, that
compensation for breach of contract and damages for tort.
Damages for breach of contract regulated in Book III of the
Civil Code starting from the Civil Code Article 1243 to
Article 1252 Civil Code, while the compensation for an
unlawful act stipulated in Article 1365 of the Civil Code.
Regarding the cancellation of the agreement or contract
terms, in Article 1266 of the Civil Code states that the
agreement should be reciprocal, there is a default, and the
cancellation must be requested to the court.
The impact of the termination of the agreement or
contract unilaterally by the franchisor certainly very
detrimental to the franchisee. So it is possible for franchisees
claim compensation for damages suffered. If the franchisee
demanding compensation, then the franchisor must pay the
damages. And vice versa, if a default or negligence caused
by the franchisee, the franchisor can also sue for damages.
Government in the franchise agreement can resolve a
dispute through litigation or court in accordance with Act No.
48 of 2009 on Judicial Power and through out of court, ie,
non-litigation or arbitration. According to Law No. 30 of
1999 on Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution such
as consultation, negotiation, mediation, conciliation and
expert opinion.
IV. CONCLUSIONS
1. Implementation of the franchise agreement in the
contract law perspective
The franchise agreement is an agreement that
documents the legal relationships of rights and
obligations that exist between the franchisor and
franchisee. Achievements in the franchise agreement is
to give something include the obligations of the
Franchisor to provide flexibility to run the business
without interruption to the franchisee for a certain
period, the principles of business management following
intellectual property rights such as trademarks, logos,
patents, know-how and other, which is part of the
business concept franchise, for the franchise fee as
agreed in the agreed amount.
Existing achievements in the franchise agreement is
called the primary achievement, and when he was in the
agreement between the parties is not carried out for
example franchisee does not pay a franchise fee to the
franchisor, it may be requested compensation. In an
agreement it is possible contents of the agreement was
not implemented, although the terms of the validity of
the agreement have been fulfilled. These things caused
by tort (breach of contract) and coercion or
forcemajeure. In the event of the above, then in the
franchise agreement, there must be a balance between
the rights and obligations between both parties that the
giver franchise (franchisor) and the receiver franchise
(franchisee).
 As a result of the termination of the agreement or [11] J Van Kan dan JH Beekhuis. Pengantar Ilmu Hukum.Ghalia
Indonesia Jakarta.1999
contract unilaterally by the franchisor certainly very
[12] Johannes Ibrahim dan Lindawaty Sewu. Hukum Bisnis dalam
merugikanfranchisee. So it is possible franchisee to Persepsi Manusia Modern. Refika Aditama Bandung.2003
claim compensation for damages suffered. If the [13] Kogin, Kevin, Aspek Hukum Kontrak Waralaba Pada Kegiatan
franchisee demanding compensation, then the franchisor Usaha Jasa Makanan dan Minuman, Jakarta: Tatanusa 2014.
[14] Komariah, HukumPerdata,Malang : UPT Universitas Muhamadiyah,
must pay the damages. And vice versa, if a default or
2008.
negligence caused by the franchisee, the franchisor can [15] Kurnia, Titon Slamet, Sistem Hukum Indonesia (Sebuah Pemahaman
also sue for damages. Awal), Bandung: Mandar Maju, 2016.
Dispute resolution through the franchise agreement can [16] Margono, Suyud, Aspek Hukum Komersialisasi Aset Intelektual,
Bandung: Nuansa Aulia, 2010.
ligitate or court in accordance with Act No. 48 of 2009
[17] Mertokusumo, Sudikno, Mengenal Hukum (Suatu
on Judicial Power and through out of court, ie, non- Pengantar),Yogyakarta :CahayaAtmaPustaka, 2010.
litigation or arbitration.According to Law No. 30 of [18] Miru, Ahmadi, Hukum Kontrak dan Perancangan Kontrak,
1999 on Arbitration and Alternative Dispute Resolution Jakarta :Raja Grafindo Persada, 2007.
[19] Muhammad, Abdul, Hukum Perdata Indonesia, Bandung : Citra
such as consultation, negotiation, mediation,
Aditya Bakti, 2014.
conciliation and expert opinion. [20] Muhammad, Abdulkadir dan Rilda Murniati, Segi Hukum Lembaga
Keuangan dan Pembiayaan, Bandung :Citra Aditya Bakti, 2004.
2. Supporting and Inhibiting Factors Franchise Agreement [21] Mustafa, Bachsan, Sistem Hukum Indonesia Terpadu, Bandung :
Citra Aditya Bakti, 2016.
In Contract Law Perspective
[22] Muhammad Syaifudin. Hukum Kontrak (memahami Kontrak Dalam
Factors supporting in the execution of the franchise Perspektif Filsafat, Teori, Dogmatik dan Praktik Hukum (seri
agreement is a business management provided by pengayaan hukum perikatan. Mandar Maju Bandung.2012
franchisees facilitate franchisees carry out business [23] Naskah Akademik RUU Kontrak Tentang Kontrak Di
Indonesia.ELIPS 1998
operations.
[24] Pund, Rosce, Law Finding Through Experince and Reason, Athens :
The obstacles that arise in the implementation of the University of Georgia Press, 1960.
franchise of the tax on royalties has been the burden of [25] Rahardjo, Satjipto, Ilmu Hukum, Jakarta : Raja Grafindo Persada,
franchisees, while the royalties received by the 1986.
[26] Raharjo, Handri, Hukum Perjanjian di Indonesia, Yogyakarta:
franchisee is the net value of the gross sales using a
Pustaka Yustisia, 2009.
basic gross sales and their obligation to pay the fee as [27] Raz, Joseph, The Concept of A Legal System, Oxford: Clarendon
may be determined by the franchisees, among others, Press, 1983.
such as advertising fees, training fee, and management [28] Rusli, Hardijan, Hukum Perjanjian Indonesia dan Common Law,
Jakarta :Pustaka Sinar Harapan, 1996.
service fee.
[29] Saliman, Abdul R., Hukum Bisnis untuk Perusahaan (Teori dan
Contoh Kasus), Jakarta :Kencana, 2010.
REFERENCES [30] Santiago, Faisal, Pengantar Hukum Bisnis, Jakarta :MitraWacana
Media, 2012.
[1] Ali, H. Faried, dkk, Studi Sistem Hukum Indonesia (Untuk
[31] Scholten, Paul, Penuntun Dalam Mempelajari Hukum Perdata Barat,
Kompetensi Bidang Ilmu-ilmu Sosial dan Ilmu Politik dan dalam
Yogyakarta :GadjahMada University Press, 1993.
Payung Pancasila),Bandung :RefikaAditama, 2012.
[32] Sembiring, Sentosa, Hukum Investasi, Bandung :NuansaAulia, 2010.
[2] Andre Ata Ujan. Keadilan dan Demokrasi (Telaah Filsafat Politik
[33] Subekti, Hukum Perjanjian, Jakarta : PT. Intermasa, 2005.
John Rawls Kanisius Yogyakarta.1999
[34] Subekti, R., Aneka Perjanjian, Bandung : PT. Citra AdityaBakti,
[3] Agus Yudha Hernoko. Hukum Perjanjian (Asas Proporsionalitas
1990.
dalam Kontrak Komersial. Kencana Pranada Media Grup. Jakarta.
[35] _________., Hukum Perjanjian, Jakarta :Intermasa, 2002.
2013
[36] Syahrani, Riduan, Seluk Beluk dan Asas-asas HukumP erdata,
[4] Bruggink, J.J.H., Refleksi tentang Hukum, Bandung : Citra Aditya
Bandung: Alumni, 2013.
Bakti, 1999.
[37] Sumaryono.2002. Etika Hukum Relevansi Teori Hukum Kodrat
[5] David, Rene and John. E.C. Brierley: Major Legal Systems in the
Thomas Aquinas. Kanisius. Yogyakarta.
World Today,Second Edition, London: Stevens & Sons, 1978.
[38] Satjipto Raharjo.Ilmu Hukum. Citra Aditya Bhakti.2000
[6] Fuady, Munir, Hukum Kontrak (Dari Sudut Pandang Hukum Bisnis),
[39] Tebbit, Mark, Philosophy of Law, London New York :Routledge,
Bandung : PT. Citra AdityaBakti, 2001.
2005.
[7] __________, Konsep Hukum Perdata, Jakarta :Raja Grafindo
[40] UNCTC, Transnational Corporation and Technology Transfer :
Persada, 2014.
Effects and Policy Issues, New York, United Nations, 1987.
[8] Halim, A. Ridwan, Pengantar Hukum Indonesia, Jakarta : Rineka
[41] Dede andreas blogspot.com/2015/03 accessed onOctober 30th 2016
Cipta, 2004
[9] Huala Adolf. Dasar-Dasar Hukum Kontrak Internasional. Raja
Grafindo.2012
[10] HS, H. Salim dan Erlies Septiana Nurbani, PenerapanTeori Hukum
pada PenelitianTesis dan Disertasi, Jakarta : Raja Grafindo Persada,
2014.

158
 Gender Inequalities and Emancipation Struggle In the Novel
Isinga
Prima Gusti Yanti1), Ummul Qura2)
1)
FKIP Universitas Muhammadiyah Prof. Dr. Hamka, Jakarta, Indonesia
E-mail: prima_gustiyanti@uhamka.ac.id

2)
FKIP Universitas Muhammadiyah Prof. Dr. Hamka, Jakarta, Indonesia

Abstract. This research was to describe the gender inequalities in the novel Isinga. His goal was to expose the gender
inequalities experienced by women Irewa, a character in the novel. The theory of gender inequalities include
subordination, violence, marginalization, stereotype, and the double burden, then emancipation struggle. Novel Isinga
showed the injustice women Papua who are represented by cast of Irewa. Irewa experienced marginalization because the
role and functions of women only complement that determine all decisions and policies are men. Therefore the
subordination against women figures into an event that lets because he only plays a role in the world and domestic
reproduction. Irewa stereotype women as weak, make it accept physical violence and inner with resigned. Irewa very
heavy workload because he had to meet all the needs of the family, her husband does not help in the least because Meage
already handed over some pigs as a dowry that made him have no responsibility in the family. The implications of this
novel shows behind all the injustice received Irewa make it rise helps fellow women. However, the Irewa were not able
to penetrate the world of partriarkhi represented by her husband, Meage.

Keywords: gender inequality; novel; partriarkhi; emancipation struggle

from time to time, from place to place Gender as a social

I. INTRODUCTION
Novel is a work of imagination offering a wide range of
human’s problem in life. Author appreciate the various
problems earnestly then reveal them through the means of
fiction in accordance with his or her views. Novel produced
by an author who has sensitivity on seeing any situation,
circumstance, and having touched feeling experience. Novel
is not born from emptiness tradition. Authors who are at
particular communities see and experience it, which resulted
the appearance of great works and touching hearts readers.
This is in line with the opinion of Altenbernd and Lewis in
Nurgiyantoro [1] which says that narrative prose is
imaginative, but contains truth that dramatizes the
relationships between people. However, it is done selectively
and it is formed in accordance with the objectives which also
incorporate elements of entertainment and enlightenment of
the human experience. The selection of the life experience is
obviously subjective.
Problems faced by women from time to time is always
interesting to talk about both by women and men. Women’s
problem in society and culture largely due to differences in
men and women. Then, those different roles and
characteristics that establish a culture considered to be a
natural by public order [2]. Once discussing about woman,
the woman’s relation to gender culture is the most
appropriate topic. This is because gender is described as a
difference of behavior between the sexes resulted from the
construction of society. It is neither biological thing nor
God’s nature. Instead it is created by the community through
a long process of social culture. Hence, the gender change
consciousness is awareness among citizens that things
originated or derived from the distinction between male and
female are social culture, or something that is formed by the
public order. Furthermore, the distinction of men and women
has been the cornerstone of the inequality since the society
views woman is lower than man. Gender as a social culture
issue is the gender inequality that resulted in various forms
of injustice and oppression based on gender and women are
those who are more vulnerable as victims.
The novel discussed in this study is Isinga by Dorothea
Rosa Herliany. Isinga novel is a novel set in Papua which
talks about the oppression of women. Women faced
persecution because of religious beliefs and customs
perpetually participated in patriarchal dogma and
discrimination. The imagination of Indonesia authors
consider that Papua has not unfinished yet unraveling
women's issues. Hosniyeh stated that Irewa as the figure in
Isinga novel is an extraordinary woman who is able to come
out of oppression and even help enhance the dignity of other
women [3]. Moreover, Andi Nur Faizah M in the article
"Isinga: Stories of Women alienated from her Sexuality,
Motherhood and Intellect" stated Irewa experienced three
forms of alienation: the alienation of sexuality, motherhood,
and intellect [4]. Furthermore, the author is not only expose
gender inequality experienced by Irewa but also uncover her
fights reaching gender equality.
Isinga describes about the life of people in Papua whom
are very thick with customs. The author state about rituals of
tribal people in Aitubu and Hobone village that is rarely
known to the general public. Book by Dorothea Rosa

159
Herliany is not only invites the reader to understand the story
alone but also to be pampered with a cultural knowledge that
is very thick with singing, dancing as well as rich meaning
advice. Dorothea Rosa Herliany presents the stage of
Papua’s imagination through the publication of the novel
Isinga; Papua’s romance. This novel invites the reader to
explore the universe of Papua through tragedy and romance
of Meage and Irewa with the background conflict of socio-
cultural, gender issue, and activism. Isinga which means a
mother or a female, comes from the language of Aitubu
village. It depicts a woman (Irewa) from Aitubu village.
Irewa is one of Aitubu people living in outback Irian
traditionally (not dressed, still wearing a loincloth). Existing
health center has been built by missionaries (Christian)
though the police station is so far away which needs two
days trip away to be reached. The only transportation is
water transportation using very simple boat [5].
Backwardness of remote area can lead to gender
inequality and oppression. However, we found Irewa’s
efforts to achieve equality. Therefore, this article discusses
about gender inequality and emancipation’s struggle in the
novel of Isinga.
II. GENDER AND EMANCIPATION
Definition of sex and gender is indeed not clearly
distinguished. Whereas the definition and the term of these
two words should really be distinguished. Gender is a
division of the two sexes of human who refers to the
biological characteristics of each gender, i.e. male and
female. The man is a human who has a penis and has sperm,
while a woman is a human who has reproductive organs
such as uterus, fallopian and vagina for childbirth, has ovum
for producing eggs, and has tools for breastfeeding [6].
The word of gender in Indonesian dictionary often means
the same as sex gender. According to the concept of gender,
the understanding of gender is different from the sex gender.
Sex gender is also called genital or reproductive organs. Sex
gender refers to the nature of sex, which is owned
biologically by human. Penis, testis and prostate are the
characteristics of main gender possessed by male. The
biological function of these tools is to produce sperm,
fertilize and impregnate. Chest hair, hands or feet thick,
adam's apple, deep voice, muscular body posture,
mustachioed are secondary characteristics of male. Vagina,
ovaries, and uterus ovum are characteristic of main gender
owned by female. The function of these tools are to have
menstruation, pregnancy, childbirth and breastfeeding. The
bark is smooth, sound softer or high pitched, large breasts,
smaller posture are typical of secondary characteristics of
female [7].
Furthermore Crapo also says that gender is a social
identity that consists of someone who is expected to rule as
masculine or feminine (gender). In all cultures there are two
common gender, i.e. female is synonymous with the rules or
the features of women and a male who identified rules or the
features of men. The biological differences in gender only
looks in terms of sex gender, i.e. male and female. However,
there are also other traits between the sexes, for example,
men are stronger than women.
Crapo’s view seems not only by associating the gender
with biological differences, but also by relating to how men
160
and women differ in the nature, characteristics, and skills
possessed.
Yoce Aliah Darma states, gender as the appearance is
different between men and women in terms of values and
behavior. For example; women known as the gentle,
beautiful, emotional and motherly. While men are
considered strong, rational, manly and powerful. The
characteristics of the properties can be exchanged, for
example, there is a meek man, a strong, rational and mighty
woman. Changes of these characteristics may occur from
time to time and from place to place [8].
Moreover, Mosse explains that fundamentally, gender is
different from biological sex. Biological sex is a gift; we are
born as a male or female. However, the way that makes us
masculine or feminine is a combination of the building
blocks of basic biological and biological interpretation by
our culture. Every community has a variety of "script" to be
followed by its members as they learn to play the role
feminine or masculine, as well as each community has its
own language [9].
Later, Darma makes more specific sense, namely, Gender
is a "nature" that is attached to the men and women who are
socially and culturally constructed. Gender is defined in
terms of the angle of non-biological between men and
women. Gender is the construction of socio-cultural or social
categories (femininity and masculinity) which reflected in
the behavior, beliefs, and social organizations. Therefore,
gender is a social concept [10].
If it is viewed as a general authority, women is slightly
lower than men because of her role only in the domestic
sector (households), while the role of men in the public
sector (the workforce). Therefore, his role that is outside the
home can produce the material. Thus, all matters in
household is submitted to men as the head of household.
Gender refers to the qualities attributed by society to men
and women differently. The properties of emotional, tender,
shy, timid and patient attached to the types of women
(feminine), while properties such as rational, strong, dashing,
and protective affixed to the kind of men (masculine). The
properties can thus be modified, arranged or shaped by
human beings through education, training or engineering.
Understanding gender according to Fakih was an
understanding through a trait, behavior, roles, and
responsibilities of particular being labeled to men and
women differently, but can be exchanged labeling and not
fixed, it can change from time to time and from place to the
place [11].
Gender inequalities are often encountered in the form of
discrimination, marginalization, subordination, and the
double burden of violence. The fifth form of discrimination
is a gender bias, which is a view that distinguishes the role,
position and responsibilities of men and women in family
life, community and country.
The gender difference is in fact not a problem as long as it
doesn’t cause gender inequality. However, the problem turns
out that the gender difference has spawned a variety of
injustice, both for men and especially for women. Gender
inequalities is a system and a structure in which both men
and women are victims of the system.
III. METHODOLOGY
 Research of this method uses qualitative approach through
content analysis techniques. Content analysis is the study
which will discuss the contents profoundly towards the
written or printed information of mass media. "Content
analysis is a research technique produces replica and valid
conclusion from the data of a context. This techniques is
really suitable through taking conclusion on contextual
variables and text-based [12].
IV. DISCUSSION
A novel of Isinga sets in a township named Aitubu.
People in this village are known by wearing nose ornaments.
People in Aitubu has lived in central section of Papua for
hundred years. This spot is situated at an altitude of 1,500
meters, in the valley of Megafu mountain range. The sun
shines in the underneath valleys. The air is very cold at night.
Rain comes almost every afternoon then stop in the morning.
Light, bright, and fresh air throughout the day though the
sun's heat against the skin.
Giant mountains layered with pass-gap stands firmly. The
height are approximately 5000 meters. There are big rivers,
valleys, marshes, forests, cliffs, lakes, and waterfalls. When
we stand in a high place then we can see the neighbor village,
Hobone. The habits and daily life of the two villages are the
same. These township-village located in the remote area.
They are made from several groups separated by steep valley
so that the communication among them is often hampered.
Aitubu has about 15,000 people inside.
The theme of Isinga novel tells about the women's
struggle in Papua who face the patriarchal system in the
economy and social life. Irewa as Papua’s woman is a very
miserable wife who married with a husband named Malom.
He has highly no mercy and respect for women.
A. Marginalization
Marginalization can be caused by the differences of sex
(gender differences). Female forms of marginalization also
occurs in the household, society, culture and even country.
Marginalization means: a process of marginalization of
gender differences which resulted poverty.
The misery of Irewa’s life began when Irewa was
kidnapped by Malom, whereas ritually Irewa already
becomes a wife of Meage. She just waits for her menstrual
time so that she could stay at in a same home with Meage.
Malom kidnapped Irewa and brought her to Hobone.
Aitubu’s men wanted to attack the Hobone village because
of the kidnapping case. However, the two villages have
agreed that Irewa would become yomine, a peaceable tool
between these two villages.
In agreement of the village, Irewa becoming a yonime is a
provision that cannot be contested. Irewa is not being
consulted and is not given the opportunity to choose to
accept or reject it. A decree approved by men is mandatory
to be filled by women. The marriage with Malom brings
misery to her because she does not love him. However, the
marriage must be accepted as she becomes yonime or a tool
for peace.
B. Subordination
Attitudes put women in a position that is not important
because the properties of women's emotional and irrational
161
[13]. Thus, subordination means a judgment or presumption
that a role performed by one sex is lower than the others.
Malom treated Irewa harshly and even beat her because he
did not appreciate Irewa. Irewa only a tool to satisfy the lust
of Malom. Malom wants to have Irewa for her beauty. Irewa
cannot deny Malom’s prompting. In fact, Malom will blindly
hit Irewa if she does not do what he wants. Even when Irewa
is sick, she must fulfill all wishes of Malom.
This has to do with the opinion of Simone de Beauvoir
[14] .Women are the patrimony of men, first from her father,
then from her husband. Under the harsh patriarchal line,
women do not have the rights of herself. The women can
live well, educated and so on is because of the generosity of
the father. When the daughter is married, the father handed
over his power relay, to the husband. Husband feels his wife
is his own thing. He can treat her according to his wishes
because he has redeemed her by giving up cash or other
objects that become the requisite to her family.
C. Double Burden
Double burden means the workload acceptable by one
gender is more than the other gender. Irewa accept more
workload in her family. She took care all the needs of the
family, ranging from farming to plant corn and vegetable,
then having harvest of sago and vegetable, cooking and
others. Malom would not help with household work because
it was the responsibility of women. Irewa goes to farm by
holding her child to harvest taro, sago and others to the
needs of the family.
In Abitubu’s culture, there is known that Aitubu woman is
an “Iko” woman, which is a strong woman. In Papua, a
woman who has married must bear all the needs of the
family, such as raising children, taking care of her garden,
taking care of food and getting fortune for daily life.
"A woman should be able of gardening. Diligent on
pulling weeds. Throws caterpillars and removes the damaged
leaves or yellow leaves eaten by mice, or fungi. Clever looks
for firewood, squeezes sago, cooks, and works the other
household chores. "- Advice Mama Kame (Pg. 23).
Thus, by bringing a baby into the camshaft, Irewa walks
to the garden, lake, and river. She works on a normal work
day. Everything should be managed and prepared by Irewa
including the food. It also happens to all the women in
Hobone. Grandmothers who are old, young woman while
waiting on her sister who was also still a kid, all women
works in the garden. That is the main activity of women at
Megafu Mountains. (P. 69)
D. Violence
Violence is an invasion or attacks on the physical and
mental integrity of a person's psychology. It is committed
against particular gender and women generally become the
object as a result of gender inequality. Forms of violence are
rape and beatings, harassment, and creating dependency.
Violence against women is caused more by power and
inequality in society [15]
Irewa experienced oppression in her marriage since
Malom was very rude and did not appreciate her. He would
beat and trample Irewa if she cannot fulfil all his needs.
Malom over charged Irewa with various household duties.
Malom would not help with the chores because he always
says that it is women's work.
"Malom slaps Irewa’s head. Irewa falls easily. Malom
kicks Irewa body that had fallen to the ground. Irewa belly is
stepped on with both feet. "(P. 79)
When Irewa was sick, Malom kept telling her to work into
the garden because the household life is her responsibility.
"On the fourth day, Irewa has not recovered yet from her
illness. Malom began to scold her. Irewa said that she has no
energy to work. Though Malom said sweet potatoes should
always be present. He was hungry. The pigs must be fed.
Afterwards Irewa explained about her illness then Malom
became upset. Irewa was considered as a talkative woman so
that he slapped her mouth while she was speaking. Malom
said that tomorrow she should've gone into the garden again.
"(P. 73).
Malom, as well as the understanding of other men in
Papua, assumes by giving dozens of pigs to the woman's
family as dowry means that men can treat women according
to their wishes. The men think that they already have the
women or their wife completely and they can be treated in
accordance with men’s wishes.
The violence experienced by Irewa was physical violence
such as beatings of her body. She was sometimes unable to
walk or stand up after being hit by Malom. Inner Violence
has been received since the beginning of the marriage for
Irewa did not love Malom. Subsequently, Malom presence in
the house was torture and caused anxiety in Irewa’s mind.
Irewa experienced sexual violence as Malom refuse to
understand her health conditions after two days of
miscarriage. He instead forced her to "serve".
E. Sterotyping
All forms of gender inequality above are actually rooted
from the same source of error. It is the gender stereotypes of
men and women. Stereotype itself means giving a raw image,
label or stamp to a person or group that is based on wrong or
misguided assumption. Labeling is generally carried out in
two or more relationships and is often used as an excuse to
justify the actions of one group over the others. Labeling
also shows unequal power relation or unbalanced aiming to
conquer or dominate another side. Negative labelling can
also be given based on the assumption of gender. However,
negative labeling is often inflicted upon women.
In this village, there was a school established by priest
Ruben. The lessons given are related to reading, writing, and
any matters about agriculture. The school is intended for
young men of Aitubu who were already at the age of 12. The
time to study is for a year. Nevertheless there is no school
for women due to the wild nature. In addition, women are
needed more in the house to work in the garden or take care
of family. Irewa as one of the woman who goes to school
there since her house is not too far from the school is really
happy to acquire new knowledge.
The above statements show that education is for boys,
while girls’ influence are more needed in the house to take
care of families and garden. Thus, the education given to
boys, while girls do not need education.
F. Emancipation struggle
162
Emancipation struggle is carried out to obtain the
acknowledgment of women’s rights in life. Emancipation is
a recognition of women's presence to be respected as a
human being, who have the body and the feelings.
Irewa increasingly aware that Malom cannot be expected
to sustain the life of their family. Malom has sold many of
their land to foreigners who come to the village, and the
money from the sale of the land was spent by Malom for
drinks and hired prostitute’s women.
Irewa becomes more open-minded because she often sells
vegetables to the city district, District Yar. For that reason,
Irewa sells the land where she lived and buys a house in the
city district. She rented a stall to sell vegetables. The sale of
vegetables does very well. Many neighbors entrust their
vegetables on Irewa’s stall to be sold. Irewa doesn’t care
about what has been done by Malom. She only thinks about
how to find the money for her children’s tuition.
On the other side, when the regeneration is entered into
the coast of Papua in the capital district, Malom acquainted
with prostitutes coming from Surabaya. When each ship
anchored, he would always come to the district to look for
new prostitutes. Hence, Irewa got syphilis several times.
Irewa with the help of her twin sister, dr. Jingi, has the
opportunity to know the virtual world (internet). Jingi
teaches Irewa jow to use email. When Jingi went to German,
they were exchanging email. It also extends the horizons of
Irewa.
The wife of district head saw the hard work, persistence,
and "intelligence" of Irewa. Later she invites her to work
together on creating useful activities for women in the
neighborhood. The wife of district head concerned about the
women in her district whom did not have the knowledge,
skills and so on. She and Irewa managed the association
"Marya Space" for the advancement of women.
Irewa had never thought anymore about the whereabouts
of Malom that sinks deeper into the world of prostitution. In
Irewa’s life, she only thinks about how to have the money to
send her child to school so that she or he will not suffer just
like her.
V. CONCLUSIONS
Irewa experienced gender inequality because the
patriarchal system is very high in her society.
Marginalization happened because the women in the region
does not have the right to speak, and the function of woman
is only within the domestic space. The subordination
experienced by Irewa in her marriage is because Malom did
arbitrary, and did not appreciate Irewa as a woman and wife.
The hard work of Irewa is to fulfill all needs of her family
life which become her responsibility. Irewa experienced a
double burden for a living, fulfilling needs of her family, and
taking care of the house. Negative stereotype carried Irewa
because women are creatures that its existence is in the
domestic world, so they have never been involved in a
public space.
Irewa often goes to the district market. She finally decides
to move to the city district to light up her life. Irewa teach
women to be aware of her rights and be educated women.
Irewa no longer concerns with what Malom does, because
she is too busy to develop herself and earn a living to pay [7] H. Richley Crapo, Cultural Antropology: Understanding Outservels
and Others, New York: Mc Graw Hill, 2002, p. 99
her child tuition.
[8] Yoce Aliah Darma, Analisis Wacana Kritis, Bandung: Yrama Widya,
What has been done by Irewa is a step up from a woman 2009, p. 167.
of Aitubu. However, as part of Aitubu’s society, she still [9] Julia Cleves Mosse, Gender dan Pembangunan, Yogyakarta: Pustaka
cannot break down the injustice of Aitubu’s women. In fact, Pelajar, 2007.
[10] Yoce Aliah Darma, Analisis Wacana Kritis, Bandung: Yrama Widya,
Irewa is not successfully parse from Malom power as a
2009, p. 168.
husband. She is only able to escape from his husband. [11] Mansour Fakih, Analisis Gender dan Transformasi Sosial. Jakarta:
Pustaka Pelajar. 2010.
REFERENCES [12] Klaus Krippendortf, Content Analysis An Introduction to Its
Methodology, Beverly Hill: Sage, 1980
[1] Burhan Nurgiyantoro, Teori Pengkajian Fiksi. Yogyakarta: Gajah [13] Riant Nugroho, Gender dan Strategi Pengarusutamaannya di
Mada University Press, 2005. Indonesia, Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar, 2008 .
[2] Cheris Kramarae and Paula A. Treichler, A Feminist Dictionary, [14] Simone de Beauvoir, Second Sex:Fakta dan Mitos, Terj: Toni B.
London: Pandora, 1985, pp. 173-174 Febrianto, Surabaya: Pustaka Promethea. 2003
[3] Hosnayeh J, “Tokoh Utama dalam Novel Isinga Karya Dorothea [15] Riant Nugroho, Gender dan Strategi Pengarusutamaannya di
Rosa Herliany”, Jurnal NOSI, Vol. 3, No.2, Agustus 2015 Indonesia, Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar, 2008,p.13 .
[4] Andi Nur Faizah M. “Isinga Kisah Perempuan teralienasi dari
Seksualitas Motherhood dan Intelektualitas”.
http://www.jurnalperempuan.org/ blog2/isinga-kisah-perempuan-
teralienasi-dari-seksualitas-motherhood-dan-intelektualitasnya.
[5] Dorothea Rosa Herliany, Isinga Roman Papua, Jakarta: Gramedia
[6] Yoce Aliah Darma, Analisis Wacana Kritis, Bandung: Yrama Widya,
2009, p. 167.

163
 Designing the Text of Life Through Literature
Abdul Rozak1)
1)
FKIP-Unswagati Cirebon
E-mail: abdur_rozak58@fkip-unswagati.ac.id

Abstract. This paper Provides opportunity for teachers to dissect literary works as a medium for designing life scenario.
Literary works offers a medium for readers to find the meaning of life. Literary Provides huge learning opportunity for
learners to gain meaning from learning through discussion about life in the future. Literary work the which is presenting
Certain discussion topics relevant to intended condition in the learning process may live up the class. In order to the
make literary work livelier discussion in the classroom, detailed instructions about it should be Provided interestingly.
By so doing, learners are more motivated to Participate in the discussion by delivering Reviews their thoughts,
experiences, and feelings. Teachers should Realize that a well-designed learning needs a thorough preparation. Parents
do really hope that schools are Able to Book Reviews their children to go through Reviews their life in a good and right
manner. Literary works presented in a well-designed learning scenarios by teachers can Contribute to Achieve the
objective.

Keywords: literary text; design; experience; life scenario; construction

a media to find life experience to assemble life scenario?

I. INTRODUCTION
Why do parents send their children to school? The
simplest answer is they believe that the school might be able
to become a way to seek the path of life for their children.
The indication of this belief is showed when parents send
their children to school, they do not critically question what
their children learn at school and what the school will do to
their children. They believe the school will educate their
children properly. This belief can actually be the school’s
benefit. Parents’ burden is taken over by the school and the
school should be prepared to accept that burden by arranging
parents’ trust program. This partly transition will glorify the
teachers if it is implemented wholeheartedly and with full
responsibility.
Schools prepare the program based on the curriculum
which has been prepared and rearranged for the students’
sake. Curriculum that the government has been prepared is
only a guidline. It should be lived in and turned on in line
with what the students have planned with their life. Every
student has dream of becoming a good person and being
better than his parents in everything. Parents also have
noble purpose. They want their children to be able to live
their life better than theirs. Preserving parents’ and students’
dreams which are spilled in the classroom is the main
responsibility for teachers, principals, the head of education
and culrural department, and in the end it is also main
responsibility for regional and central government.
School, with curriculum as a guideline, spell out the
material into subject units which prepared as a media for
discussions. The main point for every subject is that it
should play a part to tell the students to live their life well.
One of subjects which has this role is Indonesia language
and literature. This essay discusses how literature subject
contribute in providing students’ literature experience as a
part of assembling life scenario. How can literature become
Living well starts from setting the purpose as guidline to
how a person should behave. The purpose of life always
becomes obstacle for most people. To live what it is should
be oucasted from the qualified personality. School
assignment for teacher is to educate their students to become
superior and qualified personality. Mediocre education is not
useful for its students.
Literature teaching material can be designed as media to
develop this qualified personality. The main condition is the
teachers should be aware of their students’ future. The
preparation to face future always demands special attention
because it reffers to possibbilities. Prediction is arranged
according to present and past experience. Teachers have this
combination. They have lived their past and and have an
obligation to create the path for their students to a better life.
It is this life which should be precessed by the students.
With this intention, the classroom will live because livung
with quality is discussed inside it. When this intention
become teachers’ attention, there is no out of track activites
anymore. The talk is leading to an improvement and
kindness.
II. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. Living Literature Curriculum
Central government always has future design as outlined
in the form of curriculum. With their authority and
responsibility, the government builds the future of the nation
which is practically charged to every educational level.
Government has always known what will happen in the
future and what is best for the children of the nation. The
objectives can be investigated from curriculum’s goal which
always change with a strengthened reasons by government
through the Ministry of Education and Culture. Curiculum
always becomes a guideline for every educational activity at

164
schools. The blue print of the curriculum is coordinated to
government’s intention. One example of the determination
of Curriculum 2013 implementation is delivered by the
government as listed in appendix Permendikbud No. 69 Year
2013 as follows.
1. Internal challenges. Internal challenges are related to (a)
the state of education associated with education
demands reffered to the eight National Standard of
Education, (b) Indonesia’s population seen from the
growth of productive age (15-64 years old) is more than
non productive age (children 0-14 years old and senior
citizens 65 years old and over).
2. External challenges. Exrernal challenges are related to
(a) globalization and various issues around environment,
technological and information advances, the rise of
creative industries and culture, and educational
development at international level, (b) the shift of global
economic power, the impact and effect of technology
and science, as well as the quality, investment, and
tranformantion in educational field.
What 2013 curriculum requires is explicitly written. The
curriculum expects that students have the ablity to live in
wider world with more extensive thoughts. Life is indeed
wide and it will keep expanding but there is possibility it
will be getting narrow. This condition depends on one’s
prespective. Thus, one of the main tasks of educators is to
expand their students’ perspective so they have courage to
act more extensively than their surroundings, themselves,
and their nation. What we feel all this time is the lack of
encouragement to our children who are actually more
capable than what they can endure. Educators have an
obligation to show their students a path so they are brave
enough to cross over beyond the border of their country.
This condition will come true by giving the students various
life experience.
Can teachers at school provide life experience? Teachers
of Indonesia language and literature can provide various life
experience through literay texts. The experience presented to
the students is based on the teaching material oulined in
2013 curriculum. What is prepared by the curriculum should
be painted and lived in by literature teachers with all their
might so it is expected to make students becoming smarter in
managing their lives. One of conditions is the teachers
should support themselves and to live their teaching
material. How is it possible that a teacher teaches a quality in
life without refering to qualified life perspective? Teachers
are a part of how everything that is qualified is created in the
classroom as students’ life lesson for the future. Perspective
of life will be the base for teachers to behave when they are
faced with the students. Learning objectives prepared in
lesson plans are actually life objectives in chapters which
lead to episodes. Isn’t life a chain assambled meticulously
because it is a unity which fills and affects each other? What
is done today has an impact to the next step. Imagine when
teachers do not give their students life experience in each of
their meeting in the classroom.
B. Learning to Design Life Through Literary Text
165
Literary text are full of incredible experiences as a result
of incredible authors. As Olsen and Petterson (2005: 148)
write, “The work on the other hand is much more
evenesence entity. It stars as the experience we undergo we
read…” Reading literary texts is not only about paying
attention to the facilities. They need to be explored because
there are many aspects to be revealed, especially the jorney
of the characters in living their lives. To explore the chain
of events in which the author created needs a careful
preparation. It cannot be done carelessly. Body and soul,
thought and sense are balanced to comprehend the meaning
of life contained in literary texts. How is it possible to
respond various events built by the author seriously in a
careless manner? Literary texts are indeed neutral but they
depend on how readers respond to them. One thing that
should be kept in mind is literary texts are built meticulously
and wholheartedly by their authors. Marah Rusli, for
instance, wrote Siti Nurbaya conciously and seriously. He
considered all aspects carefully and systematically. Sutan
Takdir Alisyabana, on the other hand, had brilliant
perspective when writing Layar Terkembang (With Sails
Unfurled). He embroidered the continuous chain of events.
What is in Mochtar Lubis mind is another example. He
wanted his nation to become a nation with pride. Through
his literary works, readers are able to find out how full of
conflict one’s life is. We can follow the characters’ journey
from Jalan Tak Ada Ujung (Road With No End), Maut dan
Cinta (Death and Love), Harimau! Harimau! (Tiger!),
Tanah Gersang (Badlands), and Tak Ada Esok (No
Tomorrow). Those stories are wonderful mirrors beneficial
for our children. We can look into more up to date novels
such as Laskar Pelangi (Rainbow Troops), Ayat-Ayat Cinta
(Love Verses), Sepatu Dahlan (Dahlan’s Shoes), and there
are more good novels which can be explored to seek the
meaning of life for our children’s future. The present time
life should worry us and it must be anticipated by arranging
learning activities leading to how to live life well and
beautifully. Literary text always talk about a group of people
in a fictional world based on a real life. How the author
process the story brings certain impact to literary texts. For
that reason, each literary text has unique characteristics.
Literary texts have unique characteristic. The
meaningfulness of each text depends on its readers. Before
being read by their readers, literary texts are only objects in a
form of paper and ink (Rosenblatt, 1978). With this
neutrality, literary text give an opportunity to their readers to
give response based on their experience, knowledge, feeling,
and even the purpose of why they read the texts (Rozak,
2011 : 1). It is this concept that should be understood by the
teachers. A teacher does not put their position as an
extention of curricullum but he must play the role beyond
that. He should be a part of media to prepare the students to
roll the circle of the nation well. One of indicators for
sucsess in this matter is since the students learn they have
willingness to be honest, sincere, and patient. This indicator
can be developed by learning literature oriented in obtaning
literature experience, which is life experience.
How do teachers take the students exploring literary texts?
This essay provides only the example of how to do it. The
teaching procedure on this essay is not rigid. It can be
modified depends on the desirable learning context.
Teachers are supposed to set expectations for their students,
themselves, and for the nation before starting the teaching
and learning process. A classroom must become a ife’s
laboratorium in discussing life in a lively manner. Talking
about literature in the classrooms will make our body and
soul healthier, sharphen our logic, and train us to think in
linear way. There are so many meanings contained inside a
literary text. They are waiting to be explored.
Literary text empowerment is needed as a basic procedure
so the next act can be answered academically. A literary text,
reffered to previous statement, is an opportunity in
developing various kindness which should be planted in
students. The opportunity depends on teachers’ willingness
to develop the kindess inside themselves. There are many
teachers who forget to plant kindness in themselves before
they plant it to their students. What they have as teachers do
not change over the years. Their material range never moves
from they were before. Up to date information will give
them and the students happiness. Students will get
something new as the provision to live their life, while
teachers will live their classroom with new teaching
materials.
Literary text always develops in line with its author’s
perspective wihout rubbing out the literary text which has
been published before. Teachers’ choice is based on the
importance of students’ future with considering curriculum
as determinant. This consideration is expected to make high
standard of teaching and learning process. The next step
which should be considred is to determine the best way to
make students involve in and interact with literary text.
Following are the steps which can be followed by teachers
to talk about literary texts, especialy narrative fiction texts,
led to students’ ablity to gain life experience.
First step: preparing context. In this step teacher explains (1)
what the students should do, (2) how the learning process
will run, (3) how the teacher constructs the meaning of
narrative fiction text he reads. Calrity should be the first
thing to come because the students have not yet known what
to do. Students’ behaviour is designed by the teachers led to
how to find the meaning of life in a literary text. At this step,
teacher may show pictures related to the content of literary
text discussed. Just a glance through the picture, teacher
explains how to reconstruct the text. Teacher needs to tell
the students how to interact with literary text so the learning
process get its objective that there will be a waste of action.
Second step: skimming. In this step, students are given a
change to skim the narrative fiction text that will be
discussed. The students read the text before at home. The
reading assingment is the first phase of to get in touch with
literary text. If it is done in a regular basis, it will make
students get used to reading. In this step, teacher should pay
attention in students’reading activity. Literary activity must
be started from reading activity. Reading becomes a
meaningful experience so the students experience to explore
fictional world. The world which is defferent from theirs.
Turn around from the real world will give them another
color, which is a realized world. This step is aimed at
following up with the act that should be taken by the
students. Teache a a facilitator must play a guide so that the
166
students are not lost. Whatever happens in the classroom is
teacher’s responsibility. That is why teacher’s scenario is
important. Teacher must become a relaible director so that
the players (students) can get in to the events. Failure in this
step can affect the next literary experience.
Third step: Thinking time. In this step, students are given a
time to think about what they have read. This activity is an
attribute for transactional activity that has been done at home
and skimmed. Teacher’s activity as motivator in this step is
needed and it plays an important role. This step leads
students to find important events in the text. The teacher
needs to show the right path. He must guide, tell the students
how to explore, and browse the events without burdened
with the fear of not understanding. Students need to be
excited when reading the text. They have to stay away from
the feeling of unable to understand the story and fear of
being asked by the teacher. This step is a way to
students’ownership of story meaning so what they want to
have becomes their own personal meaning.
Fourth step: Demonstration. At this stage, students
conduct an interaction activity. They share their response to
their friends and teacher. This interaction activity is
conducted in form of a discussion. In this discussion, teacher
throws some questions to stimulate the students so they
follow the discussion along the way. Not only does the
teacher throw questions, but he also may give comments,
opinions, and preliminary conclusion. All teaching activities
designed by teacher are supposed to flow leading to various
focus. The topic are selected by the teacher so the students
are focus on his direction. Teachers has to believe that his
students have potential to convey their ideas. The questions
thrown by the teacher should be those which can make the
classroom athmosphere warmer and merrier with discussions.
The questions should be thoughtful, leading to
comprehension, and exploring events inside the text. The
text that will bring the students out from their zone and
closer to the life they will live in. The discussion is related
to how to live well and always based on kindness. That is
why teacher needs to talk about kindess from various kinds
of events in the text. The texts are selected based on
teacher’s experience and in depth study. There are many
literary text that can be selected nowadays. Almost all
published litarary text can be teacher’s choice. The right
choice is began with how often the teacher reads literary text
comprehensively. It should be supported by his
comprehension on theories about language, literature, and
culture which should also be supported by the his knowledge
about psychology, sociology, and phylosophy. If this
condition is absent, it is a sign that the the teacher will be
having difficulty in choosing the right literary text. As a
consequence, the class discussion will get dry. Once more,
what is discussed in the classroom is about life. The life
phylosophy which shoul be planted in a lively manner. A
teacher is responsible for the existance of the elements
which live up students’ senses and thoughts. At this point,
discussion flow should be chaneled into students’ thoughts.
At this discussion, students’ communication thoughts are
formed through literary text talks. Students are led to focus
on what they are suppssed to get to be put in the scheme they
have inside themselves. This condition will happen if the 6. Pembelajar 3 Mendoakan bisa saja dalam hati.
teacher have a strong willingness to study the literary text Tetapi pada saat pemakaman yang
carefully and meticuluously. The litearture teacher’s penting adalah sambutannya. Dalam
intellignce is one of the main conditions of how the goal of sambutan itu disampaikan bahwa yang
living the life is achieved. Literature teacher who is aware of meninggal itu orang baik, yang kedua
life always gives the values of life to his students in every mohon maaf barangkali yang
meeting. Literary text always creates an opportunity to be meninggal itu banyak dosa dan
lived up with various experiences and knowledge. Once kesalahan sengaja maupun tidak
more, a comprehensive selection of literary text will lead a sengaja. Orang yang meninggal tidak
condusive classroom athmosphere. boleh diceritakan yang tidak baiknya.
This demonstration is a media for students to show their 7. Pengajar Mengapa anaknya tidak mau
comprehension towards literature and their affection to each menyambut? Bagimana saudara
other. At this stage, students accept, quote, and put somepne Oman?
else’s thoughts into theirs through assimilation, 8. Pembelajar 2 Anaknya tidak tahu ayahnya yang
accomodation, and equalibration (Piaget’s cognitive theory). meninggal itu sebagai apa. Biasanya
If teachers implement these stages one step at a time, dalam sambutan itu diutarakan yang
students will gradually sieze the meaning of literature which baik-baiknya, misalnya sebagai
are equal to the meaning of life. dermawan. Jadi, intinya dia tidak tahu
Following are the examples of the classroom talks in apa yang harus diucapkan dalam
demonstration stage. The excerpts of classroom talks are pidato itu.
taken from the result of writer’s research (Rozak, 2011 :65- 9. Pengajar Jadi, tidak tahu ayahnya itu sebagai
70). apa. Ada yang lain? Silakan Saudara
At the beginning of teaching and learning activity, Ato?
students firstly discussed a narrative fiction text (a short 10. Pembelajar 3 Dalam tokoh itu ada sifat dualisme,
story) entitled Sambutan di Pemakaman Ayah (A Speech at perasaan yang berlawanan. Satu sisi,
Father’s Funeral) written by Jujur Prananto. This short story layak atau lazim dalam pemakaman itu
is about children’s reluctance when asked to give speech at ada sambutan. Satu sisi sang ayah itu
their father funeral. They didn’t have any good record about alam kehidupan rumah tangganya,
their father because their father never did any good deed to katakanlah kurang baik. Jadi, kalau ia
them. So, none of them were willing to do it. At the funaral, menyampaikan sambutan, bingung.
there was a woman with two children giving the speech. Apa yang harus disampaikan. Jadi, ada
The woman was apparently their father’s misstress, Mr. pertentangan batin.
Budiluhur. 11. Pengajar Ada lagi. Silakan Tina!
12. Pembelajar 8 Bagimanapun orang tua kita. Kita
Topic 1: Sambutan di Pemakaman (A Speech at Funeral) harus memberikan doa terakhirnya
Among the children of Mr. Budiluhur, there had been a buat orang tua kita.
talk of who would give a speech at the funeral.
Unfortunately, there was none of them who would. Students Students demonstrated their ability in the dialog. Some
gave response on this event. Following are their responses. terms appear in the interaction. They mentioned pray, speech
1. Pengajar Bagaimana perasaan Anda setelah content, hadist, dualism, and children’s obligation. The
membaca cerita pendek itu? terems prove that there was comrehension expansion of what
2. Pembelajar 1 Saya kecewa. Mengapa kecewa? they were talking about. “Pray” is related to funeral because
Karena pada awal sang tokoh utama, in their opinion, pray and funeral have strong relation. They
yaitu saya begitu bertanggung jawab think pray is more important than speech. “Speech is nothing
sehingga mau bersedia memenuhi important than pray because praying is what children should
perlengkapan sebelum pemakaman. do.” (number 4). However another students contradicted this
Akan tetapi, pada detik-detik terakhir opinion, “You can pray silently but in funeral speech is more
ia tidak mau memberikan sambutan di important.” (number 6). This student explained how
pemakaman ayahnya important speech was in a funeral. His opinion was
3. Pengajar Mengapa menurut Anda penting supported by another students, “Whatever our parents had
memberikan sambutan di pemakaman done, it is our obligation to give our last pray for them.”
itu? Based on the data, there was an interaction amongst
4. Pembelajar 1 Sambutan tidak begitu penting. Tetapi students. They pay attention to each other. One student’s
mendoakan kewajiban anak terhadap opinion was responded by another. In the dialogue students’
orang tuanya. Menurut hadis bahwa extensive responses appear. The siezed the main problem of
setelah orang tua meninggal yang speech and who deserved to give the speech. In their opinion,
diharapkan adalah doa anak saleh. speech should be delivered whatever the condition was. “It
Mestinya ia mendoakan orang tuanya should be mentioned in a speech that the deceased was a
betapun semasa hidupnya ia menyakiti good person and appologized on behalf of the deceased’s
anaknya. bad deed wheter he meant to do it or no. Bad things about
5. Pengajar Ada yang lain? the deceased are not suppossed to tell.” (number 6).

167
 Students’ responses are the results of interaction among
each other with the narraitive fiction text they read. They
demonstrated it in form of interation.
Topic 2: Family Relationship
In Budiluhur family, the rerationship between the father
and the children was never good. The children loathed their
father. The way the father treated their mother was far from
what it’s called humanity. It didn’t show what a father was
suppossed to do.
Based on the event, here are the students’responses.
13. Pengajar Apakah menurut Anda sang ayah
sudah pasti jelek?
14. Pembelajar 8 Satu sisi ia jelek. Tetapi terdesak
situasi.
15. Pengajar Bagaimana Amsori?
16. Pembelajar 1 Ada sesuatu yang baik dari ayahnya.
Dia memberikan hadiah setelah ia
mendapatkan pekerjaan tetap. Jadi,
menurut saya, tokoh saya itu tetap
mengecewakan. Jadi, menurut saya
tetap anak itu kurang ajar.
17. Pengajar Apa betul anak itu kurang ajar?
Bagaimana Oman?
18. Pembelajar 2 Belum tentu. Memang ayah setelah
bekerja sering memberikan. Akan
tetapi, yang diberikannya sering yang
tidak diperlukan. Hanya sekali ketika
saya diberi hadiah, yaitu corolla
merah. Tetapi baru enam bulan. Lagi
senang-senangnya dicabut kembali.
Itu kan menonjok lagi.
19. Pengajar Silakan Arnengsih!
20. Pembelajar 3 Saya mengomentari pendapat Sdr.
Amsori yang memojokkan anaknya.
Pemberian itu tidak hanya materi
saja, tetapi perhatian, kasih sayang,
pendidikan juga perlu. Ayah sisi
baiknya itu. Sisi jeleknya ada. Di
rumah, istri tua ia berbuat jelek
tetapi baik di istri muda. Dia
mempunyai perasaan dosa. Tetapi, di
istri mudanya ia berperilaku baik.
21. Pengajar Sdr. Suko kalau Anda sebagai anak.
Bagaimana sikap Anda?
22. Pembelajar 4 Saya sangat setuju dengan sikap
anak itu. Karena saya sendiri seperti
anak itu. Sepertinya cerita itu untuk
saya. Mungkin orang tuanya itu
seperti orang tua saya. Sikap orang
tua hanya mementingkan pribadinya,
dirinya sendiri.
23. Pengajar Sdr. Eka kalau Anda sebagai istrinya,
bagaimana?
24. Pembelajar 4 Saya sendiri.
25. Pengajar Kalau Anda sebagai istrinya, Anda
setuju dengan kepasrahannya.
26. Pembelajar 4 Tidak. Kesalahan itu bukan hanya
anak, istrinya salah, perempuan
muda itu juga salah. Sebagai anak
168
harus menghormati orang tua.
Sejelek apa pun orang tua kita, kita
tetap harus menghormati. Seorang
istri harus menerima tetapi ada
batasnya. Mungkin saja Pak
Budiluhur sebagai lelaki
mendapatkan kekurangan dari
istrinya. Mengapa istri saya diam
saja, tidak protes. Kok, diam saja.
27. Pengajar Yang muda bagaimana. Silakan sdr.
Merlin?
28. Pembelajar 5 Sebagai istri Budiluhur saya tidak
akan begitu. Saya tidak akan
menerima begitu saja.
29. Pengajar Jadi, Anda tidak pasrah begitu saja.
Anto bagaiamana menurut pendapat
Anda, jika Anda mendapatkan istri
yang tidak pasrah.
30. Pembelajar 6 Kalau menurut saya, jika istri tidak
menerima apa adanya telah
melanggar kodrat. Manusia itu telah
digariskan aturannya. Dalam rumah
tangga itu aturannya telah
ditentukan. Apa yang ada dalam
suami itu istri harus tahu. Begitu
juga suami harus tahu apa yang ada
dalam istrinya. Kalau sang istri
sudah tahu kemampuan suami dan
tidak diterimanya otomatis sang
suami pun tidak menerima. Istri
berhak protes bila suami tidak
menyadari keadaan istrinya. Tetapi
bila istri telah menyadari
keadaannya.
31. Pengajar Jadi, Anda akan bahagia bila
mempunyai istri seperti istri Pak
Budiluhur. Bagaimana Sdr. Iin?
32. Pembelajar 7 Menurut saya istri itu harus
mengabdi kepada suami. Istri yang
begitu pasrah, saya bertanya ada apa
di belakang itu. Pasti ada sesuatu.
Pada waktu nikah ada perjanjian
supaya istrinya tidak boleh melawan.
Diperlakukan apa saja oleh
suaminya.
33. Pengajar Apa ada perkawinan seperti itu?
34. Pembelajar 7 Ada, umpamanya hamil sebelum
nikah, dipaksa orang tua.
35. Pengajar Silakan, Oman! Mau menambahkan?
36. Pembelajar 2 Kehidupan antara suami istri ada
rahasia. Menurut saya dalam cerita
itu, wanita itu, seorang istri dan ibu
yang baik.
37. Pengajar Istri dan ibu yang baik akan
melahirkan anak yang baik.
38. Pembelajar 1 Menurut ahli pendidik Mesir, ibu
sekolah bagi anak-anaknya. Artinya
dari ibulah anak-anak berkembang.
Dalam sejarah dibuktikan bahwa
anak-anak mengikuti ibunya bukan
ayahnya. Jadi, ibu dominan terhadap
 anaknya.
In this interaction, students demonstrated thei knowledge.
According to a student (number 6), one of characteristics of
a father is giving present to his children. This opinion was
countered by another students (number 20). He added that
the present is not always about material, it should also be
affection, and moreover, education. Another student
(number 26) thought that it was also the wife’s fault. He
claimed that it was impossible that Pak Budi Luhur did not
get any satisfaction. A wife, according to a student (number
32), might be obident to her husband but it didn’t mean
giving up just like Pak Budi Luhur’s wife did. According to
student (number 28) she would not accept how she was
treated by her husband. In this case his statement was
encountered by another student (number 30). He stated, “A
waife should accept just the way it is. If she doesn’t, she is
against what she is meant to be. A mother’s role is vital.”
Student (number 38) share his knowledge, “According to
education experts in Egyp, a mother ia a school for her
children. It is from a mother do the children develop. History
had proven that children follow their mother, not their father.
So, a mother plays a dominant role to her children.”
While student (numner 22) share his experience, “I agree
with what the children in the story did. Maybe because I am
myself like the children. I feel like this story if for me. Their
parents are like mine. They are kind of parents who only
think about themselves.” He involved with the story and was
very straighforward about his experience.
In the demonstration, students had conveyed their
knowledge. They poured out what they know to understand
what’s inside the story. This precess is called transactional
process. It combines prior knowledge and the events in the
story they read. They share their knowledge and opinion
with their peers. Some recomendations given by another
students become a comprehensive discussion on the
narrative fiction text that they read.
One of students share his experience. He related the story
to his life. He was brave to come forward to tell his life in a
straightforward manner. “I feel like the story is for me,”
shows he involved with this narrative-fiction text.
By demonstrating, students’ ability in conveying what they
know about the events in the story and what they
experienced are showed.
The fifth step: Reflection. Reflection is aimed at giving
chance to students to construct meaning to narrative fiction
text they read. This activity is conducted after discussion
(demonstration) ends. This step is crucial for the whole set
of students’ literary act activities. In this step, students
design a construction leading to the study of arranging life
scenario. Teacher give preliminary guide by asking the
students to finds the parts of the text which can be the part of
their living goal. The teacher must reminds the students
about their future. The selection of events have been
discussed. By the end of the activity, the students produce a
written construction about life scenario for their future. The
construction is shared in the classroom and commented by
the teacher. This discussion give an opportunity for another
student to revise their construction, if necessary.
169
Analogy Construction
Saya berharap pada ibu semoga dia berhenti dari
pekerjaannya yang kotor itu dan mencari pekerjaan yang
lebih baik.
Saya akan menyadari perbuatan saya selama ini, dan
saya akan berhenti menjadi pelacur. Saya akan berdoa
kepada Tuhan semoga diampuni dosa saya.
“I hope the mother may she quit her job filthy and look
for a better job.
I will realize what I had done over the years, and I will
stop being a whore. I will pray to the Lord that my sins
are forgiven.”
Saya akan tabah menerima walaupun dalam hati kecil
merasa malu menjadi anak pelacur.Tetap akan
menyayangi Sandra dan menasihatinya agar tidak
meniru ibunya sebagai pelacur.
“I will be steadfast accept even in small hearts feel
ashamed to be a kid would cherish pelacur.Tetap Sandra
and advised him not to imitate her as a prostitute.”
Saya akan menuruti apa yang diharapkan ibu, ingin
menjadi anak yang baik dan tidak meniru pekerjaan ibu.
Saya akan mengubah nasib saya ke jalan yang benar dan
mencari pekerjaan yang halal.
“I will follow what one would expect a mother, to be a
good boy and do not mimic the mother's occupation. I
will change my fate to the right path and find a decent
job.”
Comparison Construction
Ibu Sandra mirip dengan tetangga saya yang suka
ngomel dan memarahi anaknya setiap hari. Sandra mirip
dengan saya, dia tidak pernah mengeluh dengan
keadaan seperti yang dia hadapi, dia hadapi apa adanya.
Ada yaitu tetangga saya. Walaupun dia seorang pelacur,
dia menginginkan anaknya menjadi seorang yang baik-
baik dan berguna.
Salah satu tetangga di tempat kost saya mempunyai
karakter yang mungkin bisa dikatakan mirip dengan ibu
Sandra. Di seorang janda yang mempunyai anak laki-
laki berusia kira-kira 8 tahun dan sekolah kelas IV SD.
Mengenai pekerjaan yang dilakukannya saya tidak tahu
pasti. Kemiripan dia dengan Sandra terletak pada
sikapnya yang kasar pada anaknya. Anaknya bandel,
nakal, sikapnya tidak sopan, dan kasar.
“Mother Sandra similar to my neighbor who likes to
grumble and scold his son every day. Sandra is similar to
me, he never complained to the circumstances that he
faced, he faced what it is. There is my neighbor.
Although she was a prostitute, he wanted his son to be a
good and useful.
One of my neighbors in the boarding house has a
character that may be said is similar to Sandra's mother.
At a widow who has a son aged approximately 8 years
and school fourth grade. About the work that I do not
know for sure. Similarities with Sandra he lies in his rude
attitude in children. Her son naughty, naughty, his
attitude disrespectful and rude.”
Treatment Construction
Terkadang kasar karena sering memaki Sandra. Tetapi
terkadang pula dia baik karena setiap minggu Sandra
 selalu diajak jalan-jalan ke plaza. Dan membeli apa saja
yang Sandra mau.
Perlakuan ibu Sandra terhadap Sandra sangatlah buruk.
Jika tetap bersikap kasar mungkin Sandra akan
mengalami korban mental fatal untuk kehidupan di masa
yang akan datang.
Pada dasarnya ibu Sandra sangat mencintai dan
memperhatikan Sandra. Dia selalu meminta Sandra
berjanji menjadi anak baik-baik.
“Sometimes rough because often scolded Sandra. It also
is sometimes good because every week she Sandra
always taken for a walk to the plaza. And buy anything
that Sandra wants. Treatment of the mother Sandra
Sandra is very bad. If it remains to be rude maybe
Sandra will experience mental fatal victims for life in the
future. Basically, Sandra's mother was very loving and
attentive Sandra. He always asks Sandra pledged to be a
good boy”
III. CONCLUSIONS
Literary texts provide an opportunity for their readers to
interact depends on readers’ purpose because of its neutrality.
What is got from a literary text depends on its readers. A
reader can find various reasons. The real literature meaning
will appear when it is talked about. It is talked based on its
importance from a responsible perspective. Teachers and
students explore the literary text without putting aside the
curriculum. The printed curriculum which has been
determined by the government should be imprementd in the
teaching and learning process. However, life lesson should
be put in the first place. To seek the meaning of life for
students is the main priority.
A teacher should interpret that the purpose of coming to
school for his students is to find a way to live their life for
the future. School’s responsibility is to provide students’
needs for their life (an honest, straight, and ethical life).
170
What has the UNESCO has outlined about learning to know,
learning to do, learning to be, and learning to live together
should be meant that the teaching material is a media that
leads to students’ ability in determnining how to live their
life. Literature subject gives an opportunity for both students
and teachers to find many variations of life. At least a small
part of life is told by the author in narrative not imprerative
way. That is why the meaning of a text should be coveyed
with the right tool. It is in this position is a teacher’s rule
crucial. Literature knowledge and apreciation, as well as
reading experience are combined with life exprerience are
expected to put colors in the discussion at a literature class.
By the end of the day, it is all going back to the students.
They must have a strong willingness to live the literature
lesson with all of their heart. Read a lot of literary text and
socialize with litrerature communiry as well as various kinds
of social strata w
REFERENCES
[1] Miller, JH 2002. On Literature, Aspek Kajian Sastra. Yogyakarta :
Jalasutra.
[2] Purves, AC (1990). Testing Literature: The Current State of Affairs..
http://www.ed.gov/databases/ERIC_Digests/ed321261.html23 April
200013&
[3] Rosenblatt, LM (1978). The Reader, the Text, The Poem. Carbordale,
IL : SIUP.
[4] Rozak, A. 2011. Konstruksi Respons Pembaca terhadap Teks Naratif.
Cirebon Unswagati Press.
[5] Selden, R. (1991). Panduan Pembaca Teori Sastra Masa Kini.
Yogyakarta : Gadjah Mada University Press
[6] Stein, HO & Anders, P. 2005. From Text to Literature, New
Analytic and Pragmatic Approachs. Palgrave : Macmillan).
[7] Willis, AI & Johson, JL (2000). “A Horizon of Possibilities”: A
Critical Framework for Transforming Multiethnic Literature
Instruction. http://www.readingonline.org/aticles/willis/index.html
 Descriptive Analysis of Reference Group and Family to Decision
Purchase Phone Touchscreen
Harrie Lutfie1), Rahmat Hidayat2)
1)
Telkom University, Indonesia
E-mail: Harrie.lutfie@gmail.com

2)
Telkom University, Indonesia
E-mail: rahmat.hse@gmail.com

Abstract. This study aims to analyze the reference group and family on purchasing decisions Touchscreen mobile
phone. The data used in this study are primary data gathered from the results of questionnaires to 100 students of the
University of Telkom are using mobile phones Touchscreen and secondary data get from Research Library and Field
Research. Technique of sampling we used is purposive sampling. Data processing method using personally administered
questionnaires. From these results it can be seen an analysis of the variables and reference group and family purchasing
decisions. The results we got was 66.92% in category Factors Reference Groups that can be said Fair, in the category of
family factor reached 72.50%, which can be said Good while purchasing decision factor reached 78.08% were
categorized either. The results of this study addressed that family variables are dominant factors in determining
consumer behavior purchasing decisions touchscreen phones and reference groups are another factor.

Keywords: Reference Group; Family; Purchasing Decision

communications (telephone and SMS), mobile phones can

I. INTRODUCTION
Mobile twenties century is a luxury item. Nowadays
mobile phone / cell phone is no longer a luxury item is
already a major requirement for the owner. Mobile phone
prices gradually declined in line with the rapid advances in
technology, even with the rise of mobile phone vendors
presence more and more and make a lot of choices for
consumers. The results of the analysis on the number of past
customers generate a projection of the number of subscribers
to the years 2013 to 2018, successively as much as table 1
below.
TABEL 1
ANALYSIS NUMBER OF MOBILE SUBSCRIBERS
2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Customer 313 341 367 389 409 426
Source: Kasmad Ariansyah journal (Million)
Based on the analysis above can be said that the demand
for mobile phones increased each year in line with
population growth in Indonesia. Today there is a lot of types
of phones, ranging from the design touchscreen, qwerty
keypad and more in the market.
The need for communication today is indeed very
high. Mobile phone (cell phone) is a communication tool
that is growing very rapidly. Mobile phone products
nowadays are so varied and inovatif, from smart phones,
walkman phone, until android. Consumers are prompted to
choose the phone according to the tastes or desires and needs.
Mobile phone products currently serves not only to
be used to access data such as googling, send or receive
email, up to chat, and open social media, marketers are more
keen to see the needs of the consumer market.
The type of mobile phones are the belle now is mobile
phone touchscreen design feature, this type has dominated
the mobile phone sales in Indonesia in 2010 and even
predicted to continue to dominate. Reference group closely
related to the behavior of consumers in their purchasing
decisions touchscreen phones, through friendship, shopping
groups, working groups, community groups and through
consumer action groups (Ujang Sumarwan 2011). Thus it
can be said that the more socializing through the group
mentioned above, likely consumers make purchases of
products touchscreens. However, the phenomenon that occur
in the field is still a lot of vendors who do not pay attention
to things related to socialization or communication through
various groups mentioned above, so that in fear the prospect
does not get full information on the touchscreen products.
Given the role of the family is very important to the
purchase decision of a product, should the family be a
serious concern by the mobile product vendors mainly
touchscreen. The role of the family consisting of initiator,
influencer, gatekeeper, decider, buyer and user must be
widely understood by the vendor. But the fact that
phenomenon shows that there are still many vendors that
lack of attention to the role of the family mentioned above,
vendors focus on just selling the products, the lack of this
attention will lead to a significant influence on consumer
purchasing decisions.
Based on these problems, the authors are interested
separately discuss this phenomenon that exists with the title

171
"Descriptive Analysis of Reference Group and Family to Average
Decision Purchase Phone Touchscreen". Souce : The Data Processing

II. METHODS Based on the above table that the average percentage for
The framework in this study consists of two independent the categories of variable reference group of 66.92% was
variables consist of variable, variable reference group of among the quadrant of 52.01 to 68%. This indicates that the
family and the dependent variable is the purchasing decision. variable has a reference group category Fairly Good.
The following figure shows the relationships among TABEL 4
variables. DESCRIPTIVE ANALYSIS FAMILY
The technique used in this research using primary and
secondary data. Primary data is used directly from the Score
354 273 309 408 407 424
original source (not through an intermediary medium), in the Total
Means 3.54 2.73 3.09 4.08 4.07 4.24
form of perceptions (opinions, attitudes, experiences)
Percentage 70.8 54.6 61.8 81.6 81.4 84.8
individually or in groups, the observation of an event or
Total
activity, and the results of test with primary data use via a 72.5
Average
questionnaire. Source : The Data Processing
The categories of statement we used is Likert scale ratings:
SS = Strongly Agree rated 5 Based on the above table that the average percentage for
S = Agree rated 4 the category amounted to 72.50% variable Family quadrant
N = Neutral rated 3 is between 68.01% - 84%. This indicates that the Family
TS = Disagree rated 2 variable has categories Good.
STS = Strongly Agree Tdk rated 1
Secondary data obtained through library research, journals TABEL 5
and internet and other data related to the purchase decision. DESCRIPTIVE ANALYSIS PURCHASING DECISION
Literature is the main ingredient in the research of secondary
Score
data (Indriantoro and Supomo, 2002: 150). Researchers Total
404 316 385 425 422
obtain data relating to the issues being researched through Means 4.04 3.16 3.85 4.25 4.22
books, journals, theses, internet and other devices related to Percentage 80.8 63.2 77 85 84.4
the purchase decision. Total
The analysis used in this research using descriptive 78.08
Average
analysis in accordance with the descriptive standards in the Source : The Data Processing
following table:
TABLE 2 Based on the above table that the average percentage for
the categories of variable purchasing decision of 78,08%
STANDARD CRITERIA
was among the quadrant of 68,01% to 84%. This indicates
No % Score Criteria of variable that the variable has a purchasing decision category Good
1 20.00 – 36.00 Not Good
2 36.01 – 52.00 Fairly Good IV. CONCLUSIONS
3 52.01 – 68.00 Enough
4 68.01 – 84.00 Good 1. The amount of the contribution for the variable
5 84.01 – 100 Very Good reference group at 66.92, which indicates that the
contribution has a pretty good category.
The population in this study is consumers touchscreen 2. The contribution of family variables at 72.50 which
mobile phone users. in this case the object of research is indicates that the contribution has a good category.
Telkom Bandung University students were selected based on 3. The amount of the purchase decision variable 78.08%,
certain considerations that purposive sampling method with which indicates that the contribution has a good
a selected number of samples of 100 respondents. category.
4. Empirical findings stating that the Family is a major
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION factor, while the reference group are another factor.
The results of this research using descriptive analysis as a
REFERENCES
reference standard to determine the extent of the contribution
of each variable. The table below shows the amount of the [1] Schiffman, LeonandKanuk, LeslieLazar (2000),“ Consumer
Behavior, Seventh Edition”, Prentice-Hall, Inc,
contribution of the reference group and family variables. [2] Kotler, Philip and Gary Armstrong, (2012),”Prinsip-Prinsip
TABLE 3 Pemasaran.” Edisi 13. Jilid 1. Jakarta : Erlangga.
[3] Kotler Philip (2011), “Manajemen Pemasaran Di Indonesia Analisis,
DESCRIPTIVE ANALYSIS REFERENCE GROUP Perencanaan, Implementasi dan Pengendalian.”Penerbit Salemba
empat.
Score [4] Kotler Philip (2005),”Manajemen Pemasaran”, Jilid 1 dan 2. Jakarta:
396 341 286 326 324
Total PT. Indeks Kelompok Gramedia.
Means 3.96 3.41 2.86 3.26 3.24 [5] Kotler, Philip, Alih Bahasa Hedra Teguh dan Rnny A. Rusly
Percentage 79.2 68.2 57.2 65.2 64.8 (2000),”Manajemen Pemasaran: Analisis Perencanaan, Implementasi,
Total 66.92 dan Kontrol”, jilid Satu. Jakarta: PT. Prenhalindo,

172
[6] Saladin, Daslim (2002),“Manajemen Pemasaran”, Penerbit Linda [13] Rizal, Agus. ”Analisis Pengaruh Grup Referensi Dan Keluarga
Karya, Bandung, Terhadap Keputusan Pembelian Ponsel Qwerty”.Jakarta.2010
[7] Sumawarman Ujang (2011), “Perilaku Konsumen”, Bogor, Ghalia [14] Mangkunegara, Anwar Prabu, (2002)”Perilaku Konsumen, Edisi
Indonesia. Revisi, Refika Aditama, Bandung.
[8] Sumarwan Ujang, (2004),”Teori dan Penerapannya Dalam [15] Bambang Supomo, (2002),”Metodologi Penelitian Bisnis”, Cetakan
Pemasaran”, Bogor: Ghalia Indonesia. kedua, Yogyakarta; PenerbitBFEE UGM.
[9] Sumarwan Ujang, (2002),”Perilaku Konsumen: Teori dan Penerapan
Dalam pemasaran. Bogor: Ghalia Indonesia.
[10] Simamora (2004). “Riset pemasaran:, Cetakan pertama, Jakarta:
Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
[11] Joseph et. All (2008), “Pemasaran dasar”, Jakarta Salemba Empat.
[12] Anwar Prabu Masngkunegara, (2012).”Perilaku Konsumen”.
Cetakan Revisi, Bandung, PT Refika Aditama

173
 Indonesian Children Stories In The Perspective of Literacy
Dimensions
Yeti Mulyati1), Halimah2)
1)
Department of Indonesian Language and Literature Education, FPBS UPI Bandung, Indonesia
E-mail: yetimulyati@upi.edu

2)
Department of Indonesian Language and Literature Education, FPBS UPI Bandung, Indonesia
E-mail: halimah_81@yahoo.co.id

Abstract. This article discussed a variety of literacy dimensions existed in Indonesian children stories. It was aimed at finding out
the degree of literacy dimensions on the stories as the representative of literacy competence of Indonesian children reflected in the
stories they wrote. The dimensions revealed were: 1) cognitive dimension; 2) linguistic dimension and other sign systems; 3)
sociocultural dimension; 4) developmental dimension. The data were taken from 15 best manuscripts of Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak
(Children Stories Writing Competition) of 2014. The data were analysed descriptively-qualitatively through literacy dimension
parameter. The result indicated that those 15 stories contained a fair-powerful various literacy dimensions. The cognitive dimension
was perceived from the story characters that were intelligent at finding and exploring knowledge from many sources. The most
dominant linguistic dimension was recognized by the mastery and use of language for local, national and international communication
purposes. The sociocultural dimension was illustrated through social and cultural criticism theme appearance. Meanwhile, the
development dimension was seeable through critical thinking ability reflected in the emerged characters’ behaviour.

Keywords: dimensions, literacy, cognitive, linguistic, sociocultural, developmental

be developed in order to train children literacy competence

I. INTRODUCTION
Indonesian children stories written by Indonesian
children is one of the evidence showing that Indonesian
children have potential excellent proficiency in literacy.
Literacy proficiency is crucial to develop from early ages.
It is unavoidable fact that most of the Indonesian children
still have low literacy level. Alwasilah (2012, p.18)
mentions the report of PIRLS (Progress in International
Reading) , TIMSS (the Third International Mathematics
and Science Study) and PISA (Program for International
Student Assessment) which show that Indonesian children
literacy level is at the lower level compared to other
countries [1]. If there is no effort from many parties to
improve the level, it is convinced that Indonesian human
resources will always be at the lowest position among other
countries. This may negatively impact the life competition
in this globalization era.
Literacy for children functions more than their individual
capacity. Much vaster issues such as politics, social,
economy, culture, and environment highly affect children
literacy. Much more factors relating to education policies
and practices also influence children literacy as well
(Castro, 2007, p. 37) [5].
Those mentioned arguments signal that various areas can
be utilized as media to improve literacy for children.
Children stories writing competition is one of the media to
develop literacy competence of Indonesian children. This
may stimulate children capacity to express various ideas
which can be reviewed from many points of literacy
dimensions. There are a number of writing competitions to
in Indonesia.
Literate children have a fair ability to think critically,
solve problems and other knowledge development.
Children literacy competence improvement should be
stimulated and trained by the presence of various ways; one
of them is competitions which involve reading-writing
activities.
Connecting to the above explanation, the present
research attempted to analyse the children literacy
proficiency found in the best manuscripts of Indonesian
children writing competition of 2014 based on literacy
dimension parameter.
The previous research on the same field has been
conducted by Musfiroh and Beniati (2016) [25]. The
research was published on LITERA Journal number 15
volume (1) entitled Constructing Literacy Competence for
Elementary School Students. It was said that reading literacy
competence was constructed as the ability to read and
understand literature texts and informative, based on
cognitive levels, from various genre, and follow local
context which characterized the children environment and
national context. The research suggested that Indonesian
children literacy problems were extremely complex.
Therefore, literacy competence construction should be
adjusted to diction, text length, cognition levels, text themes
and illustrations.
In addition, Powell et al (2010, p. 148-161) in Topics in
Early Childhood Special Education, Journal Reprints and
permission Volume 30 Number 3 has published their
research findings entitled Dimensions of Literacy Coaching
With Head Start Teachers [6]. The research dominantly

174
talked about the effect of repeated pedagogical
reinforcement by teachers towards literacy dimension
proficiency of reading, writing and linguistics.
Different from the mentioned research, the present
research emphasizes more on the aspects of literacy
proficiency owned by Indonesian children based on the
chosen children story written by them. The focus of literacy
proficiency is at the content of literacy dimensions on the
stories.
II. LITERACY DIMENSIONS
English Thesaurus (2016) compares the word dimension
to capacity, element, proportion, aspect,while Literacy is
defined as instruction, development of knowledge [9]. The
word ‘literacy’ in Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (2016) is
defined as the ability to write and read; knowledge or skills
at certain fields or activities; the use of letters representing
sound or words [4]. Based on those definitions, literacy
dimensions can further be synthesized as developmental
aspects of varieties of knowledge and skills at certain fields.
At a broader use, Alwasilah (2012, p. 166-168) states that
literacy is life skills which enable human function maximally
as members of a society, including receptive and productive
skills, problem solving skill, mastery reflection and cultural
appreciation, collaboration result among people in
communication, and activities in making interpretation [1].
Literacy dimensions, to Kucer (2014, p. 6-7), cover
cognitive, linguistic and other signs, sociocultural and
developmental dimensions [24].
Further, Kucer (2006, p. 20; 2014, p. 7) explains that
cognitive dimensions in literacy concern on strategies and
mental processes utilized to build and create meaning [24].
Smith and Stephen (2014, p. 10-11) reveal that mental
processes are meaning delivery representation that cover
interpreting processes, doing various things, and finding out
other relating representation [8].
In line with the argument, Alwasilah (2012, p. 174)
mentions that cognitive dimensions in reading and writing
activities relate to utilization of various knowledge existed
(schemata) to create meaning [1].
Linguistic dimensions and other signs in literacy have a
focus on communication, language, arts, music, math, and
moves through message delivery (Kucer, 2006, p. 7; 2014, p.
7) [24].
Alwasilah (2012, p. 174) describes linguistic dimensions
as: language to create meaning such as genre and text
structures, the use of spoken and written language, and
varieties of language [1]. Besides, Alwasilah (2012, p. 163)
highlights that linguistic dimensions are able to cover the
ability to use varieties of ethnic, local, national, regional and
international language which are analogized from
monolingual, bilingual, and multilingual as tools for
communication [1].
Sociocultural dimensions in literacy concern on social
identities and how many groups in society use literacy to
negotiate and criticize transactions. The centre of attention is
laid on multi-literacy, perspective and ideology (Kucer, 2006,
p. 36; 2014, p. 7) [24].
The dimensions cover the ability of using literacy to
produce, utilize, maintain, and control knowledge intra and
inter social groups; criticize texts from several social groups
175
pertaining to ethnics, religions, families, schools, and so
forth (Alwasilah 2012, p. 175) [1].
Developmental dimensions in literacy care about a
number of strategies to build understanding on linguistic,
cognitive and sociocultural of literacy dimensions;
demonstrations and mediations provide language learning,
cognitive, sociocultural, learning dimensions (Kucer, 2006;
p. 49; 2014, p. 7) [24].
Alwasilah (2012, p. 174) conveys that developmental
dimensions concern on the growth as a process of
‘becoming’ literate by mastering matters: a process of
constructing a variety of dimensions, for instance data
collection; observations; doing transactions in connection
with ethnics, culture, religions, families, schools, jobs and
governance; the use of knowledge gained through reading
and writing; negotiating textual meaning through alternative
support such as music, math, and so on [1]. In addition,
Alwasilah (2012, p. 175) emphasizes the awareness of
meaning of developmental dimensions in being literate as a
process of ‘becoming’ continuously, namely by life-long
education [1].
III. CHILDREN STORIES
Children stories are fiction works intended for kids.
They are one of the types of children literature. Children
literature, according to Davis (Sarumpet, 2010, p. 3) is
defined as literature read by children “by guidance and
direction from adults of a society, while the writers are also
adults [22].
Furthermore, Sarumpaet (2010, p. 12) proposes that
children literature, anyhow, is a specific work of literature
[22]. It is convinced that it is the best and created by the best
efforts, although its goal is to entertain, it should function to
educate the children. Thus, children literature should also
care about children psychological and pedagogical
development and children needs as well as their specific
surroundings.
Nurgiyantoro (2005, p. 8) also defines children literature
as story books which consciously written to read by
children, books in which their contents fit children’s
interest and world, match their emotional development
level and intellectuality, and meet the children satisfaction
[3].
Based on the statements mentioned above, to conclude,
it is convincingly sure that children stories are fiction prose
literary work presenting a sequence of human life journey,
intentionally created for children reading, and they
specifically contain entertainment and education values;
consider children emotional development level and
intellectuality, children psychological aspects and their
needs.
IV. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The present research employed a descriptive-qualitative
method. The data were analysed several times by using
literacy dimension parameter. The data were collected from
15 best manuscript of Children Stories Writing
Competition (LMCA) of 2014. They were:1) “Sekuntum
Dandelion (A Dandelion)” written by Meiza Maulida
Munawaroh; 2) “Mencari Rumah Kunang-Kunang (Looking
for Fireflies Homes)” written by Ziada Haq; 3) Betapa
Hebatnya Dia (What a Great Man) written by Intan
Nurhaliza; 4) “Seribu Lampion untuk Naya (A Thousand
Lanterns for Naya)” written by Kesya Kireina Hidayat; 5)
“Kisah Perjalanan Sebuah Baju (A Cloth Journey Story)”
written by Rubee Putri Risdiyanto; 6) “Thank You, Mr.
Jack.!” Written by Hauna Rumaisha; 7) “Anak Bahari di
Utara Negeri (Sea Man in the North)” written by Dowes
Samskarson Sumolang; 8) “Jimat Valedo (The Valedo’s
Charm)” written by Oktavian Adhi Prasetyo; 9) “Buah
Kejujuran (Honesty Result)” karya Putri Amanda
Karimatullah LL; 10) “Laskar Sampah (The Garbage
Troops)” written by Faishal Nashif Guntoro. 11) “Baju
Bulan Jelang Lebaran (Clothing for Eid Feast)” written by
Pandan Raditya Arundhati Satya; 12) “My Forest My
Heaven” written by Nida’un Taqwiyani Ashshofiyyah; 13)
“HP” written by Frisko Samudra Novarista Permata
Martiyan; 14) “Tetes Air Mata Sang Guru (The Teacher’s
Drops of Tears)” written by Queen Aura; 15) “Ikanku Hari
Ini (My Fish Today)” written by Ahek Horiq Manaf Lha.
V. FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION
A. Cognitive Dimensions in the Best Manuscript of
Indonesian Children Stories of 2014
There were a number of manuscripts of LMCA of 2014
contained cognitive dimensions of literacy. The story
entitled “A Dandelion” written by Meiza Maulida
Munawaroh told about a kid who was commanded by his
mum to take care of flowers belonged to her, although in his
deepest heart, he did not like those flowers. Time to time, the
boy started to like the flowers and learn about kinds of
flowers from an encyclopaedia. Besides, the boy in the story
was described as a person who liked writing book reviews.
The boy character represents children who love to learn
writing and reading, and moreover, showing his cognitive
dimensions as a literate child.
The character is described as follows.
"Itu bunga apaan, sih?"tunjukku kepada serumpun
rumput-rumputan dengan tangkai panjang dan bandul
putih lembut seperti kapas. Hmm, banyak serbuk sarinya,
lagi!
Bunda tersenyum seketika, Kamu itu, sudah kelas enam,
masa tidak tahu itu bunga apa?" ledeknya, "Bunda akan
tunjukkan sesuatu. Tapi kapan-kapan ya?"
"Huh," dengusku dalam hati. "Aku lebih suka main
game watch dan menulis resensi daripada menjadi
flowerholic seperti Bunda!"
Bunda tertawa geli, kemudian masuk ke dalam rumah:
Meninggalkanku yang kembali mematung dengan
perasaan lain (Munawaroh, 2014, hlm. 17) [15].
(translated version)
"What flower is that? I pointed at a clump of grass with
long stems and white pendulum, soft like cotton. Hmm,
there is so much pollen in it!
Mum suddenly smiled. “You, kid, you have been already
at sixth grade, how come you don’t know that flower?
Mum teased me. “Mum will show you something. But
someday, okay?”
176
“Huh,” I snorted silently. “I prefer playing game watch
and writing book reviews to being flowerholic like
Mum!”
Mum amusingly laughed at me, then walked into the
house: left me alone with another feeling inside me
(Munawaroh, 2014, p. 17) [15].
The paragraph shows that the main character experiences
mental processes cognitively in creating his interpretation
about the knowledge of flowers. At first he has not been
familiar yet with kinds of flowers, but day after day after
overstepping a process of thinking, by reading and making a
book review of an encyclopaedia assigned by his Mum, he
finally comes to new insight.
The cognitive process of the character is described
through the process of learning to read and write the review
of flowers encyclopaedia. It is described as follows.
“Aku membukanya perlahan. Halaman pertama, hanya
ada kata pengantar. Kulirik daftar isi. Ternyata, di
dalamnya terdapat bermacam-macam artikel. Bunga
mawar, melati, flamboyan, aster, anggrek…”
(Munawaroh, 2014. hlm. 18) [15].
(translated version)
“I open it slowly. The first page is only the preface. I
take a look at the table of contents. Apparently, it has a
lot of articles. Roses, jasmines, poincianas, asters,
orchids.” (Munawaroh, 2014, p. 18) [15].
Another piece of writing indicating cognitive aspect of
literacy dimensions is in the following sentences.
“Sambil makan, kusapu setiap kalimat di halaman 245
itu: dandelion. Gambarnya benar-benar mirip dengan
bunga pengganggu di halaman rumahku. Tetapi, aku
tidak tahu kenapa, keingintahuanku seolah membuatku
berhenti membenci bunga itu barang sebentar.
"Ternyata..., dandelion adalah bunga liar. Dimanapun
angin yang membawa benihnya berhenti, disitulah
dandelion baru akan tumbuh. Dandelion memang terlihat
tidak menarik, dan terkesan `rapuh'. Namun, dandelion
ini justru mengajarkan banyak arti hidup kepada
manusia," (Munawaroh, 2014, hlm. 21) [15].
(translated version)
“While eating, I was taking a look at every sentence on
the page 245: dandelion. The picture was totally the
same as the intruding flowers at the yard. But I did
not know why, I was that curious so I stopped my
hatred to the flower for a while.
“Apparently, dandelion was wild flowers. Anywhere the
wind took it, there it grew. Dandelion seemed
unattractive, and ‘fragile’. But it told human much
meaning of life.” (Munawaroh, 2014, p. 21) [15].
The above piece illustrates the main character who finally
knows the flowers’ names by writing the book review of
flower encyclopaedia.
The cognitive aspect realized in form of basic knowledge
in literacy dimension is also laid in the story of “Looking for
Fireflies Homes” written by Ziada Haq. The aspect of
cognitive dimensions is revealed from the following piece.
 "Yah, dimana peri-perinya?" tanyaku. Aku ingat cerita
ibu tentang lampu para peri. "Ih, ya ng gak ada. Peri
itu cuma dongeng," sahut kak Robby. "Kata teman-
temanku kunang-kunang itu penjelmaan orang mati
yang tersesat di akhirat sehingga mereka membutuhkan
lampu. Ya, kan Yah?"
"Hus, tidak ada orang mati berubah jadi hewan. Cahaya
kunangkunang itu digunakan untuk mencari
pasangannya. Yang bersinar itu, kunang-kunang jantan.
Mereka memberi pesan dengan cahaya yang
dikeluarkan dari tubuhnya." Ayah menjelaskan banyak
tentang kunangkunang kepada kakak. Sementara itu,
aku tetap membayangkan dongeng ibu tentang peri-peri
kecil.” (Haq, 2014, hlm. 80) [26].
(translated version)
"Oh, Dad, where are the fairies?” I remembered Mum’s
story about fairy’s lamps. “Ugh, nope, there is no such
thing. Fairy is just a tale,” my big brother Robby said.
“My friends say fireflies are dead people who have
been gone astray in the hereafter so they need lamps. Is
that true, Dad?”
“Hush, nobody dead changes to be animals. Fireflies’
light is used to look for their spouse. The shining ones,
they are males. They deliver messages by gleaming”.
Dad told a lot about fireflies to my brother. And I kept
thinking about mum’s story about petite fairies.” (Haq,
2014, p. 80) [26].
The piece illustrates the character prior cognitive
ability. His prior knowledge of fireflies gotten from her
friends is a cognitive process in building meaning about
fireflies. The further cognitive process is found out from
dad character which highlights the more scientific
explanation of fireflies.
Besides the above mentioned pieces, cognitive
dimensions are also found out in the piece of the story
below.
“Tiga tahun kemudian aku duduk di kelas 6 SD. Suatu
sore, aku bersama teman-temanku mencari serangga
kecil di kebun untuk tugas pelajaran IPA. Di sini aku
jadi ingat serangga kecil yang bercahaya yaitu kunang-
kunang. Kunang-kunang kamu di mana sekarang? Aku
masih ingin melihatmu. Kalau tidak ada sawah dan
tanah lapang lagi, engkau tinggal di mana? Aku merasa
sedih karena kunang-kunang telah pergi. Tetapi aku
akan tetap mencari kunang-kunang, binatang kecil
bercahaya yang pernah menjadi temanku dalam
gelapnya malam.” (Haq, 2014, hlm. 81-82) [26].
(translated version)
“Three years later, I became a sixth grade student of an
elementary school. One afternoon, I walked together with
my friends looking for small insects for science lesson
assignments. Here I suddenly remembered the gleaming
small insect, fireflies. Fireflies, where were you now? I
still wanted to see you. If rice fields and fields are no
longer existed, where would you live? I was feeling blue
since fireflies had gone. But I would keep on searching
you, the gleaming petite animal, the ones which had been
177
my friends in the night darkness.” (Haq, 2014, p. 81-82)
[26].
The piece describes the character “I” prior knowledge
about life habitat of fireflies when the character is
enrolled as a sixth grade, doing his science lesson
assignments.
Cognitive dimensions may also involve emotional
maturity. As highlighted by Smith and Stephen (2014, p.
286-287), emotions depend on the next stage of cognitive
processes. Besides, emotional maturity becomes very
crucial in cognitive behaviour. The story entitled “How
Great The Person is” written by Intan Nurhaliza,
considers emotional maturity of the character, Jihan, who
is basically a kid with mental retardation but showing fair
emotional maturity. The story commonly talked about an
older sister who envied her little sister. The little sister
was mentally retarded but obtained a special treatment
and love from their mother. At the end, the older sister
realized something after she unintentionally did not
respond to the message written by her little sister, which
finally brought her sister to be hospitalized. The cognitive
aspect pertaining to the little sister mental in the story, is
pointed out by the older sister emotional maturity, who
finally becomes much better and loving her sister, as well
as the disappearance of jealousy towards her.
The following is the piece of the story.
“Untuk Kak Cinta tersayang
Kak, Maafkan Jihan ya. Jihan salah karena sudah
merusak buku kakak. Jihan tau, kakak marah. Di mata
kaka, Jihan selalu salah. Tapi, memang Jihan anak
yang membawa sial. anak yang enggak normal, seperti
kata kakak. Kak, sekali lagi maafin Jihan ya. Sebagai
permintaan maaf, Jihan mau kakak dating ke taman.
Jihan mau tunjukkin sesuatu. Jihan tunggu kakak
sampai dating ke taman.
Salam manis.
Adik Kak Cinta yang menyebalkan” (Nurhaliza, 2014,
hlm. 5) [13].
(translated version)
“Dear, my dearest sister Cinta
Sis, please forgive me. I am wrong for damaging your
book. I know you get angry with me. I always do
wrong. But, as you say, I indeed bring bad luck, and I
am abnormal. Sis, once more, I am so sorry. As an
appeal of my apology, I want you to come to the park.
I want to show you something. I will wait for you until
you come to the park.
Warm regards,
Your little annoying sister (Nurhaliza, 2014, p. 5) [13]
The piece illustrates how mature her emotion is,
although she is mentally retarded, but cognitively she
possesses emotional maturity and excellent etiquette, in
which she is able to realize those two things in a form of
letter.
The cognitive aspects in form of emotional maturity
can also be found in the story entitled “A Thousand
Lanterns for Naya” written by Kesya Kireina Hidayat.
The story talked about a girl named Naya who suffers
from a very serious disease and should be hospitalized for
a quite long time at a hospital. In his eleventh birthday
she asked her mother to make a number of lanterns. She
had written a letter to fly together with the lanterns. The
letter was her pray to God. Her teacher and classmates
came to visit on her birthday bringing her surprise,
birthday cake and many lanterns. On that day she
celebrated her birthday with her friends by flying the
lanterns, in which one of them contained her pray. She
died on that day.
The following is the piece of her pray.
”Naya melipat pesannya menjadi dua lalu
menyelipkannya ke tengah-tengah lampion. Tuhan, aku
berharap tahun-tahun berikutnya, Naya bisa melihat
bintang lagi bersama Ayah dan Bunda…Tuhan..Naya
capek bolak-balik ke rumah sakit, Naya capek tangan
nya ditusukin jarum sama pak Dokter…sembuhkan
Naya Ya Allah.” (Hidayat, 2014. hlm.61) [14].
(translated version)
”Naya folded her message into two then slips them in
the lantern.
Dear God, I hope in the next years I am able to see
stars with Dad and Mum. Dear God, I am tired of
going forth and back to the hospital. I am tired for my
hands are pricked by the doctor. Heal me soon, dear
Allah” (Hidayat, 2014. p. 61) [14].
From the piece of writing, it can be seen Naya’s
emotional maturity in struggling for her everlasting
disease. The cognitive aspect in the above piece is
illustrated at how the character develops her insight of
God and how she proposes to God, by worshipping and
praying.
B. Linguistic Dimensions in the Best Manuscript of
Indonesian Children Stories of 2014
Linguistic aspects and other signs in literacy cover the
ability to speak local, national and international languages.
The ability to speak bilingual can be found in the story
entitled “A Cloth Journey” written by Rubee Putri
Risdiyanto. The story uses an object ‘cloth’ as the character.
Here the ‘cloth’ is analogized as a living creature that can
speak. The cloth was narrated being up and down in the
ocean for a tsunami comes. The cloth was then hooked onto
fisherman net and washed and then wore again by men. The
story reveals several dialects of Java area which are directly
translated into Indonesian language. The emergence of
linguistic dimensions shows the writer’s knowledge of a
variety of local/ethnic language of Java and the national
language. This indicates that the writer is fairly literate in
using bilingual languages.
The following is the piece of the story.
“Mesake sing jadi korban Gunung Sinabung. Ujar
nelayan pertama, dengan bahasa Jawa yang ku kenal.
“Kasihan yang menjadi korban letusan Gunung Sinabung.
Begitulah kira-kira kalau diterjemahkan. Aku menjadi
tahu, ternyata tsunami yang menyeretku jauh ke laut itu
akibat letusan Gunung Sinabung” (Risdiyanto, 2014, hlm.
38) [21].
178
(translated version)
“Mesake becomes the victim of Mount Sinabung. The first
fisherman said in Javanese I know. “Poor them the victim
of Mount Sinabung eruption”.Then I knew, the tsunami
that slugged me to the ocean was caused by the eruption.”
(Risdiyanto, 2014, p. 38) [21].
From the sentences it is vividly seen the ability of writer
of linguistic aspects and other signs in literacy which
emerged through the character ‘the cloth’ which analogized
as a living creature and able to speak.
The linguistic aspects and other signs in literacy are also
found in the story entitled “Thank You, Mr. Jack.!” written
by Hauna Rumaisha. The story talked about a 9 years old kid
named Wen, who has not attended a school yet, was feeling
sad that he could not come to the school because the dad’s
net for fish was broken so that the fish reap failed. His
sorrow was healed when a foreigner offered him to change
his father fishing net. One day, the foreigner named Mr. Jack
entrusted Wen to take care of his daughter for he was going
for a trip to Mount Burni Telong. Peggy played with Wen on
the rafts. Peggy, who was very happy, jumping happily on
the raft and finally, it was flipped over and she sank, but
Wen bravely helped her. Wen who had no more energy to
bring up Peggy to the land, was gotten a help from Mr. Jack
at the very exact time. Mr. Jack was coincidentally back to
the place since he left his mobile phone at the rented house.
At the end of the story, Mr. Jack said thanks to Wen who
became the life saviour for his daughter.
The piece of the story illustrated the linguistic aspects can
be seen below.
“Dad!! Daddy!! tiba-tiba seorang gadis kecil seusia Wen
berlari ke arah laki-laki tinggi itu. Gadis kecil itu
kemudian berdiri malu-nalu berlindung di belakang tubuh
laki-laki tinggi itu. Anda sebetulnya siapa? Tanya Wen
tiba-tiba. Ooo…saya Jack. Kami akan tinggal sementara
di sini, di rumah itu. You, boleh kawan dengan Peggy,
anak saya, ya.! Jawab laki-laki itu dengan bahasa
Indonesia yang tersendat-sendat.” (Rumaisha, 2014. hlm.
71) [12].
(translated version)
“Dad!! Daddy!! Suddenly a little girl, at the same age as
Wen, ran towards the tall man.”Who are you” Wen
suddenly asked. “Ooo… I am Jack. We are going to stay
here temporarily, at that house. You, may make a fiend
with Peggy, my daughter, okay!” answered the man in
unsettled Indonesian language.”(Rumaisha, 2014. p. 71)
[12].
The piece of the story points out the communication
ability of Wen and Mr. Jack, although they come from
different nation and language background. The illustration of
communicating inter-nations is a form of description of
linguistic aspect and other sign systems.
The linguistic dimensions connecting to the
communication skill inter-nations are also met at a story
written by Dowes Samskarson Sumolang entitled “Anak
Bahari di Utara Negeri” or Sea Man in the North. The story
discusses the love of a kid towards his Indonesia nation
although he lives in the border of Indonesia and Philippines.
The linguistic aspects and other sign systems are implied
in the plot of the story which shows communication relations
between Indonesian citizens and Philippines in trade and
others.
“Negara Filipina tidak hanya seputar tempat kelahiran
dan tumbuh besar serta pembeli ikan terbesar bagi
pulauku. Barang-barang sampai makanan khas negara
tersebut meski tak banyak, juga mencukupi kebutuhan
hidup warga pulauku. Banyak dari makanan dan
minumannya sangat bersahabat denganku juga dengan
teman-temanku di sekolah. Kami sangat menyukainya.
Harganya murah dan enak sekali. Sehingga buatku
Filipina lebih dari sekadar negara tetangga seperti yang
aku baca di buku atlas perpustakaanku. Sampai-sampai,
guruku yang datang untuk mengabdi di desaku dari
Pulau Jawa pernah bercanda sampai membuatku
tertawa terbahak-bahak, “Belahlah dadaku, di sana
akan kau temukan bendera bangsa Indonesia. Tapi
belahlah perutku, di sana akan kau temukan negara
Filipina di dalamnya." (Sumolang, 2014, hlm. 163) [7]
(translated version)
“Philippines was not only a birth place and a place to
grow, and the greatest seller of fish for my island. Some
goods even traditional foods of the country also fulfiled
our daily need although the amount was not that much.
Most of the food and beverages were matched my favour
and my schoolmates. We loved them. The price was
reasonable and they were super delicious. So, for me,
Philippines was more than a fellow country as I read on
my library atlas. Even, my teacher from Java, who
intentionally came to my village to teach, once made a
joke to make me laugh out loud, “Crack my chest, you
will find Indonesian flag there. But crack my belly, you
will find Philippines inside it.”(Sumolang, 2014, p. 163)
[7]
The piece of the writing says that Indonesian citizens
who lived in the border to Philippines country, they
frequently communicated with Philippines citizens in
trade transactions, thus they interacted with different
languages. The linguistic dimensions and other sign
systems are very beneficial and become a need in
communication system of both countries.
C. Sociocultural Dimensions in the Best Manuscript of
Indonesian Children Stories of 2014
Sociocultural dimensions in the Indonesian Children
Stories include several matters pertaining to social criticism.
The literacy proficiency consists of ability to criticize
human sociocultural development.
In one of the LMCA best manuscripts of 2014,
sociocultural dimensions are found out at the story entitled
“Mencari Rumah Kunang-Kunang (Looking for Fireflies
Homes)” written by Ziada Haq. The story spoke about the
children’s longing to see fireflies which could not be seen
anymore at that time. It was due to the decreasing of rice
field numbers, which changed to be buildings and housing
179
The social critics for the story say the effect of houses and
building as a symbol of human sociocultural progress and
development, which at the end contributes to the damage of
ecosystems and habitats of living creatures.
“Namun saat sampai di sawah, ternyata tanah sawah
digali dan sekeliling sawah ditembok. Batu, pasir, dan
kayu-kayu bertumpuk di lapangan dekat sawah. Tak ada
satupun kunang-kunang di sana.
"Dimana kunang-kunangnya, Ayah?" tanyaku. "Maafkan
Ayah, ya. Ternyata sawah ini mau dijadikan bangunan
dan kunang-kunangnya pergi," jelas ayah. "Padahal kan
aku masih ingin melihat kunang-kunang," kataku
"Sudah jangan menangis. Ayo, kita cari di tempat
lainnya," ayah menenangkanku. Kemudian ayah
mengajakku berkeliling mencari rumah kunang-kunang,
namun kami tak menemukannya. "Rumah kunang-
kunang sudah menjadi rumah manusia," jelas ayah.
"Ayo, kita pulang saja. Ayah sudah lelah." "Kalau
rumah kunang-kunang menjadi rumah manusia terus
kunangkunangnya tinggal di mana, Yah?" "Mereka
mencari sawah yang lain. Jauh dari sini."
Tiga tahun kemudian aku duduk di kelas 6 SD. Suatu
sore, aku bersama teman-temanku mencari serangga
kecil di kebun untuk tugas pelajaran IPA. Di sini aku
jadi ingat serangga kecil yang bercahaya yaitu kunang-
kunang. Kunang-kunang kamu di mana sekarang?Aku
masih ingin melihatmu. Kalau tidak ada sawah dan
tanah lapang lagi, engkau tinggal di mana? Aku merasa
sedih karena kunang-kunang telah pergi. Tetapi aku
akan tetap mencari kunang-kunang, binatang kecil
bercahaya yang pernah menjadi temanku dalam
gelapnya malam.” (Haq, 2014, hlm. 81-82) [26].
(translated version)
“However, when I arrived at the rice field, it had been
dug and surrounded by wall. Stones, sands, and woods
piled up near the field. No fireflies there.
“Where are the fireflies, Dad?” I asked. “I am sorry.
Apparently there will be built some buildings in the rice
field and the fireflies are gone.” Dad explained. “I still
want to see the fireflies,” I said. “Stop crying. Come on,
let’s see at other places.” Dad tried to calm me down.
Then Dad asked me to go around looking for fireflies’
homes, but we couldn’t find it. “The fireflies’ homes
have been changed to be human homes” Dad said.
“Come on, let’s go home. I am tired.”
“If their homes become human’s, where are they living,
Dad?” “They look for other rice field. Far from here.”
Three years later, I became a sixth grade student of an
elementary school. One afternoon, I walked together with
my friends looking for small insects for science lesson
assignments. Here I suddenly remembered the gleaming
small insect, fireflies. Fireflies, where were you now? I
still wanted to see you. If no rice fields and fields any
longer, where would you live? I was feeling blue since
fireflies had gone. But I would keep on searching you, the
gleaming petite animal, the ones which had been my
friends in the night darkness.” (Haq, 2014, p. 81-82) [26].
The above fragment illustrates critical thinking of “I”
character when seeing the phenomenon of building
houses as a development of human civilization. The “I”
character also expresses social critics by mentioning the
damage of living creature ecosystems as the effect of the
building.
The story entitled “Valedo’s Charm” by Oktavian Adhi
Prasetyo points out cultural theme of Indonesian society that
dominantly have a faith in charms. Viewed from the story
characters, the author promotes multicultural-oriented
characters, some are Muslims, and some others are
Christians. The story generally told about a football final
match of elementary school level, the Bhineka championship
in which the Garuda team with valedo as its captain against
Pancasila team. Valedo, who believed in the power of a
charm, he was absent attending the rehearsal. He also
provoked his team not to come to the rehearsal and put all
their trust on the charms. Finally, his team was defeated by
Pancasila team with score 7-0, he came to realize that he
would not believe in such kinds of charms or any other
mystical things any longer.
The following is the fragment of the above review.
“Anak-anak terdiam. Sepertinya mereka sadar bahwa
kekalahan telak tersebut akibat tidak disiplinnya mereka
dalam berlatih. Valedo meras menjadi orang yang paling
bersalah. Sekarang ia berjanji dalam hati untuk disiplin
segala hal. Meski Pak Bambang tidak tidak menyebut
nama Valedo sekalipun, tapi Valedo yakin Pak Bambang
tahu bahwa dirinyalah yang menghasut anak-anak mbolos
latihan. Namun, ia bersyukur memiliki pelatih yang yang
baik seperti Pak Bambang yang masih mempercayainya
sebagai kapten. Mendidik dan mendisiplinkan anak bagi
Pak Bambang tidak selalu harus ditegur dengan cara
diancam atau dihukum secara fisik (seperti berlari keliling
lapangan) dan psikis (umpatan atau ejekan). Pak
Bambang telah memilih cara yang terbaik untuk menegur
muridnya. Hancur sudah hati Valedo akibat percaya
jimat-jimatan. Ia pun sadar dan berjanji tidak mengulang
kesalahannya.” (Prasetyo, 2014. hlm. 111) [17].
(translated version)
“The kids kept silent. It seemed that they realized that the
unequivocal loss was due to their undisciplined manner in
doing the rehearsal. Valedo becomes the guiltiest ones.
He promised to be disciplined. Although Mr. Bambang
did not mention his name, he was totally sure that Mr.
Bambang knew that he was the provocateur. But he was
grateful to have the kind Mr. Bambang as his coach who
still trusted him as the captain of the team. To Mr.
Bambang, educating or making the children discipline
was not always by getting angry with them or punishing
them physically (such as getting the children ran rounding
the field) and psychologically (by verbal abuse). He had
chosen the best way to admonish his pupils. Valedo felt
that his heart was broken for he believed in the charms.
He realized it and promised not to do the same mistakes
any longer.” (Prasetyo, 2014. p. 111) [17]
The fragment explains the phenomenon in Indonesian
society about the existence of such faith. This theme also
regards social critics towards Indonesian society faith on
charms. At the end of the story, it is conveyed that instead of
180
bringing good luck, believing in charms lead people to the
loss.
The sociocultural aspects are also highlighted in the story
“Buah Kejujuran” or “Honesty Result” written by Putri
Amanda Karimatullah LL. The story background was at a
kingdom that lost its vice regent for his death. The king held
a contest to seek the vice successor, but nobody was chosen.
At the end, there came a guest to the King who was then
appointed by the King to be his teacher for one week, and
finally the honest man was crowned as the vice successor.
The sociocultural aspects of the story talks about culture
in a kingdom to choose a good person to be the vice regent
of king-son/daughter-in-law, looking for an honest man and
so on is always by contest.
“Hari demi hari pun berlalu, sekarang sudah lebih dari
dua bulan kematian sang Patih. Raja masih bingung untuk
mencari pengganti sang Patih. Raja pun bertanya pada
penasehatnya. Wahai penasihatku yang cerdik, bagaimana
caranya agar agar aku bisa mendapatkan Patih yang baik
seperti dulu? Tanya sang Raja kepada penasihatnya. Yang
Mulia Raja, bagaimana jika kita adakan sayembara saja?
sang penasihat balik bertanya. Sayembara seperti apa
wahai penasihatku? Tanya sang Raja kebingungan. Kita
umumkan bahwa yang Mulia sedang mencari Patih yang
setia. Ujar Penasihat. Baiklah besok kita umumkan. Ujar
Raja.” (Karimatullah, 2014. hlm. 118]7) [18].
(translated version)
“Day after day had been away, now it was more than two
months of the vice death. The King was still out of ideas
to find the successor. The King asked the advisor, “Dear
my clever advisor, tell me the ways to find a good vice
regent like we had in the past?” the King asked. “Your
Majesty, how about holding a contest?” the advisor
answered. “What kind of contest is it?” the King seemed
confused. “We are going to announce that Your Majesty
is looking for a loyal vice regent” the advisor told so. “All
right then. Tomorrow we will announce that.” The King
said.” (Karimatullah, 2014.p. 117) [18].
The fragment shows the kingdom culture in the selection
of someone important for the royal need by holding such a
contest.
The story entitled “Pasukan Sampah” or “The Garbage
Troops” by Faishal Nashif Guntoro contains sociocultural
dimensions in form of social critics about human bad
behaviour, who throw away their garbage to the river
causing dirt, the fish population is decreased and the flood as
well.
The following is the piece of writing.
“Cepat!!! Sungainya meluap!!!keluar dari rumah!!
Tidurku tidak nyenyak terganggu karena suara teriakan
dari luar rumah. Banjir yang sering menimpa
lingkunganku itu membuat kegiatan masyarakat
terganggu. Hampir setiap tahun selalu ada banjir, tetapi
itu tidak menyadarkan mereka yang berada di
lingkunganku. Banjir itu terjadi karena ulah mereka
sendiri yang membuang sampah sembarangan ke sungai
yang berada di dekat pabrik es Ngaglik.” (Guntoro, 2014.
hlm. 128) [10].

(translated version)
“Hurry up!!! The river is overflowed! Get out of home! I
could not sleep tightly for the noise out of the house.
Flood which often came here blocking the people
activities. Almost every year flood came. But the people
around me kept doing the same habit. The flood came for
their habit of throwing away the garbage to the river near
ice factory Ngaaglik.” (Guntoro, 2014. p. 128) [10].
The piece of the writing is a social critic towards people
bad habit living near the river. The sociocultural aspects are
emerged by proposing solutions to overcome the garbage
problems. The characters were depicted as kids who
voluntarily loved to be garbage troops, whose activities were
collecting garbage from people’s houses, and threw them to
the provided garbage bin. They sorted the garbage into the
organic and nor organic. The plastics were collected and sold
to the middleman, and then the money was given to the man
of neighbourhood association for particular needs one day.
The next sociocultural aspects are found in the story
entitled “Baju untuk Lebaran” or “Clothing for Eid Feast” by
Pandan Raditya Arundhati Satya. The dimensions of the
story are depicted through economic-social condition of
Indonesia with its high level of poverty, the delineation of
street musicians, and the social gap between the have and the
poor.
The dimensions are illustrated in the following piece of
story.
“Di sebelah toko aku berteduh. Beristirahat sejenak,
sambil menghitung hasil ngamen hingga siang ini. Ah,
masih belum cukup untuk membeli baju yang dipajang di
lapak Mak Lami. batinku mulai terasa perih. Apalagi
kalau teringat omongan Mak Lami soal harga baju. Gaun
merah jambu tanpa lengan itu mahal, Nduk. Kalau uang
ngamenmu sudah dapat Rp 45.000, baru bisa kau makai
baju itu. Jelas Mak Lami beberapa hari yang lalu.” (Satya,
2014, hlm. 140-141) [19].
(translated version)
“I took shelter beside the shop. I took a rest for a moment
while counting the money I got on the street till this
afternoon. Ah, this is still not enough to buy a piece of
cloth at Mak Lami, I felt poignant. Above all, I
remembered Mak Lami talk about the price of the cloth.
The pink gown without sleeves is expensive, my dear. If
you have Rp 45.000, you may have it. Mak Lami said
several days ago.” (Satya, 2014, p. 140-141) [19].
The above piece is a certain kind of social critic about
neglected children which is basically not in agreement with
the content of State Constitution, that neglected children
should be watched by the state. It further means that the
content of this national principle suggests the state to take
care of neglected children. But the governance still has not
handled this matter maximally.
D. Developmental Dimensions in the Best Manuscript of
Indonesian Children Stories of 2014
181
The developmental dimensions are also found out at the
story of LMCA 2014. The story entitled “My Forest My
Heaven” by Nida’un Taqwiyani Ashshofiyyah, tells about a
kid’s fear of flood attacking his village due to the illegal
logging by irresponsible people.
The developmental aspects are represented by ‘I’
character who is considered very critical towards his
environment. The fragment below probes the notion.
“Setelah mengerjakan PR, aku pamit kepada Bapak dan
Mamak untuk tidur. Setelah itu, aku segera melangkahkan
kaki menuju kamarku. Pukul 19.30 .
Hujan belum juga reda. Aku mulai cemas, bagaimana jika
benar-benar terjadi banjir? 'Ah, andai saja hutan itu masih
seluas dan selebat dulu. Mungkin aku tak terlalu cemas
seperti ini akan bahaya banjir; batinku dalam hati.
(Ashshofiyyah, 2014, hlm. 48-49) [16].
(translated version)
“After working on the homework, I permitted going to
bed to Mum and Dad. I then walked to my room at 19.30
(07.30 p.m).
The rain had not stopped yet. I suddenly worried, how if
the flood really attacked? 'Ah, I wish the forest still
existed, wide and dense as it had been in the past. Perhaps
I would not be this frightened of the flood; I mumbled.”
(Ashshofiyyah, 2014, p. 48-49) [16].
The sentences depict that the main character is a diligent
kid; therefore he is able to pose critical thinking about his
surroundings. As a literate kid, it is perceived that his
developmental dimensions are appeared as the causal effect
of deforestation contributing to floods.
The developmental dimensions are also distinguished at
the story entitled “HP” by Frisko Samudra Novarista
Permata Martiyan. The story talked about an ‘I’ character,
once she was going home from the school, she found a
mobile phone on the street. At first, the character happily
intended to take the phone and had no will to give the phone
back to the owner. Time to time, she felt discomfort for
having that phone, for Dad and Mum did not buy it for her.
The ‘I’ character did not feel good about the phone. Then
she returned it to the owner
The developmental dimensions are revealed from the
development of honesty behaviour and good willingness of
‘I’ character to return the phone to the owner. The following
is the sentences represent the notion.
“Terima kasih, tidak banyak anak yang memiliki
kejujuran seperti kamu, kembali pujian itu terlontar. Aku
merasa tersindir karena aku hampir saja memiliki HP itu.
Kemudian aku berpamitan dan pulang dengan perasaan
gembira karena pikiranku tidak dipenuhi oleh HP itu yang
bukan milikku.” (Martiyan, 2014. hlm. 90) [11].
(translated version)
“Thanks. Only a few kids have such honest behaviour like
you. He complemented me. I was feeling teased for
almost using that phone. Then I took my leave and went
home happily since I was not thinking about the stuff that
was not mine.” (Martiyan, 2014. p. 90) [11].
 The above sentences portray the character mental
development, her behaviour in the process of constructing a
variety of literacy dimensions, for instance doing religious or
ethical activities by making use of knowledge she gets from
reading, writing, collecting data, observing and her
experience.
The developmental dimensions are also obtained in the
story of “Air Mata Sang Guru” or “The Teacher Drop of
Tears” by Queen Aura, which expressed in the plot of the
story showing the development of students’ ability of Mr.
Gofur when holding a flag ceremony. The improvement was
motivated by Mr. Gofur’s story during his childhood and his
hard work. Firstly he was disappointed at his pupils who
made jokes at the rehearsal. After he told his downhearted
story to the pupils, they become motivated to be more
serious. Finally the flag ceremony of the independence
anniversary day could be organized perfectly.
The following sentences represent the notion.
“Ada sedikit perasaan was-was menghinggapi hatiku.
Bendera telah terpasang ke tiangnya dan….aku menahan
napas juga menutup mata saat Chika menarik bendera
merah putih itu dengan bunyi yang khas. Sejenak
kemudian terdengar aba-aba untuk menyanyikan lagu
Indonesia Raya dan hormat pada bendera. Saat itulah aku
baru berani membuka mataku. Heeff .. lega rasanya saat
bendera terpasang dengan baik dan tidak terbalik, seperti
saat latihan. Kami kembali ke tempat semula dan
mengikuti upacara sampai selesai” (Aura, 2014. hlm.99-
100) [20].
(translated version)
“I was feeling worried. The flag had been set on the pole
and I held my breath up and closed my eyes when Chika
pulled the flag with its special sound. Then I heard
somebody commanded the participants to sing national
anthem Indonesia Raya and saluted the flag. At that time I
bravely opened my eyes. Heeff… it was a relief to see the
flag was set perfectly and not flipped over, like we did at
the rehearsal. We were back to our first place and
followed the ceremony till it ended.” (Aura, 2014, p.99-
100) [20].
Those sentences illustrate the students’ ability
improvement in organizing a flag ceremony.
The developmental aspects can also be watched at a story
“Ikanku Hari Ini” or “My Fish Today” written by Ahek
Horiq Manaf Lha. The developmental aspects emerged
mainly talks about the local wisdom when fishing and
making use of ocean richness. The wisdom discussed is
catching the fish as needed or not too much, and not using
explosive bombs in order to preserve the environment. The
following is the sentences representing the notion.
“Cukup untuk hari ini. Ayo kita pulang, sudah mau sore.
Kata Bapak.
Tapi ikan di bawah masih banyak.
Sudah. Sudah cukup. Jangan sampai pulang kemalaman,
nanti Mamamu khawatir. Bapak kembali berkata. Ko
tolong angkat jangkarnya.” (Manaf Lha, 2014. hlm 157)
[2].
182
(translated version)
“Enough for today. Let’s go home, it almost comes to
evening. Dad said.
But too much fish to catch. .
That’s enough. Enough. We should not go home late.
Your mum will be worried about you. Dad said it again.
Ko, lift the anchor.”(Manaf Lha, 2014, P. 157) [2].
The above piece of story highlights the developmental
aspects of local wisdom on fishing. We cannot do
exploitations by taking too much of our natural resources for
the sake of its survival.
VI. CONCLUSIONS
The discussion above leads to the following conclusions.
1. Indonesian children stories contain excellent powerfull
cognitive dimensions. The level of dimensions covers
basic knowledge about nature such as flowers, animals,
and others, which are crated through a cognitive process
of the story characters. Cognitive dimensions are also
emerged through the characters’ emotional maturity
presented in the stories.
2. Linguistic aspects and other sign systems of Indonesian
children stories are illustrated in the language used: local,
national and international languages. Some stories
indicate the use of language bilingually. This suggests
that Indonesian children are fairly literate in using
languages.
3. Sociocultural dimensions in the Indonesian children
stories involve a variety of social critics, for instance
towards the damage of environment, living creature
ecosystems as the consequence of development progress,
people bad habit of throwing away the garbage to the
river, people culture and faith, and towards the
governance as well, and so forth.
4. The developmental dimensions of the literacy are
reflected in the stories through the characters’ ability in
developing their critical thinking, causal-effect and
honesty moral development, etiquette development and
local wisdoms.
REFERENCES
[1] A. C. Alwasilah, Pokoknya Rekayasa Literasi, Bandung: Kiblat
Buku Utama, 2012.
[2] A. H. Manaf lha, "Ikanku Hari Ini" in 15 Naskah Terbaik Lomba
Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
[3] B. Nurgiyantoro, Sastra Anak: Pengantar Pemahaman Dunia
Anak, Yogyakarta: Gadjah Mada University Press, 2005.
[4] Badan Pengembangan dan Pembinaan Bahasa, Kamus Besar
Bahasa Indonesia, edisi V luring, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan, 2016.
[5] Castro. M. Castro,“Political, social, economic, cultural, and
environmental issues, ompacting early literacy”, Literacy for the
New Millennium, Early Literacy, vol.1, London: Praeger
Westport Connecticut, 2007.
[6] D. R, Powell, et. Al, “Dimensions of literacy coaching with head
start teachers. topics in early childhood special education,”
Reprints and Permission, vol 30(3), p. 148–161, 2010.
[7] D. S. Sumolang, "Anak Bahari di Utara Negeri" in 15 Naskah
Terbaik Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta:
Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal
Pendidikan Dasar, 2015.
[8] E. Smith and M.K. Stephen, Psikologi Kognitif: Pikiran dan
Otak, Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar, 2014.
[9] English Thesaurus. (2016). Thesaurus. [Online]. Available:
www.thesaurus.com/browse/luring.
[10] F. N. Guntoro, " Laskar Sampah" in 15 Naskah Terbaik Lomba
Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
[11] F. S. N. P. Martiyan, "H P" in 15 Naskah Terbaik Lomba
Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
[12] H. Rumaisha, "Thank You, Mr. Jack!" in 15 Naskah Terbaik
Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
[13] I. Nurhalia, "Betapa Hebatnya Dia" in 15 Naskah Terbaik Lomba
Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
[14] K. K. Hidayat, "Seribu Lampion untuk Naya" in 15 Naskah
Terbaik Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta:
Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal
Pendidikan Dasar, 2015.
[15] M. M. Munawaroh, "Sekuntum Dandelion" in 15 Naskah
Terbaik Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta:
Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal
Pendidikan Dasar, 2015.
[16] N.T. Ashshofiyyah, "My Forest My Heaven" in 15 Naskah
Terbaik Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta:
Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal
Pendidikan Dasar, 2015.
[17] O. A. Prasetyo,"Jimat Valedo" in 15 Naskah Terbaik Lomba
Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
183
[18] P. A. Karimatullah LL,"Buah Kejujuran" in 15 Naskah Terbaik
Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
[19] P. R. A. Satya, "Baju Jelang Bulan Lebaran" in 15 Naskah
Terbaik Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta:
Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal
Pendidikan Dasar, 2015.
[20] Q. Aura, "Tetes Air Mata Sang Guru" in 15 Naskah Terbaik
Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta: Kementrian
Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal Pendidikan
Dasar, 2015.
[21] R. P. Risdiyanto, "Kisah Perjalanan Sebuah Baju" in 15 Naskah
Terbaik Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta:
Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal
Pendidikan Dasar, 2015.
[22] Riris K.T. Sarumpaet, Pedoman Penelitian Sastra Anak,
Jakarta: Yayasan pustaka Obor Indonesia, 2010.
[23] S. B. Kucer and S. Cecilia, Teaching the Dimensions of Literacy,
London: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Publishers, 2006.
[24] S. B. Kucer, Dimensions ofLiteracy and Writing in School
Settings, New York and London: Routledge Taylor and Francis
Group, 2014.
[25] T. Musforih and L. Beniati, “Konstruk kompetensi literasi untuk
siswa sekolah dasar,” Jurnal LITERA, vol 15 (1), p. 1-12, 2016.
[26] Z. Haq, "Mencari Rumah Kunang-kunang" in 15 Naskah
Terbaik Lomba Menulis Cerita Anak (LMCA) 2014, Jakarta:
Kementrian Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Direktorat Jenderal
Pendidikan Dasar, 2015.
 Development of Portfolio Based Verbal Communication Skill
Among the Students of Study Program of Indonesian and Local
Language and Literature
Titin Nurhayatin1)
1)
Study Program of Indonesian and Local Language and Literature
Faculty Of Teachers Training And Education Of Pasundan University
E-mail: titin_nurhayatin@unpas.ac.id

Abstract. Human is social creature who always interacts with others. Therefore, the acquisition of verbal
communication should be developed and intensified, including in students surroundings. The purpose of this research is
to develop and intensify the skill of students of study program of Indonesian and local language and literature faculty of
teachers training and education of pasundan university in portfolio based verbal communication. Portfolio is given as
practice assignments of verbal communication during one semester. This research using descriptive method, taking 98
students year of 2014/2015 as sample. Authentic valuation is used as the research technique including gesture valuation,
science, and skill using observation, written test, work method, product and project as the instruments. These results are
used as portfolio. Gesture valuation is observing discipline, responsibility, liveliness, creativity, independency, and team
work. Based on whole data of gesture valuation aspect shows that all students are well classified. Written test verifies
concept mastery of verbal communication which is including the effectiveness of verbal communication, which shows
that students’ knowledge is good. Skill data collecting uses valuation instrument of product, work method, and project.
The products made are speech script, scientific article, one-act play script, and character interviewing project. The results
of product and project are used for work method. The result of the research shows that practice assignments given in
one semester to students can significantly develop students ability in well verbal communication.

Keywords: development; verbal communication; portfolio

presentation skill. They are giving presentation by reading

I. INTRODUCTION
Human is a social creature who cannot live by itself, thus
human always communicates and interacts with others.
Therefore, it is important to master communication
competence so that inter human social relationship is well-
stranded. According to the needs of inter human
communication, one needs to master and develop verbal
communication competence. Like wise the students of study
program of Indonesian and local language and literature
faculty of teachers training and education of pasundan
university. Since the students are prepared as Indonesian
language teachers-to be, they need to be taught how to own
well individuality competence, social competence,
pedagogic competence, and professional competence also.
The teaching profession demands skill in giving material
and managing creative and innovative study. Yet, those are
well verbal communicated. There is no teacher who is apart
from verbal communication. Therefore, a teacher must be
capable of verbal and written communication.
This research has real background in poor competence of
student presentation of study program of Indonesian and
local language and literature faculty of teachers training and
education of pasundan university year of 2014/2015. Most
students (92%) of study program of Indonesian and local
language and literature faculty of teachers training and
education of pasundan university year of 2014/2015 has poor
book and focused on the slide they have; languange and
word selection mostly using slang, even their look, gesture,
and expression tend to be rigid so their whole performance
seems monotonous and uncommunicative.
This research is done since there’s weakness in students’
presentation. This can be classified into two, weakness in
mastering the material and weakness in giving material.
Material mastery should be supported by willing, habit, and
skill in reading and understanding material. If students are
not willing to read and not used to read effectively and
efficiently, then they will be difficult in mastering material.
So there will be more presentations by reading books, notes,
and too focused on slide they prepared earlier.
Second problem is there is difficulty in presenting
material. During presentation most students (92%) are not
giving material using well pronunciation; inadequate voice
volume; emphasis, tone, interlude, duration, and intonation
are not exact; word selection and sentence combining do not
vary; rigid and not relaxed; incomprehensive look;
unattractive gesture and expression; and influently speaking.
Based on those real condition, this research is done to
develop the competency in portfolio based verbal
communication among students.
Process oriented is used in this portfolio. According to
Surapranata and Hatta (2007, page 46), “ process oriented is
portfolio which emphasizes on reviewing how student can be

184
observed and valued from time to time”. Therefore, this
research is trying to develop student’s ability in verbal
communication through practice assignments during one
semester within improvement in it.
This research is hopefully able to overcome difficulties
related to material mastery and presenting. Therefore, this
activity insists student to practice reading and speaking
effectively. The development of verbal communication
ability is done through feedback result from each assignment
given in portfolio.
II. METHODS
This research uses quantitative descriptive research
method. According to Syamsudin and Damaianti (2001,
page 24), “descriptive research is a research to explain the
phenomena using numbers to classified the person or group
characteristics”. Researcher uses this method since to
explain phenomena in student verbal communication ability
using number/value collected from each portfolio
assignment during one semester. Therefore, hopefully this
activity based on portfolio valuation be able to give
competence description student achieved after practicing
verbal communication. This research is hopefully able to
give description on student competence as teacher to be who
should verbal communicate well.
Research subject is students of Program Study of
Indonesian and Local Languange and Literature year of
2014/2015 as many as 98 students. Data collected through
research activity, written test, and product valuation, project,
and work method. therefore, research technique and
instrument used are observation technique and test in form
of research sheet and written test, product, prloject, and work
method as portfolio. Aspect valued related with behavior
valuation, knowledge, and ability.
Behavior valuation using observation instrument;
knowledge valuation in written test; and skill valuation in
product, work method, and project. Behavior valuation
includes: discipline observation, responsibility, active,
creativity, independence, and cooperation. Knowledge
valuation includes: written test related to the concept of
verbal communication activity about: how to report an
activity, how to make speech, to preach, to lecture, to tell
story, to interview, to role play, and to read news. Skill
valuation includes valuation of product, project, and work
method in verbal communication.
Data collected includes qualitative and quantitative data.
Qualitative data is data collected through valuation of
behavior aspect, while quantitative data is collected through
valuation of knowledge and skill aspects. The result got
TABLE 1
STUDENT BEHAVIOR VALUATION IN VERBAL COMMUNICATION
Very Good
No. Aspect Valued
(5)
78 people
1. Discipline
( 79, 59%)
68 people
2. Responsibility
( 69,38%)
3. Liveliness 85 people
185
through valuation before training given and compared with
the result got through valuation during and after the research.
Data of behavior observation result valued using student
observation paper during learning process. Aspect observed
written based on rubric given includes discipline,
responsibility, active, creativity, independence, and
cooperation aspects. Score used 1-5 in criteria 5 when the
behavior is very good, score 4 when it is good. Score 3 when
it is fair, score 2 when it is poor, and score 1 when it is very
poor. Then, data from observation result described based on
stated criteria of valuation. Student can be said good
behavior whenever having behavior rate of 3 as good
categorized.
Data of knowledge valuation result done through written
test related to basic concept of verbal communication
activity. Written test given as limited commentary question
about: technique of reporting an activity, making speech,
lecturing, preaching, news reading, interviewing, role
playing. Each question has score and quality. Value set in:
achieved score: ideal score x value standard (100). Value
achieved categorized based on score. Very good ranges from
86 – 100; good ranges from 76 – 85; fair ranges from 66 –
75; poor ranges from 56 – 65; very poor ranges from …. –
55. Success indicator for knowledge competence is
whenever student’s ability in good category.
Data of skill valuation result done through valuation of
prodct, project, and work method. Skill competence valued
based on rubric given for each verbal communication skill
done. Verbal communication competence measured by
valuation instrument including project of making activity
report, work method of making speech, lecturing, preaching,
story telling, and news reading. Product valuation used to
mastery valuation in preparing guidance for interview,
speech text, and one-act play text. Valuation of work
method done in practicing activity report, making speech,
lecturing, story telling, preaching, news reading,
interviewing, and role playing. Each aspect valued based on
rubric settled.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
As said before data collected is result of behavior,
knowledge, and skill valuation. Behavior valuation done
through observation activity including discipline,
responsibility, active, creativity, independent, and
cooperation aspect. Observation is done during the process
of verbal communication practice.
Based on whole data on student behavior during practice
can be seen on the table below.
Behavior Category
Good Fair Poor Very Poor
(4) (3) (2) (1)
20 people
- - -
(20,41%)
30 people
- - -
( 30,62%)
13 people - - -
 (86,73 %) ( 13,27%)
45 people 53 people
4. Creativity - -
( 45,91%) (54,09%)
76 people 22 people
5. Independence - - -
( 77,55%) ( 22,45%)
90 people 8 people
6. Cooperation - - -
( 91,83%) (8,17 %)
Total 442 146 - -
73,66 24,33
average - -
(75.16%) (24,84%)

Based on data collected from behavior valuation we can
see that student behavior is very good categorized. This can
be seen from the rate got as 75,16% as very good and
24,84% as good categorized.
Knowledge valuation is done to see student readiness on
concepts of verbal communication. Knowledge measuring
technique is done through written test in commentary form
which includes: written test related to concept of verbal
communication activity on: how to report an activity, make
speech, preach, lecture, tell story, interview, role play, and
read news. The mastery of verbal communication can be
seen on the table below.

TABLE 2
KNOWLEDGE MASTERY IN VERBAL COMMUNICATION CONCEPT

Ability Category/Score
No. Concept Valued Very Good Good Fair Poor Very Poor
(86-100) (76-85) (66-75) (56-65) (…-55)
1. How to Report an Activity - 49 people 49 people - -
(50%) (50%)
2. Speech Concept - 53 people 45 people - -
(54,08%) (45,92%)
3. Preach Concept - 61 people 37 people - -
(62,24%) (37,76%)
4. Lecture Concept - 55 people 43 people - -
(56,12%) (43,88%)
5. Story Telling Concept - 38 people 60 people - -
(38,77%) (61,23%)
6. Interview Concept - 56 people 42 people - -
(57,14%) (42,86%)
7. Role Play Concept - 57 people 41 people - -
(58,16%) (41, 84%)
8. News Reading Concept - 61 people 37 people - -
(62,24%) (37,76%)
Total - 430 354 - -
Average - 53,75 44,25 - -

Based on whole data on knowledge and verbal
communication, it rates 53,75% good categorized and
44,25% fair categorized. Therefore, viewed from the
knowledge about verbal communication concept, it is still
needed improvement, especially on how to report an
activity, make speech, preach, lecture, tell story, interview,
role play, and read news. As teh follow-up from written test
result of verbal communication concept, students are asked
to read reference, make summary, and re-answer questions
about verbal communication concept. As given re-test about
verbal communication concept, 12 people (12,24%)
considered very good, 86 people (87,76%) considerred good.
Therefore, the average of students’ ability is well increased.
Skill valuation is done using project, product, and work
method valuation. Peoject valuation used for practice in
reporting some activity. Aspect valued includes: opic
congruity, report content completeness, presentation
systematics, and languange use. Written report on an activity
arranged used for work method valuation guidance in
reporting some activities. As for the valuation result are on
the table below.

TABLE 3
RECAPITULATION OF VERBAL COMMUNICATION SKILL THROUGH PROJECT VALUATION (MAKING AN ACTIVITY REPORT)

Skill Valued
No. Value Average Category
1. Topic Congruity 76,38 Good
2. Report Content Completeness 75,55 Fair
3. Presentation Systematics 74,95 Fair
4. Languange Use 75,64 Fair

186
 Total 302,52
Average 75,63 Fair

Based on value data collected on the ability of making
written report of an activity considered fair within average
75,63. As the follow-up for the improvement an editing on
the lack of activity written report is done. After the
improvement, teh average of written report says 79,82%
considered good. Written report arranged is used as activity
guidance of verbal communication work method, especially
in reporting done activity. So that students are trained to
speak using text.
Besides project valuation used as portfolio, students are
given assignment of product valuation. As for the product
arranged as guidance in work method can be seen on table
below.

TABLE 4
RECAPITULASTION OF VERBAL COMMUNICATION SKILL ASPECT THROUGH PRODUCT VALUATION

Value Average based on Valued Aspect Total Average

Report
Topic Content Presentation Languange
No. Ability Valued
Congruity Complete Systematics Use
ness
1. Making Speech Text 75,61 77,01 75,80 76,80 305,22 76,30
2. Making Preach Text 74,74 75,02 76,02 74,35 300,13 75,03
3. Making LectureText 76,52 77,21 74,32 74,46 302,51 75,62
4. Making Story Text 76,52 76,23 74,56 75,62 302,93 75,73
5. Making Interview Guidance 75,71 74,45 76,32 74,23 300,71 75,17
6. Making One-Act Play Text 76,20 75,42 74,32 75,23 301,17 75,29
7. Making News Text 76,32 76,32 76,42 76,36 305,42 76,35
Total 531,62 531,66 527,76 527,05 2118,09 529,49
Average 75,94 75,95 75,39 75,29 302,57 75,64

Based on data collected from product-form portoflio
assignment, student ability average categorized fair wthin
average of 75,64. Feedback activity given is to revise the
deficiency and mistake in the speech, preach, lecture, story,
interview guidance, drama , and news texts. All texts are so
revised that they improved and used as work method
guidance. The value average achieved as of 79,62 good
categorized.
The next verbal communication activity tested is verbal
communicating in reporting activity, making speech, making
preach, lecturing, story telling, news reading, interviewing,
and role playing. Valuation instrument used tu measure the
verbal communication skill in work method. As the result
can be seen on the table below.

TABLE 5
RECAPITULATION OF VERBAL COMMUNICATION SKILL THROUGH WORK METHOD VALUATION

Value
Value Average based on Aspect Valued Total Averag
e
Mater
No. Skill Valued Pron
ial Intona Fluenc Word Gestu Apper
uncia Look
Maste tion y Selection re ance
tion
ry
1. Report an Activity 76,56 77,34 78,60 75,02 76,90 74,68 75,62 76,45 611,17 76,40
2. Speech 78,45 75,67 76,82 74,62 78,72 75,80 76,82 76,60 613,50 76,69
3. Preach 76,60 75,80 75,81 76,48 75,61 76,08 75,80 76,08 608,26 76,03
4. Lecture 75,80 75,81 75,61 75,80 77,01 76,08 77,01 77,02 610,14 76,27
5. Tell Story 75,67 77,01 75,80 74,62 75,80 77,01 74,62 76,08 606,61 75,83
6. Interview 75,80 74,62 75,67 77,01 74,62 76,48 75,80 76,48 606,48 75,81
PlayRrole in
7. 76,08 75,80 76,08 74,62 77,01 75,67 74,62 76,08 605,96 75,75
OneAact Play
8. Read News 75,80 77,01 76,08 75,67 76,08 77,01 76,08 75,80 609,53 76,19
Total 610,76 609,06 610,47 603,84 611,75 608,81 606,37 610,59 4871,65 608,96
Average 76,35 76,13 76,31 75,48 76,47 76,10 75,80 76,32 608,96 76,12

From the aspect of material mastery the value average is the fluency, value average is 75,48 Good categorized. From
76,35 and cetegorized Good. From the ability of clear wors word selection, value average is 76,47 Good categorized.
pronunciation, the average is 76,13 and categorized Good. From look, value average is 76,10 Good categorized. From
The value average is 76,31 if seen from the intonation. From gesture, vale average is 75,80 Good categorized. From

187
appearance, value average is 76,32 Good categorized. Based behavior, knowledge, and improving skill and tested with
on whole data the verbal communication skill is Good portfolio such as observation, written test, project, product,
categorized within valeu average of 76,12. Nevertheless, the and work method.
follow-up of given activity are suggestion and correction on The aspect improvements are discipline, responsibility,
pronunciation, fluency, and gesture. There are still many activity, creativity, independent, and cooperation oriented.
students who are not scrupulous in pronuncing letter p, f, and Knowledge aspect is developing the ability in mastering
v; s, sy, and z; kh, k, and h. There are lots of non standard verbal communication concepts. Skill aspect is developing
words in word selection. Gesture tends to be rigid, hand verbal communication skill in mastering good material,
movement and facial expression tend to be correct and precise pronunciation and intonation, fluency,
uncommunicative. word selection, look, gesture, and suitable appearance,
Seen from kinds of verbal communication acitivity, all attractive and communicative.
activities are Good categorized. Highest ability appears in Thus, the research result achieved, it is hopefully useful
the ability of reporting activity, making speech, making in developing the verbal communication, especially among
preach, lecturing, and news reading. In the activity of students of study program of Indonesian and local language
interviewing, story telling, and role playing need and literature year of 2014/2015.
improvement. As for the follow-up, student is making video
analysis in finding deficiency. At the time students re- REFERENCES
practicing, they are able to fix it. [1] A.R., Syamsuddin and Damaianti, Vismaia. (2006). Metode
Based on whole data on research result related to aspect penelitian pendidikan bahasa. Bandung: PT Remaja Rosdakarya.
of behavior, knowledge, and ability show Good categorized. [2] Liliweri, Alo. (2015). Komunikasi antarpersonal. Jakarta: Kencana
Prenadamedia.
Therefore, the development of portfolio-based verbal
[3] Pranala online. (2017). Kamus besar bahasa Indonesia. Downloaded
communication skill in student are significantly improving from Web on the 28th of March 2017 from:
the verbal communication skill of the students of study http://kbbi.web.id/komunikasi.html)
program of Indonesian and local language and literature. [4] Rahmat,Jalaluddin. (2009). Psikologi komunikasi. Bandung :
Remaja Rosdakarya.
[5] Surapranata, S. and Hatta, M. (2007). Penilaian portfolio. Bandung:
IV. CONCLUSIONS PT Rosdakarya.
The development of portfolio-based verbal
communication ability among the students of study program
of Indonesian and local language and literature year of
2014/2015 are succesfully increasing. This can be seen from
the result of valuation on portoflio assignments given from
the beginning till end. The ability developed includes

188
View publication stats